ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING INC
10-K, 1997-09-16
SURGICAL & MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS & APPARATUS
Previous: ABC CO STRYPES TRUST, N-2/A, 1997-09-16
Next: CONCENTRIC NETWORK CORP, S-1/A, 1997-09-16





                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM 10-K

                  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                     For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997

                         Commission file number 0-27802


                       ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC.
              (Exact name of Company as specified in its charter)

              Delaware                                     94-3144218
     (State or other jurisdiction of       (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 
      incorporation or organization)

     3576 Unocal Place, Santa Rosa, California              95403
     (Address of principal executive offices)             (Zip code)

                                 (707) 525-0111
                (Company's telephone number, including area code)

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                         Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value

Indicate by check mark whether the Company (1) has filed all reports required to
be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods as the Company was required
to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days.
                                YES  X   NO     
                                    ---     ---
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of Company's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy or  information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

As of August 31, 1997, there were 31,132,138 shares of Common Stock outstanding.
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Company
was approximately  $655,432,000 based upon the closing price of the Common Stock
on August 29, 1997 (the last trading day prior to August 31, 1997) on the Nasdaq
National Market tier of The Nasdaq Stock Market.  Shares of Common Stock held by
each  officer,  director  and holder of five percent or more of the Common Stock
outstanding as of August 31, 1997 have been excluded in that such persons may be
deemed  to  be  affiliates.  This  determination  of  affiliate  status  is  not
necessarily conclusive.

                              --------------------

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of the Proxy  Statement  of  Company  for the 1997  Annual  Meeting of
Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                     PART I

         The following  trademarks of Arterial  Vascular  Engineering,  Inc. are
used in this Form 10-K:  Arterial  Vascular  Engineering(TM),  Micro  Stent(TM),
Micro Stent II(TM), Micro Stent II XL(TM),  Micro Stent 2.5(TM),  Micro Stent II
LP(TM),  GFX(TM),  GFX 2.5(TM),  GFX XL(TM),  Bridge(TM),  Nike(TM),  Elite(TM),
Peak(TM) and LTX(TM).

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

         The statements  contained in this Form 10-K that are not historical are
forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  including
statements  regarding  the  Company's  expectations,   beliefs,   intentions  or
strategies regarding the future.  Forward-looking statements and risk factors in
this Item 1 include,  without  limitation,  statements  regarding  the Company's
industry, products and strategy under "Company Strategy", "AVE Stent Technology"
and "Additional  Business Risks",  statements regarding the extent and timing of
product development,  future revenues,  customer demand,  competitive  products,
pricing   pressure,   the  intellectual   property   positions  of  competitors,
reimbursement  and future  technological  change  under  "Product  Development,"
"Distribution,  Sales and Marketing," "Competition,"  "Third-Party Reimbursement
and "Patents and Proprietary Rights," and statements regarding expected clinical
trial results and regulatory  approvals and  compliance  under  "Clinical  Trial
Activities"  and  "Government   Regulation."  All  forward-looking   information
included in this document is based on information available to the Company as of
the date  hereof,  and the  Company  assumes  no  obligation  to update any such
forward-looking  statements.  It is important to note that the Company's  actual
results could differ materially from those in such  forward-looking  statements.
Additional  forward-looking  statements and risk factors include those discussed
in the sections  entitled  "Item 2.  Properties,"  "Item 3. Legal  Proceedings,"
"Item 5.  Market for the  Registrant's  Common  Equity and  Related  Stockholder
Matters," "Item 7. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations," and "Item 8. Financial  Statements and Supplementary
Data,"  as well as those  that  may be set  forth  in the  reports  filed by the
Company from time to time on Forms 10-Q and 8-K.

General

         Arterial Vascular  Engineering,  Inc. ("AVE" or the "Company") designs,
develops, manufactures and markets a variety of highly specialized stent systems
and percutaneous  transluminal  coronary angioplasty ("PTCA") balloon catheters.
The Company's  stents are used as arterial  support  devices in connection  with
balloon  angioplasty or other minimally  invasive  treatments of atherosclerosis
(the  formation of deposits in the  arteries) and to prevent  abrupt  closure of
vessels in higher-risk angioplasty procedures.  The Company commenced operations
in 1991 and began  marketing  its PTCA balloon  catheters in October  1993,  its
coronary  stent systems in October  1994,  and its  peripheral  stent systems in
December 1996. To date, the Company has sold over 160,000 coronary stent systems
and over 38,000 PTCA balloon  catheters  in more than 40  countries  outside the
United States,  primarily in Europe and Japan.  In April 1996, the Company began
its first  direct  sales  operation  in  Europe,  and  currently  it has  direct
operations in each of France,  Germany,  the Netherlands (to service the Benelux
countries),  Switzerland and the United Kingdom. In Japan, the Company currently
sells  only  PTCA  balloon  catheters.  In June  1997,  the  Company's  Japanese
distributor  received regulatory approval for the sale in Japan of the Company's
coronary stent systems;  however,  as of the date hereof, the Company's Japanese
distributor had not yet received the related  reimbursement  approval there. The
Company does not expect reimbursement  approval in Japan prior to November 1997,
and there can be no assurance  when or if such  approval  will be  obtained.  In
August 1997, the Company submitted a premarket  approval ("PMA")  application to
the United States Food and Drug  Administration  (the "FDA") in connection  with
its ongoing efforts to gain approval to begin  commercial  sales of its coronary
stent systems in the United States.  The Company does not expect FDA approval of
its stent systems for sale in the United States prior to 1998,  and there can be
no assurance when or if such approval will be obtained. As a result, the Company
expects  international  sales to account for  substantially  all of its revenues
until at least 1998.

AVE Stent Technology

         AVE believes  that its line of coronary and  peripheral  stent  systems
incorporates a number of unique and proprietary  design features that enable the
Company  to address  effectively  a variety  of lesion  and  vessel  types.  The
Company's  stents are  constructed of seamless,  medical grade  stainless  steel
rings that are precision-formed into sinusoidal shaped elements.  These elements
are  polished  and  connected  in a  helical  pattern  utilizing  a  proprietary
manufacturing  process in order to form a fully connected,  yet flexible,  stent
device.  The Company  believes its stent design provides more consistent  vessel
support and radial force than coiled stent  designs as well as more  flexibility
and easier  delivery than tubular  slotted or mesh stent designs.  The Company's
stent  products  are  available  in a variety of  diameters  and lengths and are
provided  pre-mounted on both  over-the-wire and rapid exchange delivery systems
(available only outside the United States) with the same advanced  technology as
the Company's PTCA balloon  catheters.  The Company's  coronary stents have been
used in a variety  of  applications,  including  vessels  in which  other  stent
procedures  have  failed,  as well as in the  treatment  of lesions in curved or
tortuous vessels. The Company also sells stent systems for use in the peripheral
vessels.   The  Company  believes  the  following   technical  features  of  its
proprietary  stent  systems  provide  the Company  with a number of  competitive
advantages:

                                       1
<PAGE>

         Smooth Edge Design and  Sheathless  Deployment  System.  The  Company's
stent products consist of highly polished,  rounded,  sinusoidal-shaped elements
at either end of the stent  (unlike mesh  stents,  which have flat edges at each
end). The Company believes that the smooth edges of its stent products  optimize
their ability to be moved through a vessel without  causing tears or dissections
or halting  movement of the  delivery  catheter,  thereby  minimizing  trauma to
treated  vessels.  The  smooth  edges of the stent  also  permit the stent to be
delivered  without the protective  sheath necessary for use of certain competing
stent products.  The Company  believes that  eliminating the need to monitor and
remove a protective sheath enhances the ease of use of its products.

         High Stent Flexibility and System Trackability.  The Company's products
consist of  sinusoidal-shaped  elements that are connected in a helical  pattern
designed to provide a highly flexible stent.  Increased stent flexibility allows
the Company's stent products to be more easily maneuvered and placed at the site
of a lesion,  particularly  through  curved or tortuous  vessels or around other
deployed stents.  In addition,  flexible stent design allows the use of a single
stent in the  treatment  of a lesion in a curved  vessel,  as  compared  to more
inflexible  designs that may require the use of multiple stents to treat a long,
curved lesion.  The Company believes that the ease of use and enhanced  handling
characteristics  of its stent delivery  systems,  coupled with stent flexibility
and  smooth  edge  design,  allow  it  to  provide  a  stent  system  with  high
trackability.  The  ability  to  easily  access  or  "track  to" a lesion  is an
important  stent  system  characteristic  in the  treatment of a distant site or
tortuous vessel.  The Company currently offers stents in lengths as long as 40mm
for use in the treatment of long, diffuse lesions.

         Improved  Stent  Strength and  Stability.  The advanced  designs of the
Company's GFX and Micro Stent II family of stent  products  combines high radial
strength,  which minimizes vessel recoil,  and axial  stability,  which provides
consistent  vessel  support  along the entire  length of the stent.  The Company
believes  these  features allow a physician to better control and optimize final
minimal lumen diameter  ("MLD").  Studies have indicated that optimizing the MLD
of a vessel following use of a stent product generally reduces the likelihood of
subsequent restenosis.

         Moderate   Radiopacity.   The  Company   believes   that  the  moderate
radiopacity  of its  devices  optimizes  angiographic  identification  of  stent
position and enhances  post-procedure stent assessment.  Physicians commonly use
low level x-rays to accurately  monitor the placement and deployment of a stent,
including final expansion using a high pressure  balloon,  as well as to conduct
post-operative assessment of MLD. As a result, a lack of radiopacity,  which may
prevent  illumination  of a  stent,  or an  excess  of  radiopacity,  which  may
overilluminate  the stent and impede its visual  identification,  may affect the
outcome of stent procedures and subsequent diagnosis of treated vessels.

         Proprietary, Pre-Mounted Delivery Systems. Unlike certain other stents,
which may require the  physician to hand-crimp  the stent on a balloon  delivery
device,  the Company's  stents are  pre-mounted  onto its  proprietary  delivery
systems.  The Company believes that  pre-mounting its stents on balloon delivery
systems helps ensure more consistent and accurate stent delivery and deployment,
particularly  as stents are used by a broader group of  physicians  with varying
levels of experience  with stents.  In addition,  the Company  believes that the
ease of use of its product has promoted physician acceptance.

         Adaptable Design Characteristics.  The Company believes that the design
features  of its  stents  allow  it to  modify  one or  more  stent  performance
characteristics,  such  as mass or  flexibility,  as  necessary  to  produce  an
effective device for a particular application. To date, the Company has utilized
its stent  technologies  to develop  families  of more than ten  distinct  stent
products.  Each product  also is offered in a variety of lengths and  diameters,
allowing  the  physician  to choose  the  device  that best suits the needs of a
patient based on lesion  characteristics.  The Company believes the adaptability
of its stent  designs  will allow  their use as  platform  technologies  for the
development  of a variety  of other  coronary  and  non-coronary  products.  For
example, in fiscal 1997 the Company introduced in selected international markets
stents  designed  for use in the  peripheral  renal and iliac  vessels.  See "--
Products."

         Despite such advantages, due to the number of clinical applications for
stent  systems  and the  variety of  available  products,  the  Company's  stent
products may not be superior to  competitive  products in all  applications.  In
addition,  many of the Company's  competitors have substantially greater capital
resources,  name  recognition  and  expertise in  manufacturing,  marketing  and
product  approval,  which  factors  provide  a  competitive  advantage  to  such
companies,  in  connection  with the sale of these stent  products.  The medical
indications  that can be  treated  by stents  can also be  treated  by  surgery,
minimally invasive bypass procedures,  drugs or other medical devices, including
stand-alone  balloon catheters,  atherectomy  catheters,  irradiated devices and
lasers.  Many of the  alternative  treatments are widely accepted in the medical
community and have a long history of use.

Company Strategy

         The  Company's  goal is to expand its  position  as one of the  leading
worldwide providers of coronary stent systems.  The key elements of its strategy
are as follows:

         Introducing   New   Products  for  Both   Coronary   and   Non-Coronary
Applications.  The Company  intends to build on its stent designs to broaden the
coronary and  non-coronary  applications  for its stents.  For example,  the GFX

                                       2
<PAGE>

stent system introduced by the Company in fiscal 1997 was designed for increased
flexibility and  trackability  and improved vessel coverage and support,  with a
goal of  increasing  the types of medical  indications  that may be treated with
stents.  The Company believes that the inherent  adaptability and flexibility of
the  Company's  stent  designs  will  augment  its  ability to meet  specialized
coronary  needs,  as well as to provide  stents for use in  peripheral  vessels,
saphenous vein grafts and other applications. The Company has recently created a
separate  operating  division,  "Peripheral  AVE," whose purpose is to focus its
efforts on the design,  development,  manufacture and marketing of the Company's
peripheral stent systems.

         Continuing  Integration of Research and Development  and  Manufacturing
Operations.   The   Company   believes   that  the   design  of   products   for
manufacturability and the rapid manufacture of products to satisfy market demand
are key  success  factors  in new  product  development  in the  medical  device
industry. To support these capabilities,  the Company has designed and developed
internally  the  technology   necessary  to  perform  a  number  of  proprietary
production  processes  and has developed the expertise to fabricate the majority
of the components of its stent and PTCA balloon catheter  products.  The Company
has also begun  construction  of a 130,000 square foot building  adjacent to its
corporate  headquarters in Santa Rosa,  California,  at an estimated cost of $20
million,  which,  when  completed,  will be  largely  devoted  to  manufacturing
activities.  The  design of the new  facility  is  intended  to allow  continued
integration  of  the  Company's   research  and  development  and  manufacturing
operations  as well  as a  significant  expansion  of the  Company's  production
capabilities.  The Company intends to leverage its vertically integrated product
development and manufacturing approach to rapidly introduce innovative products.

         Continuing  to  Expand  Sales  and  Marketing   Efforts.   The  Company
continually  seeks to increase its market share and build  product  awareness in
each of the over 40 countries outside of the United States in which its products
are marketed.  The Company has direct sales  operations in its principal  target
markets in Europe -- France,  Germany,  the  Netherlands (to service the Benelux
countries),   Switzerland  and  the  United  Kingdom  --  and  operates  through
unaffiliated  distributors  in  other  countries  internationally.  The  Company
believes that its direct sales presence allows it to focus greater  attention on
such countries' physician  communities,  which it believes helps to increase the
advocacy base for the Company's  products in Europe and other  countries as well
as facilitating more direct feedback to the Company on its products. The Company
also believes  that,  in addition to building  stronger  relationships  with its
customers,  this direct sales  strategy  provides the Company with more complete
control of the  distribution  and growth of the Company's  full product line, as
well as allowing it to better manage the pricing and regulatory approval process
for its products.  The Company has also centralized its distribution services by
contracting  with  a  provider  in  the  Netherlands  to  support  direct  sales
operations and distributions throughout Europe. The Company intends to utilize a
direct  sales  force in the United  States if and when  regulatory  approval  is
received  for the sale of its  products in the United  States,  and has begun to
develop such a sales force.  The Company may continue to implement  direct sales
operations  in selected  markets where it believes such an approach will benefit
its competitive position.

         Broadening   Product   Offerings  to  Provide  More  Complete   Therapy
Solutions. The Company believes that an ability to offer a more complete line of
therapeutic products may enhance the Company's ability to compete effectively in
the interventional  marketplace.  For example,  the Company believes its current
line of PTCA  balloon  catheters  has  provided  the Company  with  expertise in
balloon  delivery  and  deployment.  The Company  continually  reviews  possible
strategic  acquisitions,  third  party  technology  licenses  and  marketing  or
distribution  relationships with companies that have medical products in certain
complementary product areas. However, there can be no assurance that the Company
will enter into any such arrangements.

         Pursuing   Regulatory   Approval  in  the  United  States  and  Abroad;
Conducting  Clinical  Trials  to  Promote  Market  Acceptance  of the  Company's
Products.  The Company is seeking FDA  approval to allow sale of its products in
the United  States,  which the Company  believes  represents  the largest  stent
market in the world.  In August 1997, the Company  submitted a PMA to the FDA in
connection with its ongoing efforts to gain approval to begin  commercial  sales
of its coronary  stent systems in the United States.  Clinical  studies under an
Investigational  Device  Exemption  (an  "IDE")  are  ongoing  with other of the
Company's  products.  The  Company  does not  expect FDA  approval  of its stent
systems  for  sale in the  United  States  prior to 1998,  and  there  can be no
assurance  when or if such approval will be obtained.  In addition to its United
States clinical  program,  the Company is sponsoring  several  ongoing  clinical
studies in several countries  outside the United States.  The Company intends to
use data from these trials to obtain  regulatory  approvals  in new markets,  to
promote market acceptance of its products and to expand clinical applications of
the Company's products.

         Developing and Maintaining  Relationships with Leading Physicians.  AVE
develops and maintains relationships with leading physicians worldwide.  Through
these  relationships,  the Company  seeks to work with  opinion  leaders who can
foster market  awareness of the Company's  products.  The Company supports these
efforts  through  group  training  programs   designed  to  increase   physician
familiarity with the Company's products.  The Company also has assembled a staff
of clinical  specialists to expand its physician  training,  service and support
activities.  These  specialists  help provide an increased  presence at industry
trade  shows and produce  marketing  material  targeted  toward  physicians.  In
addition,  the Company  maintains an active  program of  collaborating  with key
physicians and medical centers to obtain feedback for new product development.

                                       3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
Products

         The Company  currently  markets its stent systems in most  countries in
Europe, including Germany, France and the United Kingdom, and in other countries
outside of the United States in both  over-the-wire  and rapid exchange catheter
delivery forms. In addition, the Company offers a line of PTCA balloon catheters
outside of the United  States.  The  following  table  identifies  the Company's
current  products,  their  principal  clinical  application  and  their  current
commercialization status:

CURRENT PRODUCTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
CORONARY STENT SYSTEMS
                                                                     Initial
                                                                     Release
     Product                 Description/Application                   Date                              Status
     -------                 -----------------------                   ----                              ------
<S>                  <C>                                           <C>                     <C>
GFX Stent Systems

   GFX               Third-generation  coronary  stent  system     September 1996          Available for sale in over 40 countries. 
                     designed   to   provide   lower   profile                             PMA submitted to the FDA in August 1997. 
                     (most  sizes  capable  of being  used in 6
                     French guide catheters) and greater radial
                     strength and flexibility than Micro Stent 
                     II.
   GFX 2.5           Coronary   stent   designed  for  use  in     June 1997               Available  for sale in over 40 countries 
                     vessels as small as 2.5mm in diameter.                                outside the United States.  Supplemental 
                                                                                           IDE   application   was   submitted   in 
                                                                                           September 1997.                          
                                                                   
   GFX XL            Coronary  stent  designed  for use in the     June 1997               Available  for sale in over 40 countries 
                     treatment of long and diffuse lesions.                                outside   the   United    States.    IDE 
                                                                                           application was  conditionally  approved 
                                                                                           by the FDA in July 1997.                 
                                                                                          
Micro Stent II Systems                                             
                                                                   
   Micro Stent II    Second-generation    product,   featuring     October 1995            Available  for sale in over 40 countries 
                     helical  connections  and enhanced radial                             outside the United States. PMA submitted 
                     strength.  Designed  for use in a variety                             to the FDA in August 1997.               
                     of coronary applications.                                             
   Micro Stent 2.5   Coronary   stent   designed  for  use  in     December 1995           Available  for sale in over 40 countries 
                     vessels as small as 2.5mm in diameter.                                outside the United States.  IDE received 
                                                                                           in June 1996.                            
   Micro Stent II XL Coronary stent designed for use in the        December 1995           Available  for sale in over 40 countries 
                     treatment of long and diffuse lesions.                                outside the United States. PMA submitted 
                                                                                           to the FDA in August 1997                
                                                                                           
   Micro Stent II LP Similar  configuration  as the Micro Stent    June 1996               Available in markets  outside the United 
                     II product with the added  capability of                              States  that   prefer  6  French   guide 
                     being used in 6 French guide catheters.                               catheters.  Being  replaced  by the GFX, 
                                                                                           and is  generally  distributed  only  in 
                                                                                           countries where pre-market  approval for 
                                                                                           GFX has not been obtained.               
                                                                                           
PERIPHERAL STENT SYSTEMS                                           
                                                                     Initial
                                                                     Release
      Product                 Description/Application                  Date                       Status
      -------                 -----------------------                  ----                       ------
                                                                   
Bridge Renal Stent   Peripheral  stent designed for use in the     December 1996           Limited      release     in     selected 
  -- Extra Support   renal arteries.                                                       international markets.                   
Bridge Iliac Stent   Peripheral  stent designed for use in the     December 1996           Limited     release     in     selected  
  -- Extra Support   iliac vessels.                                                        international markets.
Bridge Iliac Stent   Peripheral  stent  designed  for  use  in     July 1997               Limited     release     in     selected  
  -- Flexible        more tortuous iliac vessels.                                          international markets.
Bridge Biliary Stent Peripheral  stent designed for use in the         N/A                 510(k)  submitted  to the FDA in  April  
                     biliary tract.                                                        1997.
                                                                   
PTCA BALLOON CATHETERS                                             
                                                                     Initial
                                                                     Release
      Product                 Description/Application                  Date                       Status
      -------                 -----------------------                  ----                       ------
                                                                   
Nike                                                               
                     Rapid exchange,  semi-compliant  PTCA         October 1994            Approved for use in Japan and  available 
                     catheter,  featuring  a  flexible                                     for  sale  in over  40  other  countries 
                     proximal    shaft.                                                    outside the United States.
                                                                                           
Elite                Rapid   exchange,   semi-compliant   PTCA     November 1994           Approved for use in Japan and  available 
                     catheter,  incorporating stiffer proximal                             for  sale  in over  40  other  countries 
                     shaft.                                                                outside the United States.
Peak                 Over-the-wire,     semi-compliant    PTCA     July 1995               Approved for use in Japan and  available 
                     catheter.                                                             for  sale  in over  40  other  countries 
                                                                                           outside the United States.  IDE clinical 
                                                                                           studies in the United  States  commenced 
                                                                                           in early 1997.
LTX                  Lower    profile,     higher    pressure,     September 1997          Limited      release     in     selected 
                     minimally    compliant    PTCA    balloon                             international markets.
                     catheter  with  hydrophilic  coating  for                             
                     improved   performance,   in  both  rapid     
                     exchange and over-the-wire models.            
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
                                       4
<PAGE>

Coronary Stent Systems

         The Company currently markets the following  families of coronary stent
products, all of which are pre-mounted on a catheter and balloon delivery system
produced by the Company:

     GFX Stent Systems

         GFX. The GFX stent has a modified,  six crown sinusoidal  configuration
and  utilizes a stent  component  of 2mm in length.  The  product is designed to
allow improved stent flexibility and  trackability,  vessel coverage and support
while  providing the capability of using most sizes with guiding  catheters with
outer diameters as small as 6 French (approximately 2.0mm), which may be helpful
in certain applications. The GFX is offered in lengths of 8, 12, 18, 24 and 30mm
with diameters of 3.0, 3.5 and 4.0 mm.

         GFX 2.5. The GFX 2.5 generally incorporates the same design features as
the GFX (although it utilizes a four-crown  configuration),  but is designed for
application in vessels as small as 2.5mm in diameter.  The GFX 2.5 is offered in
8, 12, and 18mm lengths with a diameter of 2.5mm.

         GFX  XL.  The  GFX XL is a  longer  stent  made  up of  multiple  stent
components that is designed to be used in treating  diffuse arterial disease and
longer lesions with a single stent.  Because the GFX XL retains the  flexibility
of the  Company's  GFX  stent  design,  the  Company  believes  it  will  enable
physicians  to treat longer  lesions with a single  stent,  thereby  potentially
reducing  procedure  time and cost.  The  product  incorporates  the same design
features as the GFX. It is offered in lengths of 30 and 40mm with  diameters  of
3.0, 3.5 and 4.0mm.

     Micro Stent II Systems

         Micro Stent II. The Micro Stent II utilizes a stent component of 3mm in
length.  The helical  connection  and reduced length of the stent elements allow
for increased  flexibility,  thereby enhancing the handling  characteristics and
trackability  of  the  stent  system.  The  Micro  Stent  II  also  incorporates
engineering  advances  related  to  radial  strength  and  materials  processing
designed  to allow  greater  control  of minimal  lumen  diameter.  The  Company
currently  produces  the Micro  Stent II in 6, 9, 12, 18 and 24mm  total  length
configurations with diameters of 3.0, 3.5 and 4.0mm.

         Micro  Stent 2.5.  The Micro  Stent 2.5  incorporates  the same  design
features as the Micro Stent II, but is designed  for  application  in vessels as
small as 2.5mm in  diameter.  The Micro Stent 2.5 is offered in 6, 9, 12, 18 and
24mm lengths with a diameter of 2.5mm.

         Micro Stent II XL. The Micro Stent II XL is a longer stent  designed to
be used in treating  diffuse  arterial  disease and longer lesions with a single
stent.  Because the Micro Stent II XL retains the  flexibility  of the Company's
core stent  design,  the Company  believes it will  enable  physicians  to treat
longer lesions with a single stent,  thereby potentially reducing procedure time
and cost. The product  incorporates  the same design features as the Micro Stent
II. It is  offered  in lengths  of 30 and 39mm with  diameters  of 3.0,  3.5 and
4.0mm.

         Micro Stent II LP. The Company's  Micro Stent II family of products are
generally  designed for use within guiding catheters with an outer diameter of 7
French  (approximately  2.3mm) or greater.  In  response  to clinical  demand in
certain international markets, the Company developed the Micro Stent II LP for 6
French guide catheter compatibility.  This product is being replaced by the GFX,
and is generally distributed only in countries where pre-market approval for the
GFX has not yet been obtained. The Micro Stent II LP is offered in lengths of 12
and 18mm with diameters of 3.0 and 3.5mm.

Peripheral Stent Systems

         In addition to the Company's  coronary stent systems,  the Company also
offers a line of stent systems designed for the treatment of  atherosclerosis in
peripheral vessels of the body.

         Bridge Extra Support Renal Stent.  The Bridge extra support renal stent
is designed to be used in the renal  arteries  and is offered in diameters of 5,
6, and 7mm and  lengths of 16mm.  Initial  release of the  product  occurred  in
December 1996.

         Bridge Extra Support Iliac Stent.  The Bridge extra support iliac stent
is designed to be used in the iliac vessels and is offered in diameters of 6, 7,
8, 9 and 10mm  and  lengths  of 40 and  60mm.  Initial  release  of the  product
occurred in December 1996.

         Bridge Flexible Iliac Stent. The Bridge flexible iliac stent is a lower
profile,  more flexible peripheral stent designed for use in more tortuous iliac
vessels and is offered in diameters of 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10mm and a length of 40mm.
Initial release of the product occurred in May 1997.

                                       5
<PAGE>


         Bridge Biliary  Stent.  The Bridge biliary stent is designed to be used
in the  biliary  tract and is  offered in  diameters  of 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10mm and
lengths of 16, 20 and 40mm. A 510(k)  application  was submitted with the FDA in
April 1997, but the product has not yet been released for commercial sale in any
country.

PTCA Balloon Catheters

         In  addition  to the balloon  catheters  sold as part of the  Company's
stent systems, the Company also offers a broad line of balloon catheters for use
in PTCA balloon  procedures.  All of such currently  marketed  balloon  catheter
products  are  semi-compliant,  with rated burst  pressures  of between 8 and 10
atmospheres.  The Company  offers PTCA catheters with balloons in lengths of 20,
30 and 40mm and diameters ranging from 1.5mm to 4.0mm as discussed below.

         Nike.  The Nike is a rapid exchange  catheter with a flexible  proximal
(nearer to the operator) shaft design coupled with a low profile distal (further
from the operator)  shaft.  It is designed to allow greater access to smaller or
more tortuous vessels.

         Elite.  The Elite is a rapid exchange  catheter with a smaller proximal
shaft  diameter.  It  incorporates  the Nike distal  shaft design with a stiffer
metallic type of proximal shaft construction  designed to allow greater operator
control in maneuvering the balloon catheter while enhancing vessel imaging.

         Peak. The over-the-wire  Peak catheter  incorporates a stiffer proximal
shaft for  enhanced  control and a flexible  distal  shaft for ease of access to
more tortuous vessels. It was designed for the Japanese market,  which generally
favors over-the-wire catheters, although it is also sold in other countries.

         LTX.  The LTX  utilizes a lower  profile,  higher  pressure,  minimally
compliant  PTCA balloon  rated at 14  atmospheres.  Among other  things,  higher
pressure  PTCA  balloons are useful in  follow-up  dilatation  treatment,  since
higher pressure balloons  generally more fully expand implanted stents.  Initial
release of the product occurred in selected markets in September 1997.

Research and Development Program

         The  Company  maintains  an active  research  and  development  program
designed to exploit its core technical expertise in stent systems,  PTCA balloon
catheters and related medical  technologies.  The Company has made a significant
investment in developing its  proprietary  stent  technologies  and believes its
research and development  commitment in this area is critical to its competitive
position.  During fiscal 1997, the Company significantly  increased its research
and development  expenditures and personnel.  Research and development  expenses
for  fiscal  1997,  1996 and 1995  were  approximately  $11,422,000,  $6,480,000
($3,880,000  after  excluding a one-time charge of $2,600,000 in connection with
the   termination  of  certain  patent  royalty   obligations),   and  $987,000,
respectively.

         The Company is reviewing potential products in several areas, including
stent use in carotid and  neurological  applications,  radiation  and the use of
alternative stent materials.  There can be no assurance that any of the products
above will be successfully  developed,  commercially released or accepted by the
market  or  that  regulatory  clearance  will be  obtained  from  the  necessary
international or United States regulatory agencies.

Clinical Trial Activities

         Clinical  trials have not been required in most European  markets prior
to the initiation of commercial  sales.  By contrast,  certain other  countries,
including the United States and Japan,  require government  pre-market approval,
rigorous in vitro and/or pre-clinical data and the completion of clinical trials
prior to commercialization of new products.  In Japan,  following the submission
of the  results of  clinical  trials to Japanese  regulators  in late 1996,  the
Company's Japanese distributor received in June 1997 government approval for the
sale in Japan of the Company's  coronary stent systems.  The approval covers the
entire  line of the  Company's  coronary  stent  systems,  including  the  rapid
exchange  and  over-the-wire  delivery  systems for each of such  products.  The
approval includes the entire GFX product line, including the low profile GFX 2.5
for  smaller  vessels and the GFX XL for longer  lesions,  as well as the entire
Micro Stent II product  line.  As of the date  hereof,  however,  the  Company's
Japanese  distributor had not yet received the related  reimbursement  approval.
The Company  does not expect  reimbursement  approval in Japan prior to November
1997,  and there can be no assurance  when or if such approval will be obtained.
The Company's  Japanese  distributor  has  previously  received  approval of the
Company's Nike, Peak and Elite PTCA balloon catheter systems.

         With respect to the United States, in August 1997 the Company submitted
a PMA to the FDA in  connection  with its  ongoing  efforts to gain  approval to
begin commercial  sales of its coronary stent systems in the United States.  The
PMA was based on a 661-patient, multi-center, randomized clinical study with the
Company's  Micro Stent II device in the United  States under an  Investigational
Device  Exemption  ("IDE").  The study,  entitled  SMART (Study of Micro stent's
Ability to limit Restenosis Trial),  evaluated the treatment of both de novo and
restenotic lesions in native coronary arteries,  utilizing the  Palmaz-Schatz(R)
stent of Cordis (a Johnson & Johnson  company)  as a  control.  The study had an
elective indication for use and required follow up, utilizing a primary endpoint
of clinically  driven target site  revascularization  at nine months and various
secondary  endpoints   (including   angiographic   restenosis).   The  data  for

                                       6
<PAGE>

preliminary  six-month  data,  as presented in late August 1997 by the principal
investigator for the study, indicated that the target site revascularization for
the Micro Stent II at six months was  approximately  8.4% and was  statistically
equivalent to the results for the Palmaz-Schatz(R) product. The Company included
in  supplemental  registries  to the study  patients with long lesions that were
treated with the Micro Stent II XL as well as patients treated with the GFX, and
certain data relating to the GFX was included in the August 1997 PMA submission.
The  Company  has  also  commenced  U.S.   clinical   trials  of  the  Company's
single-operator  stent  delivery  system and of the Company's  Peak PTCA balloon
catheter,  although  such systems were not included in the PMA  submission.  The
Company does not expect FDA approval of any of its stent systems for sale in the
United  States  prior to 1998,  and  there can be no  assurance  when or if such
approval will be obtained.  The Company has incurred, and expects to continue to
incur,  substantial  clinical  research  and  other  costs  in  connection  with
obtaining  regulatory  approvals  for its stent systems in the United States and
other countries.

         In  addition  to its United  States  clinical  program,  the Company is
sponsoring  several ongoing  clinical studies in several  countries  outside the
United States.  In addition to fulfilling the  regulatory  requirements  for the
sale of its products in certain countries,  the Company intends to use data from
these trials to promote market acceptance of its products and to expand clinical
applications  of the  Company's  products.  The Company  believes  that clinical
trials  are an  important  method of  demonstrating  performance  and  expanding
potential  applications  of the  Company's  products  to  physicians  at leading
medical centers participating in such trials. Accordingly,  the Company believes
that the  results  of such  trials  can be an  important  part of the  Company's
marketing  programs and  competitive  positioning of the Company.  In sponsoring
clinical trials, the Company generally is involved in the design of the protocol
for such trials, makes its stents available to the trials' investigators free of
charge or at discounted rates, and aids with the patient  enrollment  procedures
and other ministerial aspects of the trial as necessary,  but otherwise does not
participate in the performance of the trials.

         Clinical results are inherently unpredictable and are influenced by the
indications and endpoints chosen and the procedures used.  Results from clinical
trials sponsored by the Company, its competitors or a third party could delay or
prevent regulatory approvals, reduce market demand and therefore have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.   In  addition,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company's
interpretation  of data from its clinical  trials will be accepted by the FDA or
other regulatory authorities or the medical community at large.

Distribution, Sales and Marketing

         The  Company  markets  its GFX and  Micro  Stent II  families  of stent
systems and its PTCA balloon  catheters in over 40 countries  outside the United
States.  Until  April 1996,  substantially  all of the  Company's  sales were to
international  distributors  who resell products to health care  providers.  The
Company  terminated its relationship with distributors in Germany and the United
Kingdom in April and May 1996, respectively, and in France, Switzerland, Belgium
and the Netherlands  effective September 30, 1996. The Company believes that the
establishment  and  maintenance of direct sales forces in France,  Germany,  the
Netherlands  (to  service  the Benelux  countries),  Switzerland  and the United
Kingdom  has  resulted  in   increased   revenues  and  market  share  in  those
territories.  The Company also  believes that its direct sales  operations  have
enabled it to build  stronger  relationships  with  customers,  more  completely
control the  distribution  and growth of the Company's full product line, and to
better manage the pricing and regulatory approval process for its products.  The
Company has also  centralized its  distribution  services by contracting  with a
provider in the  Netherlands to support direct sales  operations and independent
distributors  throughout  Europe. The Company may establish a direct sales force
in one or more  additional  countries  in the future  where it believes  such an
approach  will  benefit  its  competitive   position.   The   establishment  and
maintenance  of direct sales  forces has  required and will  continue to require
significant  ongoing  expenditures,  additional  management  resources  and  has
resulted,  and may continue to result, in additional costs to eliminate existing
distributor  relationships  (including litigation by former  distributors).  The
Company's  former   distributors  in  Belgium,   France,   the  Netherlands  and
Switzerland  have commenced  legal action against the Company in connection with
the termination of the distribution  relationships in those countries. See "Item
3. Legal Proceedings."

         In all other  countries,  the  Company  currently  sells  its  products
through independent  distributors.  Such distributors  generally are granted the
right  to sell  the  Company's  products  within  a  defined  territory  and are
typically permitted to sell other non-competing  medical products.  All sales to
distributors are denominated in U.S.  dollars,  while sales effected through the
Company's  direct sales  operations are denominated in the local  currency.  The
Company's distributors purchase the Company's products at discounts that vary by
product  and  market.  The  distributors  resell  the  products  to health  care
providers  such as hospitals at prices that are  determined by the  distributor.
The  Company's  use of  distributors  in  certain  countries  does not allow the
Company to control  end-market  prices charged for its products in those markets
and may not result in the same level of sales and marketing efforts as would the
use of a direct  sales  force by the Company in those  markets.  The Company has
written agreements with most of its more significant distributors, including the
Company's Japanese distributor.

                                       7
<PAGE>

         Over 40% of the Company's fiscal 1997 revenues were derived from export
sales  to  non-affiliated  international  distributors.  No  single  distributor
accounted for more than 5% of the  Company's net sales in fiscal 1997.  However,
upon any receipt of reimbursement  approval for the sale of the Company's stents
in Japan,  the  Company's  Japanese  distributor  is  expected  to account for a
significantly  increased  portion of the  Company's  sales for the  remainder of
fiscal 1998. The Company anticipates that substantially all of its revenues from
product  sales will be derived  from sales in foreign  countries  until at least
1998.  International  sales are  subject to  certain  risks,  including  foreign
medical  regulations,  export/import  licenses,  foreign currency  fluctuations,
economic or political instability, shipping delays and tariffs and other various
trade  restrictions,  all of  which  could  have  a  significant  impact  on the
Company's  ability to deliver products on a competitive and timely basis. As the
Company continues to develop an international  sales force it expects to be more
directly  subject to foreign  currency  fluctuations  to the extent  such direct
sales may be  denominated  in foreign  currency.  In the third fiscal quarter of
fiscal  1997,  the Company  incurred  losses of  approximately  $550,000  due to
foreign  currency  fluctuations.  The Company  has since  entered  into  certain
currency hedging transactions in the form of forward exchange contracts that the
Company believes should limit its exposure to such currency fluctuations.  There
can be no  assurance,  however,  that the Company  will not incur  losses due to
foreign currency fluctuations in the future.

         The Company continually reviews its existing distributor  arrangements.
Establishing  a  direct  sales  force  requires  significant  time,   management
resources and  expenditures  and may result in substantial  additional  costs to
eliminate  existing  distribution  relationships  or  legal  actions  by  former
distributors.  The Company  expects to  establish a direct sales force in one or
more additional  countries in the future where it believes such an approach will
benefit  its  competitive  position.  Failure  by the  Company  to  quickly  and
cost-effectively  establish effective sales forces in such additional  countries
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

         The Company has  implemented  a marketing  and  development  program to
support its sales in foreign  markets as well as to increase its visibility with
leading  physicians.  The Company has  implemented  a series of physician  group
training  sessions  in Europe and Japan  designed  to  increase  exposure to the
Company's products and allow "hands on" demonstration and training. In addition,
the Company has  developed a staff of clinical  specialists  to help  coordinate
clinical trials, work directly in the training of physicians and certain aspects
of patient  care,  provide an  increased  presence  at industry  tradeshows  and
produce marketing material targeted toward physicians.  The Company  anticipates
that,  because of the diverse needs of the market for peripheral stents and some
of the other  markets  for which the  Company is  developing  products,  it will
develop separate clinical support and sales forces to take advantage of clinical
and technical expertise specific to those markets.

         In the United States,  the Company intends to market its coronary stent
products,  if and when  approved by the FDA for sale there,  with a direct sales
organization.  The  Company  has  begun  to  develop  a U.S.  sales  force,  but
additional  resources  will be  required  to  develop a sales  force  capable of
effectively  commercializing  the Company's  products in the United States.  The
Company also  anticipates  that its various sales forces,  particularly its U.S.
sales force, will need to actively pursue approval of the Company as a qualified
supplier for hospital group purchasing  organizations  that negotiate  contracts
with suppliers of medical  products.  Qualification  with such group  purchasing
organizations,  which exist on both a national  and regional  level,  has become
increasingly important in recent years in response to cost containment pressures
and health  care  reform.  Failure  to build an  effective  sales and  marketing
organization  in the United States could have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Manufacturing

         The Company  performs most of the steps for  fabrication  of its stents
internally,   including  cutting,   forming,   connecting  through   proprietary
attachment processes and  electropolishing  high quality medical grade stainless
steel. To support this capability,  the Company has designed  manufacturing  and
testing  equipment that has enabled the development and execution of proprietary
processes not  currently  available  from outside  suppliers.  For example,  the
Company has its own balloon and catheter extrusion  equipment,  which allows for
rapid  prototyping  and  adherence to strict design  specifications  and quality
standards in manufacturing.

         In addition to the technological  advantages of its stent designs,  the
Company believes that its vertically  integrated  manufacturing and research and
development operations provide a competitive advantage in quickly developing and
bringing to market  sophisticated stent and catheter products.  This integration
allowed  the  Company to develop  and bring to market  several  new  products in
fiscal 1997,  including the GFX and the Bridge renal and iliac  peripheral stent
systems. The Company's manufacturing engineers participate in the product design
process  so as to  insure  the  Company's  ability  to  achieve  rapid  and cost
effective manufacturing  capabilities for its products. The Company is committed
to  manufacturing   internally  as  many  of  its  products  and  components  as
practicable  and believes that such a process better enables it to set,  achieve
and  control  high  standards  for the  quality of its  devices,  reduce time to
market, manage costs, maintain control over proprietary information, and execute
improvements in design and  manufacturing  processes.  In mid-1998,  the Company
expects  to  move a  significant  portion  of its  United  States

                                       8
<PAGE>

manufacturing operations to a new facility currently under construction adjacent
to  its  headquarters  facility  in  Santa  Rosa,  California.  There  can be no
assurance  that  the  Company  will be able to  cost-effectively  complete  such
transition  or that it will not result in a stoppage or reduction of  production
capacity or efficiency, any of which events could have a material adverse effect
on the Company business, financial condition or results of operations.

         The design,  manufacture and assembly of certain proprietary components
and materials used in the Company's PTCA balloon  angioplasty and stent delivery
catheters take place in the Company's  facilities in Santa Rosa,  California and
those of Arterial Vascular  Engineering Canada,  Inc. ("AVEC"),  a subsidiary of
the Company located in Richmond,  British Columbia.  Though catheter  components
are  fabricated  in  both  facilities,   all  of  the  Company's  products  sold
commercially are currently finished and packaged in the Canadian facility,  with
the  Company's  finished  medical  devices  then being  shipped  from  Canada to
distributors outside of the United States. However, if and when the FDA approves
the  commercial  sale of the  Company's  coronary  stent  products in the United
States,  the  Company  expects  that it will  supply  the United  States  market
directly from its  manufacturing  facilities in Santa Rosa. The Company executes
all  critical  assembly  operations  in  controlled  environment  rooms in which
bacterial and airborne particulate levels are monitored.

         The Company has obtained the right to affix CE  (Conformite  Europeene)
marking  to all of its  coronary  stent  systems  sold in all  countries  of the
European  Economic  Area and  Switzerland.  CE marking  is a European  symbol of
conformance to strict product  manufacturing  and quality system  standards.  As
part of the CE marking  process,  the Company  also  received  ISO  9001/EN46001
certification  with respect to the  manufacturing  of all of its coronary  stent
products.  With respect to the United States, the FDA is expected to inspect the
Company's  manufacturing  facilities and processes for compliance with the FDA's
Quality  System  Regulation  before  the FDA  will  approve  the  Company's  PMA
application  for  commercial  sale of its coronary  stent  systems in the United
States.  Such  facilities  have not yet been inspected by the FDA.  Furthermore,
additional  manufacturing  sites  (such  as the  130,000  square  foot  facility
currently  under  construction  in  Santa  Rosa,   California)  and  changes  in
manufacturing  processes  will also be  subject  to  regulatory  inspection  for
compliance  with United States and  international  regulations.  There can be no
assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  demonstrate  or  continue  to
demonstrate  the compliance of its existing or future  facilities  with any such
regulations. See "--Government Regulation."

         The Company relies on some outside sources for catheter  components and
from time to time the  Company has  experienced  shortages  of certain  supplied
materials that have significantly affected its ability to produce enough product
to satisfy market demand. The Company currently relies upon a single supplier of
the medical grade stainless steel from which the Company's  stents are machined.
In fiscal 1995, the Company  experienced a shortage in acceptable  medical-grade
stainless  steel and was  unable to supply  products  for a period of time.  The
Company is continually  reviewing its own  capabilities  and the capabilities of
other potential suppliers of medical grade stainless steel,  although to date no
such other suppliers have been able to produce  materials  meeting the Company's
quality  standards.  The failure to obtain  sufficient  quantities  of component
materials  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.

         The  anticipated  commencement  of  commercial  sales of the  Company's
coronary  stent systems in the United  States,  if FDA approval is received,  is
expected to increase  production  requirements to a level not yet experienced by
the  Company.   Manufacturers   often   encounter   difficulties  in  increasing
production, including problems involving production yields, adequate supplies of
components,  quality control and assurance and shortages of qualified personnel.
In 1995, the Company experienced difficulties in producing sufficient volumes of
products to satisfy demand,  due in part to lower production  yields  associated
with the commencement of large scale  manufacturing  of new products.  Moreover,
the Company  developed a significant  short-term  backlog during January 1997 in
connection with the scale-up of manufacturing of its GFX stent system. There can
be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  successful  in  scaling  up  its
manufacturing   operations,   or  that  it  will  not  experience  manufacturing
difficulties  in  the  future.   Difficulties  experienced  by  the  Company  in
manufacturing  scale-up  could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.

         The  Company  believes  that its  current  manufacturing  space will be
sufficient to serve its needs through at least early 1998. The Company has begun
to produce inventory for the short-term supply of the potential U.S. market, and
it has begun  construction  of a 130,000  square foot  building  adjacent to its
corporate  headquarters in Santa Rosa,  California,  at an estimated cost of $20
million,  which,  when  completed,  will be  largely  devoted  to  manufacturing
activities.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that  such new  manufacturing
facility will be completed in time to allow the Company to adequately supply the
potentially  significant  demands of the U.S. market on a long-term  basis,  nor
that such new facility  will pass  regulatory  inspection  for  compliance  with
United States and international regulations.

Competition

         Competition in the market for the treatment of  cardiovascular  disease
is intense and is expected to  increase.  The Company  competes  primarily  with
Boston Scientific Corporation, C.R. Bard, Inc., Cook, Inc., Guidant Corporation,
Cordis (Johnson & Johnson),  Medtronic,  Inc. and Pfizer, Inc., among others, in
the development,  production and marketing of stents and stent  technology.  The
Company  believes  that Cordis  (Johnson & Johnson) is 

                                       9
<PAGE>

currently  the  worldwide  market leader with a majority of the market for stent
devices.  As of the date of this report,  Cordis  (Johnson & Johnson),  Cook and
Medtronic  have the only stents which have been  approved by the FDA for sale in
the United States. In addition, Guidant submitted a PMA to the FDA for its stent
product in June 1997,  while the  Company's  PMA was  submitted  in August 1997.
Earlier  entrants in the market in a therapeutic  area often obtain and maintain
significant market share relative to later entrants. Moreover, in many countries
in which the Company  markets its  products,  neither  pre-market  approval  nor
clinical  studies  are  required  prior to  marketing  a  product.  As a result,
competitive  products  have been and continue to be quickly  introduced in these
markets.  Many of the  Company's  competitors  and  potential  competitors  have
substantially  greater  name  recognition  and capital  resources  than does the
Company and also have greater  resources  and expertise in the areas of research
and development,  obtaining regulatory  approvals,  manufacturing and marketing.
There can be no assurance  that the  Company's  competitors  will not succeed in
developing stents or stent systems,  competing technologies or therapeutic drugs
that are more effective or more effectively  marketed than products  marketed by
the Company or that render the Company's technology obsolete. Additionally, even
if the Company's products provide performance  comparable to competing products,
there can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to obtain  necessary
regulatory  approvals or compete against  competitors in terms of manufacturing,
marketing and sales.

         The Company believes that the primary competitive factors in the market
for stent  technology  include product safety,  quality,  ease of use,  clinical
performance (radial strength, flexibility,  radiopacity, low thrombosis risk and
long term efficacy), delivery system characteristics (flexibility,  reliability,
ease  of  use),  price,   customer  service  and  availability  of  third  party
reimbursement.  In  addition,  the length of time  required  for  products to be
developed and to receive regulatory approval is an important competitive factor.
The Company  believes  it  competes  favorably  with  respect to these  factors,
although there can be no assurance that it will be able to continue to do so.

         An additional competitive factor is the current healthcare environment.
Particularly in the United States,  this environment has  increasingly  centered
around managed care  organizations,  group  purchasing  organizations,  hospital
consolidations  and  other  factors  resulting  in  increased  cost  containment
pressures  for  medical  procedures  generally,   including  the  less  invasive
procedures  for which the Company  markets its  products.  Many of the Company's
competitors  have a greater  strategic  mass and offer broader  product lines in
minimally invasive procedures generally than does the Company,  allowing them to
market their stent systems and PTCA balloon catheters to medical  specialists as
part of a broad  package of other needed  minimally  invasive  medical  devices.
There can be no assurance  that the  Company's  competitors  will not succeed in
developing  more  effective  marketing  programs  than  the  Company  in such an
environment.

         The  Company  believes  that the  increasing  number of  devices in the
international  stent market and the desire of  companies to obtain  market share
has  resulted in increased  price  competition,  particularly  in the second and
third quarters of fiscal 1997,  which has caused the Company to reduce prices on
its stent  systems.  Price  reductions  effected  by the  Company in response to
competitive pressure reduced net sales in the second quarter of fiscal 1997, but
were offset by increased  unit sales in the third and fourth  quarters of fiscal
1997. The Company  expects such price  competition to continue,  particularly in
Germany.  If the  Company is forced to effect  further  price  reductions,  such
reductions  would reduce net sales in future  periods if not offset by increased
unit sales or other  factors.  Price  reductions  by the  Company in response to
competitive  pressure,  particularly in Germany,  could have a material  adverse
affect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

         In addition,  the ability to use patents or other proprietary rights to
prevent sales by  competitors  is an important  competitive  tool in the medical
device  industry.  The Company  believes  that patents held by  competitors  may
restrict its ability to market its current  products in the United  States.  See
"-- Patents and Proprietary Rights."

         The  stent  market  is  characterized  by rapid  technical  innovation.
Product development involves a high degree of risk and there can be no assurance
that the Company's  competitors  and potential  competitors  will not succeed in
developing and marketing  technologies and products that are more effective than
those developed and marketed by the Company,  or that would render the Company's
technology and products obsolete or noncompetitive. The medical indications that
can be treated by stents can also be  treated  by  surgery,  minimally  invasive
bypass procedures, drugs, or other medical devices including stand alone balloon
catheters,  atherectomy  catheters and lasers, many of which are widely accepted
in the medical community.  Although the use of stents is increasingly  supported
by the professional community, there is no assurance that procedures using stent
technology will replace such  established  treatments or that clinical  research
will  continue  to  support  the  use  of  stents.  Additionally,  new  surgical
procedures  and  medications  could be  developed  that  replace  or reduce  the
importance of current procedures that use the Company's products.

Patents and Proprietary Rights

         The Company has filed U.S. and foreign patent  applications  to protect
its proprietary  position in stents and stent delivery systems. The Company also
relies on trade  secrets,  technical  know-how and  technological  innovation to
maintain  its  competitive  position.  The  Company's  policy is to protect  and
enforce its patent and other intellectual property rights by appropriate action.

                                       10
<PAGE>

         The Company holds one issued United States patent, has received notices
of  issuance on two of its United  States  patent  applications  and has several
United States patent applications pending. It also holds two Australian patents,
one European patent and has additional  foreign patent  applications  filed. The
Company's  issued United States patent relates to stent  technology  used in the
Company's current stent systems. The Company also has a license to make and sell
stents and balloon angioplasty catheters using technology covered by patents and
patent  applications of a third party.  The application for a stent patent which
resulted in the  Company's  only issued  United  States patent was acquired from
Endothelial Support Systems,  Inc.  (subsequently known as Endovascular  Support
Systems,  Inc.) ("ESS").  In June 1996, two former  shareholders of ESS, each of
whom  currently  holds shares of Common  Stock of the  Company,  filed an action
against the Company seeking, among other things, to rescind the transfer of such
technology  from ESS and to transfer  such patent to ESS.  No  assurance  can be
given as to the outcome of any such litigation.  Loss or impairment of the right
to produce  products based on such patents could have a material  adverse effect
on the Company's business,  financial  condition and results of operations.  See
"Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

         A number of  medical  device  and  other  companies,  universities  and
research institutions have filed patent applications or have been issued patents
relating  to  catheters,   stents  and  delivery  systems  and  there  has  been
substantial  litigation in this area.  The Company's  success will depend on its
products not infringing patents issued to competitors. The Company is aware that
a  portion  of the  technology  used  in  its  current  stent  systems  may,  if
challenged,  be determined to be in conflict with certain  United States patents
held by competitors of the Company,  which  competitors are larger and have more
substantial  resources than the Company.  These  competitors  can be expected to
expend significant resources to attempt to enforce and/or defend the validity of
their patents. The validity, scope and enforceability of one such patent held by
a competitor  was recently  challenged in litigation  not involving the Company.
The parties to that litigation  settled their dispute privately before receiving
a court  decision as to the validity,  scope or  enforceability  of such patent.
Subsequently, the validity and enforceability of that patent has separately been
challenged in other litigation not involving the Company. In the event that such
litigation is resolved unfavorably from the Company's  perspective,  the Company
may be precluded  from selling its current  stent  products in the United States
for the life of such patent.

         In anticipation  of receiving  approval for sale of its products in the
United  States,  the Company is reviewing  whether it may be necessary to modify
its current  technology or develop new products to avoid infringement under such
United States patents.  If the Company's products are determined to infringe and
it cannot  obtain a  license  on  commercially  reasonable  terms or modify  its
current technology or develop new products to avoid  infringement,  such outcome
could require the Company to cease its  commercial  activities  and sales of the
affected  products in the United States and could have a material adverse effect
on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition  and  results of  operations.
Modification  of the Company's  products or development of new products to avoid
infringement may require the Company to conduct  additional  clinical trials for
such new or  modified  products in  connection  with  United  States  regulatory
approval and to revise its filings with the FDA or other regulatory agencies.

         The Company is  continually  reviewing  the scope of United  States and
foreign  patents  and the status of any  litigation  with  respect to patents of
interest of which it is aware.  The question of  infringement  involves  complex
legal and factual issues and is highly uncertain. There can be no assurance that
any conclusion reached by the Company regarding  infringement will be consistent
with the  resolution  of such  issue  by a court.  In the  event  the  Company's
products  are found to infringe  patents  held by  competitors,  there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to  successfully  modify its products to
avoid  infringement,   or  that  any  modified  products  will  be  commercially
successful.  Failure in such event to either develop a  commercially  successful
alternative or to obtain a license to such patent on reasonable terms could have
a material  adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.  In any event, there can be no assurance that the Company
will  not  be  obliged  to  defend  itself  in  court  against   allegations  of
infringement  of third party  patents.  Patent  litigation is very expensive and
could subject the Company to significant liabilities, require disputed rights to
be  licensed  from third  parties or require  the  Company to cease  selling its
products.

         The  validity  and  breadth  of claims in  medical  technology  patents
involve  complex  legal and  factual  questions  and,  therefore,  may be highly
uncertain.  No assurance can be given that any patents  based on pending  patent
applications  or any future patent  applications  of the Company will be issued,
that the scope of any patent  protection  will  exclude  competitors  or provide
competitive  advantages  to the Company,  that any of the  Company's  patents or
patents  to which it has  licensed  rights  will be held  valid if  subsequently
challenged  or that others will not claim  rights in or ownership of the patents
and other proprietary rights held or licensed by the Company. Furthermore, there
can be no assurance  that others have not developed or will not develop  similar
products,  duplicate any of the Company's  products or design around any patents
issued to or  licensed by the Company or that may be issued in the future to the
Company.  Since  patent  applications  in the United  States are  maintained  in
secrecy until patent  issue,  the Company also cannot be certain that others did
not first file  applications  for  inventions  covered by the Company's  pending
patent  applications,  nor can the Company be certain  that it will not infringe
any patents that may be issued to others on such applications.

                                       11
<PAGE>


         The Company relies upon trade secret  protection for certain aspects of
its proprietary  technology.  The Company's  policy is to have each employee and
consultant  enter  into  a  confidentiality   agreement  containing   provisions
prohibiting  the  disclosure of  confidential  information to anyone outside the
Company  and  requiring  disclosure  to  the  Company  of  ideas,  developments,
discoveries  or  inventions   conceived  during   employment  or  service  as  a
consultant,  and assignment to the Company of proprietary rights to such matters
related  to  the  business  and  technology  of  the  Company.  There  can be no
assurance,  however, that these agreements will provide meaningful protection or
adequate  remedies for the Company's  trade secrets in the event of unauthorized
use or  disclosure  of such  information  or that others will not  independently
develop  substantially  equivalent  proprietary  information  and  techniques or
otherwise gain access to the Company's trade secrets and proprietary know-how.

Government Regulation

         International  sales of  medical  devices  are  subject  to  regulatory
requirements  in many  countries.  The regulatory  review  process  required for
commercial sales varies from country to country.  The products currently sold by
the Company are subject to pre-market approval in Belgium, Canada, Italy, Japan,
Norway,  Spain and Sweden as well as to other  regulatory  requirements in these
and other countries. The Company received approvals to market its coronary stent
systems in Belgium,  Italy,  Norway and Sweden prior to or early in fiscal 1997.
The Company  received such approval in Spain when it obtained the right to affix
CE  marking  to its  stent  systems  in June  1997.  Pre-market  approvals  from
particular  countries within the European Economic Area (the 15 countries of the
European  Union and Norway and Iceland)  will not be required  after the Company
has achieved  compliance with the requirements of the Medical Devices  Directive
(the "MDD") discussed below. Additionally,  in June 1997, the Company's Japanese
distributor  received  approval  for the  sale  in  Japan  of all the  Company's
coronary stent systems to date;  however,  to date such  distributor had not yet
received the related reimbursement  approval there. It had earlier obtained such
approval for the Company's Peak, Nike and Elite PTCA balloon  catheter  systems.
The  Company is also  currently  working  with  Canadian  authorities  regarding
approval of its stent  products for sale in Canada.  In certain  countries,  the
Company  may also be subject to  regulations  governing  clinical  trials of its
products. The Company currently exports and sells its coronary stent systems and
its PTCA balloon  catheters in over 40 countries  outside of the United  States,
with full or limited release of the Company's line of Bridge  peripheral  stents
and its LTX high pressure PTCA balloon catheter system currently in progress.

         In fiscal 1997,  the Company began taking an active role in the receipt
of pre-market approvals and compliance with clinical trial requirements in those
countries that require them, particularly in those countries where it has direct
sales  operations.  However,  to some  extent the Company  continues  to rely on
distributors  in those  countries  where it continues to use  distributors.  The
Company's  distributors  have received  pre-market  approvals in those countries
that require them and in which the Company currently has commercial sales. There
can be no  assurance  that the Company  will  continue to be able to quickly and
cost-effectively  establish and maintain regulatory  compliance  operations with
respect to those countries  where it establishes  direct sales  operations.  The
Company has in the past discovered instances of regulatory  noncompliance by its
distributors,  and has, in response,  caused the applicable  distributor to file
revised governmental notifications,  ceased to sell commercially its products in
the  applicable  countries  or  otherwise  acted  so  as  to  halt  any  ongoing
noncompliance  in such countries.  While the Company is not aware of any pending
or threatened governmental action against it in any country in which it has done
business,  any enforcement action by regulatory authorities with respect to past
or any future regulatory  noncompliance  could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

         Generally,  in  order to  continue  selling  its  products  within  the
European Economic Area and Switzerland following June 14, 1998, the Company will
be required to achieve  compliance with the requirements of the MDD and affix CE
marking on its products to attest to such compliance;  the Company believes that
products  which have already  been  delivered  to  distributors  will be able to
continue  to be  sold  by  such  distributors  during  a  subsequent  three-year
transition period. To achieve  compliance,  the Company's products must meet the
"Essential  Requirements"  of the MDD relating to safety and performance and the
Company must  successfully  undergo  verification  of its regulatory  compliance
("conformity  assessment")  by a Notified  Body  selected  by the  Company.  The
Company has  selected  TUV Product  Service of Munich,  Germany as its  Notified
Body.  The  nature of such  assessment  depends on the  regulatory  class of the
product,  and the Company's  coronary stent products are currently in Class III,
the highest risk class, and therefore subject to the most rigorous controls.

         In March 1997, the Company received ISO 9001/EN46001 certification from
its Notified Body with respect to the manufacturing of all of its coronary stent
products. This certification applies to the manufacturing  operations in each of
the Company's Santa Rosa facilities and AVEC's facility in Canada. In June 1997,
the Company  obtained the right to affix CE marking to all of its coronary stent
systems sold in all countries of the European Economic Area and Switzerland. The
Company will be subject to continued  supervision  by its Notified Body and will
be  required  to  report  any  serious  adverse  incidents  to  the  appropriate
authorities.  The  Company  also  will be  required  to comply  with  additional
national  requirements that are beyond the scope of the MDD. With respect to its
Bridge line of  peripheral  stent  systems,  its LTX high  pressure PTCA balloon
catheter system and any additional  products not already cleared for CE marking,
the Company will need to comply with the CE marking  requirements  prior to June
14,  1998,  or else it will

                                       12
<PAGE>

be unable to sell its  products in the  European  Economic  Area or  Switzerland
unless and until  compliance  is achieved.  Failure to achieve  such  compliance
could have a material  adverse  effect upon the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.  There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to achieve or maintain compliance required for CE marking on all or
any of its products or that it will be able to timely and profitably produce its
products while complying with the  requirements of the MDD and other  regulatory
requirements.

         In the United States, the Company is subject to extensive regulation of
medical devices by the FDA as well as state and local authorities, including the
California  Department of Health  Services.  Generally,  unless a medical device
manufacturer  can  establish to the FDA's  satisfaction  that a newly  developed
device is "substantially  equivalent" to a legally marketed device that does not
itself require pre-market approval, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the
"FDC Act") requires that the manufacturer submit a PMA for the device and obtain
the  FDA's  approval  of the PMA prior to  marketing  the  device in the  United
States. It is expected that all of the Company's coronary stent products will be
subject  to the PMA  process.  The first  step in the PMA  approval  process  is
usually the submission to the FDA of the results of laboratory and  pre-clinical
studies,  which  typically  must be  conducted  in  compliance  with  the  FDA's
regulations governing Good Laboratory Practices, and a request for permission to
clinically  evaluate the device in humans under an IDE.  Initiation of the study
requires  the approval of the FDA and of the  institutional  review board of the
hospital or clinic  participating  in the  clinical  trial and written  informed
consent from all participating  patients.  Furthermore,  FDA regulations subject
sponsors of IDEs to certain requirements including proper monitoring of clinical
investigations,  selection of qualified investigators,  recordkeeping, reporting
of  unanticipated  adverse  device events and  submission  of periodic  progress
reports. In addition,  a sponsor is prohibited from promoting or commercializing
a device prior to PMA approval.  The PMA must contain,  among other things,  the
results of the  clinical  trials,  the  results  of all  relevant  bench  tests,
laboratory and pre clinical  studies,  a complete  description of the device and
its  components,  and a detailed  description  of the  methods,  facilities  and
controls  used for  manufacture,  including  the  method  of  sterilization.  In
addition,  the  submission  must  include  the  proposed  labeling,  advertising
literature and physician training methods (if required).  In general,  data from
adequate and well-controlled  independent,  statistically  significant  clinical
trials must  demonstrate the safety and  effectiveness of the device in order to
obtain approval of the PMA.

         After  completion of the FDA's  preliminary  review,  the submission is
ordinarily  sent  to an  FDA-selected  scientific  advisory  panel  composed  of
physicians  and scientists  with expertise in the particular  field which (after
holding any public hearings it deems necessary) then issues a recommendation  to
the FDA that may include  conditions  for approval.  The FDA is not bound by the
recommendations of the advisory panel. Toward the end of the PMA review process,
the FDA will conduct an  inspection of the  manufacturer's  facilities to ensure
that the facilities are in compliance with applicable  quality system regulation
("QSR") requirements. If the FDA evaluations of both the PMA application and the
manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will issue an approvable letter,
which  usually  contains  a number of  conditions  which must be met in order to
secure final approval of the PMA. When those  conditions  have been fulfilled to
the  satisfaction  of the FDA,  the  agency  will  issue a PMA  approval  order,
authorizing  commercial  marketing  of the device for certain  indications.  The
sponsor  may not promote  the device for uses not  approved by the FDA.  The FDA
also has the authority to impose  certain  post-approval  requirements  in a PMA
approval order, including post-approval  surveillance studies further evaluating
the safety, efficacy and reliability of the device. Additional post-approval FDA
requirements  include  Medical Device  Reporting (MDR)  requirements  and device
tracking requirements. Failure to comply with any post-approval requirements may
lead  to  withdrawal  of FDA  approval.  The PMA  review  and  approval  process
generally  takes more than a year to complete from the date of acceptance by the
FDA for  filing,  and may take  substantially  longer.  In  response  to  public
concerns, the FDA has recently made efforts to reduce the time required to clear
PMAs and PMA  supplements,  but review times for products  such as the Company's
remain long and there can be no assurance  that the  Company's  PMA will receive
any  kind of  expedited  review.  The FDA may  also  determine  that  additional
clinical trials are necessary,  in which case the PMA may be delayed for several
years  while  additional  clinical  trials are  conducted  and  submitted  in an
amendment  to the PMA.  Certain  modifications  to medical  devices  require FDA
clearance,  either  under  the  IDE or in a PMA  supplement.  Such  IDE  and PMA
supplements relating to product modifications require the submission of the same
type of  information  required  for an initial  application,  but  because  such
subsequent  filings  need only  contain  sufficient  information  to support the
change,  they  are  generally  more  brief.  The FDA  generally  does not use an
advisory panel review for PMA supplements.

         In August  1997 the Company  submitted  a PMA to the FDA in  connection
with its ongoing efforts to gain approval to begin  commercial  sales of certain
of its  coronary  stent  systems  in the United  States.  The PMA was based on a
661-patient,  multi-center,  randomized  clinical study with the Company's Micro
Stent II device in the  United  States  under an IDE.  The study  evaluated  the
treatment of both de novo and restenotic  lesions in native  coronary  arteries,
utilizing the Palmaz-Schatz(R)  stent of Cordis (a Johnson & Johnson company) as
a control.  The study had an elective indication for use and required follow-up,
utilizing a primary endpoint of clinically driven target site  revascularization
at  nine  months  and  various  secondary  endpoints   (including   angiographic
restenosis).  The data for  preliminary  six-month  data,  as  presented in late
August 1997 by the  principal  investigator  for the study,  indicated  that the
target  site  revascularization  for  the  Micro  Stent  II at  six  months  was
approximately  8.4% and was  statistically  equivalent  to the  results  for the
Palmaz-Schatz(R) product. The Company included in supplemental registries to the

                                       13

<PAGE>

study patients with long lesions that were treated with the Micro Stent II XL as
well as patients  treated with the GFX, and certain data relating to the GFX was
included in the August  1997 PMA  submission.  The  Company  has also  commenced
clinical  trials of the Company's  single-operator  stent delivery system and of
the Company's Peak PTCA balloon catheter system. Such systems were not, however,
included in the PMA submission  made in August 1997. The Company does not expect
FDA approval of any of its stent  systems for sale in the United States prior to
1998,  and there can be no assurance  when or if such approval will be obtained.
The Company has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, substantial clinical
research and other costs in connection with obtaining  regulatory  approvals for
its stent systems in the United States and other countries.

         With respect to its commercial  product sales,  which  currently  occur
only outside of the United States, the Company's Santa Rosa facilities currently
manufacture only components (not finished  devices) and the finished devices are
currently assembled in the AVEC facility.  However, the Company anticipates that
it will supply the United  States  market,  if and when the sale of its products
are  approved  by the  FDA for  sale  there,  directly  from  its  manufacturing
facilities  in Santa  Rosa.  Under  current  law,  at such  time as the  Company
manufactures finished devices in the United States or imports or offers finished
devices for import into the United States  (except as may be covered by an IDE),
the QSR  requirements  will  apply  and the  Company  expects  that the FDA will
inspect the Company's manufacturing facilities on a regular basis for compliance
with  applicable  FDA  regulations,  including  the  QSR  requirements.  The QSR
requirements  mandate that the Company manufacture its products and maintain its
documents in a  prescribed  manner with  respect to  manufacturing,  testing and
control activities. The Company will also be required to comply with various FDA
requirements  for  labeling.  Furthermore,  in  accordance  with the  FDA's  MDR
requirements  the Company will be required to provide  information to the FDA on
death or serious  injuries  alleged to have been  associated with the use of its
medical  devices,  as well as product  malfunctions  that would  likely cause or
contribute  to death or  serious  injury if the  malfunction  were to recur.  In
addition,  the  FDA  prohibits  an  approved  device  from  being  marketed  for
unapproved applications. If the FDA believes that a company is not in compliance
with the law, it can institute proceedings to detain or seize products,  issue a
recall, enjoin future violations and assess civil and criminal penalties against
the Company, its officers and its employees.

         The Company  currently  exports to its  Canadian  subsidiary  its stent
components,   stent  delivery  system   components  and  PTCA  balloon  catheter
components for final assembly and  distribution.  The Company  believes that its
export of these  components  does not  currently  subject  the Company to export
approval requirements under the FDC Act. However, the FDA could determine in the
future that the Company's export of components is not in compliance with the FDC
Act or the  FDA's  regulations  or  policies,  or  that  such  exports  will  be
prohibited  in the  future.  Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  FDA or other
applicable  regulatory  requirements  can  result  in fines,  injunction,  civil
penalties,  recall or  seizure  of  products,  total or  partial  suspension  of
production and criminal prosecution.  In addition, the manufacturing  operations
at the facilities of AVEC are subject to Canadian medical device regulations. In
February 1996, a medical device inspector with the Canadian government inspected
AVEC's  facility and determined  that AVEC's  operations were in compliance with
such regulations.  However,  Canadian  authorities could determine in the future
that AVEC's operations are no longer in compliance with such regulations,  and a
restriction or  prohibition  against the export by the Company of components for
final  assembly in Canada or another  country  could require the Company to make
substantial changes to its manufacturing  operations and have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Third-Party Reimbursement

         Sales  volumes  and  prices  of  the  Company's  products  are  heavily
dependent on the availability of reimbursement from third party payors,  such as
government and private  insurance plans,  health  maintenance  organizations and
other sources of  reimbursement  for health care costs  ("Third-Party  Payors").
Individuals are seldom,  if ever,  willing or able to pay directly for the costs
associated  with  the  use  of  the  Company's  products.  In  foreign  markets,
reimbursement  is  obtained  from a variety of sources,  including  governmental
authorities,  private health insurance plans and labor unions. The market in the
United  States is moving  rapidly in the  direction  of managed  care,  in which
Third-Party  Payors attempt to shift  financial risk to providers of health care
through  mechanisms  that,  among other  things,  involve  fixed  payments for a
defined treatment or episode of care. In addition, Third-Party Payors attempt to
contain health care costs by influencing the clinical  decision making of health
care providers in the direction of what is deemed to be "cost  effective  care."
Some  Third-Party  Payors may also contract on an exclusive  basis with a single
provider of an ancillary  service or product to obtain the lowest possible price
and  then  induce  providers  or  insured  individuals  to deal  only  with  the
contracted source by limiting routine insurance coverage to services or supplies
obtained from that source.

         The federal Medicare program and other major Third-Party  Payors in the
United  States  generally  reimburse  most acute,  general  care  hospitals  for
inpatient  medical  treatment,  including all operating  costs and all furnished
items or services,  including devices such as the Company's,  at a prospectively
fixed  rate  based on the  diagnosis-related  group  ("DRG")  that  covers  such
treatment,  as established  by the federal Health Care Financing  Administration
(the "HCFA"). For interventional  procedures, the fixed rate of reimbursement is
based on the procedure or procedures  performed and is unrelated to the specific
devices used in that procedure.  In addition, each interventional DRG payment is
calculated

                                       14
<PAGE>

to reflect the costs of a specific  procedure  or type of  procedure.  Effective
October 1, 1996, the HCFA created a new procedure code for the implantation of a
coronary artery stent. In accordance with HCFA policy, that code was assigned to
the DRG category  used for  predecessor  codes,  not  specifically  designed for
coronary artery stents: DRG 112 -- "Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedures." DRG
112  includes  PTCA  procedures.  This DRG does not reflect  the  current  costs
associated  with the use of the Company's  stent  systems,  and therefore  would
likely  result  in  under-reimbursement  in the  event  that  the  Company  were
permitted to sell such products to parties subject to such reimbursement  level.
As of the date of this report,  the HCFA was  reevaluating  this DRG assignment,
based on hospital  resource data, as part of its annual DRG review process,  and
considering  whether to re-assign coronary stent implant procedures from DRG 112
to DRG 116 (a code which includes cardiac  pacemaker  implants) as of October 1,
1997. The Company believes that the reimbursement rate established in connection
with such new DRG code would be higher than that currently established under DRG
112 and that such rate would generally reflect the current costs associated with
the use of the Company's stent systems. There can be no assurance, however, that
the HCFA will  re-assign  coronary  stent  procedures to DRG 116 or that any new
reimbursement  rates will  sufficiently  reflect  the  current  or future  costs
associated with the use of the Company's stent systems.

         Third-Party  Payors  that  do  not  use  prospectively  fixed  payments
increasingly  use other  cost  containment  devices,  such as  having  exclusive
suppliers  or  approved  lists of  devices  deemed to be "cost  effective,"  and
requiring  discretionary,  prior  authorization  for  exceptions.  In  addition,
Third-Party Payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that the device used
in a  treatment  was not a  covered  device or was  unnecessary,  inappropriate,
experimental,  used for a nonapproved indication or not cost effective. In other
situations,  Third-Party Payor cost containment efforts may pose barriers to the
use of the  Company's  products  if,  for  example,  the  products  are not on a
Third-Party  Payor's  approved  list of  devices.  Accordingly,  providers  must
determine that the clinical  benefits of stents  justify the additional  cost or
the additional effort required to obtain prior authorization or coverage and the
uncertainty of actually obtaining such authorization or coverage.  Reimbursement
of  angioplasty  procedures  is covered  under a DRG,  but because the amount of
reimbursement is fixed by Medicare and some other Third-Party Payors, the amount
of potential  profit  relating to the procedure may be reduced by the additional
cost associated with use of the Company's stent systems.

         While the Company  believes  that the use of stents may  continue to be
cost  effective  for  many  medical  indications,   the  Company  believes  that
reimbursement in the future is becoming subject to increased  restrictions  such
as those described above, both in the United States and in foreign markets.  The
Company  believes  that the  overall  escalating  cost of medical  products  and
services  has led to and will  continue to lead to  increased  pressures  on the
health care industry,  both foreign and domestic, to reduce the cost of products
and  services,  including  products  offered  by the  Company.  There  can be no
assurance  as to either  United  States or  foreign  markets  that  third  party
reimbursement  and  coverage  will  be  available  and  adequate,  that  current
reimbursement  amounts  will  not be  decreased  in the  future  or that  future
legislation, regulation or reimbursement policies of Third-Party Payors will not
otherwise  adversely affect the demand for the Company's products or its ability
to sell its products on a profitable basis, particularly if the Company's stents
are more expensive  than competing  stents.  The  unavailability  of Third-Party
Payor coverage or the inadequacy of reimbursement  could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Product Liability and Insurance

         The design,  manufacture  and marketing of medical devices of the types
produced by the Company  entail an inherent risk of product  liability and other
liability claims in the event that the use of the Company's  products results in
personal injury claims.  The Company's  products are designed to be implanted in
the human body indefinitely,  and are used in life-threatening  situations where
there is a high risk of serious  injury or death.  From time to time the Company
has received  inquiries  regarding  particular  medical  procedures in which its
products  were used,  but to date the  Company has not  experienced  any product
liability  claims.  Any such claims could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business,  financial condition and results of operations.  The Company
maintains  liability  insurance with coverage of $20 million both per occurrence
and in the aggregate.  There can be no assurance that product liability or other
claims will not exceed such insurance  coverage  limits,  or that such insurance
will continue to be available on commercially acceptable terms or at all.

Environmental Matters

         The  Company  is  subject  to  federal,  state and local  laws,  rules,
regulations and policies governing the use,  generation,  manufacture,  storage,
air emission, effluent discharge, handling and disposal of certain hazardous and
potentially   hazardous   substances  used  in  connection  with  the  Company's
operations.  Although the Company  believes that it has complied with these laws
and  regulations  in all material  respects and to date has not been required to
take any action to correct any noncompliance, there can be no assurance that the
Company  will  not be  required  to  incur  significant  costs  to  comply  with
environmental regulations in the future.

                                       15
<PAGE>

Additional Business Risks

         The Company has recently experienced rapid growth in its facilities and
the number of its  employees,  the number of  products  under  development,  the
number and amount of products  manufactured and sold and the geographic scope of
its sales.  In order to support  increased  levels of sales in the future and to
augment its long-term competitive position, the Company anticipates that it will
be  required  to make  significant  additional  expenditures  in  manufacturing,
research and  development,  sales and  marketing,  and  administration,  both in
absolute dollars and as a percentage of sales.  Among other things,  the Company
expects to spend  approximately  $20 million on its new  manufacturing  facility
currently under  construction in Santa Rosa,  California.  While the Company has
commenced the  implementation of improved financial and management  systems,  is
increasing personnel and expects to increase  substantially its efforts in these
areas,  there  can be no  assurance  that such  systems  and  personnel  will be
efficiently  integrated or will be adequate for the  management of the Company's
current or future  operations,  or that the Company  will be able to manage such
growth effectively.

         The Company has a limited operating history upon which an evaluation of
its prospects can be made.  There can be no assurance that the Company will grow
or that the Company's future financial  results will be comparable to its recent
results.  Future  operating  results will depend on many factors,  including the
demand for the Company's  products,  the level of product and price competition,
the levels of third-party reimbursement,  the Company's success in expanding its
direct sales force and distribution channels and whether the Company can develop
and market new products and control  costs.  In addition,  the Company's  future
prospects  must be considered in light of the risks,  expenses and  difficulties
frequently  encountered  in  establishing  a new business in the medical  device
industry,  which is characterized by intense  competition,  rapid  technological
change and significant regulation.

         The Company's success is dependent upon acceptance of its stent systems
and PTCA balloon catheters by the medical  community as reliable,  safe and cost
effective.  The Company has only limited clinical data regarding the efficacy of
the stent systems it currently  sells. The Company and other producers of stents
are  engaged in  clinical  studies  of stent  systems,  including  in some cases
comparison of the Company's stents to those of competitors. Clinical results are
inherently  unpredictable  and are influenced by the  indications  and endpoints
chosen and the  procedures  used.  There can be no  assurance  that results from
clinical trials sponsored by the Company, its competitors, or a third party will
not  delay  or  prevent  regulatory  approvals,  reduce  market  demand  for the
Company's  products  or that  the  Company's  interpretation  of data  from  its
clinical trials will be accepted by the FDA or other  regulatory  authorities or
the medical community at large.

         In fiscal  1997,  the vast  majority  of the  Company's  net sales were
derived from sales of its stent systems. In addition,  over 40% of the Company's
net sales for fiscal 1997,  and over 70% of its net sales for the fourth quarter
of fiscal 1997,  were derived from products  introduced  during fiscal 1997. The
success of these  products  depends,  among other  things,  on the nature of the
technological advances inherent in the products' design, clinical trial results,
market  acceptance  of the  products,  and the  Company's  receipt of regulatory
approvals  for the  products.  There can be no  assurance  that  clinical  trial
results will be favorable,  that required regulatory approvals will be obtained,
or that  recently  introduced  products  or future  products  will  gain  market
acceptance.  Unfavorable  clinical trial results,  failure to obtain  regulatory
approvals  or failure  to gain  market  acceptance  for the  Company's  recently
introduced  products or future products could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's business,  financial condition and results of operations. The life
cycle of the  Company's  products is difficult to predict.  To the extent demand
for any of the Company's  products  declines and the Company's newly  introduced
products are not commercially accepted, there could be a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

         The medical device industry is  characterized  by rapid and significant
technological  change. The Company's future success will depend in large part on
whether the Company can continue to respond to such changes,  and whether it can
expand the indications and applications for which its products are used, through
the timely development and successful  introduction of enhanced and new versions
of its stents systems and balloon  catheters.  Product  research and development
will require  substantial  expenditures and has inherent risks, and there can be
no assurance  that the Company will be  successful in  identifying  products for
which  demand  exists,  in  developing  products  that have the  characteristics
necessary to treat particular  applications,  or that any new product introduced
will receive regulatory approval or be commercially successful.

         The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the
Delaware  General  Corporation  Law contain  certain  provisions,  including the
requirements of Section 203 of the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, that may
delay or prevent an attempt by a third party to acquire  control of the Company.
In  addition,  in  February  1997 the  Company's  Board of  Directors  adopted a
stockholder  rights  plan,  commonly  referred  to as a "poison  pill,"  that is
intended to deter  hostile or coercive  attempts  to acquire  the  Company.  The
stockholder rights plan enables  stockholders to acquire shares of the Company's
common stock, or the common stock of an acquiror,  at a substantial  discount to
the public  market price should any person or group acquire more than 15% of the
Company's  common stock  without the  approval of the Board of  Directors  under
certain  circumstances.  The Company has reserved  1,000,000  shares of Series A
Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock  for  issuance  in  connection  with the
stockholder  rights  plan.  The  Company is  authorized  to issue an  additional
4,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series with terms to be fixed
by

                                       16

<PAGE>

 the  Board of  Directors  without  a  stockholder  vote.  While  the Board of
Directors  has no  current  intentions  or plans to issue any  preferred  stock,
issuance of these shares could also be used as an anti-takeover device.

         The Company is dependent  upon a limited  number of key  management and
technical  personnel.  The  loss of the  services  of one or  more  of such  key
employees  could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  business.  In
addition,  the  Company's  success  will be dependent on whether the Company can
attract and retain additional highly qualified sales, management,  manufacturing
and research and development personnel. The Company faces intense competition in
its recruiting activities and there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to attract and/or retain qualified personnel.

Employees

         At August 31, 1997,  the Company and its  subsidiaries  had 869 regular
and  temporary  employees  worldwide of which 100 were  involved in research and
development,  534 in manufacturing  and manufacturing  support,  77 in sales and
marketing,  118 in quality  assurance and regulatory and clinical affairs and 40
in finance and  administration.  None of the Company's employees is covered by a
collective bargaining agreement. The Company believes that its relationship with
its employees is good.

<TABLE>
Executive Officers of the Company

         The  executive  officers of the Company and their ages and positions as
of August 31, 1997 are as follows:
<CAPTION>
         Name               Age                       Position
         ----               ---                       --------
<S>                         <C>     <C>
Bradly A. Jendersee         36      Chairman of the Board of Directors
Scott J. Solano             40      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Robert D. Lashinski         36      Vice President of Research and Development and Director
John D. Miller              40      Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director
W. Kevin Bedsole            37      Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing
Gregory M. French           36      Vice President of Manufacturing
John A. Schiek              42      Vice President of Quality, Clinical & Regulatory Affairs
Creg W. Dance               44      Vice President of International Operations
Edward G. Schrader Jr.      45      Vice President of Health Care Strategies and Director of Business Development
Lawrence J. Fassler         37      General Counsel and Secretary
</TABLE>
         Bradly A.  Jendersee  is a founder  of the  Company  and has  served as
Chairman of the Board of Directors since August 1993, as Chief Executive Officer
and  President  from August  1993 to August  1997,  as Director of Research  and
Development from inception to June 1992 and as Vice President of Operations from
June 1992 to August 1993. Prior to joining the Company,  Mr. Jendersee served as
a Principal Research and Development Engineer at Schneider (USA) Inc., a medical
device manufacturer and subsidiary of Pfizer Inc. ("Schneider"), as the Research
and Development  Engineering  Manager of Angioplasty  Products with Mallinckrodt
Medical,  Inc.,  Cardiology Division,  a medical device  manufacturer,  and with
Advanced  Cardiovascular  Systems,  Inc.,  a  subsidiary  of Eli Lilly & Company
("ACS"). Mr.
Jendersee holds a B.S. degree from the University of Minnesota.

         Scott J. Solano has served as President,  Chief Executive Officer and a
Director of the Company since August 1997,  after serving as the Company's Chief
Operating Officer since February 1997. Prior to joining the Company,  Mr. Solano
served as Vice  President  of Research  and  Development  at the Ohmeda  medical
device division of The BOC Group from February 1995 to February 1997. Mr. Solano
also served as Vice President of New Product  Development  and Operations at the
interventional   vascular   division  of  Medtronic,   Inc.,  a  medical  device
manufacturer,  from  September  1994 to  February  1995,  and as Director of New
Product  Development there from March 1991 to September 1994. Mr. Solano holds a
B.S.  degree from the State  University of New York at Albany and a M.S.  degree
from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

         Robert D.  Lashinski  has  served as Vice  President  of  Research  and
Development  since  January  1995  after  joining  the  Company  in July 1992 as
Director  of  Research  and  Development.  Mr.  Lashinski  has also  served as a
director of the Company  since  August 1993.  Mr.  Lashinski  was employed  with
Schneider from October 1990 to June 1992 in both  manufacturing and research and
development  capacities.  Prior to that  time,  Mr.  Lashinski  was a founder of
Danforth  Biomedical  Inc.,  which  focuses on the research and  development  of
vascular  therapeutic  devices,  and also served with ACS in the  capacities  of
Advanced  Development  Engineer and Manager of Equipment  Design and Development
for its pilot and  manufacturing  facilities.  Mr. Lashinski holds a B.S. degree
from the University of Minnesota.

         John D. Miller,  C.P.A.,  is a founder of the Company and has served as
Vice  President  of  Finance  since  January  1996,  Secretary  from May 1995 to
December 1996 and Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer and a Director since the
Company's  inception.  Prior to his position as Vice  President of Finance,  Mr.
Miller  served as Director of Finance  from the  Company's  inception to January
1996.  Mr. Miller  performed his duties to the Company as a consultant  from

                                       17
<PAGE>

the Company's  inception to January 1995 when he began devoting his full working
time to the  Company.  Mr.  Miller was a partner in a New York  accounting  firm
until 1990, when he went into private  practice.  Mr. Miller holds a B.B.A. from
Hofstra University.

         W. Kevin  Bedsole has served as Vice  President of Worldwide  Sales and
Marketing  since  January  1996 and served as  Director of  Worldwide  Sales and
Marketing  from March 1993 to January  1996.  Prior to joining the Company,  Mr.
Bedsole spent seven years in interventional  cardiology device sales with Cordis
Corporation, a medical device manufacturer. Mr. Bedsole holds a B.S. degree from
Florida State University.

         Gregory M. French has served as Vice President of  Manufacturing  since
January  1996 and served as  Director  of  Manufacturing  from  October  1992 to
January 1996.  From January 1989 to October 1992,  Mr. French  managed  Northern
California  manufacturing  operations  for  Peripheral  Systems Group, a medical
device manufacturer and a division of Eli Lilly ("PSG"),  and also managed PSG's
Advanced  Development  Group.  Mr.  French has also served with ACS. Mr.  French
holds a B.S. degree from the California  Polytechnic State University,  San Luis
Obispo.

         John A. Schiek has served as Vice President of Quality,  Regulatory and
Clinical Affairs since January 1996 and served as Director of Regulatory Affairs
and Quality  Assurance from February 1993 to January 1996.  From January 1989 to
1992, Mr. Schiek was the quality and reliability engineering department head and
from 1992 to 1993 was a member  of the  executive  staff in  charge  of  Quality
Assurance and Regulatory Affairs at PSG. Mr. Schiek has also worked for ACS as a
Quality  Engineering  Specialist  and  has  worked  in  the  fields  of  quality
assurance,  product  development and program  evaluation  since 1979. Mr. Schiek
holds a B.A.  degree from the  University  of  Wisconsin  Milwaukee  and an M.S.
degree in Quality Assurance from San Jose State University.

         Creg W. Dance has served as Vice President of International  Operations
since December 1996 and previously served as Director of Canadian  Operations at
AVEC since joining the Company in January 1995.  From 1989 to January 1995,  Mr.
Dance was Director of Research  and  Development  and Clinical  Research at Lake
Region  Manufacturing  Co., Inc., a medical device  manufacturer.  Mr. Dance has
also served as Manager of Research and Development and Manufacturing -- Catheter
Division  with  Medtronic,   Inc.,  a  medical  device   manufacturer,   and  as
Manufacturing  Engineering  Manager of ACS. Mr.  Dance holds a B.S.  degree from
Southern Illinois University.

         Edward G.  Schrader  Jr. has served as Vice  President  of Health  Care
Strategies  and Director of Business  Development  since  August 1997.  Prior to
joining the Company,  Mr.  Schrader  served from November 1992 to August 1997 as
Corporate Director  Cardiology  Clinical Markets at VHA, Inc., a national health
care alliance.  From June 1990 to August 1992, Mr.  Schrader served as corporate
sales manager at Menlo Care, Inc., a medical device  manufacturer.  Mr. Schrader
was also  employed for seven years in various  sales and  operations  management
roles at Mallinckrodt  Medical,  Inc. Mr. Schrader  studied at Sam Houston State
University and at the University of Houston School of Business Management.

         Lawrence J. Fassler has served as General  Counsel  since  October 1996
and Secretary  since  December 1996.  Prior to joining the Company,  Mr. Fassler
served as an attorney  with Cooley  Godward LLP from August 1995 to October 1996
and with Shearman & Sterling from March 1991 to June 1995.  Mr.  Fassler holds a
B.S.  degree from the  University  of  California  at Berkeley and a J.D./M.B.A.
degree from Columbia University.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

         The statements  contained in this Form 10-K that are not historical are
forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  including
statements  regarding  the  Company's  expectations,   beliefs,   intentions  or
strategies regarding the future.  Forward-looking statements and risk factors in
this Item 2 include, without limitation,  statements regarding the construction,
timing,  operational  sufficiency  and  regulatory  compliance  of  existing  or
proposed production facilities.  All forward-looking statements in this document
are based on information available to the Company as of the date hereof, and the
Company assumes no obligation to update any such forward-looking  statement.  It
is important to note that the Company's  actual results could differ  materially
from  those  in  such  forward-looking  statements.  Additional  forward-looking
statements  and risk factors  include those  discussed in the sections  entitled
"Item 1.  Business,"  "Item 3.  Legal  Proceedings,"  "Item  5.  Market  for the
Registrant's  Common  Equity and Related  Stockholders,"  "Item 7.  Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations,"  and
"Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," as well as those that may
be set forth in the reports filed by the Company from time to time on Forms 10-Q
and 8-K.

         The  Company  owns  a  65,000  square  foot  building  in  Santa  Rosa,
California that serves as the Company's  corporate  headquarters and houses most
of its administrative offices, research laboratories and component manufacturing
facilities.  The Company also leases or subleases  approximately  59,000  square
feet in Santa Rosa,  California,  or nearby  communities  which house additional
administrative  offices and manufacturing and warehouse facilities.  Such leases
and  subleases  expire at various  times from  February  1999 to July 2002.  The
Company's wholly owned subsidiary, AVEC, leases approximately 25,000 square feet
in Richmond, British Columbia, which house AVEC's offices and assembly facility.
The lease for such facility expires in August 2001. The Company's  international

                                       18
<PAGE>

subsidiaries  maintain  international  sales  offices  in France,  Germany,  the
Netherlands  (to  service the Benelux  countries),  Switzerland,  and the United
Kingdom. The Company's European  subsidiaries  collectively lease administrative
offices and warehouse space of approximately 6,500 square feet under leases that
expire at various times between September 1997 and May 2006.

         The Company believes that its facilities are adequate to meet its space
requirements  through at least early 1998. The Company has begun construction of
a 130,000 square feet building  adjacent to its corporate  headquarters in Santa
Rosa,  California,  at an estimated cost of $20 million,  which, when completed,
will be largely devoted to manufacturing  activities.  However,  there can be no
assurance  that such new  manufacturing  facility  will be  completed in time to
allow the Company to adequately  supply the potentially  significant  demands of
the U.S.  market on a  long-term  basis,  nor that such new  facility  will pass
regulatory  inspection  for  compliance  with  United  States and  international
regulations.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The statements  contained in this Form 10-K that are not historical are
forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  including
statements  regarding  the  Company's  expectations,   beliefs,   intentions  or
strategies regarding the future.  Forward-looking statements and risk factors in
this Item 3 include,  without limitation,  statements  regarding the anticipated
outcome of litigation. All forward-looking statements in this document are based
on information  available to the Company as of the date hereof,  and the Company
assumes  no  obligation  to update  any such  forward-looking  statement.  It is
important to note that the Company's actual results could differ materially from
those in such forward-looking statements.  Additional forward-looking statements
and risk factors  include  those  discussed in the  sections  entitled  "Item 1.
Business," "Item 2.  Properties,"  "Item 5. Market for the  Registrant's  Common
Equity and Related Stockholders," "Item 7. Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations,"  and "Item 8.  Financial
Statements  and  Supplementary  Data," as well as those that may be set forth in
the reports filed by the Company from time to time on Forms 10-Q and 8-K.

         ESS  Litigation.  Effective as of October  1992,  a  subsidiary  of the
Company purchased  substantially all the assets of Endothelial  Support Systems,
Inc.  (subsequently  known as  Endovascular  Support  Systems,  Inc.) ("ESS") in
consideration  of certain royalty  payments  payable by the Company based on the
net sales of  products  using or  adapted  from such  assets.  The  Company  was
informed that the  shareholders of ESS ratified the transaction on May 27, 1993.
The purchased  assets  included an application for a stent patent which resulted
in a patent owned by the Company.  Following  such asset  purchase,  the Company
between June 1993 and March 1995 purchased in several  transactions  100% of the
shares of capital stock of ESS from its  shareholders in consideration of shares
of common stock of the Company and, in certain instances,  other  consideration,
and ESS was merged into the Company.  In June 1996, the Company  received notice
of a lawsuit  filed by Dr.  Azam  Anwar and  Benito  Hidalgo,  each of whom is a
former  shareholder  of ESS  (who  together  held  approximately  48%  of  ESS's
outstanding  shares of common stock) and each of whom currently  holds shares of
common stock of the Company, in the District Court of Dallas County,  Texas. The
suit names as defendants  the Company,  Bradly A.  Jendersee and John D. Miller,
each a director,  officer and principal stockholder of the Company, Dr. Simon H.
Stertzer,  a director and principal  stockholder of the Company,  and Dr. Gerald
Dorros, a principal  stockholder of the Company. In January 1997, the plaintiffs
filed   an   amended   petition    alleging   common   law   fraud,    negligent
misrepresentation,  securities fraud pursuant to the Texas Securities Act, fraud
pursuant to the Texas Business and Commercial  Code,  control person  liability,
aider and abetter  liability of the  individual  defendants,  civil  conspiracy,
breach  of  fiduciary  duty,  and  constructive  fraud  in  connection  with the
Company's  acquisition  of ESS and the  Company's  acquisition  of shares of ESS
capital stock from the  plaintiffs.  The plaintiffs  seek  unspecified  damages,
rescission of the  Company's  acquisition  of the ESS assets and its  subsequent
acquisition of the ESS stock,  reconstitution of ESS, punitive damages, interest
and  attorneys'  fees and other relief.  On February 10 and 12, 1997,  the court
overruled  defendants'  special  appearances  and denied  motions  objecting  to
jurisdiction,  motions to dismiss based on forum non conveniens,  and motions to
abate or stay the Texas proceedings. The defendants, including the Company, have
filed an  answer  denying  plaintiff's  claims,  and also  filed a  counterclaim
against the plaintiffs.  The counterclaim alleges claims against Mr. Hidalgo for
specific performance, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good
faith and fair dealing,  and declaratory relief based on comparative  indemnity,
contribution  and absence of fraud. The  cross-complaint  alleges claims against
Dr. Anwar for intentional and negligent  interference  with contract,  equitable
estoppel and declaratory  relief based on absence of fraud. The Company believes
it has meritorious defenses to the claims alleged by the plaintiffs, and that it
has meritorious claims against the plaintiffs,  in the Texas action. However, no
assurance  can be given as to the outcome of the action.  The  inability  of the
Company to prevail in the action,  including the loss or impairment of the right
to produce products based on the Company's issued patents, could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

         The Company also  received  notice in August 1996 of a lawsuit filed by
Messrs.  Anwar and Hidalgo in the Superior Court of Sonoma  County,  California,
which names the same  defendants  as in the Texas action and alleges  claims for
securities  fraud and unregistered  securities  under the California  securities
laws,  breach of  fiduciary  duty

                                       19
<PAGE>

and fraud. The plaintiffs seek unspecified damages,  rescission of the Company's
acquisition of the ESS assets and its  subsequent  acquisition of the ESS stock,
reconstitution of ESS and other relief.  The defendants,  including the Company,
have   filed  an  answer   denying   plaintiff's   claims,   and  also  filed  a
cross-complaint  against the  plaintiffs.  The  cross-complaint  alleges  claims
against Mr. Hidalgo for specific performance,  breach of contract, breach of the
implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, and declaratory relief based on
comparative  indemnity,  contribution and absence of fraud. The  cross-complaint
alleges claims against Dr. Anwar for intentional and negligent interference with
contract,  equitable  estoppel and declaratory relief based on absence of fraud.
Mr.  Hidalgo  and Dr.  Anwar have filed an answer  generally  denying the claims
contained in the cross-complaint.

         On July 11, 1996,  the Company,  along with the  individual  defendants
named in the Texas and Sonoma  County  actions,  filed two  actions  against Mr.
Hidalgo in the Superior Court of San Mateo County,  California. The first action
alleges  claims for  specific  performance,  breach of  contract,  breach of the
implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, and declaratory relief based on
indemnity.  These claims arise out of a stock  exchange  agreement  entered into
between  Mr.  Hidalgo and the  Company,  and out of Mr.  Hidalgo's  actions as a
director of ESS. The second  action  alleges  claims for  specific  performance,
breach of  contract,  and breach of the implied  covenant of good faith and fair
dealing.  These claims arise out of a separation and release  agreement  entered
into between Mr.
Hidalgo and the Company.

         On December 6, 1996, the Superior  Court of Sonoma County,  California,
pursuant to the stipulation of the parties, transferred the Sonoma County action
to the Superior  Court of San Mateo County.  On December 11, 1996,  the Superior
Court  of San  Mateo  County,  pursuant  to  the  stipulation  of  the  parties,
consolidated  all three  pending  California  actions into a single  action (the
"Consolidated  Action"),  and ordered that the pleadings  from the Sonoma County
action shall be the operative pleadings in the Consolidated  Action. A motion by
the Company and the  individual  defendants  for  summary  judgment  against Mr.
Hidalgo in the Consolidated Action was denied by the Superior Court of San Mateo
County  on May 5, 1997  with  respect  to each of the  plaintiffs'  claims.  The
Company  believes that it has meritorious  defenses to the claims alleged by the
plaintiffs,  and that it has meritorious  claims against the plaintiffs,  in the
Consolidated Action. However, no assurance can be given as to the outcome of the
Consolidated Action. The inability of the Company to prevail in the Consolidated
Action,  including the loss or impairment of the right to produce products based
on the Company's  issued  patents,  could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

         The Company has agreed to indemnify  each of the  individuals  named as
defendants in the lawsuits against the Company relating to the ESS transaction.

         Claims of Terminated  Distributors.  In  connection  with the Company's
termination of certain distributor  relationships,  several of such distributors
have filed, or have threatened to file,  claims against the Company with respect
to such terminations.

         In November 1996, in connection  with the Company's  termination of its
distribution  relationship with  Alfatec-Medicor  N.V.  ("Alfatec-Medicor")  and
Medicor  Nederland B.V.  ("Medicor  Nederland") in Belgium and the  Netherlands,
respectively,  effective  September 30, 1996, the Company  received  notice of a
lawsuit filed by  Alfatec-Medicor  in the Second Chamber of the Commercial Court
of  Brussels,   Belgium,  alleging  insufficient  notice  of  termination  of  a
distribution   agreement  between  the  parties,   promotion  costs,   personnel
restructuring  claims  and  additional   compensation.   Alfatec-Medicor   seeks
compensation of BF189,389,135 (approximately $5.0 million using current exchange
rates),  of  which  BF30,000,000   (approximately   $797,000)  is  sought  as  a
provisional  payment.  The  Company has entered  counterclaims  for  $257,000 in
unpaid accounts  receivable and has requested from  Alfatec-Medicor  information
that would support its claims for indemnification, but has not yet received such
information.  Following a hearing on April 18, 1997, the court postponed further
consideration  of the matter  until the parties have  conducted  an  appropriate
exchange of information and prepared  written  pleadings.  On February 20, 1997,
the Company  commenced an action against Medicor  Nederland before the Amsterdam
District Court for payment of $269,000 in unpaid  accounts  receivable.  On July
23,  1997,  Medicor  Nederland  filed a  statement  of  defense  and  entered  a
counterclaim  for  DG2,284,379.30  (approximately  $1.1  million  using  current
exchange  rates)  on the  basis  of  insufficient  notice  of  termination  of a
distribution agreement between the parties and unjust enrichment.

         On August 19, 1996, in connection with the Company's termination of its
distribution  relationship in Switzerland with Medicor AG,  effective  September
30, 1996,  such  distributor  filed an action  against the Company in the United
States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging breach of
written, oral and implied-in-fact contracts,  inducement to breach an employment
contract with one of such distributor's employees, intentional interference with
contractual  relations,  intentional and negligent interference with prospective
economic  advantage,  misappropriation  of trade secrets,  and  intentional  and
negligent  misrepresentation.   On  October  11,  1996,  the  court  denied  the
distributor's  request for  preliminary  and  temporary  injunctive  relief.  On
January 30, 1997,  the court  entered an order  dismissing  the entire action on
forum non conveniens grounds. As part of the dismissal, AVE has agreed to submit
to the jurisdiction of the appropriate  forum in Switzerland,  waive any defense
of statute of limitations to any  substantially  similar claims made there, make
available witnesses and documents there and satisfy any judgment entered against
it  there.  On  January  27,  1997,  the  Company  filed an  action  in the debt
collection office of Cham,

                                       20
<PAGE>

Switzerland  against  the  distributor  for  $93,000  plus  accrued  interest in
connection  with unpaid accounts  receivable from the distributor  relationship.
The distributor  obtained a preliminary stay on the debt collection  proceedings
and a hearing with respect to the Company's motion to lift such stay was held on
March 11, 1997. On July 14, 1997, the District Court of Zug denied the Company's
motion to lift such stay in a summary proceeding.  The Company intends to file a
claim in ordinary court  proceedings  with the District Court of Zug to have the
stay lifted.

         In  connection  with  the  Company's  termination  of its  distribution
relationship  in France with Medi  Service,  S.A.R.L./Fournitures  Hospitalieres
S.A.  effective  September  30,  1996,  the  Company  received  notice from such
distributor  that it had filed an action before the Tribunal de Grande  Instance
of Mulhouse in France seeking  compensation  for breach of an alleged  exclusive
distribution  agreement for an  indeterminate  period  between the parties.  The
action  included  a claim  for  compensation  equal to the  total  value of such
distributor's   business,   which  the  distributor   valued  at   FF400,000,000
(approximately   $65  million  using  current  exchange   rates).   The  Company
counterclaimed for unpaid accounts  receivable of approximately $1.8 million and
for damages for abusive legal  proceedings.  On September 23, 1996, the Tribunal
rejected the distributor's  claims for damages for unlawful  termination as well
as the  Company's  counterclaim  for abusive  legal  proceedings.  The  Tribunal
reserved judgement with respect to the repurchase of the distributor's inventory
of AVE  products  and the payment of unpaid  accounts  receivable  sought by the
Company.  The parties  have  submitted  briefs on these  issues and a procedural
hearing was held on March 10, 1997, at which the distributor filed an additional
brief.  A procedural  hearing was held on May 9, 1997, at which time the Company
added  a  counterclaim  for  unfair  competition.  On  February  10,  1997,  the
distributor  filed an appeal of the  Tribunal's  decision of September 23, 1996,
with the Court of Appeals of Colmar,  and the parties have  exchanged  briefs in
the appellate proceeding. A procedural hearing with respect to both the original
and the appellate proceedings is set for September 19, 1997.

         With respect to each of the  aforementioned  distributors,  the Company
has consulted with local counsel in the applicable country and believes that the
termination of each of the  distributor  relationships  was lawful.  The Company
understands that under the laws of certain countries,  including Belgium and the
Netherlands, under certain circumstances,  certain indemnities may be claimed by
distributors   for   insufficient   notice  of   termination   and/or   goodwill
compensation.  The Company  intends to vigorously  defend itself against pending
claims and any other  claims  that may be brought  by such  distributors  and to
pursue claims for unpaid accounts receivable against such distributors. However,
no  assurance  can be given  as to the  outcome  of any  pending  or  threatened
litigation,  and any successful claim for damages or injunctive relief by one or
more of such  distributors,  or the  failure  by the  Company  to succeed on its
claims  against its former  French  distributor,  could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

         From time to time,  the Company is involved in other legal  proceedings
arising in the  ordinary  course of its  business.  As of the date  hereof,  the
Company is not a party to any other legal  proceedings  with respect to which an
adverse outcome would, in management's  opinion,  have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         Not applicable.

                                       21

<PAGE>


                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
           STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The statements  contained in this Form 10-K that are not historical are
forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  including
statements  regarding  the  Company's  expectations,   beliefs,   intentions  or
strategies regarding the future.  Forward-looking statements and risk factors in
this Item 5 include,  without limitation,  statements regarding factors that may
affect the market  price of the  Company's  common  stock.  All  forward-looking
statements in this document are based on information available to the Company as
of the date hereof,  and the Company  assumes no  obligation  to update any such
forward-looking  statement.  It is important to note that the  Company's  actual
results could differ materially from those in such  forward-looking  statements.
Additional  forward-looking  statements and risk factors include those discussed
in the sections  entitled "Item 1.  Business,"  "Item 2.  Properties,"  "Item 3.
Legal Proceedings,"  "Item 7. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of  Operations,"  and "Item 8.  Financial  Statements  and
Supplementary Data," as well as those that may be set forth in the reports filed
by the Company from time to time on Forms 10-Q and 8-K.

Market Information

         The Company's common stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market tier of
The Nasdaq Stock Market  ("Nasdaq") under the symbol "AVEI." The following table
sets forth the high and low closing sales prices for the Company's  common stock
since public trading  commenced on April 3, 1996, as furnished by Nasdaq.  These
prices reflect  prices between  dealers,  without retail  markups,  markdowns or
commissions, and may not represent actual transactions.

                                                   High             Low
                                                   ----             ---
Year ended June 30, 1997
         Fourth Quarter                           $32.25          $12.25
         Third Quarter                            $19.25          $11.50
         Second Quarter                           $29.125         $ 9.00
         First Quarter                            $36.25          $18.25

Year ended June 30, 1996
         Fourth Quarter (beginning April 3)       $49.50          $29.50

         As of August 20, 1997,  there were  approximately  173  stockholders of
record  (which number does not include the number of  stockholders  whose shares
are held of record by a brokerage house or clearing agency but does include such
brokerage house or clearing agency as one record holder).  The Company  believes
it has in excess of 5,000 beneficial  holders of the Company's Common Stock. The
Company's  stock price has been and may  continue  to be subject to  significant
volatility,  particularly  on a quarterly  basis.  Any  shortfall  in revenue or
earnings from levels expected by securities analysts could have an immediate and
significant adverse effect on the trading price of the Company's Common Stock in
any given period.  Additionally,  the Company  participates  in a highly dynamic
industry,  which has and may continue to result in significant volatility of the
price of the Company's common stock.  Announcements of technological innovations
or new products by the Company or its competitors  (including future competitors
with  alternative  technologies),  release of reports  by  securities  analysts,
developments or disputes  concerning patents or proprietary  rights,  regulatory
developments,  changes in regulatory or medical reimbursement policies, economic
and other external  factors,  as well as  period-to-period  fluctuations  in the
Company's  financial results,  may have a significant impact on the market price
of the Common Stock. In addition,  the securities markets have from time to time
experienced  significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the
operating performance of particular companies or industries.

Dividend Policy

         The Company has not  historically  paid cash  dividends  and  currently
intends  to  retain  any  future  earnings  for  use in  its  business  for  the
foreseeable future.

                                       22
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<CAPTION>

                                                                               Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1997        1996       1995       1994        1993  
                                                                   -------     ------     ------     ------      ------
                                                                             (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Net sales                                                          $79,420    $55,228    $17,141     $2,897     $   15
Cost of sales
                                                                    16,217     10,565      4,515      1,631          5
                                                                   -------    -------    -------     ------     ------

Gross profit                                                        63,203     44,663     12,626      1,266         10
Operating expenses:
         Research and development                                   11,422      6,480        987        594        398
         Selling, general and administrative                        22,510      8,437      1,807        870        973
         Settlement costs
                                                                        --         --        425        358         --
                                                                   -------    -------    -------     ------     ------

Operating income (loss)                                             29,271     29,746      9,407       (556)
                                                                                                                (1,361)
Interest and other income
                                                                     4,190      1,460        237         21        549
                                                                   -------    -------    -------     ------     ------

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes                     33,461     31,206      9,644       (535)
                                                                                                                  (812)
Provision for income taxes
                                                                    11,711     10,766      3,004          3          2
                                                                   -------    -------    -------     ------     ------

Net income (loss)
                                                                   $21,750    $20,440     $6,640     $ (538)    $ (814)
                                                                   =======    =======    =======     =======    =======

Net income (loss) per share                                          $0.69    $  0.71     $ 0.24     $(0.03)    $(0.04)
Shares used in per share calculation                                31,644     28,260     27,194     21,290     20,045

                                                                                        June 30,
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1997        1996       1995       1994        1993  
                                                                   -------     ------     ------     ------     -------
                                                                                     (in thousands) 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents                                          $25,036    $59,238     $2,533     $1,882        $82
Working capital                                                    114,486    106,925      4,413        415        161
Total assets                                                       147,979    122,157     13,089      3,086        706
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)                             46,902     25,152      4,712     (1,928)    (1,390)
Total stockholders' equity                                         138,200    116,571      8,129      1,004        607
</TABLE>


ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
          OF OPERATIONS

         The statements  contained in this Form 10-K that are not historical are
forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  including
statements  regarding  the  Company's  expectations,   beliefs,   intentions  or
strategies regarding the future.  Forward-looking statements and risk factors in
this Item 7 include,  without  limitation,  statements  regarding the extent and
timing  of  new  product  introductions,   competition,   regulatory  approvals,
expenditures and margin levels,  and the establishment of direct sales forces in
targeted countries. All forward-looking statements in this document are based on
information  available  to the  Company as of the date  hereof,  and the Company
assumes  no  obligation  to update  any such  forward-looking  statement.  It is
important to note that the Company's actual results could differ materially from
those in such forward-looking statements.  Additional forward-looking statements
risk  factors  include  those  discussed  in  the  sections  entitled  "Item  1.
Business," "Item 2. Properties,"  "Item 3. Legal  Proceedings,"  "Item 5. Market
for the  Registrant's  Common  Equity and  Related  Stockholders,"  and "Item 8.
Financial  Statements and  Supplementary  Data" as well as those that may be set
forth in the reports  filed by the  Company  from time to time on Forms 10-Q and
8-K.

Overview

         The Company is engaged in the design,  development,  manufacturing  and
marketing of stent systems and PTCA balloon catheters designed to be utilized in
connection with less invasive  treatment of  atherosclerosis.  The Company began
commercial  sales of its PTCA balloon  catheters in October  1993,  its coronary
stent systems in October 1994 and its peripheral stent systems in December 1996.
The  Company's  products  are  currently  commercially  sold only outside of the
United States,  primarily in Europe and Japan.  In April 1996, the Company began
its first  direct  sales  operation  in  Europe,  and  currently  it has  direct
operations in each of France,  Germany,  the Netherlands (to service the Benelux
countries),  Switzerland and the United Kingdom. In Japan, the Company currently
sells only balloon catheters.  In June 1997, the Company's Japanese  distributor
received  regulatory  approval for the sale in Japan of the  Company's  coronary
stent systems;  however,  as of the date hereof,  such  distributor  had not yet
received  the  related  reimbursement  approval.  The  Company  does not  expect
reimbursement  approval  in Japan prior to  November  1997,  and there can be no
assurance when or if such approval will be obtained.

         In August 1997,  the Company  submitted a PMA to the FDA in  connection
with its  ongoing  efforts to gain  approval  to begin  commercial  sales of its
coronary stent systems in the United States.  Clinical  studies under an IDE are
ongoing with certain of the Company's products.  The Company does not expect FDA
approval of its stent systems

                                       23
<PAGE>

for sale in the United States prior to 1998,  and there can be no assurance when
or if  such  approval  will  be  obtained.  As a  result,  the  Company  expects
international  sales to account for  substantially  all of its revenues until at
least  1998.  The  Company  has  incurred,  and  expects to  continue  to incur,
substantial  clinical  research  and other costs in  connection  with  obtaining
regulatory  approvals  for its stent  systems  in the  United  States  and other
countries.

         The Company has a limited  history of  operations.  The increase in the
Company's  sales to date has been due to greater demand for the Company's  stent
systems and, to a lesser degree, its PTCA balloon catheter systems.  The Company
believes  that it is currently  one of the leading  providers  of stent  systems
internationally. In order to support increased levels of sales in the future and
to augment its long term competitive  position,  the Company anticipates that it
will be required  to make  continuing  significant  additional  expenditures  in
manufacturing, research and development (including clinical study and regulatory
costs), sales and marketing and administration,  both in absolute dollars and as
a  percentage   of  net  sales.   The  Company  has  also   experienced   higher
administrative  expenses  resulting from its  obligations as a public  reporting
company.

         Until  April 1996,  substantially  all of the  Company's  sales were to
international  distributors  who resell products to health care  providers.  The
Company  terminated its relationship with distributors in Germany and the United
Kingdom in April and May 1996, respectively, and in France, Switzerland, Belgium
and the Netherlands  effective September 30, 1996. The Company believes that the
establishment  and  maintenance of direct sales forces in France,  Germany,  the
Netherlands  (to  service  the Benelux  countries),  Switzerland  and the United
Kingdom  has  resulted  in   increased   revenues  and  market  share  in  those
territories.  The  establishment  and  maintenance  of direct  sales  forces has
required  and  will  continue  to  require  significant  ongoing   expenditures,
additional management resources and has resulted, and may continue to result, in
additional  costs to eliminate  existing  distributor  relationships  (including
litigation by former distributors). See "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

         Generally, the Company manufactures and ships product shortly after the
receipt of orders,  and it  anticipates  that it will do so in the  future.  The
Company  developed a  significant  short-term  backlog  during  January  1997 in
connection  with the scale-up of  manufacturing  of its GFX stent product.  This
backlog was  significantly  reduced  during the same fiscal  quarter in which it
arose. There can be no assurance,  however,  that the Company will be successful
in  scaling  up  production  of new  products  or that it  will  not  experience
manufacturing difficulties in the future.

        The Company anticipates that its results of operations may fluctuate for
the foreseeable future due to several factors, including variations in operating
expenses,  the costs  and the  outcome  of  litigation,  competition  (including
pricing   pressures),   costs  and  the  timing  of  establishing  direct  sales
operations,  the timing of research and development expenses (including clinical
trial  related  expenditures),  the  timing  of  new  product  introductions  or
transitions  to new  products,  sales by  distributors,  the mix of sales  among
distributors  and the Company's  direct sales force,  timing of  regulatory  and
third party reimbursement approvals, the level of third-party reimbursement, the
Company's ability to manufacture its products efficiently,  and seasonal factors
impacting  the number of  elective  angioplasty  procedures.  In  addition,  the
Company's  results of operations  could be affected by the timing of orders from
distributors,  changes in the Company's  distributor network (including expenses
in  connection  with  termination  of former  distributors),  the ability of the
Company's  distributors  to effectively  promote the Company's  products and the
ability of the Company to quickly and cost-effectively establish or maintain and
manage an effective  direct  sales force in targeted  countries.  The  Company's
limited operating history makes accurate  prediction of future operating results
difficult or impossible.  Although the Company has experienced  growth in recent
years,  there can be no assurance that, in the future,  the Company will sustain
revenue  growth or remain  profitable on a quarterly or annual basis or that its
growth will be consistent  with  predictions  made by securities  analysts.  The
Company has  experienced,  and may  experience  in one or more future  quarters,
operating  results that are below the expectations of public market analysts and
investors.  In such event, the price of the Company's common stock has been, and
would likely be, materially and adversely affected.

Results of Operations - Years Ended June 30, 1997 and 1996

         Net sales.  For fiscal 1997, net sales  increased to $79.4 million from
$55.2 million for fiscal 1996.  The increase in net sales was due to significant
increases in sales of the Company's stent systems,  particularly the GFX and the
Micro Stent II family of  products.  The GFX was  released in certain  countries
internationally  in  September  1996,  and the Micro  Stent II was  released  in
certain countries internationally in October 1995.

         The  Company  anticipates  that stent  system  sales will  continue  to
constitute the vast majority of total net sales. In the fourth quarter of fiscal
1996, the Company  commenced  direct sales  operations in the United Kingdom and
Germany,  and in the second  quarter of fiscal  1997 the Company  began  selling
directly  in  France,  Switzerland,  Belgium  and  the  Netherlands.  All  other
commercial sales made by the Company were through unaffiliated distributors. The
Company  believes  that the  increasing  number of devices in the  international
stent market and the desire of companies to obtain  market share has resulted in
increased  price  competition,  particularly in the second and third quarters of
fiscal 1997, which has caused the Company to reduce prices on its stent systems.
Price  reductions in response to competitive  pressure  reduced net sales in the
second  quarter of fiscal 1997,  but were offset by increased  unit sales in the
third and  fourth  quarters  of fiscal  1997.  The  Company  expects  such price
competition to continue,  particularly  in Germany.  If

                                       24
<PAGE>

the Company is forced to effect further price reductions,  such reductions would
reduce  net sales in future  periods if not  offset by  increased  unit sales or
other factors.

         Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales increased to $16.2 million in fiscal 1997
from $10.6 million in fiscal 1996, and increased as a percentage of net sales to
20% in fiscal 1997 from 19% in fiscal  1996.  The  increase in absolute  dollars
during fiscal 1997 was  primarily a result of the  increased  volume of products
sold and, to a lesser extent, the costs of additional manufacturing capacity and
personnel  necessary  to support  increased  sales  volume.  The  increase  as a
percentage  of net sales during  fiscal 1997 was  primarily  the result of lower
unit pricing compared to fiscal 1996.

         The Company  expects  cost of sales to continue to increase in absolute
dollars as the Company increases the volume of products sold and adds additional
manufacturing capacity and personnel.

         Research and  Development.  Research and  development  expenses,  which
include clinical study and regulatory costs increased to $11.4 million in fiscal
1997 from $6.5 million in fiscal 1996 and increased as a percentage of net sales
to 14% in fiscal 1997 from 12% in fiscal 1996. A one-time charge of $2.6 million
was included in fiscal 1996 in connection with the termination of certain patent
royalty  obligations.   Excluding  the  effect  of  this  charge,  research  and
development  expenses  increased from $3.9 million or 7% of net sales for fiscal
1996.  The increase in absolute  dollars and as a percentage of net sales during
fiscal  1997 was  primarily  due to the  addition of  research  and  development
personnel,  increased  levels of spending in connection  with  clinical  studies
relating  to the GFX,  Micro  Stent II and Micro  Stent II XL systems  and costs
incurred in connection with the development of additional products.

         The Company expects  research and  development  expenses to continue to
increase in absolute dollars as the Company increases  clinical trial activities
and pursues development of next generation products.

         Selling,    General   and   Administrative.    Selling,   general   and
administrative expenses increased in absolute dollars to $22.5 million in fiscal
1997 from $8.4 million in fiscal  1996,  and  increased  as a percentage  of net
sales to 28% in fiscal 1997 from 15% in fiscal 1996.  A one-time  charge of $2.6
million was  included  in fiscal  1996 in  connection  with the  termination  of
certain  patent  royalty  obligations.  Excluding  the  effect  of this  charge,
selling,  general and administrative expenses increased from $5.8 million or 11%
of net sales for fiscal  1996.  The  increase  during  fiscal  1997 in  absolute
dollars and as a percentage of sales  primarily  reflected  additional  costs of
marketing and other personnel necessary to support the Company's higher level of
operations,  including  the recent  commencement  of direct sales  operations in
France, Germany, the Netherlands (to service the Benelux countries), Switzerland
and the United  Kingdom.  Additionally,  the increase  reflects  increased legal
costs relating  primarily to litigation  with former  shareholders of ESS, which
resulted in related legal expenses of $3.4 million during fiscal 1997.

         The  Company  expects  selling,  general  and  administrative  costs to
continue to increase in absolute  dollars in the future  primarily due to direct
sales operations in certain European countries, the increased level of sales and
product support,  and increases in finance,  legal and  administrative  costs in
connection with public company obligations and ESS and other ongoing litigation.

         Substantially all of the Company's  revenues are currently derived from
sales outside of the United States. As a result, the Company's financial results
will be affected  by changes in foreign  currency  exchange  rates to the extent
that such sales may be denominated in foreign  currency.  The Company is exposed
to fluctuations in currencies in western Europe.  During the year ended June 30,
1997,  the  Company  began a  program  of  entering  into  derivative  financial
instruments  in the form of forward  exchange  contracts  in order to reduce the
uncertainty of foreign exchange rate movement on inter-Company sales denominated
in foreign  currencies.  These  contracts  are  designed to  specifically  hedge
against gains or losses incurred from foreign currency  transactions and are not
used for trading or speculative purposes. Forward exchange contracts are used to
hedge material foreign  currency-denominated  receivables and payables. They are
generally  settled  between three to six months with gains or losses recorded in
"Selling,  general and  administrative"  expenses  to offset  gains or losses on
foreign currency receivables and payables.

         Interest and Other Income. The Company had interest and other income of
$4.2  million  in fiscal  1997  compared  to $1.5  million in fiscal  1996.  The
increase was primarily due to additional interest income earned on the Company's
increased cash and cash equivalents and short-term  investment  balances arising
from the  utilization of proceeds from the Company's  initial public offering in
April 1996.
         Provision  for Income Taxes.  The Company's  provision for income taxes
was $11.7 million in fiscal 1997,  compared to $10.8 million in fiscal 1996. The
increase in this  provision  during  fiscal  1997 was a result of the  Company's
higher earnings during fiscal 1997.
         If the FDA approves the  commercial  sale of the Company's  products in
the United  States,  the income tax rate on any such sales will likely be higher
than that currently enjoyed with respect to the Company's  international  sales,
which receive a benefit from the Company's foreign sales corporation.

         Net  Income.  The  Company  had net income of $21.8  million for fiscal
1997,  compared to $20.4 million for fiscal 1996 ($23.9  million if the one-time
charge is excluded).

                                       25
<PAGE>

Results of Operations - Years Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995

         Net sales.  The Company's net sales for fiscal 1996 were $55.2 million,
an  increase of $38.1  million or 223% from $17.1  million in fiscal  1995.  The
increase in net sales principally  reflected  additional unit sales of the Micro
Stent family of products,  particularly  the Micro Stent II that was released in
certain  countries  internationally  in October 1995.  In the fourth  quarter of
fiscal 1996, the Company commenced direct sales operations in the United Kingdom
and Germany.

         Cost of sales.  Cost of sales  increased  in absolute  dollars to $10.6
million in fiscal 1996 from $4.5  million in fiscal  1995,  and  decreased  as a
percentage  of net sales to 19% in fiscal  1996  from 26% in  fiscal  1995.  The
increase in  absolute  dollars  was  primarily  a result of the  increase in the
volume  of  products  sold and,  to a lesser  extent,  the  costs of  additional
manufacturing  capacity  and  personnel  necessary  to support  increased  sales
volume.  The decrease as a percentage of net sales  resulted  primarily from the
leveraging of certain fixed overhead  expenses across a higher base of sales and
as a result of the change in sales mix towards higher margin stent systems.  The
direct sales  operations  that commenced in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 in
the United Kingdom and Germany did not significantly affect the gross margin.

         Research and development.  Research and development  expenses increased
to $6.5  million in fiscal  1996 from $1.0  million in fiscal  1995.  A one-time
charge of $2.6  million was  recognized  in fiscal 1996 in  connection  with the
termination of certain patent royalty obligations discussed below. Excluding the
effect of this  charge,  research  and  development  expenses  increased to $3.9
million or 7% of net sales for fiscal 1996 from $1.0  million or 6% of sales for
fiscal  1995.  The increase  was  primarily  due to the addition of research and
development  personnel and the  commencement  of clinical  trials with the Micro
Stent II following FDA clearance in November 1995.

         Selling,    general   and   administrative.    Selling,   general   and
administrative  expenses  increased  to $8.4  million  in fiscal  1996 from $1.8
million in fiscal 1995.  A one-time  charge of $2.6  million was  recognized  in
fiscal  1996 in  connection  with the  termination  of  certain  patent  royalty
obligations  discussed  below.  Excluding  the effect of this  charge,  selling,
general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  in  absolute  dollars to $5.8
million  or 11% of net sales for  fiscal  1996 from $1.8  million  or 11% of net
sales for fiscal 1995.  The  increase in absolute  dollars  primarily  reflected
additional  costs of  marketing  and other  personnel  necessary  to support the
Company's  increased  level of  operations  and,  to a lesser  extent,  expenses
resulting from the Company's status as a public company.

         Interest and other income.  Interest and other income increased to $1.5
million  in  fiscal  1996  from  $0.2  million  in  fiscal  1995.  The  increase
principally   reflects  additional  interest  on  increased  cash  balances  and
short-term  investments  arising  from  the  utilization  of  proceeds  from the
Company's initial public offering in April 1996.

         Provision for income taxes. The Company's effective tax rate for fiscal
1996 was 34.5%  resulting  in a  provision  for income  taxes of $10.8  million,
compared to 31%  resulting  in a provision  for income taxes of $3.0 million for
fiscal 1995. The rates reflect the benefits  derived from the Company's  foreign
sales corporation and appropriate  research credits. The increase in the rate in
fiscal 1996 was primarily as a result of the Company's  higher  earnings in that
year and due to the  utilization of net operating loss  carryforwards  in fiscal
1995.

         Net income. The Company had net income of $20.4 million for fiscal 1996
compared to $6.6  million for fiscal  1995.  Net income  excluding  the one-time
charge of $5.2 million discussed below,  together with the associated income tax
benefits of $1.7 million, would have been $23.9 million for fiscal 1996.

         In February  1996, the Company  entered into certain  amendments to the
employment agreements of Bradly A. Jendersee and Robert D. Lashinski,  executive
officers  and  directors of the Company.  Pursuant to such  amendments,  each of
Messrs.  Jendersee  and  Lashinski  agreed  to  the  elimination  of  provisions
entitling  them to certain  royalties from the sale or license by the Company of
products  covered by patents for which such persons were named as inventors.  In
connection with such amendments,  the Company agreed to pay to Messrs. Jendersee
and  Lashinski  an  aggregate  of  approximately  $3.9  million in cash (less an
estimated  amount of  approximately  $2.6 million required to be withheld by the
Company  on behalf of  Messrs.  Jendersee  and  Lashinski  with  respect  to the
delivery  of the cash and shares  under  applicable  federal  and state law) and
issue to them an aggregate  of 110,000  shares of Common  Stock  (55,000  shares
each)  at an  attributed  value  of $12 per  share.  Such  payments  to  Messrs.
Jendersee  and  Lashinski  resulted  in the  recognition  by the  Company in the
quarter ending March 31, 1996, of a one-time charge of $5.2 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Net cash used in  operating  activities  was $20.0  million  for fiscal
1997.  Net cash used in operating  activities in fiscal 1996 was $20.5  million,
and net cash  provided by operating  activities in fiscal 1995 was $3.3 million.
The net cash used in operating activities for fiscal 1997 included the Company's
purchase of short-term  investments  totaling  $29.8  million.  Excluding  these
investments,  the Company had net cash provided by operating  activities of $9.9
million for fiscal 1997,  principally arising as a result of positive net income
for the  period.  The net cash used in  operating  activities  for  fiscal  1996
included  the  Company's  purchase  of  short-term  investments  totaling  $31.1
million,  and the net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 1995 was a
result of positive net income from  operations  during such 

                                       26
<PAGE>

period. Cash, cash equivalents and short-term  investments totaled $87.2 million
at June 30, 1997 as compared to $91.6 million at June 30, 1996.  Working capital
increased  to $114.5  million at June 30, 1997 as compared to $106.9  million at
June 30, 1996.  Inventories increased to $7.3 million at June 30, 1997 from $3.4
million at June 30,  1996,  primarily  due to the  commencement  of direct sales
operations in France,  Switzerland,  Belgium and the  Netherlands  in the second
quarter of fiscal  1997.  Included  in accounts  receivable  at June 30, 1997 is
approximately $2.4 million was due from former  distributors of the Company that
have  threatened or commenced  litigation in connection  with the termination of
distribution  relationships.  The Company has commenced  litigation against such
terminated  distributors to collect such amounts.  The Company expects  accounts
receivable  and  inventories  to increase in  absolute  dollar  amounts as sales
increase. 

         In August 1997, the Company entered into a bank credit  agreement for a
revolving  credit  facility of $20 million.  Such revolving  credit  facility is
secured  by  certain  of the  Company's  short-term  investments  and is due and
payable on August 31,  1998.  The bank  credit  agreement  contains  no material
restrictive  covenants.  As of August  31,  1997,  the  Company  had drawn  down
approximately  $1.0  million of such  revolving  credit  facility.

         The Company expects to incur substantial  additional  costs,  including
costs relating to capital equipment and other costs associated with expansion of
the  Company's  manufacturing   capabilities,   increased  sales  and  marketing
activities  (including  the  establishment  of direct sales forces in the United
States and internationally), and increased research and development expenditures
in  connection  with seeking  regulatory  approvals  and  conducting  additional
clinical trials.  Among other things, the Company expects to spend approximately
$20 million on a new  manufacturing  facility  currently  under  construction in
Santa  Rosa,  California.  The Company  may  require  additional  equity or debt
financing to address its working capital needs or to provide funding for capital
expenditures in the future. Furthermore,  any additional equity financing may be
dilutive  to  stockholders,  and  debt  financing,  if  available,  may  involve
restrictive covenants.  There can be no assurance that events in the future will
not require the Company to seek additional  capital or, if so required,  that it
will be available on terms acceptable to the Company.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         See Item  14(a) for an index to the  Company's  consolidated  financial
statements  as of June 30,  1997 and 1996 and for each of the three years in the
period ended June 30, 1997.

         The statements  contained in this Form 10-K that are not historical are
forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  including
statements  regarding  the  Company's  expectations,   beliefs,   intentions  or
strategies regarding the future.  Forward-looking statements and risk factors in
this Item 8 include,  without limitation,  statements regarding factors that may
affect the Company's results of operations.  All  forward-looking  statements in
this document are based on  information  available to the Company as of the date
hereof, and the Company assumes no obligation to update any such forward-looking
statement.  It is  important to note that the  Company's  actual  results  could
differ  materially  from those in such  forward-looking  statements.  Additional
forward-looking  statements  and risk  factors  include  those  discussed in the
sections  entitled  "Item 1.  Business,"  "Item 2.  Properties,"  "Item 3. Legal
Proceedings,"  "Item 5. Market for the  Registrant's  Common  Equity and Related
Stockholders,"  and "Item 7.  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of  Operations," as well as those that may be set forth in
the reports filed by the Company from time to time on Forms 10-Q and 8-K.

<TABLE>
Quarterly Results of Operations

         The following table sets forth certain unaudited  consolidated  results
of  operations  for the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  1997  and  1996.  This
information has been derived from unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements
that, in the opinion of management,  reflect all adjustments (consisting only of
normally  recurring  adjustments)  necessary to fairly present this information.
The results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily  indicative of the
results to be expected for any future period.
<CAPTION>
                                                     First             Second             Third            Fourth
                                                    Quarter            Quarter           Quarter           Quarter
                                                    -------            -------           -------           -------
                                                                (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                <C>                <C>              <C>                <C>
Year ended June 30, 1997
Net sales                                          $18,568            $18,228          $20,402            $22,222
Gross profit                                        15,657             14,495           15,806             17,245
Operating income                                    10,670              6,032            6,257              6,311
Net income                                           7,765              4,606            4,633              4,746
Net income per share                                  0.25               0.15             0.15               0.15

Year ended June 30, 1996
Net sales                                          $10,572            $11,142          $15,589            $17,926
Gross profit                                         8,081              8,715           12,693             15,174
Operating income                                     7,087              7,246            4,625             10,787
Net income                                           4,756              4,871            3,101              7,712
Net income per share                                  0.17               0.18             0.11               0.25
</TABLE>
                                       27
<PAGE>

         Results of the Company's  operations may fluctuate  significantly  from
quarter to quarter and will depend on numerous factors, including (i) variations
in  operating  expenses,  (ii)  the  costs  and  outcome  of  litigation,  (iii)
competition  (including  pricing  pressures),  (iv) the costs and the  timing of
establishing direct sales operations, (v) the timing of research and development
expenses (including clinical trial related expenditures), (vi) the timing of new
product  introductions  or transitions  to new products,  (vii) the mix of sales
among  distributors and the Company's  direct sales force,  (viii) the timing of
regulatory  and third  party  reimbursement  approvals,  (ix) the level of third
party  reimbursement,  (x) the  Company's  ability to  manufacture  its products
efficiently,   and  (x)  seasonal  factors  impacting  the  number  of  elective
angioplasty  procedures.  Announcements or expected announcements by the Company
or its  competitors  of new products or  technologies  could cause  customers to
defer  purchases  of  existing  products  of the  Company  and  alter the mix of
products  sold by the  Company,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect the
Company's business,  financial condition and results of operations. There can be
no assurance that future  products or product  enhancements  can be successfully
introduced or that such  introductions  will not adversely affect the demand for
existing products. Since the Company believes there are typically fewer elective
interventional  procedures during the summer months due to vacation schedules of
patients and health care providers, especially in Europe, sales of the Company's
products may slow during the  Company's  first fiscal  quarter of each year (the
quarter ending  September 30). The Company expects that its quarterly  operating
results will fluctuate in the future as a result of these and other factors. Due
to  such  quarterly  fluctuations  in  operating  results,  quarter  to  quarter
comparisons of the Company's  operating  results are not necessarily  meaningful
and should not be relied upon as  indicators  of likely  future  performance  or
annual operating results.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
           FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

          None.

                                    PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         Information  regarding  the Company's  directors and the  compliance of
certain reporting  persons with Section 16(a) of the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 will be set forth under the caption "Election of Directors" and "Compliance
with the Reporting  Requirements  of Section 16(a)" in Company's proxy statement
for use in  connection  with the Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  to be held on
October 29,  1997 (the "1997 Proxy  Statement")  and is  incorporated  herein by
reference.  The 1997  Proxy  Statement  will be filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year.

         Information regarding Company's executive officers is set forth in this
Form 10-K in Part I, Item 1.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The  information  required  by this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference  from  the  information   set  forth  under  the  caption   "Executive
Compensation" in the Company's 1997 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference into
this Form 10-K  from the  information  set  forth  under the  caption  "Security
Ownership of Certain  Beneficial  Owners and  Management"  in the Company's 1997
Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         The  information  required  by this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference   from  the   information   set  forth  under  the  caption   "Certain
Transactions" in the Company's 1997 Proxy Statement.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)   The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:
                                                                                                                  Page
<S>                                                                                                                <C>

      (1)  Consolidated Financial Statements

           Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors                                                       34
           Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 1997 and 1996                                                   35
           Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended June 30, 1997                           36
           Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the three years ended June 30, 1997                 37
           Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended June 30, 1997                           38
           Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                              39

      (2)  Financial Statement Schedules

           Schedule II     Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                                       53

                  All other schedules are omitted because they are not required,
            they are not applicable or the  information  is already  included in
            the financial statements or notes thereto.

      (3)  Exhibits
</TABLE>
 Exhibit
 Number                                              Description of Document
 ------                                              -----------------------

     3.1    Amended and Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Company
            (incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the   Company's
            Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-00824,  filed February 1,
            1996).

     3.2    Amended By-laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            3.2  to  the  Company's   Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  No
            333-00824, filed February 1, 1996).

     3.3    Certificate  of  Amendment of Amended and  Restated  Certificate  of
            Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Amendment
            No.  1 to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed March 7, 1996).

     3.4    Certificate  of   Designation  of  Series  A  Junior   Participating
            Preferred Stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            2 to the Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K,  filed February 27,
            1997).

     4.1    Specimen stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
            to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
            S-1 No. 333-00824, filed March 7, 1996).

     10.1*  Company's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.

     10.2   Company's   1996   Non-Employee   Directors'   Stock   Option   Plan
            (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's  Annual
            Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30,  1996,  filed
            September 26, 1996).

     10.3*  Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

     10.4   Distribution  Agreement  dated July 17, 1993 between the Company and
            Century Medical, Inc.  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
            the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1 No.  333-00824,
            filed February 1, 1996).

     10.5   Importing and Distribution  Agreement dated December 2, 1993 between
            the Company and Japan Lifeline Co., Ltd  (incorporated  by reference
            to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's  Registration Statement on Form S-1
            No. 333-00824, filed February 1, 1996).

     10.6   Termination  Agreement dated August 11, 1995 between the Company and
            Century Medical, Inc.  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
            the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1 No.  333-00824,
            filed February 1, 1996).

     10.7   International  Distribution Agreement, dated as of January 22, 1997,
            between Japan  Lifeline Co., Ltd. and the Company  (incorporated  by
            reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
            10-Q for the period  ended  December 31,  1996,  filed  February 14,
            1997).   (Confidential  treatment  applies  to  certain  information
            contained in this  document  pursuant to an order of the  Securities
            and Exchange Commission. Such information has been omitted and filed
            separately with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to
            Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.)

     10.8*  Amendment,   dated  as  of  July  9,  1997,  to  the   International
            Distribution Agreement,  dated as of January 22, 1997 between  Japan
            Lifeline Co., Ltd. and the Company. (Confidential treatment has been
            requested for certain information  contained in this document.  Such
            information   has  been  omitted  and  filed   separately  with  the
            Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the
            Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

                                       29
<PAGE>

     10.9*  Amendment No. 2, dated as of August 22, 1997,  to the  International
            Distribution  Agreement  dated as of January 22, 1997 between  Japan
            Lifeline Co., Ltd. and the Company. (Confidential treatment has been
            requested for certain information  contained in this document.  Such
            information   has  been  omitted  and  filed   separately  with  the
            Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the
            Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

     10.10  Employment  Agreement,  dated  as of March  17,  1995,  between  the
            Company  and  Bradly A.  Jendersee  (incorporated  by  reference  to
            Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed February 1, 1996).

     10.11  Employment  Agreement  Amendment  between  the Company and Bradly A.
            Jendersee  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment
            No.  1 to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed March 7, 1996).

     10.12  Employment  Agreement,  dated  as of March  17,  1995,  between  the
            Company  and  Robert D.  Lashinski  (incorporated  by  reference  to
            Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed February 1, 1996).

     10.13  Employment  Agreement  Amendment  between  the Company and Robert D.
            Lashinski  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment
            No.  1 to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed March 7, 1996).

     10.14  Employment  Agreement,  dated  as of March  17,  1995,  between  the
            Company and John D. Miller  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit
            10.10  to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed February 1, 1996).

     10.15  Employment  Agreement,  dated  as of March  17,  1995,  between  the
            Company and W. Kevin Bedsole  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
            10.11  to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed February 1, 1996).

     10.16  Employment  Agreement,  dated  as of March  17,  1995,  between  the
            Company and Gregory M. French. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.12  to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed February 1, 1996).

     10.17  Employment  Agreement,  dated  as of March  17,  1995,  between  the
            Company and John A. Schiek  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit
            10.13  to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed February 1, 1996).

     10.18  Employment  Agreement,  dated as of  February  3, 1997,  between the
            Company and Scott J. Solano  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit
            10.28 to the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period
            ended December 31, 1996, filed February 14, 1997).

     10.19  Form of Change in  Control  Option  Vesting  Acceleration  Agreement
            between  the  Company and  Lawrence  J.  Fassler  and certain  other
            employees  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.27  to  the
            Company's  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for the  period  ended
            December 31, 1996, filed February 14, 1997).

     10.20  Form of  Indemnification  Agreement  between the Company and each of
            its executive  officers and directors  (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.25 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
            period ended September 30, 1996, filed November 13, 1996).

     10.21  Rights Agreement, dated as of February 26, 1997, between the Company
            and The First National Bank of Boston  (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit  1 to the  Company's  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K,  filed
            February 27, 1997).

     10.22  Stock Exchange Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1994, between the
            Company and Benito  Hidalgo  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit
            10.14  to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed February 1, 1996).

     10.23  Stock Exchange  Agreement,  dated as of March 27, 1995,  between the
            Company and Michael D. Bonneau (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.15  to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 No.
            333-00824, filed February 1, 1996).

     10.24  Lease,  dated August 5, 1996, and First Amendment  thereto,  between
            Ruth  Waltenspiel,  Dixie  Walker and the  Company,  concerning  the
            facilities at 5341,  5343,  5345 and 5347 Skylane  Boulevard,  Santa
            Rosa, California  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the
            Company's  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for the  period  ended
            September 30, 1996, filed November 13, 1996).

     10.25  Second Amendment to Lease,  dated May 5, 1997, to that certain Lease
            dated August 5, 1996 between Dixie Walker,  Ruth Waltenspiel and the
            Company,  as amended  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to
            the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the period  ended
            March 31, 1997, filed May 15, 1997).

     10.26* Lease,  dated as of April 28, 1997,  between  Bruce and Sandra Rocco
            and the Company  concerning the facility at 5355 Skylane  Boulevard,
            Santa Rosa, California.

     10.27* Sublease,  dated  as of June  30,  1997,  between  the  Company  and
            Verticom,  Inc.  concerning  the facility at 1201  Corporate  Center
            Parkway, Santa Rosa, California.

     10.28* Lease,  dated  as of May  19,  1997,  between  the  Company  and SBR
            Development  concerning  the facility at 7975 Cameron  Center Drive,
            Buildings 100 and 300, Santa Rosa, California.

                                       30
<PAGE>


     10.29* Lease,  dated  August 10,  1994,  between  Bentall  Properties  Ltd,
            Westminster Management Corporation and Arterial Vascular Engineering
            Canada, Inc., concerning the facility at 13155 Delf Place, Richmond,
            British Columbia.

     10.30* Addendum to Lease and Lease Amending Agreement, dated as of July 21,
            1997, between Arterial Vascular Engineering Canada, Inc. and Bentall
            Properties  Ltd.  concerning  13140  Delf  Place  Richmond,  British
            Columbia.

     10.31* Business Loan  Agreement,  dated as of August 21, 1997,  between the
            Company and Bank of America National Trust Association.

     11.1*  Statement regarding calculation of net income (loss) per share.

     16.1   Letter, dated March 5, 1996, from Anthony Capeci regarding change in
            certifying accountant  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to
            Amendment No. 1 to the Company's  Registration Statement on Form S-1
            No. 333-00824, filed March 7, 1996).

     16.2   Letter, dated May 10, 1996, from Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.  regarding
            change  in  certifying  accountant  (incorporated  by  reference  to
            Exhibit 16.2 to the Company's Form 8-K, filed May 10, 1996).

     21.1*  Subsidiaries of the Company.

     23.1*  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.

     24.1*  Power of Attorney  (reference is made to the signature  page of this
            Form 10-K).

     27*    Financial Data Schedule

- ------------------

*        Filed herewith.

(b)      Reports on Form 8-K

         No  reports on Form 8-K were filed  during the  quarter  ended June 30,
         1997.

(c)      See Exhibits listed under Item 14(a)(3).

(d)      The  financial  statement  schedules  required  by this Item are listed
         under Item 14(a)(2).

                                       31

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                             ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC.


Date: September 12, 1997                      /s/ Bradly A. Jendersee
                                              -----------------------------
                                              Bradly A. Jendersee
                                              Chairman of the Board of Directors


KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below constitutes and appoints Bradly A. Jendersee,  Scott J. Solano and John D.
Miller, and each of them, as his true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,
with full power of  substitution  and  resubstitution,  for him and in his name,
place,  and stead, in any and all capacities,  to sign any and all amendments to
this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits  thereto,  and
other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them,
full  power  and  authority  to do and  perform  each and  every  act and  thing
requisite  and  necessary to be done in  connection  therewith,  as fully to all
intents and  purposes as he might or could do in person,  hereby  ratifying  and
confirming that all said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or any of them or their
or his substitute or substituted,  may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of the Company and in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Date: September 12, 1997      /s/ Bradly A. Jendersee
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Bradly A. Jendersee
                              Chairman of the Board of Directors
                              (Principal Executive Officer)


Date: September 12, 1997      /s/ Scott J. Solano
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Scott J. Solano
                              President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
                              (Principal Executive Officer)


Date: September 12, 1997      /s/ John D. Miller
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              John D. Miller
                              Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer
                              Treasurer and Director
                              (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


Date: September 12, 1997      /s/ Robert D. Lashinski
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Robert D. Lashinski
                              Vice  President  of Research and  Development  and
                              Director


Date: September 12, 1997      /s/ Dr. Simon H. Stertzer
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Dr. Simon H. Stertzer
                              Director


Date: September 12, 1997      /s/ Dr. J. Irawan Sugeng
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Dr. J. Irawan Sugeng
                              Director


Date: September 12, 1997      /s/ Craig E. Dauchy
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Craig E. Dauchy
                              Director

                                       32

<PAGE>


              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                    YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997, 1996, AND 1995

                                      with

                REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

                                       33

<PAGE>


                REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



Board of Directors and Stockholders
Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Arterial
Vascular  Engineering,  Inc. and  Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1997 and 1996, and
the related  consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1997.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
Arterial Vascular Engineering,  Inc. and Subsidiaries at June 30, 1997 and 1996,
and the  consolidated  results of its  operations and its cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended June 30, 1997,  in  conformity  with general
accepted accounting principles.





                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Palo Alto,  California
July 25, 1997, except as to the first
paragraph of Note 5 as to which the
date is August 21, 1997

                                       34

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                      (In thousands, except per share data)
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        June 30,
                                                                             ------------------------------
                                                                                   1997             1996
                                                                             -------------    -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>              <C>
                                   ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents                                                   $ 25,036         $ 59,238
     Short-term investments                                                        62,192           32,354
     Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,080
          and $290 at June 30, 1997 and 1996
                                                                                   22,850           13,213
     Inventories                                                                    7,302            3,352
     Deferred income tax                                                            2,413            2,016
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                      4,472            2,338
                                                                             -------------    -------------
        Total current assets                                                      124,265          112,511

Deferred income tax                                                                 1,598              172
Property, plant and equipment, net                                                 21,759            8,974
Purchased technology and other intangible assets, net                                 357              500
                                                                             -------------    -------------
        Total assets                                                             $147,979         $122,157
                                                                             =============    =============


                                LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
     Accounts payable                                                            $  4,035         $  1,671
     Accrued expenses                                                               5,744            2,479
     Income taxes payable                                                               -            1,436
                                                                             -------------    -------------
        Total current liabilities                                                   9,779            5,586
                                                                             -------------    -------------

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

                            STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value
     Authorized: 5,000 shares
     Issued and outstanding: None                                                       -                -
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
     Authorized: 100,000 shares
     Issued and outstanding, including shares in treasury:
        31,047 and 30,862 shares at June 30, 1997 and 1996                             31               31
Additional paid-in capital                                                         93,021           91,776
Notes receivable for common stock                                                       -             (301)
Deferred compensation                                                                   -              (87)
Treasury Stock, at cost; 30 shares at June 30, 1997                                  (390)               -
Cumulative translation adjustment                                                  (1,364)               -
Retained earnings                                                                  46,902           25,152
                                                                             -------------    -------------
        Total stockholders' equity                                                138,200          116,571
                                                                             -------------    -------------
        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                               $147,979         $122,157
                                                                             =============    =============

<FN>
The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       35
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      (In thousands, except per share data)
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Year Ended June 30,
                                                               -----------------------------------------
                                                                  1997           1996           1995
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>

      Net sales                                                 $  79,420      $  55,228      $  17,141
      Cost of sales                                                16,217         10,565          4,515
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
      Gross profit                                                 63,203         44,663         12,626
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------

      Operating expenses:
          Research and development                                 11,422          6,480            987
          Selling, general and administrative                      22,510          8,437          1,807
          Settlement costs                                              -              -            425
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
             Total operating expenses                              33,932         14,917          3,219
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------

      Operating income                                             29,271         29,746          9,407
      Interest and other income                                     4,190          1,460            237
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
      Income before provision for income taxes                     33,461         31,206          9,644
      Provision for income taxes                                   11,711         10,766          3,004
                                                               ----------     ----------     -----------
      Net income                                                $  21,750      $  20,440      $   6,640
                                                               ===========    ===========    ===========

      Net income per share                                      $    0.69      $    0.71      $    0.24

      Shares used in per share calculation                         31,644         28,260         27,194
<FN>
The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       36
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (In thousands)
<CAPTION>
                                                          Notes                                             Retained
                                           Additional   Receivable                            Cumulative    Earnings
                       Common Stock         Paid-in     For Common    Deferred     Treasury   Translation (Accumulated
                     ------------------
                     Shares      Amount     Capital       Stock     Compensation     Stock     Adjustment    Deficit)        Total
                     --------   --------   ----------   ----------  -------------  ---------   ----------   ------------  ----------
<S>                  <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
                     
Balances, June       
 30, 1994            17,897     $    18    $  3,393     $    --     $   (479)      $    --     $     --     $ (1,928)     $  1,004
                     
Issuance of          
 common stock           110          --         100          --           --            --           --           --           100
                     
Common stock         
repurchased          
and canceled           (275)         --        (300)         --           --            --           --           --          (300)
                     
Issuance of          
 common stock for     
 stock in             
 Endovascular         
 Support Systems,     
 Inc                    511           1         463          --           --            --           --           --           464
                     
Issuance of          
 common stock for     
 notes receivable     3,438           3       3,123      (3,126)          --            --           --           --            --
                     
Deferred             
 compensation            --          --          91          --          (91)           --           --           --            --
                     
Cancellation of      
 deferred             
 compensation            --          --         (50)         --           50            --           --           --            --
                     
Amortization of      
 deferred             
 compensation            --          --          --          --          221            --           --           --           221
                     
Net income               --          --          --          --           --            --           --        6,640         6,640
                     --------   --------   ----------   ----------  -------------  ---------   ----------   ------------  ----------
Balances, June       
 30, 1995            21,681          22       6,820      (3,126)        (299)           --           --        4,712         8,129
                     
Issuance of          
 common stock           110          --       1,321          --           --            --           --           --         1,321
                     
Issuance of          
 common stock         
 upon exercise of     
 stock options        4,821           4          31          --           --            --           --           --            35
                     
Common stock         
 offering (Note       
 10)                  4,250           5      81,310          --           --            --           --           --        81,315
                     
Amortization of      
 deferred             
 compensation            --          --          --          --          212            --           --           --           212
                     
Income tax           
 reduction            
 relating to          
 stock plans             --          --       2,294          --           --            --           --           --         2,294
                     
Repayment of         
 notes receivable        --          --          --       2,825           --            --           --           --         2,825
                     
Net income               --          --          --          --           --            --           --       20,440        20,440
                     --------   --------   ----------   ----------  -------------  ---------   ----------   ------------  ----------
Balances, June       
 30, 1996            30,862          31      91,776        (301)         (87)           --           --       25,152       116,571
                     
Issuance of              
 common stock         
 upon exercise of     
 stock options          185          --         204          --           --            --           --           --           204
                     
Treasury stock             
 purchased               --          --          --          --           --          (390)          --           --          (390)
                     
Amortization of            
 deferred             
 compensation            --          --          --          --           87            --           --           --            87
                     
Income tax                 
 reduction            
 relating to          
 stock plans             --          --       1,041          --           --            --           --           --         1,041
                     
Repayment of              
 notes receivable        --          --          --         301           --            --           --           --           301
                     
Translation          
 adjustment              --          --          --          --           --            --       (1,364)          --        (1,364)
                     
Net income               --          --          --          --           --            --           --       21,750        21,750
                     --------   --------   ----------   ----------  -------------  ----------   ---------    ----------   ----------
Balances, June       
30, 1997             31,047     $    31    $ 93,021     $    --     $     --       $  (390)     $(1,364)     $46,902      $ 138,200
                     ========   ========   ==========   ==========  =============  ==========   ==========   ===========  ==========
<FN>
The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       37
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

               ARTERIAL VASULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (In thousands)
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Year Ended June 30,
                                                                           ---------------------------------------
                                                                              1997          1996          1995
                                                                           ------------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>           <C>

Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income                                                                  $ 21,750     $ 20,440      $ 6,640


 Adjustments to reconcile net income to
  net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                                               1,706          817          274
    Provision for doubtful accounts                                               804          186          100
    Provision for obsolete inventory                                              317          261           60
    Amortization of deferred compensation                                          87          212          221
    Income tax reduction relating to stock plans                                1,041        2,294           --
    Deferred income taxes                                                      (1,823)      (1,100)      (1,088)
    Changes in assets and liabilities:                                                                 
       Short-term investments                                                 (29,838)     (31,054)          --
       Accounts receivable                                                    (11,348)      (8,422)      (4,713)
       Inventories                                                             (4,912)      (2,693)        (795)
       Prepaids and other current assets                                       (1,904)      (2,068)        (204)
       Accounts payable                                                         2,405        1,319           13
       Accrued liabilities                                                      3,392        1,315          778
       Customer deposits                                                           --       (1,405)          11
       Income taxes payable                                                    (1,633)        (603)       2,039
                                                                             --------     --------     --------
           Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                (19,956)     (20,501)       3,336
                                                                             --------     --------     --------
                                                                                                       
Cash flows from investing activities:                                                                  
 Proceeds (purchase) of investments                                                --          100       (1,400)
 Acquisition of property, plant and equipment                                 (14,379)      (8,390)        (977)
 Acquisition of stock in Endovascular Support                                                           
    Systems, Inc.                                                                  --           --         (108)
                                                                             --------     --------     --------
           Net cash used in investing activities                              (14,379)      (8,290)      (2,485)
                                                                             --------     --------     --------
                                                                                                       
Cash flows from financing activities:                                                                  
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                           204       82,671          100
 Common stock repurchased                                                          --           --         (300)
 Treasury stock purchased                                                        (390)          --           --
 Repayment of notes receivable                                                    301        2,825           --
                                                                             --------     --------     --------
           Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                    115       85,496         (200)
                                                                             --------     --------     --------
                                                                                                       
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents                       18           --           --
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                          (34,202)      56,705          651
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year                                59,238        2,533        1,882
                                                                             --------     --------     --------
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of year                                    $ 25,036     $ 59,238     $  2,533
                                                                             ========     ========     ========
                                                                                                       
Supplemental cash flow information:
  Income taxes paid                                                          $ 14,206     $ 10,175     $  2,075
Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:
  Issuance of common stock for stock in
     Endovascular Support Systems, Inc.                                      $     --     $     --     $    464
  Issuance of common stock for notes receivable                              $     --     $     --     $  3,126
  Transfer of available-for-sale investments to trading                      $     --     $  1,300     $     --
<FN>
The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       38
<PAGE>

              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT



1.   Formation and Business of the Company

     Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc., formerly Applied Vascular Engineering,
     Inc., (the "Company") was  incorporated in Delaware in July 1991 to address
     the rapidly expanding market for angioplasty products. The Company designs,
     develops,  manufactures and markets a variety of highly  specialized  stent
     systems and percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty ("PTCA") balloon
     catheters.  The Company's  stents are used as arterial  support  devices in
     connection with balloon  angioplasty or other minimally invasive treatments
     of  atherosclerosis  (the  formation  of deposits in the  arteries)  and to
     prevent abrupt closure of vessels in  higher-risk  angioplasty  procedures.
     The  Company  commenced  operations  in 1991 and began  marketing  its PTCA
     balloon  catheters in October 1993,  its coronary  stent systems in October
     1994, and its peripheral stent systems in December 1996. In April 1996, the
     Company began its first direct sales operation in Europe,  and currently it
     has direct  operations  in each of France,  Germany,  the  Netherlands  (to
     service the Benelux countries), Switzerland and the United Kingdom.

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     Basis of Presentation

     The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of the Company
     and its wholly owned subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany  accounts
     and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

     Use of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
     disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of the
     financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
     during  the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from those
     estimates.

     Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company  considers  all highly  liquid  investments  purchased  with an
     original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  Cash and
     cash  equivalents are maintained with financial  institutions in the United
     States, Canada and Europe. Deposits in these banks may exceed the amount of
     insurance  provided on such  deposits.  These deposits may be redeemed upon
     demand and,  therefore,  bear minimal risk. The Company has not experienced
     any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.

     Investments

     The Company  classifies all investments as trading securities in accordance
     with Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 115, "Accounting for
     Certain  Investments  in Debt and Equity  Securities  (SFAS No. 115)." Such
     investments  are recorded at market value and unrealized  holding gains and
     losses are  reflected in earnings.  Market value is  determined by the most
     recent traded price of the security at the balance sheet date. Net realized
     gains or losses are determined on the specific identification cost method.

     During  the  year  ended  June  30,  1996,  the  Company  re-evaluated  its
     investment  policies and  reclassified  all investments  previously held as
     available-for-sale  to trading  securities.  The  reclassification  did not
     result in any unrealized gains or losses being included in net income.

     Inventories

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (using the first-in,  first-out
     method) or market value. Provisions are made in each year for the estimated
     effects of excess and  obsolete  inventories.  Actual  excess and  obsolete
     inventories  may differ from the Company's  estimates and such  differences
     could be material to the consolidated financial statements.

     Property, Plant and Equipment

     Property,   plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated
     depreciation and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization of property,
     plant and  equipment is computed  using the  straight-line  method over the
     estimated useful lives of the respective  assets (three to forty years), or
     over  the  shorter  of the  lease  term  or the  estimated  useful  life of
     leasehold improvements.

                                       39

<PAGE>

              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

     Construction  in  progress  consists  of  expenditures   incurred  for  the
     expansion of the Company's existing facilities.  Depreciation  commences as
     these assets are placed in service.

     Purchased Technology and Other Intangible Assets

     Purchased   technology   is   capitalized   at  cost  and  amortized  on  a
     straight-line basis over its useful life estimated of five years.

     Other intangible  assets consist  primarily of organization  costs, and are
     carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Costs are amortized over the
     estimated  useful  lives of the related  assets.  At June 30,  1997,  other
     intangible assets were fully amortized.

     Research and Development

     Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

     Revenue Recognition

     The  Company  recognizes  revenue  upon  shipment  of product to  customers
     provided there is no conditional payment upon sale by the customer to other
     third  parties  and  provided  there  is  no  right  of  return  on  unsold
     merchandise.

     Income Taxes

     Income  taxes are  accounted  for under the asset and  liability  method of
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
     Taxes  (SFAS No.  109)."  Under  SFAS No.  109,  deferred  tax  assets  and
     liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences  attributable to
     differences  between the financial  statement  carrying amounts of existing
     assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets
     and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year
     in which the differences  are expected to affect taxable income.  Valuation
     allowances are established  when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to
     the amounts expected to be realized.

     Foreign Currency Translation

     The assets and  liabilities,  capital  accounts  and  revenue  and  expense
     accounts of the Company's  foreign  subsidiaries have been translated using
     the exchange rates at the balance sheet date,  historical  exchange  rates,
     and the  weighted  average  exchange  rates for the  period,  respectively.
     Adjustments  arising from the  translation of assets and  liabilities  held
     outside the United  States are  recorded as a  component  of  stockholders'
     equity.

     Net Income Per Share

     Net income  per share is  computed  using the  weighted  average  number of
     common and common  stock  equivalent  shares,  when  dilutive,  outstanding
     during the period.  Common  equivalent  shares comprise stock options using
     the  treasury  stock  method.  Pursuant  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission Staff Accounting Bulletins,  common and common equivalent shares
     issued by the Company at prices  below the initial  public  offering  price
     during the twelve-month  period prior to the offering have been included in
     the calculation as if they were outstanding for all periods presented prior
     to the  offering  date  (using the  treasury  stock  method and the initial
     public offering price).

     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
     No. 128,  "Earnings  per Share (SFAS No. 128)," which is effective for both
     interim and annual  financial  statements  for periods ended after December
     15, 1997. The Company will be required to change the method  currently used
     to compute  earnings per share and to restate all prior periods.  Under the
     new requirements for calculating primary (or basic) earnings per share, the
     dilutive  effect of stock options will be excluded.  The impact is expected
     to result in an increase in primary  earnings per share for the years ended
     June 30, 1996 and 1997.  The impact of Statement 128 on the  calculation of
     fully  diluted  earnings per share for these  periods is not expected to be
     material.

     Stock Split

     On January 26, 1996 the Company  effected a 5.5-for-1 common stock split in
     connection with the public offering of its stock.  All common stock data in
     the accompanying  consolidated  financial statements has been retroactively
     adjusted to reflect the stock split.

                                       40

<PAGE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

     Stock-Based Compensation

     The Company has adopted the  disclosure-only  provisions  of  Statement  of
     Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
     Compensation (SFAS 123)",  effective for fiscal 1997. Relevant  disclosures
     are presented in note 10  "Stockholders'  Equity."  Accordingly the Company
     continues to account for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value
     method as  permitted  under  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion No. 25,
     "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25)."

3.   Acquisition of Endovascular Support Systems, Inc.

     In October 1992, Proprietary Extrusion  Technologies,  Inc. (PET), a wholly
     owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired the patent rights to Endovascular
     Support  Systems,  Inc.'s  ("ESS") stent products in exchange for royalties
     between 5% and 12% of PET's worldwide stent sales for the remaining life of
     the ESS stent patent.

     In June 1993,  the Company  acquired a 15%  interest in ESS in exchange for
     110,000 shares of the Company's common stock valued at $40,000. In a series
     of transactions  initiated in 1994 and completed in March 1995, the Company
     acquired all of the remaining  shares of ESS for $108,000 and an additional
     511,000  shares of the  Company's  common  stock at a fair market  value of
     $464,000.  The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase  transaction and
     the  results  of the  operations  of ESS were  included  with  those of the
     Company after March 1995, the date the acquisition was consummated.  At the
     acquisition  date,  ESS had net  liabilities  of $38,000.  The  acquisition
     terminated  PET's  obligations  to ESS under a royalty  agreement  on stent
     sales.  ESS's shares were canceled in April 1995 and the  remaining  assets
     and liabilities of ESS were transferred to the Company.

     Purchased completed  technology of $650,000 was recorded at March 1995, and
     is  being  amortized  over a  period  of  five  years.  At June  30,  1997,
     accumulated amortization totaled $293,000.

4.   Settlement of Litigation

     In July 1995, the Company settled a legal proceeding in which the plaintiff
     alleged the Company breached a joint venture agreement.  Under the terms of
     the settlement  agreement,  the Company paid the plaintiff $425,000 in full
     and final settlement.  The Company had established a provision for $425,000
     at June 30, 1995.

5.   Financial Instruments

     Revolving Credit Agreement

     In August 1997,  the Company  signed a revolving  credit  agreement  with a
     financial  institution under which the Company may borrow up to $20 million
     for the construction of new manufacturing facilities at its headquarters in
     Santa Rosa,  California.  The credit  facility is secured by certain of the
     Company's short-term investments.  The credit facility terminates on August
     31, 1998, at which time the Company is required to repay the total borrowed
     amount.  The interest rate on the revolving  credit agreement is LIBOR plus
     one-half of one percent.

     Foreign Currency Instruments

     Substantially  all of the  Company's  revenues are  currently  derived from
     sales outside of the United States.  As a result,  the Company's  financial
     results will be affected by changes in foreign  currency  exchange rates to
     the extent  that such sales may be  denominated  in foreign  currency.  The
     Company is exposed to fluctuations in currencies in western Europe.

     During  the year  ended  June 30,  1997,  the  Company  began a program  of
     entering  into  derivative  financial  instruments  in the form of  forward
     exchange  contracts  ("forwards")  in order to reduce  the  uncertainty  of
     foreign  exchange  rate  movement on  inter-company  sales  denominated  in
     foreign  currencies.  These  contracts are designed to  specifically  hedge
     against gains or losses incurred from foreign currency transactions and are
     not used for trading or speculative purposes. The Company has established a
     control   environment  that  includes  policies  and  procedures  for  risk
     assessment and the approval,  reporting and monitoring of foreign  currency
     hedging  activities.  Forwards are used to hedge material  foreign currency
     denominated  receivables and payables.  They are generally  settled between
     three to six months with gains or losses recorded in "Selling,  general and
     administrative"  expenses,  to offset  gains or losses on foreign  currency
     receivables and payables.

                                       41

<PAGE>

              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


6.   Inventories

     Inventories comprise (in thousands):



                                                                 June 30,
                                                          ----------------------
                                                               1997        1996
                                                          ----------  ----------

                 Raw materials                            $     925   $     456
                 Work in process                              3,044       1,211
                 Finished goods                               3,333       1,685
                                                          ----------  ----------
                                                          $   7,302   $   3,352
                                                          ==========  ==========

7.   Property, Plant and Equipment

     Property, plant and equipment comprise (in thousands):

                                                                June 30,
                                                          ----------------------
                                                               1997        1996
                                                          ----------  ----------

                 Land                                     $   2,891   $   1,909
                 Buildings                                    8,590       3,616
                 Manufacturing equipment                      5,486       2,226
                 Computers and equipment                      2,218         824
                 Furniture and fixtures                       1,737         490
                 Leasehold improvements                         872         768
                                                          ----------  ----------
                                                             21,794       9,833
                 Less accumulated depreciation 
                 and amortization                            (2,575)     (1,053)
                                                          -----------  ---------
                                                             19,219       8,780
                 Construction in progress                     2,540         194
                                                          ----------  ----------
                                                          $  21,759   $   8,974
                                                          ==========  ==========

8.   Accrued Expenses

     Accrued expenses comprise (in thousands):


                                                                June 30,
                                                          ----------------------
                                                             1997       1996
                                                          ----------  ----------

                 Accrued payroll and related benefits     $   2,261   $     861
                 Accrued professional and other fees          1,089         617
                 Accrued clinical trial costs                   432         213
                 Value added tax                              1,160         393
                 Other accrued expenses                         802         395
                                                          ---------   ----------
                                                          $   5,744   $   2,479
                                                          ==========  ==========


                                       42
<PAGE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


9.   Commitments and Contingencies

     Commitments

     The Company leases its facilities under operating lease agreements expiring
     in 1997 through 2006.  Total rent expense  under all  operating  leases was
     $139,000, $369,000 and $898,000 for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and
     1997, respectively. In addition, the Company leases vehicles for certain of
     its European staff.

     The  future  minimum  annual  lease  payments  as of June  30,  1997  under
     operating leases are as follows:


                     Year Ending June 30,                         (In thousands)
                    --------------------
                     1998                                              $  1,223
                     1999                                                 1,145
                     2000                                                   762
                     2001                                                   459
                     2002                                                   169
                     Thereafter                                             344
                                                                      ----------
                                                                       $  4,102
                                                                      ==========

     The  Company  has  entered  into a  contract  to  build  new  manufacturing
     facilities at its headquarters in Santa Rosa, California. The total cost of
     construction  is expected  to be  approximately  $20 million  (see Note 5 -
     Financial  Instruments).  Additionally,  the Company has commitments  under
     various other construction contracts totaling $2 million.

     Contingencies

     ESS  Litigation.  Effective as of October 1992, a subsidiary of the Company
     purchased substantially all the assets of Endothelial Support Systems, Inc.
     (subsequently  known as  Endovascular  Support  Systems,  Inc.)  ("ESS") in
     consideration  of certain royalty  payments payable by the Company based on
     the net sales of products  using or adapted from such  assets.  The Company
     was informed that the  shareholders  of ESS ratified the transaction on May
     27, 1993. The purchased  assets  included an application for a stent patent
     which  resulted  in a patent  owned by the  Company.  Following  such asset
     purchase, the Company between June 1993 and March 1995 purchased in several
     transactions  100%  of  the  shares  of  capital  stock  of  ESS  from  its
     shareholders in consideration of shares of common stock of the Company and,
     in certain  instances,  other  consideration,  and ESS was merged  into the
     Company.  In June 1996, the Company  received  notice of a lawsuit filed by
     Dr. Azam Anwar and Benito Hidalgo,  each of whom is a former shareholder of
     ESS (who together held  approximately  48% of ESS's  outstanding  shares of
     common  stock) and each of whom  currently  holds shares of common stock of
     the Company, in the District Court of Dallas County,  Texas. The suit names
     as defendants the Company,  Bradly A. Jendersee and John D. Miller,  each a
     director,  officer and principal  stockholder of the Company,  Dr. Simon H.
     Stertzer,  a director and  principal  stockholder  of the Company,  and Dr.
     Gerald Dorros, a principal stockholder of the Company. In January 1997, the
     plaintiffs filed an amended petition  alleging common law fraud,  negligent
     misrepresentation,  securities  fraud pursuant to the Texas Securities Act,
     fraud pursuant to the Texas Business and  Commercial  Code,  control person
     liability, aider and abetter liability of the individual defendants,  civil
     conspiracy,  breach of fiduciary duty, and constructive fraud in connection
     with the  Company's  acquisition  of ESS and the Company's  acquisition  of
     shares of ESS  capital  stock  from the  plaintiffs.  The  plaintiffs  seek
     unspecified  damages,  rescission of the Company's  acquisition  of the ESS
     assets and its subsequent  acquisition of the ESS stock,  reconstitution of
     ESS,  punitive  damages,  interest and attorneys' fees and other relief. On
     February  10  and  12,  1997,  the  court  overruled   defendants'  special
     appearances  and  denied  motions  objecting  to  jurisdiction,  motions to
     dismiss  based on forum non  conveniens,  and  motions to abate or stay the
     Texas  proceedings.  The defendants,  including the Company,  have filed an
     answer denying  plaintiff's  claims, and also filed a counterclaim  against
     the  plaintiffs.  The  counterclaim  alleges claims against Mr. Hidalgo for
     specific performance, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of
     good faith and fair dealing,  and  declaratory  relief based on comparative
     indemnity,  contribution and absence of fraud. The cross-complaint  alleges
     claims against Dr. Anwar for  intentional and negligent  interference  with
     contract,  equitable  estoppel and  declaratory  relief based on absence of
     fraud.  The  Company  believes  it has  meritorious  defenses to the claims
     alleged by the plaintiffs,  and that it has meritorious  claims against the
     plaintiffs,  in the Texas action.  However, no assurance can be given as to
     the outcome of the action.  The  inability of the Company to prevail in the
     action,  including the loss or impairment of the right to produce  products
     based on the Company's issued patents, could have a material adverse effect
     on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

                                       43
<PAGE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

9.   Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

     The  Company  also  received  notice in August  1996 of a lawsuit  filed by
     Messrs.  Anwar  and  Hidalgo  in  the  Superior  Court  of  Sonoma  County,
     California,  which  names the same  defendants  as in the Texas  action and
     alleges claims for securities fraud and  unregistered  securities under the
     California  securities  laws,  breach  of  fiduciary  duty and  fraud.  The
     plaintiffs   seek   unspecified   damages,   rescission  of  the  Company's
     acquisition  of the ESS assets and its  subsequent  acquisition  of the ESS
     stock,  reconstitution of ESS and other relief.  The defendants,  including
     the Company,  have filed an answer  denying  plaintiff's  claims,  and also
     filed a cross-complaint against the plaintiffs. The cross-complaint alleges
     claims  against Mr. Hidalgo for specific  performance,  breach of contract,
     breach  of the  implied  covenant  of good  faith  and  fair  dealing,  and
     declaratory relief based on comparative indemnity, contribution and absence
     of  fraud.  The  cross-complaint  alleges  claims  against  Dr.  Anwar  for
     intentional and negligent  interference with contract,  equitable  estoppel
     and declaratory relief based on absence of fraud. Mr. Hidalgo and Dr. Anwar
     have  filed  an  answer  generally  denying  the  claims  contained  in the
     cross-complaint.

     On July 11, 1996, the Company,  along with the individual  defendants named
     in the Texas and Sonoma  County  actions,  filed two  actions  against  Mr.
     Hidalgo in the Superior  Court of San Mateo County,  California.  The first
     action alleges claims for specific performance,  breach of contract, breach
     of the implied  covenant of good faith and fair  dealing,  and  declaratory
     relief  based on  indemnity.  These  claims  arise out of a stock  exchange
     agreement entered into between Mr. Hidalgo and the Company,  and out of Mr.
     Hidalgo's  actions as a director of ESS. The second action  alleges  claims
     for specific  performance,  breach of  contract,  and breach of the implied
     covenant  of good  faith  and fair  dealing.  These  claims  arise out of a
     separation and release  agreement  entered into between Mr. Hidalgo and the
     Company.

     On December  6, 1996,  the  Superior  Court of Sonoma  County,  California,
     pursuant to the  stipulation of the parties,  transferred the Sonoma County
     action to the Superior Court of San Mateo County. On December 11, 1996, the
     Superior  Court of San Mateo  County,  pursuant to the  stipulation  of the
     parties,  consolidated all three pending  California  actions into a single
     action (the "Consolidated Action"), and ordered that the pleadings from the
     Sonoma County action shall be the operative  pleadings in the  Consolidated
     Action.  A motion by the Company and the individual  defendants for summary
     judgment against Mr. Hidalgo in the  Consolidated  Action was denied by the
     Superior  Court of San Mateo  County on May 5, 1997 with respect to each of
     the  plaintiffs'  claims.  The  Company  believes  that it has  meritorious
     defenses  to  the  claims  alleged  by  the  plaintiffs,  and  that  it has
     meritorious  claims against the  plaintiffs,  in the  Consolidated  Action.
     However,  no assurance  can be given as to the outcome of the  Consolidated
     Action. The inability of the Company to prevail in the Consolidated Action,
     including the loss or impairment of the right to produce  products based on
     the Company's  issued patents,  could have a material adverse effect on the
     Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

     The  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  each of the  individuals  named as
     defendants  in the  lawsuits  against  the  Company  relating  to  the  ESS
     transaction.

     Claims  of  Terminated  Distributors.  In  connection  with  the  Company's
     termination  of  certain   distributor   relationships,   several  of  such
     distributors  have filed,  or have  threatened to file,  claims against the
     Company with respect to such terminations.

     In November  1996, in  connection  with the  Company's  termination  of its
     distribution relationship with Alfatec-Medicor N.V. ("Alfatec-Medicor") and
     Medicor   Nederland   B.V.   ("Medicor   Nederland")  in  Belgium  and  the
     Netherlands,  respectively,  effective  September  30,  1996,  the  Company
     received notice of a lawsuit filed by Alfatec-Medicor in the Second Chamber
     of the Commercial Court of Brussels,  Belgium, alleging insufficient notice
     of termination of a distribution  agreement between the parties,  promotion
     costs,   personnel   restructuring  claims  and  additional   compensation.
     Alfatec-Medicor  seeks  compensation of BF189,389,135  (approximately  $5.0
     million using current exchange rates), of which BF30,000,000 (approximately
     $797,000)  is sought as a  provisional  payment.  The  Company  has entered
     counterclaims for $257,000 in unpaid accounts  receivable and has requested
     from  Alfatec-Medicor   information  that  would  support  its  claims  for
     indemnification,  but has not yet received  such  information.  Following a
     hearing on April 18, 1997, the court postponed further consideration of the
     matter  until  the  parties  have  conducted  an  appropriate  exchange  of
     information  and prepared  written  pleadings.  On February  20, 1997,  the
     Company  commenced an action against Medicor Nederland before the Amsterdam
     District Court for payment of $269,000 in unpaid  accounts  receivable.  On
     July 23, 1997, Medicor Nederland filed a statement of defense and entered a
     counterclaim for DG2,284,379.30  (approximately  $1.1 million using current
     exchange  rates) on the basis of  insufficient  notice of  termination of a
     distribution agreement between the parties and unjust enrichment.

                                       44
<PAGE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


9.   Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

     On August 19, 1996, in connection  with the  Company's  termination  of its
     distribution   relationship  in  Switzerland  with  Medicor  AG,  effective
     September 30, 1996, such distributor filed an action against the Company in
     the United States  District  Court for the Northern  District of California
     alleging breach of written, oral and implied-in-fact contracts,  inducement
     to breach an employment contract with one of such distributor's  employees,
     intentional  interference  with  contractual  relations,   intentional  and
     negligent     interference    with    prospective    economic    advantage,
     misappropriation   of  trade  secrets,   and   intentional   and  negligent
     misrepresentation.  On October 11, 1996, the court denied the distributor's
     request for preliminary  and temporary  injunctive  relief.  On January 30,
     1997, the court entered an order  dismissing the entire action on forum non
     conveniens grounds.  As part of the dismissal,  AVE has agreed to submit to
     the jurisdiction of the appropriate forum in Switzerland, waive any defense
     of statute of limitations to any  substantially  similar claims made there,
     make  available  witnesses  and  documents  there and satisfy any  judgment
     entered  against it there. On January 27, 1997, the Company filed an action
     in the debt collection office of Cham,  Switzerland against the distributor
     for $93,000  plus  accrued  interest  in  connection  with unpaid  accounts
     receivable from the distributor  relationship.  The distributor  obtained a
     preliminary  stay on the debt  collection  proceedings  and a hearing  with
     respect  to the  Company's  motion  to lift such stay was held on March 11,
     1997.  On July 14,  1997,  the District  Court of Zug denied the  Company's
     motion to lift such stay in a summary  proceeding.  The Company  intends to
     file a claim in ordinary court  proceedings  with the District Court of Zug
     to have the stay lifted.

     In  connection   with  the  Company's   termination  of  its   distribution
     relationship   in   France   with   Medi   Service,    S.A.R.L./Fournitures
     Hospitalieres  S.A.  effective  September  30, 1996,  the Company  received
     notice  from  such  distributor  that it had  filed an  action  before  the
     Tribunal de Grande Instance of Mulhouse in France seeking  compensation for
     breach of an alleged exclusive  distribution agreement for an indeterminate
     period between the parties.  The action  included a claim for  compensation
     equal  to the  total  value  of  such  distributor's  business,  which  the
     distributor  valued  at  FF400,000,000  (approximately  $65  million  using
     current exchange  rates).  The Company  counterclaimed  for unpaid accounts
     receivable of approximately  $1.8 million and for damages for abusive legal
     proceedings. On September 23, 1996, the Tribunal rejected the distributor's
     claims  for  damages  for  unlawful  termination  as well as the  Company's
     counterclaim for abusive legal proceedings. The Tribunal reserved judgement
     with  respect  to the  repurchase  of the  distributor's  inventory  of AVE
     products  and the  payment  of  unpaid  accounts  receivable  sought by the
     Company. The parties have submitted briefs on these issues and a procedural
     hearing  was held on March  10,  1997,  at which the  distributor  filed an
     additional  brief.  A procedural  hearing was held on May 9, 1997, at which
     time the Company added a counterclaim for unfair  competition.  On February
     10, 1997, the  distributor  filed an appeal of the  Tribunal's  decision of
     September  23, 1996,  with the Court of Appeals of Colmar,  and the parties
     have exchanged  briefs in the appellate  proceeding.  A procedural  hearing
     with respect to both the original and the appellate  proceedings is set for
     September 19, 1997.

     With respect to each of the  aforementioned  distributors,  the Company has
     consulted  with local counsel in the  applicable  country and believes that
     the termination of each of the distributor  relationships  was lawful.  The
     Company  understands  that under the laws of certain  countries,  including
     Belgium  and  the  Netherlands,   under  certain   circumstances,   certain
     indemnities  may be  claimed by  distributors  for  insufficient  notice of
     termination and/or goodwill compensation. The Company intends to vigorously
     defend  itself  against  pending  claims and any other  claims  that may be
     brought by such  distributors  and to pursue  claims  for  unpaid  accounts
     receivable against such distributors. However, no assurance can be given as
     to the outcome of any pending or threatened litigation,  and any successful
     claim for damages or injunctive relief by one or more of such distributors,
     or the failure by the  Company to succeed on its claims  against its former
     French  distributor,  could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
     business, financial condition and results of operations.

     From time to time,  the  Company is  involved  in other  legal  proceedings
     arising in the ordinary course of its business.  As of the date hereof, the
     Company is not a party to any other legal proceedings with respect to which
     an adverse outcome would, in management's  opinion, have a material adverse
     effect  on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of
     operations.

                                       45

<PAGE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


10.  Stockholders' Equity

     Common and Preferred Stock

     During the year ended June 30, 1995, the Company  entered into a Restricted
     Stock Purchase  Agreement with certain directors and other  individuals.  A
     total of  3,438,000  shares  were  issued at fair  market  value under this
     agreement at $0.9091 per share.  All  purchases  of stock were  financed by
     issuance of notes  accumulating  interest at 8% per annum until repaid. The
     notes  were fully  repaid as at June 30,  1997.  All shares are  subject to
     repurchase by the Company pursuant to vesting over periods ranging from one
     to five  years  or upon  termination  of  employment.  At  June  30,  1997,
     1,346,000 shares were subject to repurchase.

     In January 1996, the Board of Directors  approved the Company's Amended and
     Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  increasing the authorized  capital
     stock of the  Company  to  50,500,000  and  reducing  the par  value of the
     capital stock to $0.001 from $0.01.

     In February 1996, the Company amended its Certificate of  Incorporation  to
     increase the authorized capital stock of the Company to 105,000,000 shares.
     One hundred million (100,000,000) shares are designated common stock with a
     par value of $0.001,  and five million  (5,000,000)  shares are  designated
     preferred stock with a par value of $0.001.

     In April 1996, the Company  completed an initial public offering and issued
     4,250,000 shares of common stock, raising net proceeds of approximately $81
     million.

     In February  1997 the  Company's  Board of Directors  adopted a stockholder
     rights plan,  commonly  referred to as a "poison pill," that is intended to
     deter hostile or coercive attempts to acquire the Company.  The stockholder
     rights plan enables  stockholders to acquire shares of the Company's common
     stock, or the common stock of an acquiror, at a substantial discount to the
     public market price should any person or group acquire more than 15% of the
     Company's common stock without the approval of the Board of Directors under
     certain circumstances.  The Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of Series
     A Junior Participating  Preferred Stock for issuance in connection with the
     stockholder  rights plan.  The Company is authorized to issue an additional
     4,000,000  shares of preferred stock in one or more series with terms to be
     fixed by the Board of Directors without a stockholder vote.

     Stock Repurchase Program

     During the first quarter of fiscal 1997, the Board of Directors  authorized
     a stock  repurchase  program  pursuant to which the Company may  repurchase
     shares of its common  stock with an  aggregate  value of up to $10 million.
     The  repurchases  may be made  from  time to time  on the  open  market  at
     prevailing  market  prices or in  negotiated  transactions  off the market.
     Although the Company does not currently  intend to repurchase a significant
     number of additional shares under the repurchase program,  the program will
     continue  until  discontinued  by the Board of  Directors.  The Company has
     used, and plans to use,  existing cash balances to finance any repurchases.
     The  Company  may use the  repurchased  shares to offset  grants  under its
     employee  equity  incentive  plan.  As of June 30,  1997,  the  Company had
     repurchased  30,000  shares of its  common  stock at an  aggregate  cost of
     $390,000.

     Stock Option Plans

     From  1991 to 1996,  the Board of  Directors  granted  non-statutory  stock
     options allowing  employees,  directors,  and consultants of the Company to
     purchase  shares of the Company's  common  stock.  Stock option grants were
     awarded at the discretion of the Board of Directors and generally vest over
     a period of three years from the date of the grant, and unexercised options
     expire  upon  termination  of  employment  with the  Company  or after  the
     expiration  of five years  from the date of the grant.  No shares of common
     stock  under  stock  options  granted  from  1991 to 1996  are  subject  to
     repurchase.

                                       46

<PAGE>

              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

10.  Stockholders' Equity (continued)

     In January 1996,  the Company  adopted the 1996 Equity  Incentive Plan (the
     "Incentive  Plan") under which 800,000  shares of common stock are reserved
     for issuance  upon exercise of options  granted to employees,  officers and
     consultants of the Company.  In December  1996, the Company's  stockholders
     approved an increase in the number of shares of common  stock  reserved for
     issue under the  Incentive  Plan from  800,000 to  1,500,000.  If any stock
     award granted under the Incentive Plan or any stock option granted pursuant
     to the Company's  previous stock option program shall for any reason expire
     or otherwise terminate,  in whole or in part, without having been exercised
     in full, the stock not acquired  shall revert to and again become  issuable
     under the Incentive  Plan.  Options  granted to employees  and  consultants
     after  January  1996 are made under the terms of the  Incentive  Plan.  The
     Incentive  Plan is  administered  by the Board of  Directors or a committee
     appointed by the Board, which determines  recipients and types of awards to
     be granted,  including the exercise price,  number of shares subject to the
     award and the  exercisability  thereof.  The terms of stock options granted
     under the  Incentive  Plan  generally  may not exceed 10 years.  Restricted
     stock  purchase  awards  granted  under the  Incentive  Plan may be granted
     pursuant to a repurchase  option in favor of the Company in accordance with
     a service vesting  schedule  determined by the Board.  Stock bonuses may be
     awarded in  consideration  for past  services  without a purchase  payment.
     Stock appreciation  rights authorized for issuance under the Incentive Plan
     may be tandem stock  appreciation  rights,  concurrent  stock  appreciation
     rights or independent  stock  appreciation  rights.  To date, no restricted
     stock awards,  stock bonuses or stock appreciation rights have been granted
     under the  Incentive  Plan.  The Incentive  Plan will  terminate in January
     2006, unless terminated sooner by the Board of Directors.

     In January 1996, the Board adopted the 1996  Non-Employee  Directors' Stock
     Option Plan (the  "Directors'  Plan") to provide for the automatic grant of
     options to purchase shares of common stock to non-employee directors of the
     Company. The Directors' Plan is administered by the Board, unless the Board
     delegates  administration  to a committee of disinterested  directors.  The
     maximum  number of shares of common  stock that may be issued  pursuant  to
     options granted under the Directors' Plan is 100,000. Pursuant to the terms
     of the  Directors'  Plan,  each person serving as a director of the Company
     and who is not an employee of the Company (a "Non-Employee  Director"),  on
     the effective date of the initial public  offering of the Company's  common
     stock,  or the date such person first becomes a Non-Employee  Director will
     then automatically be granted an option to purchase 12,000 shares of common
     stock.  Each person  elected to be a  Non-Employee  Director and who is not
     elected  for  the  first  time,  on the  date  of  the  annual  meeting  of
     stockholders  each year  following  the first  registration  of any  equity
     securities  under Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  will
     automatically  be  granted  an option to  purchase  4,000  shares of common
     stock. Options under the Directors' Plan will vest in 4 annual installments
     commencing on the date one year after the grant date. The exercise price of
     options  granted  under the  Directors'  Plan must equal or exceed the fair
     market  value of the common stock  granted on the date of grant.  No option
     granted under the Directors'  Plan may be exercised after the expiration of
     ten years from the date it was granted.
<TABLE>

     A summary of the  activity  under the stock  option plans is as follows (in
     thousands, except per share data):
<CAPTION>
                                      
                                       Reserved                      Optioned Shares
                                         but         -------------------------------------------------------
                                      Unoptioned     Number of            Price            Weighted Average
                                        Shares         Shares           Per Share           Exercise Price
                                      -----------    ----------     ------------------     -----------------

<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>                        <C>    
 Balances, June 30, 1994                  2,296         5,695        $0.0018-$0.0661            $0.0065
      Options granted                      (182)          182        $0.0018-$0.9091            $0.7716
      Options canceled                       55           (55)           $0.0018                $0.0018
                                      -----------    ----------
 Balances, June 30, 1995                  2,169         5,822        $0.0018-$0.9091            $0.0304
      Shares reserved - 1996 plans          900             -               -                         -
      1991 option plan termination       (2,008)            -               -                         -
      Options exercised                       -        (4,821)       $0.0018-$0.0661            $0.0073
      Options granted                      (491)          491        $9.5455-$35.125            $17.148
      Options canceled                       40           (40)       $0.0018-$35.125            $ 9.162
                                      -----------    ----------
 Balances, June 30, 1996                    610         1,452        $0.0018-$35.125            $ 5.653
      Shares reserved - 1996 plan           700             -               -                         -
      Options exercised                       -          (185)       $0.0018-$21.000            $ 1.075
      Options granted                      (898)          898        $13.000-$24.875            $15.187
      Options canceled                       74           (74)       $13.000-$22.750            $16.515
                                      -----------    ----------
 Balances, June 30, 1997                    486         2,091        $0.0018-$35.125            $ 9.764
                                      ===========    ==========
</TABLE>
                                                         47
<PAGE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


10.  Stockholders' Equity (continued)

     The following  table  summarizes  information  concerning  outstanding  and
     exercisable  options as of June 30,  1997 (in  thousands,  except per share
     data):

                         Options Outstanding               Options Exercisable
                ---------------------------------------- -----------------------
                             Weighted                                  
                              Average        Weighted                  Weighted 
Range of          Number     Remaining        Average      Number      Average  
Exercise           of       Contractual      Exercise        of        Exercise 
Prices            Shares       Life            Price       shares       Price   
- ---------       ----------  ------------  -------------- ----------- -----------

$0.0018-$0.9090    680         1.2           $0.0018         636       $0.0018
$0.9091-$12.000    305         6.6           $ 6.454         100       $ 6.325
$12.001-$13.000    516         9.6           $13.000           -             -
$13.001-$21.375    459         9.1           $18.786          67       $20.410
$21.376-$35.125    131         9.4           $23.811          11       $24.658
                ----------  ------------  -------------- ----------- -----------
                 2,091         6.3           $ 9.764         814       $ 2.790
                ==========  ============  ============== =========== ===========


     At June 30, 1996 and 1995, options to purchase 745,000 and 5,197,500 shares
     of common stock were  exercisable at weighted  average  exercise  prices of
     $0.0487 and $0.0069, respectively.

     The Company has elected to continue to follow  Accounting  Principles Board
     Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to  Employees  (APB 25)" and
     related  interpretations  in  accounting  for its  employee  stock  options
     because the alternative fair value accounting prescribed under Statement of
     Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
     Compensation  (SFAS 123)" requires the use of option  valuation models that
     were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. Under APB 25,
     no  compensation  expense is recognized  because the exercise  price of the
     Company's  employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying
     stock on the date of grant.

     Pro forma  information  regarding  net  income and net income per share has
     been  determined  as if the Company had  accounted  for its employee  stock
     options  granted  subsequent  to June 30, 1995 under the fair value  method
     prescribed  by SFAS 123. The fair value for these  options was estimated at
     the date of grant  using a  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with the
     following weighted average assumptions for 1997 and 1996: Expected dividend
     yield of 0%, expected stock price volatility of 55% (0% in the period prior
     to the Company's initial public offering), risk free interest rates ranging
     from 3.50 percent to 7.75  percent,  and the expected  life of options of 4
     years.

     The  Black-Scholes   option  valuation  model  was  developed  for  use  in
     estimating  the  fair  value  of  traded  options  which  have  no  vesting
     restrictions  and are fully  transferable.  In addition,  option  valuation
     models  require the input of highly  subjective  assumptions  including the
     expected  stock price  volatility.  Because the  Company's  employee  stock
     options have characteristics  significantly  different from those of traded
     options,  and  because  changes in the  subjective  input  assumptions  can
     materially  affect the fair value  estimate,  in  management's  opinion the
     existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the
     fair value of its employee stock options.

     For  purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the  estimated  fair value of the
     options is  amortized  to expense over the  options'  vesting  period.  The
     Company's pro forma  information  follows (in  thousands,  except per share
     data):


                                                         Year ended June 30,
                                                        -----------------------
                                                          1997         1996
                                                        ----------  -----------

          Net income - as reported                      $  21,750    $  20,440
          Net income - pro forma                        $  20,698    $  20,424
          Net income per share - as reported            $    0.69    $    0.71
          Net income per share - pro forma              $    0.65    $    0.71


     The weighted  average fair value of options  granted in the year ended June
     30, 1997 and 1996 was $5.48 and $3.55 per share respectively.

                                       48
<PAGE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


10.  Stockholders' Equity (continued)

     The pro forma  effect on net income for 1997 is not  representative  of the
     pro forma  effect on net  income in future  years  because it does not take
     into  consideration pro forma  compensation  expense related to grants made
     prior to 1996 and the  compensation  expense  that  will be  recognized  in
     future years as the graded vesting periods become exercisable.

     The  difference  between the  exercise  price and fair market  value of the
     Company's  common  stock at the date of issue  of  certain  stock  options,
     totaling  $902,000  has  been  recorded  as  deferred  compensation  and  a
     component of stockholders'  equity. The entire compensation of $902,000 has
     been recognized as an expense through June 30, 1997.

     Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     In July  1997,  the Board of  Directors  adopted  the 1997  Employee  Stock
     Purchase Plan (the "ESPP") under which 1,500,000 shares of common stock are
     reserved  for  issuance  under  the  terms of the  ESPP.  The ESPP  permits
     eligible  employees to purchase  common stock  through  payroll  deductions
     (which cannot exceed 20% of the employees eligible  compensation) at 85% of
     its fair market  value on specified  dates.  The first  scheduled  purchase
     under the ESPP is due on January 31, 1998.  Thereafter,  purchases  will be
     made  at six  monthly  intervals.  No  shares  were  purchased  or  payroll
     deductions withheld in the year ended June 30, 1997. The ESPP is subject to
     stockholder approval.

11.  Income Taxes

     The provision for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):


                                                     June 30,
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                      1997            1996             1995
                                  -------------    ------------     ------------

Federal                             $  11,611       $  10,756       $    3,108
State                                   1,000           1,006              977
Foreign                                   923             104                8
                                  -------------    ------------     ------------
                                       13,534          11,866            4,093
Deferred taxes                         (1,823)         (1,100)          (1,089)
                                  -------------    ------------     ------------
                                    $  11,711       $  10,766       $    3,004
                                  =============    ============     ============


The Company's effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate as
follows:


                                                     June 30,
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                      1997            1996             1995
                                  -------------    ------------     ------------

Federal tax at statutory rate          35.0%            35.0%            34.0%
State tax, net of federal benefit       1.7              2.2              5.9
Utilization of net operating loss       -                -               (3.8)
FSC benefit                            (3.6)            (4.6)            (5.0)
Other                                   1.9              1.9             (0.1)
                                  -------------    ------------     ------------
                                       35.0%            34.5%            31.0%
                                  =============    ============     ============

                                       49
<PAGE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

11.  Income Taxes (continued)

     Significant  components of the Company's deferred tax assets are as follows
(in thousands):


                                                               June 30,
                                                      --------------------------
                                                         1997          1996
                                                      ------------  ------------
         Foreign deferred profits and losses          $        594  $      1,039
         Depreciation and amortization                       1,598           171
         State taxes, net of federal benefit                   300           297
         Net operating losses                                  -              31
         Reserves and accruals                                 718           255
         Deferred compensation                                 218           186
         Inventories                                           517           152
         Other                                                  66            57
                                                      ------------  ------------
                                                      $      4,011  $      2,188
                                                      ============  ============
         

12.  Employee Agreements

     In March  1995  and  February  1996,  the  Company  entered  into  employee
     agreements  with certain key officers and  directors  over terms of four to
     five years.  Employees under contract have an aggregate annual compensation
     of $1,410,000,  and have been granted  4,877,500 options to purchase common
     stock of the Company at exercise  prices of between  $0.0018 and $13.25 per
     share of which  4,410,000  options had been exercised at June 30, 1997. The
     Company may terminate any agreement  for cause,  and the  compensation  and
     benefits under the employee  agreements  shall cease effective upon date of
     termination.  If an agreement is  terminated by reason of  disability,  the
     employee's  compensation  and benefits  shall continue for the first twelve
     weeks of the incapacity.

     In February  1996,  the Company  entered  into  certain  amendments  to the
     employee  agreements  of  Bradly A.  Jendersee  and  Robert  D.  Lashinski,
     executive  officers  and  directors  of  the  Company.   Pursuant  to  such
     amendments,   each  of  Messrs.  Jendersee  and  Lashinski  agreed  to  the
     elimination of provisions entitling them to certain royalties from the sale
     or license by the  Company of  products  covered by patents  for which such
     persons were named as inventors.  In connection with such  amendments,  the
     Company  agreed to pay Messrs.  Jendersee  and  Lashinski  an  aggregate of
     approximately  $3.9  million  in cash  and  issue to them an  aggregate  of
     110,000  shares of Common  stock.  Such  payments to Messrs.  Jendersee and
     Lashinski  resulted in the  recognition  by the Company,  in the year ended
     June 30, 1996, a one-time compensation expense of $5.2 million.

13.  Employee Benefit Plan

     During 1994,  the Company  established a Retirement  Savings and Investment
     Plan (the "Plan") under which employees may defer a portion of their salary
     up to the maximum  allowed under IRS rules.  The Company has the discretion
     to make  contributions  to the Plan.  In the year ended June 30, 1997,  the
     Company contributed $88,000 to the Plan.

                                       50

<PAGE>
              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


14.  Geographic Area Information and Concentration of Credit and Other Risks

     The Company operates in the medical products  industry sector and currently
     markets and sells  substantially  all of its  products  internationally  in
     Europe  and Asia.  Over 40% of the  Company's  fiscal  1997  revenues  were
     derived from export sales to non-affiliated international distributors.  In
     addition,  over 40% of the Company's net sales for fiscal 1997 were derived
     from products  introduced  during fiscal 1997. For the years ended June 30,
     1995 and 1996, the Company had sales to three customers  representing  26%,
     16% and 14% and 20%,  16% and 10% net of sales,  respectively.  The Company
     performs  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of its  customers  and  provides an
     allowance  for  expected  losses.  There  have been no  material  losses on
     customer receivables.  Sales to both distributors and directly to hospitals
     and clinics as a percentage of total net sales by  geographical  region are
     as follows:


                             Year Ended June 30,
                      -----------------------------------
                         1997         1996         1995
                      ---------    ---------    ---------

Europe                     75%          76%          79%
Asia                        9%          16%          19%
Rest of World              16%           8%           2%
                      ---------    ---------    ---------
                          100%         100%         100%
                      =========    =========    =========


15.  Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited, in thousands except per share data)


                       First       Second        Third       Fourth      Fiscal
                      Quarter      Quarter      Quarter      Quarter      Year
                      ---------    --------     --------    ---------   --------
Net sales
  1997                 $18,568     $18,228      $20,402      $22,222     $79,420
  1996                  10,572      11,142       15,589       17,926      55,228
Gross profit
  1997                  15,657      14,495       15,806       17,245      63,203
  1996                   8,081       8,715       12,693       15,174      44,663
Net income
  1997                   7,765       4,606        4,633        4,746      21,750
  1996                   4,756       4,871        3,101        7,712      20,440
Net income per share
  1997                    0.25        0.15         0.15         0.15        0.69
  1996                    0.17        0.18         0.11         0.25        0.71


                                       51

<PAGE>


                REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                         ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE


         We have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of Arterial
Vascular  Engineering,  Inc. and  Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1997 and 1996, and
for each of the three years in the period ended June 30,  1997,  and have issued
our report thereon dated July 25, 1997, except as to the first paragraph of Note
5 as to which the date is August 21,  1997  (included  elsewhere  in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K). Our audits also included the financial  statement schedule
listed in Item 14(a) of this Annual  Report on Form 10-K.  This  schedule is the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion based on our audits.

         In our opinion,  the financial  statement  schedule  referred to above,
when considered in relation to the basic financial  statements taken as a whole,
present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.





                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP




Palo Alto, California
July 25, 1997

                                       52


<PAGE>
                                                                     SCHEDULE II


              ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                 (In thousands)


                          Description        Balance at   Charged to  Balance at
                          -----------       Beginning of  Costs and     End of  
                                             the Period    Expenses   the Period
                                            ------------------------------------
Balances for the year ended June 30, 1995:
   Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable    $   4        $100       $104
   Allowance for obsolete inventory                 --          60         60
Balances for the year ended June 30, 1996:
   Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable      104         186        290
   Allowance for obsolete inventory                 60         261        321
Balances for the year ended June 30, 1997:
   Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable      290         790      1,080
   Allowance for obsolete inventory                321         314        635



                       ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC.
                           1996 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
               Adopted by the Board of Directors January 26, 1996
                 Approved by the Stockholders February 28, 1996
              Amended by the Board of Directors September 20, 1996
             Amendment Approved by the Stockholders December 4, 1996
                 Amended by the Board of Directors July 8, 1997
                Amended by the Board of Directors August 8, 1997
             Approved by the Stockholders on ________________, 1997


1.   PURPOSES.

     (a) The  purpose  of the  Plan is to  provide  a means  by  which  selected
Employees and Directors of and  Consultants to the Company,  and its Affiliates,
may be given an  opportunity  to benefit from increases in value of the stock of
the  Company  through  the  granting  of  (i)  Incentive  Stock  Options,   (ii)
Nonstatutory  Stock  Options,  (iii)  stock  bonuses,  (iv)  rights to  purchase
restricted stock, and (v) stock appreciation rights, all as defined below.

     (b) The  Company,  by means of the Plan,  seeks to retain the  services  of
persons who are now Employees or Directors of or  Consultants  to the Company or
its  Affiliates,  to secure and retain the services of new Employees,  Directors
and  Consultants,  and to provide  incentives  for such persons to exert maximum
efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

     (c) The Company  intends that the Stock Awards issued under the Plan shall,
in the  discretion  of the Board or any  Committee to which  responsibility  for
administration  of the Plan has been delegated  pursuant to subsection  3(c), be
either (i) Options  granted  pursuant to Section 6 hereof,  including  Incentive
Stock Options and Nonstatutory Stock Options, or (ii) stock bonuses or rights to
purchase  restricted stock granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof,  or (iii) Stock
Appreciation  Rights granted pursuant to section 8 hereof.  All Options shall be
separately  designated  Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at
the time of grant,  and in such  form as issued  pursuant  to  Section  6, and a
separate  certificate  or  certificates  will be issued for shares  purchased on
exercise of each type of Option.

2.   DEFINITIONS.

     (a)  "Affiliate"  means any parent  corporation or subsidiary  corporation,
whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e)
and (f) respectively, of the Code.

     (b) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

     (c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     (d) "Committee" means a Committee appointed by the Board in accordance with
subsection 3(c) of the Plan.

                                       1.

<PAGE>

     (e)  "Company"  means  Arterial  Vascular  Engineering,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation.

     (f) "Concurrent  Stock  Appreciation  Right" or "Concurrent  Right" means a
right granted pursuant to subsection 8(b)(2) of the Plan.

     (g)  "Consultant"  means any person,  including an advisor,  engaged by the
Company or an Affiliate to render consulting services and who is compensated for
such services,  provided that the term "Consultant"  shall not include Directors
who are paid only a director's fee by the Company or who are not  compensated by
the Company for their services as Directors.

     (h) "Continuous  Status as an Employee,  Director or Consultant" means that
the service of an individual to the Company, whether as an Employee, Director or
Consultant,  is not interrupted or terminated.  The Board or the chief executive
officer of the Company may determine,  in that party's sole  discretion,  in its
sole  discretion,  may  determine  whether  Continuous  Status  as an  Employee,
Director or Consultant  shall be considered  interrupted in the case of: (i) any
leave of absence approved by the Board or the chief executive officer, including
sick leave,  military  leave,  or any other  personal  leave;  or (ii) transfers
between the Company, Affiliates or their successors.

     (i) "Covered  Employee" means the chief executive  officer and the four (4)
other highest compensated officers of the Company for whom total compensation is
required to be reported to  stockholders  under the Exchange  Act, as determined
for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

     (j) "Director" means a member of the Board.

     (k) "Employee" means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed
by the Company or any  Affiliate of the Company.  Neither  service as a Director
nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute
"employment" by the Company.

     (l) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     (m) "Fair  Market  Value"  means,  as of any date,  the value of the common
stock of the Company determined as follows:

         (i) If the common stock is listed on any established  stock exchange or
traded on the Nasdaq  National  Market or the Nasdaq Small Cap Market,  the Fair
Market  Value of a share of common  stock shall be the  closing  sales price for
such stock (or the  closing  bid, if no sales were  reported)  as quoted on such
exchange  or market  (or the  exchange  or market  with the  greatest  volume of
trading in the Company's common stock) on the market trading day that is the day
of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as
the Board deems reliable.

         (ii) In the  absence of such  markets  for the common  stock,  the Fair
Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

                                       2.

<PAGE>

     (n)  "Incentive  Stock  Option"  means an Option  intended to qualify as an
incentive  stock  option  within the  meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the
regulations promulgated thereunder.

     (o) "Independent Stock Appreciation  Right" or "Independent  Right" means a
right granted pursuant to subsection 8(b)(3) of the Plan.

     (p)  "Non-Employee  Director"  means a  Director  who  either  (i) is not a
current Employee or Officer of the Company or its parent or subsidiary, does not
receive compensation  (directly or indirectly) from the Company or its parent or
subsidiary  for services  rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than
as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required
under Item 404(a) of Regulation S K promulgated  pursuant to the  Securities Act
("Regulation S-K")), does not possess an interest in any other transaction as to
which  disclosure  would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is
not engaged in a business  relationship as to which disclosure would be required
under  Item  404(b)  of  Regulation  S-K;  or (ii)  is  otherwise  considered  a
"non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

     (q) "Nonstatutory  Stock Option" means an Option not intended to qualify as
an Incentive Stock Option.

     (r)  "Officer"  means a person who is an officer of the Company  within the
meaning  of  Section  16 of the  Exchange  Act and  the  rules  and  regulations
promulgated thereunder.

     (s) "Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

     (t) "Option Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and an
Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each
Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

     (u)  "Optionee"  means an  Employee,  Director or  Consultant  who holds an
outstanding Option.

     (v)  "Outside  Director"  means a Director  who either (i) is not a current
employee of the Company or an  "affiliated  corporation"  (within the meaning of
Treasury  regulations  promulgated  under Section 162(m) of the Code),  is not a
former  employee  of  the  Company  or  an  "affiliated  corporation"  receiving
compensation  for prior  services  (other than  benefits  under a tax  qualified
pension plan), was not an officer of the Company or an "affiliated  corporation"
at any time, and is not currently receiving direct or indirect remuneration from
the Company or an  "affiliated  corporation"  for services in any capacity other
than as a Director,  or (ii) is otherwise  considered an "outside  director" for
purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

     (w) "Plan" means this Arterial  Vascular  Engineering 1996 Equity Incentive
Plan.

     (x) "Rule 16b-3"  means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any  successor to
Rule 16b-3,  as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the
Plan.

                                       3.

<PAGE>

     (y) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     (z) "Stock  Appreciation  Right"  means any of the various  types of rights
which may be granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

     (aa) "Stock Award" means any right  granted  under the Plan,  including any
Option,  any stock bonus, any right to purchase  restricted stock, and any Stock
Appreciation Right.

     (bb) "Stock Award Agreement" means a written  agreement between the Company
and a  holder  of a Stock  Award  evidencing  the  terms  and  conditions  of an
individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the
terms and conditions of the Plan.

     (cc)  "Tandem  Stock  Appreciation  Right" or "Tandem  Right" means a right
granted pursuant to subsection 8(b)(1) of the Plan.

3.   ADMINISTRATION.

     (a) The Plan shall be  administered by the Board unless and until the Board
delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in subsection 3(c).

     (b) The Board shall have the power,  subject to, and within the limitations
of, the express provisions of the Plan:

         (i) To determine from time to time which of the persons  eligible under
the Plan shall be granted Stock  Awards;  when and how each Stock Award shall be
granted; whether a Stock Award will be an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory
Stock  Option,  a stock bonus,  a right to purchase  restricted  stock,  a Stock
Appreciation  Right,  or a combination of the foregoing;  the provisions of each
Stock Award granted (which need not be  identical),  including the time or times
when a person  shall be permitted  to receive  stock  pursuant to a Stock Award;
whether a person  shall be  permitted  to  receive  stock  upon  exercise  of an
Independent Stock  Appreciation  Right; and the number of shares with respect to
which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person.

         (ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards  granted under
it,  and  to  establish,   amend  and  revoke  rules  and  regulations  for  its
administration.  The Board,  in the  exercise  of this  power,  may  correct any
defect,  omission or  inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement,
in a manner and to the extent it shall deem  necessary  or expedient to make the
Plan fully effective.

         (iii) To amend the Plan or a Stock Award as provided in Section 14.

         (iv) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the
Board deems necessary or expedient which are not inconsistent  with the terms of
the Plan to promote the best interests of the Company.

                                       4.

<PAGE>

     (c) The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a committee of the
Board composed of not fewer than two (2) members (the  "Committee"),  all of the
members of which Committee may be, in the discretion of the Board,  Non-Employee
Directors  and/or  Outside  Directors.  If  administration  is  delegated  to  a
Committee,  the Committee shall have, in connection with the  administration  of
the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board,  including the power to
delegate  to a  subcommittee  of two (2) or more  Outside  Directors  any of the
administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in
this  Plan  to  the  Board  shall  thereafter  be to  the  Committee  or  such a
subcommittee),  subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the
provisions  of the Plan,  as may be adopted from time to time by the Board.  The
Board  may  abolish  the  Committee  at any time and  revest  in the  Board  the
administration  of the Plan.  Notwithstanding  anything in this Section 3 to the
contrary,  the Board or the Committee may delegate to a committee of one or more
members of the Board the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who
(1) are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or (2) are either
(i) not then Covered  Employees and are not expected to be Covered  Employees at
the time of recognition of income  resulting from such Stock Award,  or (ii) not
persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of
the Code.

4.   SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

     (a) Subject to the  provisions of Section 13 relating to  adjustments  upon
changes in stock,  the stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards granted
under the Plan  shall not  exceed in the  aggregate  Two  Million  Five  Hundred
Thousand  (2,500,000)  shares  of the  Company's  common  stock,  as  determined
immediately following any stock split or combination made in connection with the
first registration of any equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the
Exchange  Act. If any Stock  Award  granted  under the Plan or any stock  option
granted  pursuant to the Company's  previous stock option program Plan shall for
any reason expire or otherwise  terminate,  in whole or in part,  without having
been  exercised in full,  the stock not acquired under such Stock Award or stock
option  pursuant to the Company's  previous stock option program shall revert to
and again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Shares subject to Stock
Appreciation Rights exercised in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan shall not
be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan.

     (b) The stock  subject  to the Plan may be  unissued  shares or  reacquired
shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

5.   ELIGIBILITY.

     (a)  Incentive  Stock  Options and Stock  Appreciation  Rights  appurtenant
thereto may be granted only to  Employees.  Stock  Awards  other than  Incentive
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation  rights appurtenant  thereto may be granted
only to Employees, Directors or Consultants.

     (b) A Director  shall in no event be eligible  for the benefits of the Plan
unless at the time discretion is exercised in the selection of the Director as a
person to whom  Stock  Awards may be  granted,  or in the  determination  of the
number of shares which may be covered by Stock

                                       5.

<PAGE>

Awards  granted to the Director:  (i) the Board has delegated its  discretionary
authority over the Plan to a Committee  which consists  solely of  Disinterested
Persons;  or (ii) the Plan otherwise  complies with the requirements of Rule 16b
3. The Board shall  otherwise  comply with the  requirements of Rule 16b 3. This
subsection 5(b) shall not apply (i) prior to the date of the first  registration
of an equity  security of the Company  under  Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or
(ii) if the Board or Committee expressly declares that it shall not apply.

     (c) No person shall be eligible for the grant of an Incentive  Stock Option
if, at the time of grant,  such  person  owns (or is deemed to own  pursuant  to
Section 424(d) of the Code) stock  possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the
total combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of
its Affiliates  unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred
ten percent  (110%) of the Fair Market  Value of such stock at the date of grant
and the Option is not  exercisable  after the  expiration of five (5) years from
the date of  grant.  Prior to the date of the  first  registration  of an equity
security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the  provisions of
this  subsection  5(c)  shall also  apply to the grant of a  Nonstatutory  Stock
Option made to a ten percent  (10%)  stockholder  as described in the  preceding
sentence.

     (d) Subject to the  provisions of Section 13 relating to  adjustments  upon
changes in stock,  no person  shall be eligible to be granted  Options and Stock
Appreciation  Rights  covering  more than Two Hundred Fifty  Thousand  (250,000)
shares of the Company's common stock in any calendar year.

6.   OPTION PROVISIONS.

     Each  Option  shall be in such  form  and  shall  contain  such  terms  and
conditions  as the Board  shall deem  appropriate.  The  provisions  of separate
Options  need  not  be  identical,   but  each  Option  shall  include  (through
incorporation of provisions  hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the
substance of each of the following provisions:

     (a) Term. No Option shall be  exercisable  after the expiration of ten (10)
years from the date it was granted.

     (b) Price.  The exercise price of each Incentive  Stock Option shall be not
less  than one  hundred  percent  (100%) of the Fair  Market  Value of the stock
subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted.  The exercise  price of
each  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option  shall  be  determined  by  the  Board  or the
Committee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock
Option or a  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option) may be granted with an exercise  price
lower than that set forth in the  preceding  sentence  if such Option is granted
pursuant  to an  assumption  or  substitution  for  another  option  in a manner
satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

     (c)  Consideration.  The purchase  price of stock  acquired  pursuant to an
Option  shall be paid,  to the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  statutes  and
regulations,  either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised, or (ii) at
the  discretion of the Board or the  Committee,  at the time of the grant of the
Option, (A) by delivery to the Company of other common stock of the Company, (B)

                                       6.

<PAGE>

according to a deferred payment  arrangement,  except that payment of the common
stock's "par value" as defined in the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law) shall
not be made by  deferred  payment,  or other  arrangement  (which  may  include,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the use of other common stock
of the  Company)  with the  person to whom the  Option is granted or to whom the
Option is transferred  pursuant to subsection  6(d), or (C) in any other form of
legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

     In the case of any deferred payment arrangement,  interest shall be payable
at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary
to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code,
of any  amounts  other than  amounts  stated to be interest  under the  deferred
payment arrangement.

     (d)  Transferability.  An Incentive  Stock Option shall not be transferable
except  by will  or by the  laws of  descent  and  distribution,  and  shall  be
exercisable during the lifetime of the person to whom the Incentive Stock Option
is granted  only by such  person.  A  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option  shall only be
transferable  by the Optionee upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in
the Option  Agreement for such  Nonstatutory  Stock Option,  as the Board or the
Committee shall determine in its discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
person to whom the Option is granted may, by  delivering  written  notice to the
Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company,  designate a third party who, in
the event of the death of the Optionee, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise
the Option.

     (e) Vesting.  The total number of shares of stock subject to an Option may,
but need not, be allotted in periodic  installments (which may, but need not, be
equal).  The Option  Agreement may provide that from time to time during each of
such  installment  periods,  the  Option may become  exercisable  ("vest")  with
respect  to some  or all of the  shares  allotted  to  that  period,  and may be
exercised  with  respect to some or all of the shares  allotted  to such  period
and/or any prior period as to which the Option  became  vested but was not fully
exercised.  The Option may be subject to such other terms and  conditions on the
time or times when it may be  exercised  (which may be based on  performance  or
other  criteria) as the Board may deem  appropriate.  The vesting  provisions of
individual  options may vary. The provisions of this subsection 6(e) are subject
to any Option  provisions  governing the minimum number of shares as to which an
Option may be exercised.

     (f)  Termination of Employment or Relationship as a Director or Consultant.
In the  event an  Optionee's  Continuous  Status  as an  Employee,  Director  or
Consultant terminates (other than upon the Optionee's death or disability),  the
Optionee  may  exercise  his or her Option (to the extent that the  Optionee was
entitled to exercise it at the date of termination)  but only within such period
of time  ending  on the  earlier  of (i) the date  three  (3)  months  after the
termination  of the  Optionee's  Continuous  Status as an Employee,  Director or
Consultant (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement),
unless such  termination is for Cause (as defined in the Option  Agreement),  or
(ii)  the  expiration  of the term of the  Option  as set  forth  in the  Option
Agreement.  If, at the date of  termination,  the  Optionee  is not  entitled to
exercise  his or her  entire  Option,  the shares  covered by the  unexercisable
portion of the Option shall revert to and again  become  available  for issuance
under the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her
Option  within the time  specified  in the Option  Agreement,  the Option  shall

                                       7.

<PAGE>

terminate,  and the shares  covered  by such  Option  shall  revert to and again
become available for issuance under the Plan.

     (g) Disability of Optionee. In the event an Optionee's Continuous Status as
an Employee,  Director or Consultant  terminates  as a result of the  Optionee's
disability,  the Optionee may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the
Optionee  was  entitled  to exercise  it at the date of  termination),  but only
within  such  period of time  ending on the  earlier of (i) the date twelve (12)
months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in
the Option  Agreement,  or (ii) the  expiration of the term of the Option as set
forth in the Option Agreement.  If, at the date of termination,  the Optionee is
not entitled to exercise  his or her entire  Option,  the shares  covered by the
unexercisable  portion of the Option shall revert to and again become  available
for issuance  under the Plan.  If,  after  termination,  the  Optionee  does not
exercise his or her Option within the time  specified  herein,  the Option shall
terminate,  and the shares  covered  by such  Option  shall  revert to and again
become available for issuance under the Plan.

     (h) Death of Optionee.  In the event of the death of an Optionee during, or
within a period specified in the Option after the termination of, the Optionee's
Continuous  Status as an  Employee,  Director or  Consultant,  the Option may be
exercised (to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the
date of death) by the Optionee's  estate,  by a person who acquired the right to
exercise  the Option by  bequest or  inheritance  or by a person  designated  to
exercise the option upon the Optionee's  death pursuant to subsection  6(d), but
only  within the period  ending on the  earlier  of (i) the date  eighteen  (18)
months  following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period  specified
in the Option  Agreement,  or (ii) the  expiration of the term of such Option as
set forth in the Option  Agreement.  If, at the time of death,  the Optionee was
not entitled to exercise  his or her entire  Option,  the shares  covered by the
unexercisable  portion of the Option shall revert to and again become  available
for issuance under the Plan. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within
the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the shares covered by
such Option shall revert to and again become  available  for issuance  under the
Plan.

     (i) Early  Exercise.  The Option  may,  but need not,  include a  provision
whereby  the  Optionee  may elect at any time  while an  Employee,  Director  or
Consultant to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares subject to
the Option  prior to the full  vesting of the  Option.  Any  unvested  shares so
purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any
other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate.

     (j) Re-Load Options. Without in any way limiting the authority of the Board
or  Committee to make or not to make grants of Options  hereunder,  the Board or
Committee shall have the authority (but not an obligation) to include as part of
any Option  Agreement a provision  entitling the Optionee to a further Option (a
"Re-Load  Option") in the event the Optionee  exercises the Option  evidenced by
the Option  agreement,  in whole or in part,  by  surrendering  other  shares of
Common Stock in  accordance  with this Plan and the terms and  conditions of the
Option  Agreement.  Any such Re-Load  Option (i) shall be for a number of shares
equal to the number of shares  surrendered  as part or all of the exercise price
of such  Option;  (ii)  shall have an  expiration  date which is the same as the
expiration  date of the Option the  exercise of which gave

                                       8.

<PAGE>

rise to such  Re-Load  Option;  and (iii) shall have an exercise  price which is
equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock
subject to the Re-Load  Option on the date of exercise of the  original  Option.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a Re-Load  Option which is an Incentive  Stock
Option and which is granted to a 10%  stockholder  (as  described in  subsection
5(c)),  shall have an  exercise  price which is equal to one hundred ten percent
(110%) of the Fair Market  Value of the stock  subject to the Re-Load  Option on
the date of  exercise of the  original  Option and shall have a term which is no
longer than five (5) years.

     Any such Re-Load Option may be an Incentive  Stock Option or a Nonstatutory
Stock  Option,  as the Board or Committee may designate at the time of the grant
of the original Option;  provided,  however, that the designation of any Re-Load
Option as an Incentive Stock Option shall be subject to the one hundred thousand
dollar ($100,000) annual limitation on exercisability of Incentive Stock Options
described  in  subsection  12(d) of the Plan and in Section  422(d) of the Code.
There shall be no Re-Load Options on a Re-Load  Option.  Any such Re-Load Option
shall be subject to the availability of sufficient  shares under subsection 4(a)
and the  limits on the  grants of  Options  under  subsection  5(c) and shall be
subject  to such  other  terms  and  conditions  as the Board or  Committee  may
determine  which are not  inconsistent  with the express  provisions of the Plan
regarding the terms of Options.

7.   TERMS OF STOCK

     Each stock bonus or restricted  stock purchase  agreement  shall be in such
form and shall  contain such terms and  conditions as the Board or the Committee
shall deem  appropriate.  The terms and  conditions of stock bonus or restricted
stock  purchase  agreements  may  change  from  time to time,  and the terms and
conditions of separate agreements need not be identical, but each stock bonus or
restricted  stock purchase  agreement shall include  (through  incorporation  of
provisions  hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise)  the substance of
each of the following provisions as appropriate:

     (a) Purchase Price. The purchase price under each restricted stock purchase
agreement  shall be such amount as the Board or Committee  shall  determine  and
designate  in such  agreement.  In any  event,  the Board or the  Committee  may
determine that eligible  participants  in the Plan may be awarded stock pursuant
to a stock bonus agreement in consideration  for past services actually rendered
to the Company or for its benefit.

     (b)  Transferability.  No rights  under a stock bonus or  restricted  stock
purchase  agreement shall be transferable  except by will or the laws of descent
and  distribution  or otherwise  only upon such terms and  conditions as are set
forth in the  applicable  Stock Award  Agreement,  as the Board or the Committee
shall determine in its discretion, so long as stock awarded under such agreement
remains subject to the terms of the agreement.

     (c) Consideration. The purchase price of stock acquired pursuant to a stock
purchase  agreement  shall be paid either:  (i) in cash at the time of purchase;
(ii) at the  discretion of the Board or the  Committee,  according to a deferred
payment  arrangement,  except that payment of the common stock's "par value" (as
defined in the Delaware  General  Corporation Law) shall not be made by deferred
payment),  or other  arrangement  with the person to whom the stock is sold;

                                       9.

<PAGE>

or (iii) in any other form of legal  consideration that may be acceptable to the
Board or the Committee in their discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the
Board or the Committee to which  administration  of the Plan has been  delegated
may award stock pursuant to a stock bonus  agreement in  consideration  for past
services actually rendered to the Company or for its benefit.

     (d) Vesting.  Shares of stock sold or awarded  under the Plan may, but need
not, be subject to a  repurchase  option in favor of the  Company in  accordance
with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board or the Committee.

     (e)  Termination of Employment or Relationship as a Director or Consultant.
In the event a  Participant's  Continuous  Status as an  Employee,  Director  or
Consultant  terminates,  the  Company may  repurchase  or  otherwise  reacquire,
subject to the  limitations  described  in  subsection  7(d),  any or all of the
shares of stock  held by that  person  which  have not  vested as of the date of
termination  under the terms of the stock  bonus or  restricted  stock  purchase
agreement between the Company and such person.

8.   STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

     (a) The Board or Committee shall have full power and authority, exercisable
in its sole  discretion,  to grant Stock  Appreciation  Rights under the Plan to
Employees or Directors of or  Consultants to the Company or its  Affiliates.  To
exercise  any  outstanding  Stock  Appreciation  Right,  the holder must provide
written  notice of exercise to the Company in  compliance  with the terms of the
Stock Award Agreement  evidencing  such right.  Except as provided in subsection
5(c),  no limitation  shall exist on the  aggregate  amount of cash payments the
Company  may make  under the Plan in  connection  with the  exercise  of a Stock
Appreciation Right.

     (b)  Three  types of Stock  Appreciation  Rights  shall be  authorized  for
issuance under the Plan:

         (i) Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights.  Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights
will be granted  appurtenant to an Option, and shall, except as specifically set
forth in this Section 8, be subject to the same terms and conditions  applicable
to the particular Option grant to which it pertains.  Tandem Stock  Appreciation
Rights will require the holder to elect  between the exercise of the  underlying
Option  for  shares of stock  and the  surrender,  in whole or in part,  of such
Option for an appreciation  distribution.  The appreciation distribution payable
on the  exercised  Tandem  Right  shall be in cash (or,  if so  provided,  in an
equivalent number of shares of stock based on the Fair Market Value (on the date
of the Option  surrender)  in an amount up to the excess of (A) the Fair  Market
Value (on the date of the  Option  surrender)  of the  amount of shares of stock
covered  by that  portion of the  surrendered  Option in which the  Optionee  is
vested over (B) the aggregate exercise price payable for such vested shares.

         (ii) Concurrent Stock  Appreciation  Rights.  Concurrent Rights will be
granted  appurtenant  to an Option  and may apply to all or any  portion  of the
shares  of  stock  subject  to  the  underlying  Option  and  shall,  except  as
specifically  set forth in this  Section  8, be  subject  to the same  terms and
conditions  applicable to the  particular  Option grant to which the  Concurrent
Right pertains. A Concurrent Right shall be exercised  automatically at the same
time the

                                      10.

<PAGE>

underlying Option is exercised with respect to the particular shares of stock to
which the Concurrent Right pertains. The appreciation distribution payable on an
exercised  Concurrent  Right  shall  be  in  cash  (or,  if so  provided,  in an
equivalent  number of shares of stock based on the Fair Market Value on the date
of exercise of the Concurrent Right) in an amount equal to such portion as shall
be  determined  by the  Board or the  Committee  at the time of the grant of the
excess of (A) the  aggregate  Fair Market  Value (on the date of the exercise of
the  Concurrent  Right)  of the  vested  shares  of stock  purchased  under  the
underlying Option which have Concurrent Rights  appurtenant to them over (B) the
aggregate exercise price paid for such shares.

         (iii) Independent Stock Appreciation Rights. Independent Rights will be
granted  independently of any Option and shall, except as specifically set forth
in this  Section 8, be subject to the same terms and  conditions  applicable  to
Nonstatutory  Stock Options as set forth in Section 6. They shall be denominated
in share  equivalents.  The appreciation  distribution  payable on the exercised
Independent Right shall be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A)
the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the  Independent
Right)  of a number  of shares of  Company  stock  equal to the  number of share
equivalents in which the holder is vested under such Independent Right, and with
respect to which the holder is exercising  the  Independent  Right on such date,
over (B) the  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value  (on the  date of the  grant of the
Independent  Right) of such number of shares of Company stock.  The appreciation
distribution payable on the exercised  Independent Right shall be in cash or, if
so provided, in an equivalent number of shares of stock based on the Fair Market
Value on the date of the exercise of the Independent Right.

9.   CANCELLATION AND RE-GRANT OF OPTIONS.

         (a) The Board or the Committee  shall have the authority to effect,  at
any time and from time to time,  (i) the  repricing of any  outstanding  Options
and/or Stock Appreciation  Rights under the Plan and/or (ii) with the consent of
the  affected  holders  of  Options  and/or  Stock   Appreciation   Rights,  the
cancellation of any outstanding  Options and/or Stock Appreciation  Rights under
the Plan and the grant in  substitution  therefor  of new Options  and/or  Stock
Appreciation  Rights under the Plan  covering  the same or different  numbers of
shares  of  stock,  but  having  an  exercise  price per share not less than one
hundred  percent  (100%) of the Fair  Market  Value in the case of an  Incentive
Stock Option or, in the case of a 10%  stockholder  (as  described in subsection
5(c))  receiving a new grant of an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  not less than one
hundred ten percent  (110%) of the Fair Market  Value) per share of stock on the
new grant date.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Board or the Committee may
grant an Option  and/or Stock  Appreciation  Right with an exercise  price lower
than that set forth  above if such Option  and/or  Stock  Appreciation  Right is
granted as part of a transaction to which section 424(a) of the Code applies.

     (b) Shares subject to an Option or Stock  Appreciation Right canceled under
this Section 9 shall continue to be counted against the maximum award of Options
or Stock  Appreciation  Rights  permitted to be granted pursuant to section 5 of
the Plan, if any. The repricing of an Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right under
this Section 9, resulting in a reduction of the exercise price,  shall be deemed
to be a cancellation of the original Option or Stock  Appreciation Right and the
grant of a substitute  Option and/or Stock  Appreciation  Right; in the

                                      11.

<PAGE>

event of such repricing,  both the original and the substituted Options shall be
counted  against the maximum  awards of Options  and Stock  Appreciation  Rights
permitted to be granted  pursuant to  subsection  5(c) of the Plan,  if any. The
provisions  of this  subsection  9(b)  shall be  applicable  only to the  extent
required by Section 162(m) of the Code.

10.  COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

     (a) During the terms of the Stock Awards,  the Company shall keep available
at all times  the  number of shares of stock  required  to  satisfy  such  Stock
Awards.

     (b) The Company  shall seek to obtain from each  regulatory  commission  or
agency having  jurisdiction  over the Plan such  authority as may be required to
issue and sell  shares of stock  upon  exercise  of the Stock  Award;  provided,
however,  that this undertaking  shall not require the Company to register under
the  Securities  Act,  either the Plan,  any Stock Award or any stock  issued or
issuable  pursuant to any such Stock Award.  If, after reasonable  efforts,  the
Company is unable to obtain from any such  regulatory  commission  or agency the
authority  which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance
and sale of stock  under  the  Plan,  the  Company  shall be  relieved  from any
liability for failure to issue and sell stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards
unless and until such authority is obtained.

11.  USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

     Proceeds from the sale of stock  pursuant to Stock Awards shall  constitute
general funds of the Company.

12.  MISCELLANEOUS.

     (a) The Board shall have the power to accelerate  the time at which a Stock
Award may first be  exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part
thereof will vest pursuant to subsection 6(e), 7(d) or 8(b), notwithstanding the
provisions  in the  Stock  Award  stating  the  time at  which  it may  first be
exercised or the time during which it will vest.

     (b) Neither an Employee,  Director or Consultant,  nor any person to whom a
Stock Award is transferred  under subsection 6(d), 7(b) or 8(b), shall be deemed
to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder  with  respect to,
any  shares  subject  to such  Stock  Award  unless  and until  such  person has
satisfied  all  requirements  for  exercise of the Stock  Award  pursuant to its
terms.

     (c) Nothing in the Plan, or any instrument  executed or Stock Award granted
pursuant  thereto,  shall confer upon any  Employee,  Director or  Consultant or
other  holder of Stock Awards any right to continue in the employ of the Company
or any Affiliate (or to continue acting as a Director of or Consultant) or shall
affect the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the  employment of
any Employee with or without cause,  the right of the Company's Board and or the
Company's  stockholders  to remove  any  Director  pursuant  to the terms of the
Company's By-Laws and the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or
the right to terminate the

                                      12.

<PAGE>

relationship  of any  Consultant  pursuant  to the  terms  of such  Consultant's
agreement with the Company or Affiliate.

     (d) To the extent that the aggregate  Fair Market Value  (determined at the
time of grant) of stock  with  respect  to which  Incentive  Stock  Options  are
exercisable  for the first time by any Optionee  during any calendar  year under
all plans of the Company and its Affiliates exceeds one hundred thousand dollars
($100,000),  the Options or portions  thereof which exceed such limit (according
to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory  Stock
Options.

     (e) The Company may require any person to whom a Stock Award is granted, or
any person to whom a Stock Award is  transferred  pursuant to  subsection  6(d),
7(b) or 8(b), as a condition of  exercising  or acquiring  stock under any Stock
Award,  (1) to give written  assurances  satisfactory  to the Company as to such
person's  knowledge and  experience in financial and business  matters and/or to
employ a purchaser representative  reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is
knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters,  and that he or
she  is  capable  of   evaluating,   alone  or  together   with  the   purchaser
representative,  the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award;  and (2) to
give written assurances  satisfactory to the Company stating that such person is
acquiring the stock subject to the Stock Award for such person's own account and
not with any present  intention of selling or otherwise  distributing the stock.
The  foregoing   requirements,   and  any  assurances  given  pursuant  to  such
requirements,  shall be  inoperative  if (i) the issuance of the shares upon the
exercise or acquisition of stock under the Stock Award has been registered under
a then currently effective  registration  statement under the Securities Act, or
(ii) as to any particular  requirement,  a determination  is made by counsel for
the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the
then applicable  securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the
Company,  place  legends  on stock  certificates  issued  under the Plan as such
counsel  deems  necessary  or  appropriate  in order to comply  with  applicable
securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer
of the stock.

     (f) To the extent  provided  by the terms of a Stock Award  Agreement,  the
person to whom a Stock Award is granted may satisfy any federal,  state or local
tax  withholding  obligation  relating to the exercise or  acquisition  of stock
under a Stock Award by any of the following  means or by a  combination  of such
means:  (1) tendering a cash payment;  (2)  authorizing  the Company to withhold
shares from the shares of the common stock otherwise issuable to the participant
as a result of the exercise or  acquisition  of stock under the Stock Award;  or
(3) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered  shares of the common stock
of the Company.

13.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

     (a) If any change is made in the stock  subject to the Plan,  or subject to
any   Stock    Award    (through    merger,    consolidation,    reorganization,
recapitalization,  stock dividend,  dividend in property other than cash,  stock
split,  liquidating dividend,  combination of shares, exchange of shares, change
in  corporate  structure  or other  transaction  not  involving  the  receipt of
consideration by the Company),  the Plan will be  appropriately  adjusted in the
type(s)  and  

                                      13.

<PAGE>

maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to subsection 4(a) and
any  maximum  number of  securities  subject to award to any  person  during any
calendar-year  period  pursuant to section 5, and the  outstanding  Stock Awards
will be appropriately adjusted in the type(s) and number of securities and price
per share of stock subject to such  outstanding  Stock Awards.  Such adjustments
shall be made by the Board or the Committee, the determination of which shall be
final, binding and conclusive.  (The conversion of any convertible securities of
the Company shall not be treated as a "transaction  not involving the receipt of
consideration by the Company".)

     (b) In the  event  of:  (1) a  dissolution,  liquidation  or sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company; (2) a merger or consolidation in
which the Company is not the surviving  corporation;  or (3) a reverse merger in
which the Company is the surviving  corporation  but the shares of the Company's
common  stock  outstanding  immediately  preceding  the merger are  converted by
virtue of the merger  into other  property,  whether in the form of  securities,
cash or  otherwise,  then, to the extent  permitted by  applicable  law, (i) any
surviving  or  acquiring   corporation   shall  assume  any  such  Stock  Awards
outstanding under the Plan or shall substitute similar Stock Awards (including a
right  to  acquire  the  same  consideration  paid  to the  stockholders  in the
transaction  described in this subsection 13(b) for those  outstanding under the
Plan, or (ii) such Stock Awards shall continue in full force and effect.  In the
event any surviving or acquiring  corporation refuses to assume or continue such
Stock Awards, or to substitute similar options for such Stock Awards outstanding
under  the Plan,  then,  with  respect  to Stock  Awards  held by  persons  then
performing  services as  Employees,  Directors or  Consultants,  the time during
which such Stock  Awards may be  exercised  shall be  accelerated  and the Stock
Awards  terminated if not exercised after such  acceleration  and at or prior to
such event.

14.  AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND STOCK AWARDS.

     (a) The  Board at any  time,  and from  time to time,  may  amend the Plan.
However,  except as provided in Section 13 relating to adjustments  upon changes
in stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of
the  Company  within  twelve  (12)  months  before or after the  adoption of the
amendment, where the amendment will:

         (i) Increase  the number of shares  reserved for Stock Awards under the
Plan;

         (ii) Modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the
Plan (to the extent such modification requires stockholder approval in order for
the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code); or

         (iii)  Modify the Plan in any other way if such  modification  requires
stockholder  approval  in order  for the Plan to  satisfy  the  requirements  of
Section 422 of the Code or to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3.

     (b) The Board may in its sole discretion  submit any other amendment to the
Plan for stockholder approval,  including, but not limited to, amendments to the
Plan intended to satisfy the  requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the
regulations  promulgated thereunder regarding the exclusion of performance-based
compensation  from the limit on corporate  deductibility of compensation paid to
certain executive officers.

                                      14.

<PAGE>

     (c) It is expressly  contemplated  that the Board may amend the Plan in any
respect the Board deems  necessary or advisable to provide  eligible  Employees,
Directors or Consultants  with the maximum  benefits  provided or to be provided
under the  provisions  of the Code and the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder
relating to Incentive  Stock Options  and/or to bring the Plan and/or  Incentive
Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.

     (d) Rights and obligations  under any Stock Award granted before  amendment
of the Plan shall not be  impaired by any  amendment  of the Plan unless (i) the
Company  requests  the consent of the person to whom the Stock Award was granted
and (ii) such person consents in writing.

     (e) The  Board at any time,  and from time to time,  may amend the terms of
any one or more Stock Award; provided,  however, that the rights and obligations
under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the
Company  requests  the consent of the person to whom the Stock Award was granted
and (ii) such person consents in writing.  

15.  TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

     (a) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Unless sooner
terminated,  the Plan shall terminate on January 26, 2006, which shall be within
ten (10) years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the
stockholders  of the  Company,  whichever  is  earlier.  No Stock  Awards may be
granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

     (b) Rights and obligations  under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is
in effect shall not be impaired by suspension or termination of the Plan, except
with the consent of the person to whom the Stock Award was granted.

16.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

     The Plan shall become  effective as determined  by the Board,  but no Stock
Awards  granted under the Plan shall be exercised  unless and until the Plan has
been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within
twelve  (12)  months  before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board,
and, if required,  an appropriate  permit has been issued by the Commissioner of
Corporations of the State of California.


                       ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC.

                        1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                 Adopted by the Board of Directors July 8, 1997
             Approved by the Stockholders on ________________, 1997


1.   PURPOSE.

     (a) The purpose of this 1997 Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan (the "Plan") is
to provide a means by which employees of Arterial  Vascular  Engineering Inc., a
Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and  its  Affiliates,  as  defined  in
subparagraph 1(b), which are designated as provided in subparagraph 2(b), may be
given an opportunity to purchase stock of the Company.

     (b) The word  "Affiliate" as used in the Plan means any parent  corporation
or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as those terms are defined in Sections
424(e) and (f),  respectively,  of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the  "Code").  

     (c) The Company,  by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of its
employees,  to secure and retain the services of new  employees,  and to provide
incentives  for such  persons to exert  maximum  efforts  for the success of the
Company.  

     (d) The Company  intends  that the rights to purchase  stock of the Company
granted under the Plan be  considered  options  issued under an "employee  stock
purchase  plan" as that term is  defined  in  Section  423(b)  of the  Code.  

2.   ADMINISTRATION.

     (a) The Plan shall be  administered by the Board of Directors (the "Board")
of the  Company  unless  and  until  the  Board  delegates  administration  to a
Committee,  as  provided  in  subparagraph  2(c).  Whether  or not the Board has
delegated administration,  the Board shall have the final power to determine all
questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the  administration  of the
Plan.

     (b) The Board shall have the power,  subject to, and within the limitations
of, the express  provisions of the Plan:

         (i) To determine  when and how rights to purchase  stock of the Company
shall be granted and the  provisions of each offering of such rights (which need
not be identical).

         (ii) To  designate  from time to time which  Affiliates  of the Company
shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

         (iii) To construe and interpret  the Plan and rights  granted under it,
and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration.
The Board, in the exercise of this

                                       1.

<PAGE>

power,  may correct any defect,  omission  or  inconsistency  in the Plan,  in a
manner and to the extent it shall deem  necessary  or expedient to make the Plan
fully effective.

         (iv) To amend the Plan as provided in paragraph 13.

         (v) Generally,  to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the
Board deems  necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company
and its  Affiliates  and to carry out the intent  that the Plan be treated as an
"employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

     (c) The  Board  may  delegate  administration  of the  Plan to a  Committee
composed  of not fewer than two (2) members of the Board (the  "Committee").  If
administration  is  delegated  to a  Committee,  the  Committee  shall have,  in
connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed
by the Board, subject,  however, to such resolutions,  not inconsistent with the
provisions  of the Plan,  as may be adopted from time to time by the Board.  The
Board  may  abolish  the  Committee  at any time and  revest  in the  Board  the
administration of the Plan.

3.   SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

     (a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph 12 relating to adjustments  upon
changes in stock,  the stock that may be sold  pursuant to rights  granted under
the Plan shall not exceed in the  aggregate  One Million Five  Hundred  Thousand
(1,500,000)  shares of the Company's common stock (the "Common  Stock").  If any
right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate  without having been
exercised (other than rolled-over  rights), the Common Stock not purchased under
such right shall again become available for the Plan.

     (b) The stock  subject  to the Plan may be  unissued  shares or  reacquired
shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

4.   GRANT OF RIGHTS; OFFERING.

     (a) The Board or the  Committee  may from time to time grant or provide for
the grant of rights to purchase  Common  Stock of the Company  under the Plan to
eligible  employees (an "Offering") on a date or dates (the "Offering  Date(s)")
selected by the Board or the Committee.  Each Offering shall be in such form and
shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee shall deem
appropriate,  which shall comply with the  requirements of Section  423(b)(5) of
the Code that all  employees  granted  rights to  purchase  stock under the Plan
shall  have the same  rights  and  privileges.  The terms and  conditions  of an
Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of
the Plan. The provisions of separate  Offerings need not be identical,  but each
Offering shall include (through  incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by
reference  in the document  comprising  the  Offering or  otherwise)  the period
during  which the  Offering  shall be  effective,  which period shall not exceed
twenty-seven  (27) months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of
the provisions contained in paragraphs 5 through 8, inclusive.

     (b) If an  employee  has more  than one right  outstanding  under the Plan,
unless  he or  she  otherwise  indicates  in  agreements  or  notices  delivered
hereunder:  (1) each  agreement  or notice

                                       2.

<PAGE>

delivered by that  employee  will be deemed to apply to all of his or her rights
under  the  Plan,   and  (2)  a  right  with  a  lower  exercise  price  (or  an
earlier-granted  right, if two rights have identical  exercise prices),  will be
exercised to the fullest  possible  extent before a right with a higher exercise
price (or a later-granted  right, if two rights have identical  exercise prices)
will be exercised.

5.   ELIGIBILITY.

     (a) Rights may be granted only to employees of the Company or, as the Board
or the Committee may designate as provided in subparagraph 2(b), to employees of
any  Affiliate  of the  Company.  Except as provided in  subparagraph  5(b),  an
employee  of the  Company or any  Affiliate  shall not be eligible to be granted
rights under the Plan,  unless,  on the Offering Date, such employee has been in
the employ of the Company or any Affiliate for such continuous  period preceding
such grant as the Board or the Committee may require,  but in no event shall the
required  period of  continuous  employment  be equal to or greater than two (2)
years. In addition,  unless  otherwise  determined by the Board or the Committee
and set  forth in the  terms of the  applicable  Offering,  no  employee  of the
Company or any Affiliate  shall be eligible to be granted rights under the Plan,
unless,  on the Offering Date,  such  employee's  customary  employment with the
Company  or such  Affiliate  is for at least  twenty  (20) hours per week and at
least five (5) months per calendar year.

     (b) The Board or the Committee may provide that each person who, during the
course of an  Offering,  first  becomes an  eligible  employee of the Company or
designated  Affiliate  will, on a date or dates  specified in the Offering which
coincides  with the day on which such  person  becomes an  eligible  employee or
occurs  thereafter,  receive a right  under that  Offering,  which  right  shall
thereafter  be deemed to be a part of that  Offering.  Such right shall have the
same  characteristics as any rights originally  granted under that Offering,  as
described herein, except that: 

         (i) the date on which  such  right is  granted  shall be the  "Offering
Date" of such right for all purposes,  including  determination  of the exercise
price of such right;

         (ii) the period of the Offering  with respect to such right shall begin
on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and 

         (iii) the Board or the  Committee may provide that if such person first
becomes an eligible employee within a specified period of time before the end of
the Offering, he or she will not receive any right under that Offering.

     (c) No  employee  shall be eligible  for the grant of any rights  under the
Plan if, immediately after any such rights are granted, such employee owns stock
possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value
of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Affiliate. For purposes of this
subparagraph  5(c),  the  rules of  Section  424(d) of the Code  shall  apply in
determining the stock  ownership of any employee,  and stock which such employee
may purchase under all outstanding  rights and options shall be treated as stock
owned by such employee.

     (d) An eligible  employee may be granted rights under the Plan only if such
rights,  together with any other rights granted under  "employee  stock purchase
plans" of the Company and any Affiliates,  as specified by Section  423(b)(8) of
the Code, do not permit such employee's  rights to

                                       3.

<PAGE>

purchase stock of the Company or any Affiliate to accrue at a rate which exceeds
twenty-five  thousand  dollars  ($25,000)  of fair  market  value of such  stock
(determined at the time such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which
such rights are  outstanding  at any time. 

     (e) Officers of the Company and any designated  Affiliate shall be eligible
to participate in Offerings under the Plan,  provided,  however,  that the Board
may provide in an Offering  that certain  employees  who are highly  compensated
employees  within the meaning of Section  423(b)(4)(D)  of the Code shall not be
eligible to participate. 

6.   RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

     (a) On each Offering Date, each eligible employee,  pursuant to an Offering
made under the Plan,  shall be granted the right to purchase up to the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company  purchasable with a percentage  designated
by the  Board  or the  Committee  not  exceeding  twenty  percent  (20%) of such
employee's  Earnings  (as  defined  by the Board for each  Offering)  during the
period which begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board or the
Committee  determines for a particular  Offering) and ends on the date stated in
the  Offering,  which date shall be no later than the end of the  Offering.  The
Board or the Committee shall establish one or more dates during an Offering (the
"Purchase  Date(s)") on which rights  granted  under the Plan shall be exercised
and purchases of Common Stock carried out in accordance with such Offering.

     (b) In connection  with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board or the
Committee  may specify a maximum  number of shares that may be  purchased by any
employee as well as a maximum  aggregate  number of shares that may be purchased
by all eligible employees pursuant to such Offering.  In addition, in connection
with each Offering that contains more than one Purchase  Date,  the Board or the
Committee  may  specify  a  maximum  aggregate  number  of  shares  which may be
purchased  by all  eligible  employees  on any  given  Purchase  Date  under the
Offering.  If the aggregate  purchase of shares upon exercise of rights  granted
under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number,  the Board or
the Committee  shall make a pro rata  allocation  of the shares  available in as
nearly a  uniform  manner  as shall be  practicable  and as it shall  deem to be
equitable.

     (c) The purchase price of stock  acquired  pursuant to rights granted under
the Plan shall be not less than the lesser of:

         (i) an amount  equal to  eighty-five  percent  (85%) of the fair market
value of the stock on the Offering Date; or

         (ii) an amount equal to  eighty-five  percent  (85%) of the fair market
value of the stock on the Purchase Date.

7.   PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

     (a) An eligible  employee may become a participant  in the Plan pursuant to
an Offering by delivering a  participation  agreement to the Company  within the
time specified in the Offering, in such form as the Company provides.  Each such
agreement shall  authorize  payroll  deductions of up to the maximum  percentage
specified by the Board or the Committee of such employee's  Earnings (as defined

                                       4.

<PAGE>

by the Board for each Offering) during the Offering. The payroll deductions made
for each participant  shall be credited to an account for such participant under
the Plan and  shall  be  deposited  with the  general  funds of the  Company.  A
participant may reduce (including to zero) or increase such payroll  deductions,
and an eligible employee may begin such payroll deductions,  after the beginning
of any Offering  only as provided for in the Offering.  A  participant  may make
additional payments into his or her account only if specifically provided for in
the Offering and only if the participant has not had the maximum amount withheld
during the Offering.

     (b) At any time during an Offering,  a participant may terminate his or her
payroll  deductions  under the Plan and withdraw from the Offering by delivering
to the Company a notice of withdrawal in such form as the Company provides. Such
withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of the Offering except as
provided by the Board or the  Committee in the  Offering.  Upon such  withdrawal
from the  Offering  by a  participant,  the  Company  shall  distribute  to such
participant all of his or her  accumulated  payroll  deductions  (reduced to the
extent,  if any,  such  deductions  have  been  used to  acquire  stock  for the
participant)  under  the  Offering,  without  interest,  and such  participant's
interest in that Offering shall be  automatically  terminated.  A  participant's
withdrawal  from  an  Offering  will  have no  effect  upon  such  participant's
eligibility  to  participate  in any  other  Offerings  under  the Plan but such
participant will be required to deliver a new  participation  agreement in order
to  participate  in  subsequent  Offerings  under the Plan.  

     (c) Rights granted  pursuant to any Offering under the Plan shall terminate
immediately upon cessation of any participating  employee's  employment with the
Company and any  designated  Affiliate,  for any reason,  and the Company  shall
distribute to such  terminated  employee all of his or her  accumulated  payroll
deductions  (reduced to the extent,  if any, such  deductions  have been used to
acquire  stock  for  the  terminated  employee),  under  the  Offering,  without
interest.  

     (d)  Rights  granted  under  the  Plan  shall  not  be  transferable  by  a
participant  otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution,  or
by a beneficiary  designation as provided in paragraph 14 and,  otherwise during
his or her lifetime, shall be exercisable only by the person to whom such rights
are granted.

                                       5.

<PAGE>

8.   EXERCISE.  

     (a) On each Purchase Date specified therefor in the relevant Offering, each
participant's  accumulated  payroll  deductions  and other  additional  payments
specifically  provided for in the Offering  (without any increase for  interest)
will be applied to the purchase of whole  shares of stock of the Company,  up to
the maximum number of shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the
applicable  Offering,  at the  purchase  price  specified  in the  Offering.  No
fractional  shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the
Plan. The amount, if any, of accumulated  payroll  deductions  remaining in each
participant's account after the purchase of shares which is less than the amount
required  to  purchase  one  share  of stock on the  final  Purchase  Date of an
Offering  shall be held in each such  participant's  account for the purchase of
shares under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such participant withdraws
from such next  Offering,  as provided  in  subparagraph  7(b),  or is no longer
eligible to be granted  rights  under the Plan,  as provided in  paragraph 5, in
which case such amount shall be distributed to the participant  after such final
Purchase Date,  without  interest.  The amount,  if any, of accumulated  payroll
deductions  remaining in any participant's  account after the purchase of shares
which is equal to the amount  required to purchase  whole shares of stock on the
final  Purchase  Date  of an  Offering  shall  be  distributed  in  full  to the
participant after such Purchase Date, without interest.

     (b) No rights  granted under the Plan may be exercised to any extent unless
the shares to be issued  upon such  exercise  under the Plan  (including  rights
granted thereunder) are covered by an effective  registration statement pursuant
to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and the Plan is
in material  compliance with all applicable state,  foreign and other securities
and other laws  applicable  to the Plan.  If on a Purchase  Date in any Offering
hereunder the Plan is not so registered or in such compliance, no rights granted
under the Plan or any Offering shall be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the
Purchase  Date shall be delayed  until the Plan is subject to such an  effective
registration statement and such compliance,  except that the Purchase Date shall
not be delayed  more than twelve (12) months and the  Purchase  Date shall in no
event be more than  twenty-seven  (27) months from the Offering  Date. If on the
Purchase  Date of any  Offering  hereunder,  as  delayed to the  maximum  extent
permissible,  the  Plan is not  registered  and in such  compliance,  no  rights
granted  under  the Plan or any  Offering  shall be  exercised  and all  payroll
deductions  accumulated during the Offering (reduced to the extent, if any, such
deductions  have  been  used to  acquire  stock)  shall  be  distributed  to the
participants, without interest.

9.   COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

     (a) During  the terms of the rights  granted  under the Plan,  the  Company
shall  keep  available  at all times the number of shares of stock  required  to
satisfy such rights.

     (b) The Company shall seek to obtain from each federal,  state,  foreign or
other  regulatory  commission or agency having  jurisdiction  over the Plan such
authority as may be required to issue and sell shares of stock upon  exercise of
the rights granted under the Plan. If, after reasonable efforts,  the Company is
unable to obtain from any such  regulatory  commission  or agency the  authority
which counsel for the Company deems  necessary for the lawful  issuance and sale
of stock under the Plan,  the Company  shall be relieved  from any liability for
failure to issue and sell stock upon  exercise of such  rights  unless and until
such authority is obtained.

                                       6.

<PAGE>

10.  USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

     Proceeds from the sale of stock  pursuant to rights  granted under the Plan
shall constitute general funds of the Company.

11.  RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

     A  participant  shall not be deemed to be the  holder of, or to have any of
the rights of a holder  with  respect to, any shares  subject to rights  granted
under the Plan unless and until the  participant's  stockholdings  acquired upon
exercise of rights hereunder are recorded in the books of the Company.

12.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

     (a) If any change is made in the stock  subject to the Plan,  or subject to
any   rights   granted   under   the  Plan   (through   merger,   consolidation,
reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock  dividend,  dividend in property other
than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of
shares,  change in corporate  structure or other  transaction  not involving the
receipt of consideration by the Company),  the Plan and outstanding  rights will
be appropriately  adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of shares subject
to the Plan and the  class(es) and number of shares and price per share of stock
subject to outstanding  rights.  Such adjustments  shall be made by the Board or
the  Committee,   the  determination  of  which  shall  be  final,  binding  and
conclusive.  (The conversion of any convertible  securities of the Company shall
not be treated as a "transaction  not involving the receipt of  consideration by
the Company.")

     (b) In the event of: (1) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (2) a
merger or consolidation  in which the Company is not the surviving  corporation;
(3) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving  corporation  but the
shares of the  Company's  Common Stock  outstanding  immediately  preceding  the
merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the
form of  securities,  cash or otherwise;  or (4) the  acquisition by any person,
entity or group within the meaning of Section  13(d) or 14(d) of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")  or any  comparable
successor  provisions  (excluding  any employee  benefit plan, or related trust,
sponsored or  maintained  by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) of the
beneficial  ownership  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the
Exchange  Act,  or  comparable  successor  rule) of  securities  of the  Company
representing  at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled
to vote in the election of  directors,  then,  as determined by the Board in its
sole   discretion  (i)  any  surviving  or  acquiring   corporation  may  assume
outstanding  rights or substitute  similar rights for those under the Plan, (ii)
such  rights may  continue  in full  force and  effect,  or (iii)  participants'
accumulated  payroll deductions may be used to purchase Common Stock immediately
prior to the transaction  described above and the participants' rights under the
ongoing Offering terminated.

                                       7.

<PAGE>

13.  AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.

     (a) The  Board at any  time,  and from  time to time,  may  amend the Plan.
However, except as provided in paragraph 12 relating to adjustments upon changes
in stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of
the  Company  within  twelve  (12)  months  before or after the  adoption of the
amendment, where the amendment will:

         (i) Increase the number of shares reserved for rights under the Plan;

         (ii) Modify the provisions as to eligibility for  participation  in the
Plan (to the extent such modification requires stockholder approval in order for
the Plan to obtain  employee stock purchase plan treatment  under Section 423 of
the Code); or

(iii) Modify the Plan in any other way if such modification requires stockholder
approval in order for the Plan to obtain  employee stock purchase plan treatment
under Section 423 of the Code.

It is  expressly  contemplated  that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect
the Board deems  necessary or advisable to provide  eligible  employees with the
maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and
the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to employee stock purchase plans
and/or  to bring  the  Plan  and/or  rights  granted  under  it into  compliance
therewith.

     (b) Rights and obligations under any rights granted before amendment of the
Plan shall not be altered or impaired by any amendment of the Plan,  except with
the  consent  of the  person  to whom such  rights  were  granted,  or except as
necessary  to comply  with any laws or  governmental  regulations,  or except as
necessary to ensure that the Plan and/or  rights  granted  under the Plan comply
with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

14.  DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

     (a) A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to
receive any shares and cash,  if any, from the  participant's  account under the
Plan  in the  event  of such  participant's  death  subsequent  to the end of an
Offering but prior to delivery to the  participant  of such shares and cash.  In
addition,  a participant may file a written  designation of a beneficiary who is
to receive any cash from the  participant's  account under the Plan in the event
of such participant's death during an Offering.

     (b) Such  designation of beneficiary  may be changed by the  participant at
any time by written  notice.  In the event of the death of a participant  and in
the absence of a beneficiary  validly designated under the Plan who is living at
the time of such  participant's  death,  the Company  shall  deliver such shares
and/or cash to the executor or  administrator  of the estate of the participant,
or if no such executor or administrator  has been appointed (to the knowledge of
the  Company),  the  Company,  in its sole  discretion,  may deliver such shares
and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more  dependents  or relatives of the
participant,  or if no spouse,  dependent  or relative is known to the  Company,
then to such other person as the Company may designate.

                                       8.

<PAGE>

15.  TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

     (a) The Board in its  discretion,  may suspend or terminate the Plan at any
time.  No rights may be granted  under the Plan while the Plan is  suspended  or
after it is terminated.

     (b) Rights and  obligations  under any rights  granted while the Plan is in
effect  shall not be altered or impaired by  suspension  or  termination  of the
Plan, except as expressly provided in the Plan or with the consent of the person
to whom such rights were granted, or except as necessary to comply with any laws
or  governmental  regulation,  or except as  necessary  to ensure  that the Plan
and/or rights granted under the Plan comply with the requirements of Section 423
of the Code.

16.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

     The Plan shall become  effective on August 1, 1997 (the "Effective  Date"),
but no rights  granted  under the Plan shall be  exercised  unless and until the
Plan has been  approved by the  stockholders  of the Company  within twelve (12)
months  before  or  after  the  date the  Plan is  adopted  by the  Board or the
Committee, which date may be prior to the Effective Date.


                                       9.




     AMENDMENT,  dated  as of  July  9,  1997,  to  that  certain  International
Distributorship  Agreement,  dated as of January 22, 1997 (the  "Distributorship
Agreement") between Arterial Vascular Engineering,  Inc., a Delaware corporation
("AVE") and Japan  Lifeline  Co.,  Ltd., a company  organized  under the laws of
Japan (the "Distributor").

     WHEREAS,  AVE and the Distributor desire to amend certain provisions of the
Distributorship Agreement;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises and for other valuable
consideration,  receipt  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto
hereby agree as follows:

     1.  Section  4.1 is hereby  amended by  deleting  the proviso in the second
sentence of such Section 4.1

      2.  Schedule  E of the  Distributorship  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by
deleting the text in the third  paragraph of Schedule E beginning with the words
"provided  however," and ending with the end of such paragraph (i.e. ending with
the words "the quarterly period ending December 31, 1997."),  and replacing such
text with the following:  "provided,  however, that during the period commencing
with the  three-month  anniversary  of the date  that  distributor  obtains  the
necessary  governmental  registrations,  licenses and permits to market and sell
such coronary  stent  Products in the Territory and ending on the earlier of (i)
the six-month anniversary of such date and (ii) the date that Japanese insurance
reimbursement  is granted  for such  Products,  the  purchase  price for up to *
coronary  stent systems per month shall be * per coronary stent system (it being
understood and agreed that Distributor  shall use its best efforts to market and
sell such coronary stent systems during the pre-reimbursement  period and not to
accumulate them in its inventory).

     3. A new Section 3.6 is hereby created that shall be and read as follows:

        "3.6 Marketing Assistance

     AVE shall * on  October  1,  1997,  for use by the  Distributor  during the
     period  between  October 1, 1997 and September 30, 1998 in connection  with
     sales and marketing relating to the Products."

     4. This  Amendment  is  limited as  specified  and shall not  constitute  a
modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provision of the Distributorship
Agreement.

     5. From and after the date hereof,  all  references in the  Distributorship
Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the  Distributorship  Agreement as
modified hereby.

- --------------

*    Certain  confidential  information  contained in this  document,  marked by
     asterisks,  has been omitted and filed  separately  with the Securities and
     Exchange  Commission  pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act
     of 1934, as amended.

                                      1

<PAGE>


     6. This Amendment  shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with,
the laws of the State of California  applicable to contracts  executed in and to
be performed in that State.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  AVE and the Distributor have caused this Amendment to
be duly executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers
thereunto duly authorized.

ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC.               JAPAN LIFELINE CO., LTD.


By  /s/John D. Miller                             /S/Takeshi Mashumoto
    -----------------------                       --------------------------
    Name: John D. Miller                          Name: Takeshi Mashumoto
    Title: V.P. Finance, C.F.O                    Title: President



                                      2



                                  EXHIBIT 10.9

         SECOND  AMENDMENT,  dated  as of  August  22,  1997,  to  that  certain
International  Distributorship  Agreement,  dated as of  January  22,  1997,  as
amended  (as so  amended,  the  "Distributorship  Agreement")  between  Arterial
Vascular  Engineering,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation ("AVE") and Japan Lifeline
Co., Ltd., a company organized under the laws of Japan (the "Distributor").

         WHEREAS,  AVE and the Distributor desire to amend certain provisions of
the Distributorship Agreement;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other valuable
consideration,  receipt  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto
hereby agree as follows:

         1.  Section  3.6 is hereby  amended by  deleting  the  amount  "*" and
substituting in lieu thereof the amount "*".

         2.  Schedule B is hereby  amended by adding a proviso to the end of the
sentence under the heading  "Coronary Stent Systems," which proviso shall be and
read as follows:

                  "; provided,  however,  that for the * period  beginning * and
                  ending *, Distributor shall purchase at least * coronary stent
                  systems".

         3. This  Amendment is limited as specified  and shall not  constitute a
modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provision of the Distributorship
Agreement.

         4.  From  and   after  the  date   hereof,   all   references   in  the
Distributorship   Agreement   shall  be   deemed   to  be   references   to  the
Distributorship Agreement as modified hereby.

         5. This  Amendment  shall be governed by, and  construed in  accordance
with,  the laws of the State of California  applicable to contracts  executed in
and to be performed in that State.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  AVE and the Distributor have caused this Amendment
to be duly  executed  as of the date  first  written  above by their  respective
officers thereunto duly authorized.

ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC.                     JAPAN LIFELINE CO., LTD.



By  /s/ Scott J. Solano                                 /s/ Takeshi Masumoto
  -------------------------------------                     ----------------
        Scott J. Solano                                     Takeshi Masumoto
  President and Chief Executive Officer                        President

- ---------------
*    Certain  confidential  information  contained in this  document,  marked by
     asterisks,  has been omitted and filed  separately  with the Securities and
     Exchange  Commission  pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act
     of 1934, as amended.



                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
           STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE--GROSS
                (Do not use this form for Multi-Tenant Property)

1. Basic Provisions ("Basic Provisions")

   1.1 Parties:  This Lease ("Lease"),  dated for reference purposes only, April
28,  1997,  is made by and  between  Bruce  S.  and  Sandra  G.  Rocco  Trustees
("Lessor") and Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc. ("Lessee"),  collectively the
"Parties," or individually a "Party").

   1.2 Premises: That certain real property,  including all improvements therein
or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly known by
the street address of 5355 Skylane Boulevard,  Santa Rosa, located in the County
of Sonoma, State of California, and generally described as (describe briefly the
nature of the property) approximately 15,017 s.f. of office and light industrial
space as per attached Exhibits A & B ("Premises").  (See Paragraph 2 for further
provisions.)

   1.3 Term: Three (3) years and (0) months  ("Original Term") commencing May 1,
1997 ("Commencement  Date") and ending April 30, 2000 ("Expiration  Date"). (See
Paragraph 3 for further provisions.)

   1.4 Early  Possession:  April  28,  1997.  ("Early  Possession  Date").  (See
Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3 for further provisions.)

   1.5 Base Rent:  $12,013.60* per month ("Base Rent"), payable on the first day
of each month  commencing  Upon lease  execution.  (See  Paragraph 4 for further
provisions.) *see item #49 for rent schedule

[x] If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent
to be adjusted.

   1.6 Base Rent Paid Upon Execution: $12,013.60 as Base Rent for the period May
1997.

   1.7 Security Deposit:  $12,764.45 ("Security Deposit").  (See Paragraph 5 for
further provisions.)

   1.8 Permitted Use: General office. (See Paragraph 6 for further provisions.)

   1.9 Insuring Party:  Lessee is the "Insuring Party." $__________ is the "Base
Premium." (See Paragraph 8 for further provisions.)

   1.10 Real Estate  Brokers:  The following real estate brokers  (collectively,
the "Brokers") and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction and are
consented to by the Parties (check applicable boxes): 
Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc. represents

[ ]  Lessor  exclusively  ("Lessor's  Broker");  [X] both Lessor and Lessee, and
______ represents

[ ]  Lessee exclusively  ("Lessee's  Broker");  [ ] both Lessee and Lessor. (See
Paragraph 15 for further provisions.)

   1.11  Guarantor.  The  obligations  of the Lessee  under this Lease are to be
guaranteed by N/A ("Guarantor"). (See Paragraph 37 for further provisions.)

   1.12  Addenda.  Attached  hereto is an  Addendum  or  Addenda  consisting  of
Paragraph 49 through 59 and Exhibits A-E all of which  constitute a part of this
Lease.

2. Premises.

   2.1 Letting.  Lessor hereby  leases to Lessee,  and Lessee hereby leases from
Lessor,  the Premises,  for the term, at the rental,  and upon all of the terms,
covenants and  conditions  set forth in this Lease.  Unless  otherwise  provided
herein,  any  statement of square  footage set forth in this Lease,  or that may
have been used in  calculating  rental,  is an  approximation  which  Lessor and
Lessee  agree is  reasonable  and the rental  based  thereon  is not  subject to
revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

   2.2 Condition.  Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free of
debris  on the  Commencement  Date and  warrants  to  Lessee  that the  existing
plumbing,  fire sprinkler  system,  lighting,  air  conditioning,  heating,  and
loading doors, if any, in the Premises,  other than those constructed by Lessee,
shall  be  in  good  operating   condition  on  the  Commencement   Date.  If  a
non-compliance  with said warranty exists as of the  Commencement  Date,  Lessor
shall,  except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  promptly  after receipt of
written notice from Lessee setting forth with  specificity the nature and extent
of such  non-compliance,  rectify same at Lessor's  expense.  If Lessee does not
give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance  with this warranty within thirty
(30) days after the Commencement Date,  correction of that non-compliance  shall
be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense.

   2.3  Compliance  with  Covenants,  Restrictions  and  Building  Code.  Lessor
warrants  to  Lessee  that the  improvements  on the  Premises  comply  with all
applicable  covenants or restrictions  of record and applicable  building codes,
regulations  and ordinances in effect on the  Commencement  Date.  Said warranty
does not  apply  to the use to which  Lessee  will  put the  Premises  or to any
Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to
be made by Lessee.  If the  Premises  do not comply with said  warranty,  Lessor
shall,  except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  promptly  after receipt of
written notice from Lessee setting forth with  specificity the nature and extent
of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does not
give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within six (6)
months following the Commencement Date,  correction of that non-compliance shall
be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense.

   2.4 Acceptance of Premises. Lessee hereby acknowledges:  (a) that it has been
advised by the Brokers to satisfy  itself with  respect to the  condition of the
Premises  (including  but not  limited  to the  electrical  and  fire  sprinkler
system's,  security,  environmental aspects,  compliance with Applicable Law, as
defined in Paragraph 6.3) and the present and future suitability of the Premises
for Lessee's  intended  use, (b) that Lessee has made such  investigation  as it
deems  necessary with  reference to such matters and assumes all  responsibility
therefore as the same relate to Lessee's  occupancy of the Premises  and/or term
of this Lease, and (c) that neither Lessor, nor any of Lessor's agents, has made
any oral or  written  representations  or  warranties  with  respect to the said
matters other than as set forth in this Lease.

   2.5  Lessee  Prior  Owner/Occupant.  The  warranties  made by  Lessor in this
Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately  prior to the date set
forth in Paragraph 1.1 Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premise.  In such
event,   Lessee  shall,   at  Lessee's  sole  cost  and  expense,   correct  any
non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

3. Term.

   3.1 Term. The  Commencement  Date,  Expiration Date and Original Term of this
Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

   3.2 Early  Possession.  If Lessee totally or partially  occupies the Premises
prior to the Commencement  Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated
for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this Lease, however,
shall be in effect  during  such  period.  Any such early  possession  shall not
affect nor advance the Expiration Date of the Original Term.

                                                              Initials /s/ JM
                                                                       /s/ BR SR

GROSS                                PAGE 1


<PAGE>

   3.3 Delay In Possession.  If for any reason Lessor cannot deliver  possession
of the Premises to Lessee as agreed herein by the Early  Possession Date, if one
is specified in Paragraph 1.4, or, if no Early Possession Date is specified,  by
the Commencement  Date,  Lessor shall not be subject to any liability  therefor,
nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease,  or the obligations of
Lessee hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Lessee shall not,
except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  be obligated to pay rent or perform any
other  obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease until Lessor  delivers
possession  of the  Premises to Lessee.  If  possession  of the  Premises is not
delivered to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the Commencement  Date,  Lessee
may,  at its  option,  by  notice in  writing  to  Lessor  within  ten (10) days
thereafter,  cancel this Lease,  in which event the Parties  shall be discharged
from all obligations hereunder;  provided,  however, that if such written notice
by Lessee is not  received by Lessor  within said ten (10) day period,  Lessee's
right to cancel this Lease shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.
Except as may be otherwise  provided,  and  regardless of when the term actually
commences,  if  possession is not tendered to Lessee when required by this Lease
and Lessee does not terminate this Lease,  as aforesaid,  the period free of the
obligation to pay Base Rent, if any,  that Lessee would  otherwise  have enjoyed
shall run from the date of  delivery of  possession  and  continue  for a period
equal to what Lessee would  otherwise  have enjoyed under the terms hereof,  but
minus any days of delay caused by the acts, changes or omissions of Lessee.

4. Rent.

   4.1 Base  Rent.  Lessee  shall  cause  payment of Base Rent and other rent or
charges, as the same may be adjusted from time to time, to be received by Lessor
in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction,  on or before
the day on which it is due  under  the  terms of this  Lease.  Base Rent and all
other rent and charges for any period  during the term hereof  which is for less
than one (1) full calendar  month shall be prorated based upon the actual number
of days of the calendar month  involved.  Payment of Base Rent and other charges
shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or
at such other  addresses as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing to
Lessee.

5. Security Deposit.  Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the
Security  Deposit set forth in Paragraph  1.7 as security for Lessee's  faithful
performance  of Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease.  If Lessee fails to pay
Base Rent or other rent or charges due  hereunder,  or otherwise  Defaults under
this Lease (as defined in Paragraph  13.1),  Lessor may use, apply or retain all
or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor
or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability,  cost, expense,  loss or
damage  (including  attorneys'  fees) which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason
thereof.  If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said Security Deposit,
Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written request  therefor deposit moneys
with  Lessor  sufficient  to restore  said  Security  Deposit to the full amount
required by this Lease. Any time the Base Rent increases during the term of this
Lease, Lessee shall; upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional moneys
with Lessor  sufficient to maintain the same ratio between the Security  Deposit
and the Base Rent as those amounts are specified in the Basic Provisions. Lessor
shall not be required to keep all or any part of the Security  Deposit  separate
from  its  general  accounts.   Lessor  shall,  at  the  expiration  or  earlier
termination of the term hereof and after Lessee has vacated the Premises, return
to Lessee (or, at Lessor's  option,  to the last  assignee,  if any, of Lessee's
interest  herein),  that portion of the Security  Deposit not used or applied by
Lessor.  Unless otherwise  expressly agreed in writing by Lessor, no part of the
Security  Deposit shall be  considered to be held in trust,  to bear interest or
other  increment for its use, or to be  prepayment  for any moneys to be paid by
Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use.

   6.1 Use.  Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises  only for the purposes set
forth in Paragraph 1.8, or any other use which is comparable thereto, and for no
other  purpose.  Lessee  shall not use or permit  the use of the  Premises  in a
manner  that  creates  waste  or a  nuisance,  or that  disturbs  owners  and/or
occupants of, or causes  damage to,  neighboring  premises or properties. Lessor
hereby agrees to not  unreasonably  withhold or delay its consent to any written
request by Lessee, Lessees assignees or subtenants, and by prospective assignees
and subtenants of the Lessee, its assignees or subtenants, for a modification of
said permitted  purpose for which the premises may be used or occupied,  so long
as the same will not impair the structural  integrity of the improvements on the
Premises,  the mechanical or electrical  systems therein,  is not  significantly
more burdensome to the Premises and the improvements  thereon,  and is otherwise
permissible  pursuant to this  Paragraph  6. If Lessor  elects to withhold  such
consent, Lessor shall within five (5) business days give written notification of
same,  which  notice  shall  include  an  explanation  of  Lessor's   reasonable
objections to the change in use.

   6.2 Hazardous Substances.

       (a) Reportable Uses Require  Consent.  The term "Hazardous  Substance" as
used in this Lease  shall mean any  product,  substance,  chemical,  material or
waste whose  presence,  nature,  quantity  and/or  intensity of existence,  use,
manufacture,  disposal,  transportation,  spill,  release or  effect,  either by
itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is
either: (i) potentially  injurious to the public health,  safety or welfare, the
environment  or the Premises,  (ii)  regulated or monitored by any  governmental
authority,  or (iii) a basis for liability of Lessor to any governmental  agency
or third party  under any  applicable  statute or common law  theory.  Hazardous
Substance  shall  include,  but  not be  limited  to,  hydrocarbons,  petroleum,
gasoline,  crude oil or any products,  by-products or fractions thereof.  Lessee
shall not engage in any activity in, on or about the Premises which  constitutes
a Reportable Use (as hereinafter  defined) of Hazardous  Substances  without the
express  prior written  consent of Lessor and  compliance in a timely manner (at
Lessee's sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Law (as defined in Paragraph
6.3).  "Reportable  Use" shall mean (i) the  installation or use of any above or
below ground  storage  tank,  (ii) the  generation,  possession,  storage,  use,
transportation,  or  disposal of a Hazardous  Substance  that  requires a permit
from, or with respect to which a report,  notice,  registration or business plan
is required to be filed with, any governmental  authority.  Reportable Use shall
also include  Lessee's  being  responsible  for the presence in, on or about the
Premises of a  Hazardous  Substance  with  respect to which any  Applicable  Law
requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or
neighboring  properties.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Lessee may,  without
Lessor's  prior  consent,  but in compliance  with all  Applicable  Law, use any
ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by Lessee in the
normal course of Lessee's  business  permitted on the Premises,  so long as such
use is not a  Reportable  Use and does not expose the  Premises  or  neighboring
properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to
any liability therefor.  In addition,  Lessor may (but without any obligation to
do so) condition its consent to the use or presence of any Hazardous  Substance,
activity or storage tank by Lessee upon Lessee's  giving Lessor such  additional
assurances as Lessor, in its reasonable  discretion,  deems necessary to protect
itself,   the  public,   the  Premises  and  the  environment   against  damage,
contamination or injury and/or liability therefrom or therefor,  including,  but
not limited to, the  installation  (and removal on or before Lease expiration or
earlier  termination) of reasonably  necessary  protective  modifications to the
Premises  (such as concrete  encasements)  and/or the  deposit of an  additional
Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

       (b) Duty to Inform Lessor.  If Lessee knows,  or has reasonable  cause to
believe, that a Hazardous Substance,  or a condition involving or resulting from
same, has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises,  other than as
previously consented to by Lessor,  Lessee shall immediately give written notice
of such fact to Lessor.  Lessee shall also immediately give Lessor a copy of any
statement,  report, notice,  registration,  application,  permit, business plan,
license,   claim,   action  or  proceeding  given  to,  or  received  from,  any
governmental  authority or private party,  or persons  entering or occupying the
Premises, concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to,
any  Hazardous  Substance  or  contamination  in,  on,  or about  the  Premises,
including  but not  limited  to all such  documents  as may be  involved  in any
Reportable Uses involving the Premises.

       (c)  Indemnification.  Lessee shall indemnify,  protect,  defend and hold
Lessor,  its agents,  employees,  lenders  and ground  lessor,  if any,  and the
Premises,  harmless  from and against any and all loss of rents and/or  damages,
liabilities,  judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses,  penalties, permits and
attorney's  and  consultant's  fees  arising out of or involving  any  Hazardous
Substance  or storage  tank  brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee or under
Lessee's control. Lessee's obligations under this Paragraph 6 shall include, but
not be  limited  to,  the  effects  of any  contamination  or injury to  person,
property  or the  environment  created or  suffered  by Lessee,  and the cost of
investigation (including consultant's and attorney's fees and testing), removal,
remediation,  restoration  and/or  abatement  thereof,  or of any  contamination
therein  involved,  and shall survive the  expiration or earlier  termination of
this Lease. No termination,  cancellation or release  agreement  entered into by
Lessor and Lessee shall  release  Lessee from its  obligations  under this Lease
with respect to Hazardous  Substances or storage tanks,  unless  specifically so
agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

   6.3 Lessee's Compliance with Law. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease,
Lessee,  shall,  at Lessee's sole cost and expense,  fu11y,  diligently and in a
timely  manner,  comply  with all  "Applicable  Law," which term is used in this
Lease  to  include  all  laws,  rules,  regulations,   ordinances,   directives,
covenants,  easements and restrictions of record,  permits,  the requirements of
any   applicable   fire  insurance   underwriter  or  rating  bureau,   and  the
recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner
to the  Premises  (including  but  not  limited  to  matters  pertaining  to (i)
industrial  hygiene,  (ii)  environmental  conditions on, in, under or about the
Premises,  including  soil  and  groundwater  conditions,  and  (iii)  the  use,
generation,  manufacture,   production,   installation,   maintenance,  removal,
transportation,  storage, spill or release of any Hazardous Substance or storage
tank), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect, and whether or not
reflecting a change in policy from any previously existing policy. Lessee shall,
within five (5) days after receipt of Lessor's written  request,  provide Lessor
with copies of all documents  and  information,  including,  but not limited to,
permits,  registrations,  manifests,  applications,  reports  and  certificates,
evidencing  Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Law specified by Lessor, and
shall  immediately  upon  receipt,  notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any
documents  involved)  of any  threatened  or  actual  claim,  notice,  citation,
warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Lessee or the
Premises to comply with any Applicable Law.

   6.4  Inspection;  Compliance.  Lessor and Lessor's  Lender(s)  (as defined in
Paragraph 8.3(a)) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the
case of an  emergency,  and otherwise at  reasonable  times,  for the purpose of
inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying  compliance by Lessee
with this Lease and all  Applicable  Laws (as defined in Paragraph  6.3), and to
employ  experts  and/or  consultants  in connection  therewith  and/or to advise
Lessor with  respect to Lessee's  activities,  including  but not limited to the
installation,  operation,  use,  monitoring,  maintenance,  or  removal  of  any
Hazardous  Substance  or  storage  tank on or from the  Premises.  The costs and
expenses of any such  inspections  shall be paid by the party  requesting  same,
unless a Default or Breach of this  Lease,  violation  of  Applicable  Law, or a
contamination,  caused or materially  contributed to by Lessee is found to exist
or  be  imminent,  or  unless  the  inspection  is  requested  or  ordered  by a
governmental  authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation
or  contamination.  In any such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor
or  Lessor's  Lender,  as the case may be,  for the costs and  expenses  of such
inspections.

7. Maintenance; Repairs; Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

   7.1 Lessee's Obligations.

       (a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Lessor's  warranty as to
condition), 2.3 (Lessor's warranty as to compliance with covenants, etc),

                                                            Initials /s/  JM
                                                                     /s/  BR SR
GROSS                                PAGE 2

<PAGE>

7.2  (Lessor's  obligations  to  repair),  9 (damage  and  destruction),  and 14
(condemnation),  Lessee  shall,  at  Lessee's  sole cost and  expense and at all
times,  keep the Premises and every part  thereof in good order,  condition  and
repair,  (whether or not such portion of the Premises  requiring  repair, or the
means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and
whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any
prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises),  including,
without  limiting the generality of the  foregoing,  all equipment or facilities
serving the Premises, such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning,  ventilating,
electrical,  lighting  facilities,  boilers,  fired or unfired pressure vessels,
fire sprinkler and/or  standpipe and hose or other automatic fire  extinguishing
system, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems and equipment,  fire
hydrants,  fixtures, walls (interior and exterior),  ceilings,  floors, windows,
doors, plate glass,  skylights,  landscaping,  driveways,  parking lots, fences,
retaining  walls,  signs,  sidewalks  and  parkways  located in, on,  about,  or
adjacent to the Premises, but excluding  foundations,  the exterior roof and the
structural  aspects  of the  Premises.  Lessee  shall not  cause or  permit  any
Hazardous  Substance  to be  spilled  or  released  in,  on,  under or about the
Premises  (including  through the plumbing or sanitary  sewer  system) and shall
promptly,  at Lessee's expense,  take all  investigatory  and/or remedial action
reasonably  recommended,  whether or not formally  ordered or required,  for the
cleanup  of any  contamination  of,  and for the  maintenance,  security  and/or
monitoring  of, the Premises,  the elements  surrounding  same,  or  neighboring
properties,  that  was  caused  or  materially  contributed  to  by  Lessee,  or
pertaining to or involving any Hazardous  Substance  and/or storage tank brought
onto the Premises by or for Lessee or under its control.  Lessee, in keeping the
Premises in good order,  condition and repair,  shall  exercise and perform good
maintenance   practices.   Lessee's  obligations  shall  include   restorations,
replacements   or  renewals  when   necessary  to  keep  the  Premises  and  all
improvements  thereon or a part  thereof in good order,  condition  and state of
repair.

       (b) Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, procure and maintain
contracts,  with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with
contractors  specializing  and experienced  in, the inspection,  maintenance and
service of the following  equipment  and  improvements,  if any,  located on the
Premises: (i) heating, air conditioning and ventilation equipment,  (ii) boiler,
fired or unfired  pressure  vessels,  (iii) fire sprinkler  and/or standpipe and
hose or other automatic fire extinguishing systems,  including fire alarm and/or
smoke detection,  (iv) landscaping and irrigation systems, (v) roof covering and
drain maintenance and (vi) asphalt and parking lot maintenance.

   7.2 Lessor's Obligations. Upon receipt of written notice of the need for such
repairs and subject to Paragraph 13.5, Lessor shall, at Lessor's  expense,  keep
the  foundations,  exterior roof and structural  aspects of the Premises in good
order,  condition and repair,  Lessor shall not, however,  be obligated to paint
the exterior surface of the exterior walls or to maintain the windows,  doors or
plate glass or the interior surface of exterior walls.  Lessor shall not, in any
event,  have any  obligation to make any repairs until Lessor  receives  written
notice of the need for such repairs. It is the intention of the Parties that the
terms of this  Lease  govern the  respective  obligations  of the  Parties as to
maintenance  and repair of the Premises.  Lessee and Lessor  expressly waive the
benefit  of  any  statute  now or  hereafter  in  effect  to  the  extent  it is
inconsistent  with the terms of this Lease  with  respect  to, or which  affords
Lessee the right to make repairs at the expense of Lessor or to  terminate  this
Lease by reason of, any needed repairs.

   7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

       (a) Definitions;  Consent Required.  The term "Utility  Installations" is
used in this Lease to refer to all carpeting, window coverings, air lines, power
panels,   electrical   distribution,    security,   fire   protection   systems,
communication  systems,  lighting  fixtures,  heating,   ventilating,   and  air
conditioning equipment,  plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The
term "Trade  Fixtures"  shall mean Lessee's  machinery and equipment that can be
removed  without doing material damage to the Premises.  The term  "Alterations"
shall mean any  modification of the improvements on the Premises from that which
are  provided  by Lessor  under  the terms of this  Lease,  other  than  Utility
Installations or Trade Fixtures,  whether by addition or deletion. "Lessee Owned
Alterations  and/or Utility  Installations"  are defined as  Alterations  and/or
Utility Installations made by lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor as defined
in  Paragraph  7.4(a).   Lessee  shall  not  make  any  Alterations  or  Utility
Installations in, on, under or about the Premises without Lessor's prior written
consent.  Lessee may, however, make non-structural  Utility Installations to the
interior of the Premises  (excluding the roof),  as long as they are not visible
from the outside, do not involve puncturing,  relocating or removing the roof or
any existing  walls,  and the  cumulative  cost thereof  during the term of this
Lease as extended does not exceed $25,000.

       (b) Consent.  Any Alterations or Utility  Installations that Lessee shall
desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to
Lessor in written form with  proposed  detailed  plans.  All  consents  given by
Lessor, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific consent,
shall be deemed  conditioned upon: (i) Lessee's acquiring all applicable permits
required by  governmental  authorities,  (ii) the  furnishing  of copies of such
permits together with a copy of the plans and  specifications for the Alteration
or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to commencement of the work thereon, and
(iii) the  compliance by Lessee with all  conditions of said permits in a prompt
and  expeditious  manner.  Any  Alterations or Utility  Installations  by Lessee
during the term of this Lease  shall be done in a good and  workmanlike  manner,
with good and sufficient  materials,  and in compliance with all Applicable Law.
Lessee shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Lessor with as-built plans
and  specifications  therefor.  Lessor  may (but  without  obligation  to do so)
condition its consent to any requested  Alteration or Utility  Installation that
costs $10,000 or more upon Lessee's  providing Lessor with a lien and completion
bond in an amount equal to one and  one-half  times the  estimated  cost of such
Alteration or Utility  Installation  and/or upon Lessee's  posting an additional
Security Deposit with Lessor under Paragraph 36 hereof.

       (c) Indemnification.  Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or
materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for
use on the  Premises,  which claims are or may be secured by any  mechanics'  or
materialmen's  lien against the Premises or any interest  therein.  Lessee shall
give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any
work in, on or about  the  Premises,  and  Lessor  shall  have the right to post
notices of  non-responsibility  in or on the  Premises  as  provided  by law. If
Lessee  shall,  in good faith,  contest the validity of any such lien,  claim or
demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor
and the  Premises  against the same and shall pay and  satisfy any such  adverse
judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof against the
Lessor or the Premises. If Lessor shall require,  Lessee shall furnish to Lessor
a surety  bond  satisfactory  to Lessor in an amount  equal to one and  one-half
times the amount of such  contested  lien claim or demand,  indemnifying  Lessor
against  liability  for the same,  as  required  by law for the  holding  of the
Premises  free from the effect of such lien or claim.  In  addition,  Lessor may
require Lessee to pay Lessor's  attorney's  fees and costs in  participating  in
such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.

   7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

       (a)  Ownership.  Subject to Lessor's  right to require  their  removal or
become the owner  thereof as  hereinafter  provided in this  Paragraph  7.4, all
Alterations  and Utility  Additions  made to the Premises by Lessee shall be the
property of and owned by Lessee,  but considered a part of the Premises.  Lessor
may, at any time and at its  option,  elect in writing to Lessee to be the owner
of all or any  specified  part  of the  Lessee  Owned  Alterations  and  Utility
Installations.  Unless otherwise  instructed per subparagraph 7.4(b) hereof, all
Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility  Installations  shall, at the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and remain upon
and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

       (b) Removal.  Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Lessor may require that
any or all Lessee Owned  Alterations or Utility  Installations be removed by the
expiration  or  earlier  termination  of  this  Lease,   notwithstanding   their
installation  may have been  consented  to by  Lessor.  Lessor may  require  the
removal  at any  time of all or any  part of any  Lessee  Owned  Alterations  or
Utility Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.

       (c) Surrender/Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the end
of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier  termination  date, with all of
the  improvements,  parts and surfaces  thereof  clean and free of debris and in
good  operating  order,  condition  and state of repair,  ordinary wear and tear
excepted. "Ordinary wear and tear" shall not include any damage or deterioration
that  would  have  been  prevented  by good  maintenance  practice  or by Lessee
performing all of its obligations  under this Lease.  Except as otherwise agreed
or specified in writing by Lessor, the Premises,  as surrendered,  shall include
the Utility Installations.  The obligation of Lessee shall include the repair of
any damage  occasioned by the  installation,  maintenance or removal of Lessee's
Trade  Fixtures,   furnishings,   equipment,   and  Alterations  and/or  Utility
Installations,  as well as the removal of any storage  tank  installed by or for
Lessee, and the removal,  replacement,  or remediation of any soil,  material or
ground water  contaminated by Lessee,  all as may then be required by Applicable
Law and/or good  service  practice.  Lessee's  Trade  Fixtures  shall remain the
property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee  subject to its  obligation to
repair and restore the Premises per this Lease.

8. See Addendum Section 57

                                                                 Initials /s/ JM
                                                                       /s/ BR SR
                                     PAGE 3

9. Damage or Destruction.

   9.1 Definitions.

       (a) "Premises  Partial  Damage" shall mean damage or  destruction  to the
improvements  on the Premises,  other than Lessee Owned  Alterations and Utility
Installations,  the repair cost of which damage or  destruction is less than 50%
of the then Replacement Cost of the Premises immediately prior to such damage or
destruction,  excluding from such  calculation  the value of the land and Lessee
Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

       (b) "Premises Total  Destruction" shall mean damage or destruction to the
Premises,  other than Lessee Owned  Alterations  and Utility  Installations  the
repair  cost  of  which  damage  or  destruction  is 50%  or  more  of the  then
Replacement  Cost  of  the  Premises   immediately   prior  to  such  damage  or
destruction,  excluding from such  calculation  the value of the land and Lessee
Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

       (c) "Insured Loss" shall mean damage or destruction  to  improvements  on
the Premises,  other than Lessee Owned  Alterations  and Utility  Installations,
which was caused by an event  required to be covered by the insurance  described
in Paragraph 8.3(a),  irrespective of any deductible  amounts or coverage limits
involved.

       (d)  "Replacement  Cost"  shall  mean the cost to repair or  rebuild  the
improvements  owned by Lessor at the time of the  occurrence to their  condition
existing  immediately prior thereto,  including  demolition,  debris removal and
upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes,  ordinances or
laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

       (e)  "Hazardous   Substance  Condition"  shall  mean  the  occurrence  or
discovery of a condition  involving  the presence of, or a  contamination  by, a
Hazardous  Substance  as  defined  in  Paragraph  6.2(a)  in,  on,  or under the
Premises.

   9.2 Partial  Damage--Insured  Loss. If a Premises  Partial  Damage that is an
Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense,  repair such damage
(but not  Lessee's  Trade  Fixtures  or Lessee  Owned  Alterations  and  Utility
Installations)  as soon as reasonably  possible and this Lease shall continue in
full force and effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance
was not in force or the  insurance  proceeds are not  sufficient  to effect such
repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as
and when required to complete said repairs. In the event,  however, the shortage
in  proceeds  was due to the fact that,  by reason of the  unique  nature of the
improvements,  full  replacement  cost insurance  coverage was not  commercially
reasonable  and  available,  Lessor  shall  have  no  obligation  to pay for the
shortage in  insurance  proceeds or to fully  restore the unique  aspects of the
Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate
assurance  thereof,  within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of
such shortage and request  therefor.  If Lessor  receives said funds or adequate
assurance  thereof within said ten (10) day period,  the party  responsible  for
making the repairs shall  complete them as soon as reasonably  possible and this
lease  shall  remain in full force and effect.  If Lessor does not receive  such
funds or assurance within said period,  Lessor may nevertheless elect by written
notice to Lessee within ten (10) days  thereafter to make such  restoration  and
repair  as is  commercially  reasonable  with  Lessor  paying  any  shortage  in
proceeds,  in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If in
such case Lessor does not so elect,  then this Lease shall  terminate sixty (60)
days following the  occurrence of the damage or  destruction.  Unless  otherwise
agreed, Lessee shall in no event have any right to reimbursement from Lessor for
any funds contributed by Lessee to repair

                                                                 Initials /s/ JM
                                                                       /s/ BR SR

GROSS                                PAGE 4

<PAGE>

any  such  damage  or  destruction.  Premises  Partial  Damage  due to  flood or
earthquake  shall be  subject  to  Paragraph  9.3  rather  than  Paragraph  9.2,
notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage,  but the net proceeds
of any such insurance  shall be made available for the repairs if made by either
Party.

   9.3 Partial  Damage--Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not
an Insured  Loss occurs,  unless  caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee
(in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense and this Lease
shall  continue in full force and effect,  but subject to Lessor's  rights under
Paragraph 13), Lessor may at Lessor's option,  either: (i) repair such damage as
soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect,  or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within
thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the  occurrence of such
damage of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days
following  the giving of such notice.  In the event  Lessor  elects to give such
notice of Lessor's  intention  to  terminate  this Lease,  Lessee shall have the
right  within ten (10) days after the  receipt  of such  notice to give  written
notice to Lessor of  Lessee's  commitment  to pay for the repair of such  damage
totally at Lessee's expense and without  reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall
provide Lessor with the required funds or satisfactory  assurance thereof within
thirty (30) days following  Lessee's said  commitment.  In such event this Lease
shall  continue in full force and effect,  and Lessor shall proceed to make such
repairs as soon as reasonably possible and the required funds are available.  If
Lessee  does not give such notice and  provide  the funds or  assurance  thereof
within the times  specified  above,  this Lease shall  terminate  as of the date
specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

   9.4 Total  Destruction.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  hereof,  if a
Premises Total  Destruction  occurs  (including any destruction  required by any
authorized  public  authority),  this  Lease  shall  terminate  sixty  (60) days
following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the damage
or destruction is an Insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee.  In the event,  however,  that the damage or  destruction  was caused by
Lessee,  Lessor  shall have the right to recover  Lessor's  damages  from Lessee
except as released and waived in Paragraph 8.6.

   9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last six (6) months of
the term of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair  exceeds one
(1) month's Base Rent,  whether or not an Insured Loss,  Lessor may, at Lessor's
option,  terminate  this Lease  effective  sixty (60) days following the date of
occurrence  of such  damage by  giving  written  notice  to  Lessee of  Lessor's
election to do so within  thirty (30) days after the date of  occurrence of such
damage.  Provided,  however, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to
extend this Lease or to purchase the  Premises,  then Lessee may  preserve  this
Lease by, within twenty (20) days  following  the  occurrence of the damage,  or
before the  expiration  of the time  provided in such  option for its  exercise,
whichever is earlier  ("Exercise  Period"),  (i) exercising such option and (ii)
providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance  proceeds (or adequate assurance
thereof) needed to make the repairs. If Lessee duly exercises such option during
said  Exercise  Period and  provides  Lessor with funds (or  adequate  assurance
thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds,  Lessor shall, at Lessor's
expense  repair such damage as soon as reasonably  possible and this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect.  If Lessee fails to exercise  such option and
provide such funds or assurance during said Exercise Period,  then Lessor may at
Lessor's option terminate this Lease as of the expiration of said sixty (60) day
period  following  the  occurrence  of such damage by giving  written  notice to
Lessee of Lessor's  election to do so within ten (10) days after the  expiration
of the Exercise  Period,  notwithstanding  any term or provision in the grant of
option to the contrary.

   9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies.

       (a)  In  the  event  of  damage   described  in  Paragraph  9.2  (Partial
Damage--Insured),  whether  or not  Lessor or Lessee  repairs  or  restores  the
Premises,  the Base Rent, Real Property  Taxes,  insurance  premiums,  and other
charges,  if any,  payable by Lessee  hereunder for the period during which such
damage,  its repair or the  restoration  continues (not to exceed the period for
which  rental value  insurance is required  under  Paragraph  8.3(b)),  shall be
abated in  proportion  to the degree to which  Lessee's  use of the  Premises is
impaired.  Except for  abatement of Base Rent,  Real Property  Taxes,  insurance
premiums,  and other  charges,  if any, as aforesaid,  all other  obligations of
Lessee  hereunder  shall be performed by Lessee,  and Lessee shall have no claim
against  Lessor  for any  damage  suffered  by  reason  of any  such  repair  or
restoration.

       (b) If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises  under
the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence,  in a substantial and
meaningful  way, the repair or  restoration  of the Premises  within ninety (90)
days after such  obligation  shall accrue,  Lessee may, at any time prior to the
commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to
any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice of Lessee's  election to terminate
this Lease on a date not less than sixty  (60) days following the giving of such
notice.  If Lessee  gives such notice to Lessor and such Lenders and such repair
or restoration  is not commenced  within thirty (30) days  after receipt of such
notice,  this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice.  If
Lessor or a Lender  commences the repair or restoration  of the Premises  within
thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, this Lease shall continue in full
force and effect.  "Commence"  as used in this  Paragraph  shall mean either the
unconditional  authorization  of the  preparation of the required  plans, or the
beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

   9.7  Hazardous  Substance  Conditions.  If a  Hazardous  Substance  Condition
occurs,  unless  Lessee is legally  responsible  therefor  (in which case Lessee
shall make the investigation and remediation  thereof required by Applicable Law
and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect,  but subject to Lessor's
rights under Paragraph 13), Lessor may at Lessor's option either (i) investigate
and  remediate  such  Hazardous  Substance  Condition,  if required,  as soon as
reasonably  possible  at  Lessor's  expense,  in which  event this  Lease  shall
continue in full force and effect,  or (ii) if the estimated cost to investigate
and remediate  such  condition  exceeds  twelve (12) times the then monthly Base
Rent or $100,000,  whichever is greater,  give written  notice to Lessee  within
thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the  occurrence of such
Hazardous  Substance  Condition of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of
the date  sixty (60) days  following  the  giving of such  notice.  In the event
Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's intention to terminate this Lease,
Lessee  shall  have the right  within  ten (10) days  after the  receipt of such
notice to give written  notice to Lessor of Lessee's  commitment  to pay for the
investigation and remediation of such Hazardous  Substance  Condition totally at
Lessee's expense and without  reimbursement  from Lessor except to the extent of
an amount  equal to twelve (12) times the then  monthly  Base Rent or  $100,000,
whichever is greater.  Lessee shall  provide  Lessor with the funds  required of
Lessee or  satisfactory  assurance  thereof  within  thirty (30) days  following
Lessee's said commitment.  In such event this Lease shall continue in full force
and effect,  and Lessor shall proceed to make such investigation and remediation
as soon as reasonably  possible and the required funds are available.  If Lessee
does not give such notice and provide the required  funds or  assurance  thereof
within the times  specified  above,  this Lease shall  terminate  as of the date
specified in Lessor's notice of termination.  If a Hazardous Substance Condition
occurs for which Lessee is not legally responsible,  there shall be abatement of
Lessee's  obligations  under  this  Lease  to the same  extent  as  provided  in
Paragraph 9.6(a) for a period of not to exceed twelve (12) months.

   9.8 Termination--Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to
this Paragraph 9, an equitable  adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base
Rent and any other advance  payments made by Lessee to Lessor.  Lessor shall, in
addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's Security Deposit as has not been,
or is not then required to be, used by Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

   9.9 Waive  Statutes.  Lessor  and  Lessee  agree that the terms of this Lease
shall govern the effect of any damage to or  destruction  of the  Premises  with
respect to the  termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any
present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

10.      Real Property Taxes. See Addendum Section 58

[SECTION 11 DELETED]
                                                                Initials /s/ JM
                                                                       /s/ BR SR

GROSS                                PAGE 5

<PAGE>
           
12. Assignment and Subletting.

   12.1 Lessor's Consent Required.

       (a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer,
mortgage  or  otherwise  transfer or encumber  (collectively,  "assignment")  or
sublet all or any part of  Lessee's  interest  in this Lease or in the  Premises
without  Lessor's prior written  consent given under and subject to the terms of
Paragraph 36.

       (b) A change in the  control of Lessee  shall  constitute  an  assignment
requiring Lessor's consent. The transfer,  on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five
percent (25%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall  constitute a change
in control for this purpose.

       (c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series
of transactions (by way of merger, sale,  acquisition,  financing,  refinancing,
transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or
hypothecation  of this Lease or Lessee's  assets  occurs,  which results or will
result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee, as hereinafter  defined, by an
amount equal to or greater than  twenty-five percent (25%) of such  Net Worth of
Lessee as it was represented to Lessor at the time of the execution by Lessor of
this  Lease or at the time of the most  recent  assignment  to which  Lessor has
consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions
constituting  such reduction,  at whichever time said Net Worth of Lessee was or
is greater,  shall be  considered an assignment of this Lease by Lessee to which
Lessor may reasonably  withhold its consent.  "Net Worth of Lessee" for purposes
of this  Lease  shall be the net  worth of  Lessee  (excluding  any  guarantors)
established under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

       (d) An  assignment  or  subletting  of  Lessee's  interest  in this Lease
without Lessor's  specific prior written consent shall, at Lessor's option, be a
Default  curable  after notice per  Paragraph  13.1(c),  or a noncurable  Breach
without the necessity of any notice and grace period.  If Lessor elects to treat
such  unconsented  to assignment or subletting as a noncurable  Breach,  Lesssor
shall have the right to either:  (i) terminate  this Lease,  or (ii) upon thirty
(30) days written notice ("Lessor's Notice"),  increase the monthly Base Rent to
fair market rental value or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then
in effect,  whichever is greater.  Pending  determination of the new fair market
rental  value,  if disputed by Lessee,  Lessee shall pay the amount set forth in
Lessor's Notice,  with any overpayment  credited against the next installment(s)
of Base Rent coming due, and any  underpayment  for the period  retroactively to
the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable  immediately upon the
determination  thereof.  Further,  in the event of such Breach and market  value
adjustment,  (i) the purchase  price of any option to purchase the Premises held
by Lessee shall be subject to similar  adjustment  to the then fair market value
(without  the  Lease  being  considered  an  encumbrance  or any  deduction  for
depreciation  or  obsolescence,  and considering the Premises at its highest and
best use and in good condition),  or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price
previously in effect,  whichever is greater,  (ii) any index-oriented  rental or
price adjustment  formulas  contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to require
that the base index be determined with reference to the index  applicable to the
time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during
the  remainder of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new
market rental bears to the Base Rent in effect  immediately  prior to the market
value adjustment.

       (e) Lessee's remedy for any breach of this Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall
be limited to compensatory damages and injunctive relief.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

       (a) Regardless of Lessor's  consent,  any assignment or subletting  shall
not: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or
sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease,  (ii) release Lessee of
any obligations  hereunder,  or (iii) alter the primary  liability of Lessee for
the  payment  of Base  Rent and  other  sums  due  Lessor  hereunder  or for the
performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee under this Lease.

       (b) Lessor may accept any rent or  performance  of  Lessee's  obligations
from any  person  other  than  Lessee  pending  approval  or  disapproval  of an
assignment.  Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval  of such  assignment
nor the  acceptance  of any rent or  performance  shall  constitute  a waiver or
estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by
Lessee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

       (c) The  consent  of Lessor to any  assignment  or  subletting  shall not
constitute a consent to any subsequent  assignment or subletting by Lessee or to
any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the sublessee. However,
Lessor may consent to subsequent  sublettings and assignments of the sublease or
any amendments or modifications  thereto without notifying Lessee or anyone else
liable on the Lease or sublease and without  obtaining  their consent,  and such
action  shall not  relieve  such  persons  from  liability  under  this Lease or
sublease.

       (d) In the event of any Default or Breach of Lessee's  obligations  under
this Lease,  Lessor may proceed directly  against Lessee,  any Guarantors or any
one else responsible for the performance of the Lessee's  obligations under this
Lease,  including the  sublessee,  without first  exhausting  Lessor's  remedies
against  any other  person or entity  responsible  therefor  to  Lessor,  or any
security held by Lessor or Lessee.

       (e) Each request for consent to an assignment  or subletting  shall be in
writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's determination as to the
financial and operational  responsibility  and  appropriateness  of the proposed
assignee or  sublessee,  including  but not limited to the  intended  use and/or
required  modification of the Premises,  if any,  together with a non-refundable
deposit  of  $1,000 or ten  percent  (10%) of the  current  monthly  Base  Rent,
whichever is greater, as reasonable  consideration for Lessor's  considering and
processing  the request for consent.  Lessee agrees to provide  Lessor with such
other  or  additional  information  and/or  documentation  as may be  reasonably
requested by Lessor.

       (f) Any assignee of, or  sublessee  under, this Lease shall, by reason of
accepting  such  assignment or entering into such sublease,  be deemed,  for the
benefit of Lessor,  to have  assumed  and agreed to conform and comply with each
and every term,  covenant,  condition  and  obligation  herein to be observed or
performed by Lessee during the term of said  assignment or sublease,  other than
such  obligations  as are  contrary to or  inconsistent  with  provisions  of an
assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented in writing.

       (g) The occurrence of a transaction  described in Paragraph 12.1(c) shall
give  Lessor the right (but not the  obligation)  to require  that the  Security
Deposit be  increased  to an amount equal to six (6) times the then monthly Base
Rent, and Lessor may make the actual receipt by Lessor of the amount required to
establish  such  Security  Deposit  a  condition  to  Lessor's  consent  to such
transaction.

       (h) Lessor,  as a condition  to giving its consent to any  assignment  or
subletting,  may require  that the amount and  adjustment  structure of the rent
payable  under this Lease be  adjusted to what is then the market  value  and/or
adjustment  structure for property similar to the Premises as then  constituted.


       12.3  Additional  Terms and  Conditions  Applicable  to  Subletting.  The
following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee at all or
any part of the Premises  and shall be deemed  included in all  subleases  under
this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

       (a)  Lessee  hereby  assigns  and  transfers  to Lessor  all of  Lessee's
interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion
of the Premises  heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee,  and Lessor may collect
such rent and income  and apply  same  toward  Lessee's  obligations  under this
Lease;  provided,  however,  that until a Breach (as defined in Paragraph  13.1)
shall occur in the performance of Lessee's  obligations under this Lease, Lessee
may, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, receive,  collect and enjoy the
rents accruing  under such sublease.  Lessor shall not, by reason of this or any
other assignment of such sublease to Lessor,  nor by reason of the collection of
the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of
Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's  obligations to such sublessee
under such sublease.  Lessee hereby irrevocably  authorizes and directs any such
sublessee,  upon receipt of a written  notice from Lessor  stating that a Breach
exists in the  performance of Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease, to pay to
Lessor the rents and other  charges  due and to become  due under the  sublease.
Sublessee  shall rely upon any such  statement and request from Lessor and shall
pay such rents and other  charges to Lessor  without any  obligation or right to
inquire as to whether such Breach exists and  notwithstanding any notice from or
claim from Lessee to the  contrary.  Lessee shall have no right or claim against
said sublessee,  or, until the Breach has been cured,  against  Lessor,  for any
such rents and other charges so paid by said sublessee to Lessor.

       (b) In the  event  of a  Breach  by  Lessee  in  the  performance  of its
obligations  under this Lease,  Lessor, at its option and without any obligation
to do so, may require any  sublessee to attorn to Lessor,  in which event Lessor
shall  undertake the  obligations of the sublessor  under such sublease from the
time of the  exercise  of  said  option  to the  expiration  of  such  sublease;
provided,  however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security
deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any other prior Defaults
or Breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.

       (c) Any matter or thing  requiring the consent of the  sublessor  under a
sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.

       (d) No sublessee  shall  further  assign or sublet all or any part of the
Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

       (e)  Lessor  shall  deliver a copy of any  notice of Default or Breach by
Lessee to the sublessee,  who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee
within the grace period, if any,  specified in such notice.  The sublessee shall
have a right of  reimbursement  and offset from and against  Lessee for any such
Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

   13.1  Default;  Breach.  Lessor  and  Lessee  agree  that if an  attorney  is
consulted  by  Lessor  in  connection  with  a  Lessee  Default  or  Breach  (as
hereinafter  defined),  $350.00 is a reasonable  minimum sum per such occurrence
for legal  services  and costs in the  preparation  and  service  of a notice of
Default,

                                                                 Initials /s/ JM
                                                                       /s/ BR SR
GROSS                                PAGE 6

<PAGE>
and that Lessor may include the cost of such  services  and costs in said notice
as rent due and  payable  to cure said  Default.  A  "Default"  is  defined as a
failure  by the Lessee to  observe,  comply  with or  perform  any of the terms,
covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A "Breach"
is defined as the occurrence of any one or more of the following Defaults,  and,
where a grace period for cure after notice is specified  herein,  the failure by
Lessee to cure such Default  prior to the  expiration  of the  applicable  grace
period, shall entitle Lessor to pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs 13.2
and/or 13.3: 

       (a) The vacating of the Premises  without the intention to reoccupy same,
or the abandonment of the Premises.

       (b) Except as expressly  otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by
Lessee to make any payment of Base Rent or any other monetary  payment  required
to be made by Lessee  hereunder,  whether to Lessor or to a third party,  as and
when due, the failure by Lessee to provide  Lessor with  reasonable  evidence of
insurance or surety bond required under this Lease,  or the failure of Lessee to
fulfill any  obligation  under this Lease which  endangers or threatens  life or
property,  where such failure continues for a period of three (3) days following
written notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

       (c) Except as expressly  otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by
Lessee to provide  Lessor with  reasonable  written  evidence (in duly  executed
original  form,  if  applicable)  of (i)  compliance  with  applicable  law  per
Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection,  maintenance and service contracts  required
under Paragraph  7.1(b),  (iii) the recission of an  unauthorized  assignment or
subletting per Paragraph 12.1(b),  (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or
37, (v) the subordination or  non-subordination  of this Lease per Paragraph 30,
(vi) the guaranty of the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease if
required  under  Paragraphs  1.11 and 37,  (vii) the  execution  of any document
requested under Paragraph 42 (easements),  or (viii) any other  documentation or
information  which  Lessor may  reasonably  require of Lessee under the terms of
this  Lease,  where  any such  failure  continues  for a period of ten (10) days
following written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

       (d) A  Default  by  Lessee  as to the  terms,  covenants,  conditions  or
provisions of this Lease,  or of the rules  adopted  under  Paragraph 40 hereof,
that are to be observed,  complied with or performed by Lessee, other than those
described in subparagraphs  (a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues
for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on behalf of
Lessor to Lessee;  provided,  however, that if the nature of Lessee's Default is
such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably  required for its cure, then
it  shall  not be  deemed  to be a Breach  of this  Lease by  Lessee  if  Lessee
commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently
prosecutes such cure to completion.

       (e) The  occurrence  of any of the  following  events:  (i) The making by
lessee of any general  arrangement  or assignment  for the benefit of creditors;
(ii)  Lessee's  becoming a "debtor"  as  defined  in 11 U.S.C.  sec.  101 or any
successor  statute  thereto  (unless,  in the case of a petition  filed  against
Lessee,  the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of
a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease,  where possession
is not  restored  to Lessee  within  thirty (30) days;  or (iv) the  attachment,
execution or other  judicial  seizure of  substantially  all of Lessee's  assets
located at the  Premises  or of  Lessee's  interest  in this  Lease,  where such
seizure is not discharged  within thirty (30) days;  provided,  however,  in the
event that any provision of this  subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable
law, such provision shall be of no force or effect,  and not affect the validity
of the remaining provisions.

       (f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial  statement given to Lessor
by Lessee or any  Guarantor of Lessee's  obligations  hereunder  was  materially
false.

       (g) If the  performance  of  Lessee's  obligations  under  this  Lease is
guaranteed:  (i) the death of a guarantor, (ii) the termination of a guarantor's
liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance  with the terms of
such  guaranty,  (iii) a  guarantor's  becoming  insolvent  or the  subject of a
bankruptcy filing,  (iv) a guarantor's  refusal to honor the guaranty,  or (v) a
guarantor's breach of its guaranty  obligation on an anticipatory  breach basis,
and Lessee's  failure,  within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such event,  to provide  Lessor  with  written
alternative  assurance or security,  which,  when coupled with the then existing
resources  of Lessee,  equals or exceeds the  combined  financial  resources  of
Lessee and the guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

   13.2 Remedies.  If Lessee fails to perform any affirmative duty or obligation
of Lessee under this Lease,  within ten (10) days after written notice to Lessee
(or in case of an  emergency,  without  notice),  Lessor may at its option  (but
without  obligation  to do so),  perform  such duty or  obligation  on  Lessee's
behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds,
insurance policies, or governmental  licenses,  permits or approvals.  The costs
and  expenses  of any such  performance  by Lessor  shall be due and  payable by
Lessee to Lessor upon invoice  therefor.  If any check given to Lessor by Lessee
shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn,  Lessor, at its option,
may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Lessee to be made
only by cashier's  check.  In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee,  as
defined in Paragraph 13.1, with or without further notice or demand, and without
limiting  Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by
reason of such Breach, Lessor may:

       (a) Terminate  Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any lawful
means,  in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall  terminate and Lessee
shall immediately  surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such event
Lessor shall be entitled to recover  from  Lessee:  (i) the worth at the time of
the award of the unpaid rent which had been  earned at the time of  termination;
(ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which
would have been earned  after  termination  until the time of award  exceeds the
amount of such rental  loss that the Lessee  proves  could have been  reasonably
avoided;  (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid
rent for the  balance of the term after the time of award  exceeds the amount of
such rental loss that the Lessee  proves could be reasonably  avoided;  and (iv)
any  other  amount  necessary  to  compensate   Lessor  for  all  the  detriment
proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its obligations under this
Lease or which in the  ordinary  course  of  things  would be  likely  to result
therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the
Premises,  expenses of reletting,  including necessary renovation and alteration
of the Premises,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  and that portion of the leasing
commission  paid by Lessor  applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease.  The
worth at the time of award of the amount  referred to in provision  (iii) of the
prior sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate
of the  Federal  Reserve  Bank of San  Francisco  at the time of award  plus one
percent (1%).  Efforts by Lessor to mitigate  damages caused by Lessee's Default
or Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor's right to recover  damages under
this Paragraph. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional
remedy of  unlawful  detainer,  Lessor  shall  have the right to recover in such
proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may
reserve  therein the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit
for such rent  and/or  damages.  If a notice  and grace  period  required  under
subparagraphs  13.1 (b), (c) or (d) was not  previously  given,  a notice to pay
rent or quit,  or to perform or quit,  as the case may be, given to Lessee under
any statute  authorizing  the  forfeiture of leases for unlawful  detainer shall
also  constitute the  applicable  notice for grace period  purposes  required by
subparagraphs  13.1 (b), (c) or (d). In such case, the  applicable  grace period
under subparagraphs 13.1 (b), (c) or (d) and under the unlawful detainer statute
shall run concurrently  after the one such statutory notice,  and the failure of
Lessee to cure the  Default  within the  greater  of the two such grace  periods
shall constitute both an unlawful  detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling
Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

       (b)  Continue the Lease and Lessee's  right to  possession  in effect (in
California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's Breach and
abandonment  and recover  the rent as it becomes  due,  provided  Lessee has the
right  to  sublet  or  assign,  subject  only  to  reasonable  limitations.  See
Paragraphs 12 and 36 for the  limitations  on assignment  and  subletting  which
limitations  Lessee and Lessor  agree are  reasonable.  Acts of  maintenance  or
preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to
protect  the  Lessor's  interest  under  the  Lease,   shall  not  constitute  a
termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

       (c) Pursue any other  remedy now or  hereafter  available to Lessor under
the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.

       (d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of
Lessee's right to possession  shall not relieve Lessee from liability  under any
indemnity  provisions of this Lease as to matters  occurring or accruing  during
the term  hereof  or by reason  of  Lessee's  occupancy  of the  Premises.  

   13.3  Inducement  Recapture In Event Of Breach.  Any  agreement by Lessor for
free or abated rent or other  charges  applicable  to the  Premises,  or for the
giving  or  paying  by  Lessor  to or for  Lessee  of any cash or  other  bonus,
inducement or consideration  for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which
concessions are  hereinafter  referred to as "Inducement  Provisions,"  shall be
deemed  conditioned  upon Lessee's full and faithful  performance  of all of the
terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this Lease to be performed or observed by
Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended.  Upon the  occurrence
of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee,  as defined  in  Paragraph  13.1,  any such
inducement  Provision shall  automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and
of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus,  inducement or
consideration  theretofore  abated,  given  or  paid  by  Lessor  under  such an
Inducement  Provision  shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor,
and   recoverable   by  Lessor  as   additional   rent  due  under  this  Lease,
notwithstanding  any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by
Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which  initiated  the operation of this
Paragraph  shall not be deemed a waiver  by  Lessor  of the  provisions  of this
Paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such
acceptance.

   13.4 Late Charges.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee to
Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs not
contemplated  by this  Lease,  the  exact  amount  of  which  will be  extremely
difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include,  but are not limited to, processing
and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by the
terms of any  ground  lease,  mortgage  or trust  deed  covering  the  Premises.
Accordingly,  if any  installment of rent or any other sum due from Lessee shall
not be received by Lessor or Lessor's  designee  within five (5) days after such
amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee,  Lessee
shall pay to Lessor a late  charge  equal to six  percent  (6%) of such  overdue
amount.  The parties  hereby  agree that such late charge  represents a fair and
reasonable  estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by
Lessee.  Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a
waiver of Lessee's  Default or Breach with respect to such overdue  amount,  nor
prevent  Lessor from  exercising  any of the other rights and  remedies  granted
hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder,  whether or not
collected,   for  three  (3)   consecutive   installments  of  Base  Rent,  then
notwithstanding  Paragraph  4.1 or any  other  provision  of this  Lease  to the
contrary,  Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly
in advance.

   13.5  Breach by  Lessor.  Lessor  shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease
unless Lessor fails within a reasonable  time to perform an obligation  required
to be performed by Lessor.  For  purposes of this  Paragraph  13.5, a reasonable
time shall in no event be less than  thirty  (30) days after  receipt by Lessor,
and by the holders of any ground lease,  mortgage or deed of trust  covering the
Premises whose name and address shall have been furnished  Lessee in writing for
such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has
not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation
is such  that more than  thirty  (30) days  after  such  notice  are  reasonably
required for its  performance,  then Lessor shall not be in breach of this Lease
if  performance  is commenced  within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter
diligently pursued to completion.


                                                            Initials /s/  JM
                                                                     /s/  BR SR
GROSS                                PAGE 7

<PAGE>

14.  Condemnation.  If the  Premises or any portion  thereof are taken under the
power of eminent  domain or sold under the threat of the  exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called  "condemnation"),  this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date  the  condemning  authority  takes  title or
possession,  whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of the floor
area of the Premises,  or more than  twenty-five  percent (25%) of the land area
not occupied by any building, is taken by condemnation,  Lessee may, at Lessee's
option,  to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have
given  Lessee  written  notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice,
within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession)
terminate  this  Lease  as of the  date  the  condemning  authority  takes  such
possession.  If Lessee  does not  terminate  this Lease in  accordance  with the
foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of
the Premises  remaining,  except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same
proportion as the rentable  floor area of the Premises  taken bears to the total
rentable  floor area of the building  located on the  Premises.  No reduction of
Base Rent shall occur if the only portion of the Premises taken is land on which
there  is no  building.  Any  award  for the  taking  of all or any  part of the
Premises  under the power of eminent  domain or any payment made under threat of
the exercise of such power shall be the  property of Lessor,  whether such award
shall be made as  compensation  for  diminution in value of the leasehold or for
the taking of the fee, or as severance damages;  provided,  however, that Lessee
shall be entitled to any compensation  separately awarded to Lessee for Lessee's
relocation  expenses and/or loss of Lessee's Trade  Fixtures.  In the event that
this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the
extent of its net severance damages received, over and above the legal and other
expenses incurred by lessor in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the
Premises caused by such condemnation,  except to the extent that Lessee has been
reimbursed therefor by the condemning authority. Lessee shall be responsible for
the payment of any amount in excess of such net  severance  damages  required to
complete such repair.

15. Broker's Fee.

   15.1 The Brokers  named in Paragraph  1.10 are the  procuring  causes of this
Lease.

   15.2 Upon  execution of this Lease by both Parties,  Lessor shall pay to said
Brokers  jointly,  or in such separate shares as they may mutually  designate in
writing,  a fee as set forth in a separate written  agreement between Lessor and
said  Brokers (or in the event there is no separate  written  agreement  between
Lessor and said Brokers,  the sum of $22,795.80) for brokerage services rendered
by said Brokers to Lessor in this transaction.

   15.3  Unless  Lessor and Brokers  have  otherwise  agreed in writing,  Lessor
further agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option (as defined in Paragraph
39.1) or any Option  subsequently  granted which is substantially  similar to an
Option granted to Lessee in this Lease,  or (b) if Lessee acquires any rights to
the Premises or other premises  described in this Lease which are  substantially
similar to what  Lessee  would have  acquired  had an Option  herein  granted to
Lessee been  exercised,  or (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises,
with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of the term of this Lease after
having  failed to exercise an Option,  or (d) if said Brokers are the  procuring
cause of any other lease or sale entered into between the Parties  pertaining to
the Premises  and/or any adjacent  property in which Lessor has an interest,  or
(e) if  Base  Rent  is  increased,  whether  by  agreement  or  operation  of an
escalation clause herein, then as to any of said transactions,  Lessor shall pay
said Brokers a fee in accordance  with the schedule of said Brokers in effect at
the time of the execution of this Lease.

   15.4 Any buyer or transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease, whether such
transfer  is by  agreement  or by  operation  of law,  shall be  deemed  to have
assumed  Lessor's  obligation  under this  Paragraph  15. Each Broker shall be a
third party  beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 15 to the extent of
its  interest in any  commission  arising  from this Lease and may enforce  that
right directly against Lessor and its successors.

   15.5  Lessee and Lessor each  represent  and warrant to the other that it has
had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers,
if any named in Paragraph 1.10) in connection with the negotiation of this Lease
and/or the  consummation of the  transaction  contemplated  hereby,  and that no
broker or other person, firm or entity other than said named Brokers is entitled
to any commission or finder's fee in connection  with said  transaction.  Lessee
and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other
harmless  from and against  liability for  compensation  or charges which may be
claimed by any such unnamed  broker,  finder or other similar party by reason of
any  dealings  or  actions  of the  indemnifying  Party,  including  any  costs,
expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

   15.6   Lessor  and  Lessee   hereby   consent  to  and   approve  all  agency
relationships, including any dual agencies, indicated in Paragraph 1.10.

16. Tenancy Statement.

   16.1 Each  Party (as  "Responding  Party")  shall  within ten (10) days after
written  notice  from  the  other  Party  (the   "Requesting   Party")  execute,
acknowledge  and deliver to the Requesting  Party a statement in writing in form
similar to the then most  current  "Tenancy  Statement"  form  published  by the
American Industrial Real Estate Association,  plus such additional  information,
confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably  requested by the Requesting
Party.

   16.2 If Lessor desires to finance,  refinance, or sell the Premises, any part
thereof,  or the  building  of which the  Premises  are a part,  Lessee  and all
Guarantors  of Lessee's  performance  hereunder  shall  deliver to any potential
lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements of Lessee and
such  Guarantors  as may be  reasonably  required by such  lender or  purchaser,
including but not limited to Lessee's  financial  statements  for the past three
(3) years.  All such financial  statements  shall be received by Lessor and such
lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein
set forth.

17. Lessor's Liability. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner or
owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises,  or, if this is
a  sublease,  of the  Lessee's  interest in the prior  lease.  In the event of a
transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease,  Lessor
shall  deliver to the  transferee  or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused
Security  Deposit  held by Lessor at the time of such  transfer  of  assignment.
Except as  provided  in  Paragraph  15, upon such  transfer  or  assignment  and
delivery of the  Security  Deposit,  as  aforesaid,  the prior  Lessor  shall be
relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under
this Lease  thereafter to be performed by the Lessor.  Subject to the foregoing,
the  obligations  and/or  covenants  in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor
shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18.  Severability.  The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder,
other  than late  charges,  not  received  by  Lessor  within  thirty  (30) days
following  the  date  on  which  it  was  due,  shall  bear  interest  from  the
thirty-first  (31st) day after it was due at the rate of 12% per annum,  but not
exceeding  the  maximum  rate  allowed by law,  in  addition  to the late charge
provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence with respect to the  performance of
all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21. Rent Defined.  All monetary  obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms
of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. No Prior or Other  Agreements;  Broker  Disclaimer.  This Lease contains all
agreements  between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and
no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.
Lessor and Lessee each  represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made,
and is relying solely upon,  its own  investigation  as to the nature,  quality,
character and financial  responsibility  of the other Party to this Lease and as
to  the  nature,  quality  and  character  of  the  Premises.  Brokers  have  no
responsibility  with  respect  thereto or with  respect to any default or breach
hereof by either Party.

23. Notices.

   23.1 All notices  required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and
may be delivered  in person (by hand or by messenger or courier  service) or may
be sent by regular,  certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express
Mail, with postage prepaid,  or by facsimile  transmission,  and shall be deemed
sufficiently  given if served in a manner  specified in this  Paragraph  23. The
addresses  noted  adjacent  to a Party's  signature  on this Lease shall be that
Party's address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes.  Either Party may by
written  notice to the other  specify a different  address for notice  purposes,
except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises,  the Premises shall
constitute  Lessee's address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to
Lessee.  A copy of all  notices  required  or  permitted  to be given to  Lessor
hereunder  shall be  concurrently  transmitted  to such party or parties at such
addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter  designate by written notice
to Lessee.

   23.2  Any  notice  sent by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  shall be deemed  given on the date of delivery  shown on the receipt
card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon.  If sent by regular
mail the notice shall be deemed given  forty-eight  (48) hours after the same is
addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid.  Notices delivered
by United  States  Express Mail or overnight  courier that  guarantees  next day
delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same
to the United States Postal Service or courier.  If any notice is transmitted by
facsimile  transmission  or similar  means,  the same shall be deemed  served or
delivered upon telephone  confirmation of receipt of the  transmission  thereof,
provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on
a Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.


24. Waivers.  No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant
or  condition  hereof by  Lessee,  shall be  deemed a waiver of any other  term,
covenant or condition hereof,  or of any subsequent  Default or Breach by Lessee
of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's consent
to, or  approval  of,  any act shall  not be  deemed to render  unnecessary  the
obtaining of Lessor's  consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act
by Lessee,  or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision
or  provisions  of this Lease  requiring  such  consent.  Regardless of Lessor's
knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting  rent,  the acceptance
of rent by Lessor  shall not be a waiver of any  preceding  Default or Breach by
Lessee of any  provision  hereof,  other  than the  failure of Lessee to pay the
particular rent so accepted.  Any payment given Lessor by Lessee may be accepted
by Lessor on  account  of moneys or  damages  due  Lessor,  notwithstanding  any
qualifying  statements  or conditions  made by Lessee in  connection  therewith,
which  such  statements  and/or  conditions  shall  be of  no  force  or  effect
whatsoever unless  specifically  agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the
time of deposit of such payment.

25.  Recording.  Either  Lessor or Lessee  shall,  upon  request  of the  other,
execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to the other a short form  memorandum of this
Lease  for  recording  purposes.  The  Party  requesting  recordation  shall  be
responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

                                                            Initials /s/  JM
                                                                     /s/  BR SR
GROSS                                PAGE 8

<PAGE>

26.  No Right To  Holdover.  Lessee  has no right to  retain  possession  of the
Premises or any part thereof  beyond the  expiration or earlier  termination  of
this Lease.

27.  Cumulative  Remedies.  No  remedy  or  election  hereunder  shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28.  Covenants and  Conditions.  All  provisions of this Lease to be observed or
performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties,
their  personal  representatives,  successors and assigns and be governed by the
laws of the State in which the Premises are located.  Any litigation between the
Parties hereto  concerning  this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which
the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

   30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject
and  subordinate  to any  ground  lease,  mortgage,  deed  of  trust,  or  other
hypothecation  or security  device  (collectively,  "Security  Device"),  now or
hereafter  placed by Lessor upon the real  property of which the  Premises are a
part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals,
modifications,  consolidations,  replacements  and  extensions  thereof.  Lessee
agrees that the Lenders  holding any such  Security  Device  shall have no duty,
liability or obligation to perform any of the  obligations  of Lessor under this
Lease,  but that in the  event of  Lessor's  default  with  respect  to any such
obligation,  Lessee  will  give any  Lender  whose  name and  address  have been
furnished  Lessee in writing for such  purpose  notice of  Lessor's  default and
allow such Lender thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice for the cure
of said default before  invoking any remedies Lessee may have by reason thereof.
If any Lender  shall elect to have this Lease and/or any Option  granted  hereby
superior  to the lien of its  Security  Device  and shall  give  written  notice
thereof to Lessee,  this Lease and such  Options  shall be deemed  prior to such
Security  Device,  notwithstanding  the relative dates of the  documentation  or
recordation thereof.

   30.2 Attornment. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3,
Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of
the Premises by reason of a foreclosure  of a Security  Device,  and that in the
event of such  foreclosure,  such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act
or omission of any prior  lessor or with  respect to events  occurring  prior to
acquisition  of  ownership,  (ii) be subject to any  offsets or  defenses  which
Lessee might have against any prior  lessor,  or (iii) be bound by prepayment of
more than one (1) month's rent.

   30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor
after the execution of this Lease, Lessee's subordination of this Lease shall be
subject to receiving assurance (a  "non-disturbance  agreement") from the Lender
that  Lessee's  possession  and this Lease,  including any options to extend the
term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and
attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

   30.4  Self-Executing.  The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be
effective  without the execution of any further  documents;  provided,  however,
that,  upon written  request from Lessor or a Lender in connection  with a sale,
financing or refinancing  of the Premises,  Lessee and Lessor shall execute such
further writings as may be reasonably  required to separately  document any such
subordination or non-subordination,  attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement
as is provided for herein.

31.  Attorney's  Fees.  If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights  hereunder,  the Prevailing Party (as
hereafter defined) or Broker in any such proceeding,  action, or appeal thereon,
shall be entitled to reasonable attorney's fees. Such fees may be awarded in the
same  suit or  recovered  in a  separate  suit,  whether  or not such  action or
proceeding  is pursued to decision or  judgment.  The term,  "Prevailing  Party"
shall include,  without limitation,  a Party or Broker who substantially obtains
or  defeats  the  relief  sought,  as the case may be,  whether  by  compromise,
settlement,  judgment,  or the  abandonment  by the other Party or Broker of its
claim or defense.  The  attorney's fee award shall not be computed in accordance
with any  court  fee  schedule,  but  shall be such as to  fully  reimburse  all
attorney's  fees  reasonably  incurred.  Lessor shall be entitled to  attorney's
fees,  cost and expenses  incurred in the  preparation and service of notices of
Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action
is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32. Lessor's Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall
have the right to enter the Premises at any time,  in the case of an  emergency,
and  otherwise  at  reasonable  times for the  purpose  of  showing  the same to
prospective  purchasers,  lenders,  or  lessees,  and making  such  alterations,
repairs,  improvements  or additions to the Premises or to the building of which
they are a part, as Lessor may reasonably deem necessary. Lessor may at any time
place on or about the  Premises or building  any  ordinary  "For Sale" signs and
Lessor may at any time during the last one hundred twenty (120) days of the term
hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease"  signs.  All such
activities of Lessor shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33.  Auctions.  Lessee shall not  conduct,  nor permit to be  conducted,  either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained  Lessor's  prior  written  consent.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the
contrary in this Lease,  Lessor  shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs. Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises, except that Lessee
may, with Lessor's  prior  written  consent,  install (but not on the roof) such
signs as are  reasonably  required  to  advertise  Lessee's  own  business.  The
installation  of any sign on the  Premises by or for Lessee  shall be subject to
the  provisions of Paragraph 7  (Maintenance,  Repairs,  Utility  Installations,
Trade  Fixtures and  Alterations).  Unless  otherwise  expressly  agreed herein,
Lessor reserves all rights to the use of the roof and the right to install,  and
all revenues from the installation  of, such advertising  signs on the Premises,
including  the  roof,  as do not  unreasonably  interfere  with the  conduct  of
Lessee's business.

35.  Termination;  Merger.  Unless  specifically  stated otherwise in writing by
Lessor,  the  voluntary or other  surrender of this Lease by Lessee,  the mutual
termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach
by Lessee,  shall  automatically  terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the
Premises;  provided,  however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such surrender,
termination or  cancellation,  have the option to continue any one or all of any
existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within ten (10) days following any such
event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder
of any such lesser  interest,  shall constitute  Lessor's  election to have such
event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents.

       (a) Except for Paragraph 33 hereof  (Auctions)  or as otherwise  provided
herein,  wherever  in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by
or for the other  Party,  such  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or
delayed.  Lessor's  actual  reasonable  costs and  expenses  (including  but not
limited to  architects',  attorneys',  engineers'  or other  consultants'  fees)
incurred in the  consideration  of, or response  to, a request by Lessee for any
Lessor  consent  pertaining  to this Lease or the  Premises,  including  but not
limited to consents to an  assignment,  a subletting or the presence or use of a
Hazardous Substance, practice or storage tank, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor
upon receipt of an invoice and  supporting  documentation  therefor.  Subject to
Paragraph  12.2(e)  (applicable to assignment or  subletting),  Lessor may, as a
condition to considering any such request by Lessee, require that Lessee deposit
with Lessor an amount of money (in addition to the  Security  Deposit held under
Paragraph 5)  reasonably  calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor will
incur in  considering  and responding to Lessee's  request.  Except as otherwise
provided, any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to Lessee without
interest. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of
the Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an  acknowledgement  that no Default
or Breach by Lessee of this Lease  exists,  nor shall  such  consent be deemed a
waiver of any then  existing  Default  or  Breach,  except  as may be  otherwise
specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent.

       (b) All  conditions  to  Lessor's  consent  authorized  by this Lease are
acknowledged  by Lessee as being  reasonable.  The failure to specify herein any
particular  condition to Lessor's  consent shall not preclude the  imposition by
Lessor at the time of consent of such  further or other  conditions  as are then
reasonable  with reference to the  particular  matter for which consent is being
given.

37. Guarantor.

   37.1 If there are to be any Guarantors of this Lease per Paragraph  1.11, the
form of the guaranty to be executed by each such Guarantor  shall be in the form
most recently published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association,  and
each said Guarantor shall have the same  obligations as Lessee under this Lease,
including but not limited to the obligation to provide the Tenancy Statement and
information called for by Paragraph 16.

   37.2 It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee under this Lease if any such
Guarantor  fails or  refuses,  upon  reasonable  request by Lessor to give:  (a)
evidence  of the  due  execution  of the  guaranty  called  for by  this  Lease,
including  the  authority  of  the  Guarantor  (and  of  the  party  signing  on
Guarantor's  behalf) to obligate such Guarantor on said guaranty,  and including
in the case of a corporate  Guarantor,  a certified  copy of a resolution of its
board of directors  authorizing  the making of such  guaranty,  together  with a
certificate  of incumbency  showing the  signature of the persons  authorized to
sign on its behalf,  (b) current  financial  statements of Guarantor as may from
time to time be requested  by Lessor,  (c) a Tenancy  Statement,  or (d) written
confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38.  Quiet  Possession.  Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises and
the  observance  and  performance  of  all  of  the  covenants,  conditions  and
provisions  on Lessee's  part to be  observed  and  performed  under this Lease,
Lessee  shall have quiet  possession  of the Premises for the entire term hereof
subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

39. Options.

   39.1  Definition.  As used in this  Paragraph  39 the word  "Option"  has the
following  meaning:  (a) the right to extend  the term of this Lease or to renew
this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other  property of
Lessor;  (b) the right of first  refusal to lease the  Premises  or the right of
first offer to lease the  Premises or the right of first  refusal to lease other
property  of Lessor  or the  right of first  offer to lease  other  property  of
Lessor; (c) the right to purchase the Premises, or the right of first refusal to
purchase the Premises,  or the right of first offer to purchase the Premises, or
the right to purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first refusal to
purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first offer to purchase other
property of Lessor.

   39.2 Options  Personal To Original  Lessee.  Each Option granted to Lessee in
this Lease is personal to the original Lessee named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof, and
cannot be  voluntarily or  involuntarily  assigned or exercised by any person or
entity other than said original Lessee while the original Lessee

                                                            Initials /s/  JM
                                                                     /s/  BR SR
GROSS                                PAGE 9

<PAGE>

is in full and actual  possession  of the Premises and without the  intention of
thereafter  assigning or  subletting.  The Options,  if any,  herein  granted to
Lessee are not  assignable,  either as a part of an  assignment of this Lease or
separately or apart therefrom, and no Option may be separated from this Lease in
any manner,  by reservation or otherwise.

39.3  Multiple  Options.  In the event that Lessee has any  Multiple  Options to
extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised  unless the prior
Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

       (a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding any
provision  in the  grant of  Option  to the  contrary:  (i)  during  the  period
commencing  with the giving of any notice of Default  under  Paragraph  13.1 and
continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time
any  monetary  obligation  due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid  (without  regard to
whether notice  thereof is given Lessee),  or (iii) during the time Lessee is in
Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three
(3) or more notices of Default under Paragraph 13.1, whether or not the Defaults
are cured,  during  the  twelve  (12) month  period  immediately  preceding  the
exercise of the Option.

       (b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised  shall not
be extended or  enlarged by reason of Lessee's  inability  to exercise an Option
because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

       (c) All  rights  of  Lessee  under  the  provisions  of an  Option  shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely  exercise of the Option,  if, after such  exercise and during the term of
this Lease,  (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary  obligation  of Lessee
for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation  becomes due (without any
necessity of Lessor to give notice  thereof to Lessee),  or (ii) Lessor gives to
Lessee  three (3) or more  notices of Default  under  Paragraph  13.1 during any
twelve (12) month  period,  whether or not the Defaults  are cured,  or (iii) if
Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40.  Multiple  Buildings.  If the  Premises  are  part of a group  of  buildings
controlled by Lessor,  Lessee agrees that it will abide by, keep and observe all
reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the
management,  safety,  care,  and  cleanliness  of the  grounds,  the parking and
unloading of vehicles  and the  preservation  of good order,  as well as for the
convenience  of other  occupants  or tenants of such other  buildings  and their
invitees, and that Lessee will pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in
connection therewith.

41. Security  Measures.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  that the rental payable to
Lessor  hereunder  does not include the cost of guard service or other  security
measures,  and that Lessor shall have no obligation  whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all  responsibility  for the protection of the Premises,  Lessee,
its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42.  Reservations.  Lessor  reserves to itself the right,  from time to time, to
grant,  without the consent or joinder of Lessee,  such  easements,  rights  and
dedications that Lessor deems necessary,  and to cause the recordation of parcel
maps and restrictions,  so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and
restrictions  do not  unreasonably  interfere  with the use of the  Premises  by
Lessee.  Lessee agrees to sign any documents  reasonably  requested by Lessor to
effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43.  Performance  Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment  "under  protest"  and such payment  shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of
said Party to  institute  suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged
that there was no legal  obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or
any part  thereof,  said Party shall be entitled to recover  such sum or so much
thereof  as it was not  legally  required  to pay under the  provisions  of this
Lease.

44.  Authority.  If either Party hereto is a corporation,  trust,  or general or
limited  partnership,  each  individual  executing  this Lease on behalf of such
entity  represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and
deliver  this  Lease  on its  behalf.  If  Lessee  is a  corporation,  trust  or
partnership,  Lessee  shall,  within  thirty (30) days after  request by Lessor,
deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

45. Conflict.  Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten  provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
handwritten provisions.

46. Offer.  Preparation of this Lease by Lessor or Lessor's agent and submission
of same to Lessee shall not be deemed an offer to lease to Lessee. This Lease is
not intended to be binding until executed by all Parties hereto.

47.  Amendments.  This  Lease may be  modified  only in  writing,  signed by the
parties in interest  at the time of the  modification.  The parties  shall amend
this  Lease from time to time to reflect  any  adjustments  that are made to the
Base  Rent or  other  rent  payable  under  this  Lease.  As long as they do not
materially  change Lessee's  obligations  hereunder,  Lessee agrees to make such
reasonable  non-monetary  modifications  to  this  Lease  as may  be  reasonably
required  by an  institutional,  insurance  company,  or pension  plan Lender in
connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the property
of which the Premises are a part.

48. Multiple  Parties.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, if more
than one  person or entity is named  herein  as  either  Lessor or  Lessee,  the
obligations   of  such   Multiple   Parties  shall  be  the  joint  and  several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE  CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION  CONTAINED  HEREIN,  AND BY THE  EXECUTION  OF THIS  LEASE  SHOW THEIR
INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY  CONSENT  THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE
TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE
AND  EFFECTUATE  THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

     IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN, IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR  SUBMISSION
     TO  YOUR  ATTORNEY  FOR  HIS  APPROVAL.  FURTHER,  EXPERTS  SHOULD  BE
     CONSULTED TO EVALUATE THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AS TO THE POSSIBLE
     PRESENCE  OF  ASBESTOS,  STORAGE  TANKS OR  HAZARDOUS  SUBSTANCES.  NO
     REPRESENTATION OR  RECOMMENDATION  IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN  INDUSTRIAL
     REAL  ESTATE  ASSOCIATION  OR BY THE REAL  ESTATE  BROKER(S)  OR THEIR
     AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY,  LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX
     CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES; THE
     PARTIES  SHALL RELY  SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS TO
     THE LEGAL AND TAX  CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY
     IS LOCATED IN A STATE  OTHER THAN  CALIFORNIA,  AN  ATTORNEY  FROM THE
     STATE WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place on the dates  specified
above to their respective signatures.

Executed at __________________________  Executed at Santa Rosa, CA
on ___________________________________  on April 30, 1997
by LESSOR:                              by LESSEE:                            
                                                                              
______________________________________  Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc.
______________________________________  ______________________________________
By /s/ Bruce S. Rocco                                                         
   /s/ Sandra G. Rocco                  By /s/ John D. Miller
Name Printed: ________________________  Name Printed: John D. Miller
Title: _______________________________  Title: CFO
                                                                              
By ___________________________________  By ___________________________________
Name Printed: ________________________  Name Printed: ________________________
Title: _______________________________  Title: _______________________________
Address:______________________________  Address:______________________________
______________________________________  ______________________________________
Tel.No. (__)_______ Fax No. (__)______  Tel.No. (__)_______ Fax No. (__)______
                                        
GROSS                               PAGE 10

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing  requirements of law and
        industry needs.  Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the
        most current form:  American  Industrial  Real Estate  Association,  700
        South Flower Street,  Suite 600, Los Angeles,  CA 90017. (213) 687-8777.
        Fax No. (213) 687-8616.

<PAGE>

                       STANDARD LEASE CONDITIONS ADDENDUM

                  To Lease dated April 28, 1997 by and between
                    Lessor Bruce S. and Sandra G. Rocco and
                   Lessee Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc.

49.      Rent Schedule:
         May 1, 1997 to April 30, 1998 $12,013.60 per month
         May 1, 1998 to April 30, 1999 $12,764.45 per month
         May 1, 1999 to April 30, 2000 $13,515.30 per month

50.      Tenant Improvement Scope:

         Lessor  shall  provide  a tenant  improvement  allowance  not to exceed
         $15,000  for  re-carpeting  of the office  area  indicated  on attached
         Exhibit B. Lessor shall be responsible for having the carpet  delivered
         to the space,  ready for  installation  no later  than April 30,  1997.
         Lessor acknowledges that the Lessee has requested that the re-carpeting
         be completed no later than 5:00 p.m. Friday,  May 2 1997.  Lessor shall
         only be  responsible  for delivery of carpet to the space no later than
         April  30th.  Lessor  will pay for the  carpet  installation,  however,
         Lessor shall not be  responsible  for the time involved to complete the
         carpet  installation.  In the event that the carpet is not delivered on
         or before April 30th, Lessee may elect to eliminate the requirement for
         the  re-carpeting  and Lessee  shall then receive the month of May rent
         free. In this event the lease termination date shall be May 30, 2000.

         Lessee shall be  responsible  for any costs  involved in canceling  the
         order for the  carpet  and/or  returning  the  carpet to the  dealer or
         manufacturer.

         Lessee shall inspect said premises  within three (3) days of completion
         to ascertain that Tenant improvements have been installed in accordance
         with plans and  specifications.  Lessee shall provide a "punch list" of
         items not in accordance with plans and  specifications or not installed
         in a good  workmanlike  manner.  Lessor  shall have thirty (30) days to
         correct said punch list items.

         If Lessee  installs  any portion of the tenant  improvements,  it shall
         have  the  same  responsibility  as  indicated  above  for  Lessor  and
         additionally  Lessee shall remove all mechanic's  liens, to satisfy all
         claims and meet all contract  requirements with suppliers,  contractors
         and employees arising out said installation of improvements.  Lessee to
         have  workman  compensation  and  liability  insurance  with a  minimum
         $500,000  per  occurrence  for  said  installation  and to name  Lessor
         additional insured. Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor for
         all claims of employees, invitees, materialmen, supplier arising out of
         said installation.

51.      Financial Information

         Lessor has reviewed and approved financial statements regarding Lessee.

         Lessor may deliver such financial information in Lessor's possession to
         lending  institutions,  mortgage  brokers,  investors in the Industrial
         Center or prospective purchasers.

52.      Permits

         Lessee will obtain a use permit and a  wastewater  discharge  permit if
         required from the appropriate  municipality  within thirty (30) days of
         acceptance  hereof.  Lessee shall use due  diligence  in pursuing  such
         permits and pay all costs  associated with them.  Lessee shall have the
         responsibility to maintain any use permits and to comply with all terms
         and  conditions of said use permits  during the term of this Lease.  If
         Lessee's  application for a use permit is denied,  Lessor or Lessee may
         declare  this lease void,  in which event all deposits and prepaid rent
         shall be returned to Lessee.

53.      Hazardous Waste

         "If Lessee uses,  stores,  or becomes aware of any  hazardous  waste or
         substances  as listed by  Proposition  65, he will advise Lessor within
         three (3) days of such existence and either obtain approval from Lessor
         and the  appropriate  governing  agencies  within thirty (30) days from
         notice  or  remove  and  clean up said  hazardous  waste  to  standards
         required by the Lessor and the  appropriate  governing  agencies within
         sixty (60) days from  notice."

         "If Lessee,  his invitees,  employees,  agents or  associates  cause or
         allow a spill, or contamination  of the premises,  common area, soil or
         surrounding area, then it will be the responsibility of Lessee to clean
         up said hazard to the degree  required and within the time frame set by
         any public entity which has  jurisdiction  and particularly in response
         to the Super Fund Act and Proposition 65."

54.      Area Measurement:

         Lessee has reviewed and approved the system of measurement, the useable
         and rentable square footage of the subject premises.
<PAGE>


55.     Associations and Expenses:

        Lessee has reviewed and approved CC&R's, any common area association and
        budget, rules, expenses, and use conditions pertaining thereto.

        Lessee to review and  approve  estimated  expenses  including  increases
        above  base,  maintenance,  repairs,  insurance,  utilities,  taxes  and
        assessments pertaining to Lessee's premises and in accordance with lease
        provisions within 30 days of acceptance hereof.

56.     Lessee  shall not  exceed  the  parking  allocation  designated  for the
        building,  Lessee shall park only in marked parking spaces and shall not
        over park as to block parked cars.

57.     See attached.

58.     See attached.

        Agreed by: Lessee: /s/ Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc. Date: 4/30/97
                            ---------------------------------------      -------

        Agreed by: Lessor:  /s/ Bruce S. Rocco                     Date: 4/30/97
                            -----------------------------------          -------
                            /s/ Sandra G. Rocco
                            -----------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A


                       DRAWING -- BUILDINGS A, B & C

                           MIDSTATE CONSTRUCTION

<PAGE>


                                 EXHIBIT B

                                  DRAWING

                          COMPOSITE PLAN/AS-BUILT

                    ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC.
                5355 Skylane Blvd., Santa Rosa, California

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C

                       STANDARD LEASE DISCLOSURE ADDENDUM

Notice to Owners,  Buyers and Tenants  Regarding  Hazardous Wastes or Substances
and Underground Storage Tanks

Comprehensive  federal and state laws and  regulations  have been enacted in the
last few years in an effort to develop controls over the use, storage, handling,
cleanup,  removal and disposal of hazardous wastes or substances.  Some of these
laws and  regulations,  such as, for example,  the  so-called  "Super Fund Act",
provide for broad liability  schemes  wherein an owner,  tenant or other user of
the property may be liable for cleanup  costs and damages  regardless  of fault.
Other laws and  regulations  set  standards  for the  handling  of  asbestos  or
establish  requirements for the use,  modification,  abandonment,  or closing of
underground storage tanks.

It is not  practical or possible to list all such laws and  regulations  in this
Notice.  Therefore,  lessors and lessees are urged to consult  legal  counsel to
determine their  respective  rights and  liabilities  with respect to the issues
described in this Notice as well as other  aspects of the proposed  transaction.
If various  materials  that have been or may be in the future  determined  to be
toxic,  hazardous or undesirable,  or are going to be used,  stored,  handled or
disposed of on the  property,  or if the  property  has or may have  underground
storage tanks for storage of such  hazardous  materials,  or that such materials
may be in the  equipment,  improvements  or soil, it is essential that legal and
technical advice be obtained to determine,  among other things, what permits and
approvals have been or may be required, if any, the estimated costs and expenses
associated with the use, storage, handling,  cleanup, removal or disposal of the
hazardous  wastes or substances and what  contractual  provisions and protection
are necessary or desirable. It may also be important to obtain expert assistance
for site investigations and building inspections.  The past uses of the property
may provide  valuable  information as to the  likelihood of hazardous  wastes or
substances, or underground storage tanks being on the property.

The term  "hazardous  wastes or  substances"  is used in this Notice in its very
broadest  sense and  includes,  but is not  limited to, all those  listed  under
Proposition 65,  petroleum base products,  paints and solvents,  lead,  cyanide,
DDT, printing inks, acids,  pesticides,  ammonium compounds,  asbestos, PCBs and
other chemical products.  Hazardous wastes or substances and underground storage
tanks may be present on all types of real property.  This Notice is,  therefore,
meant to apply to any transaction  involving any type of real property,  whether
improved or unimproved.

Although  Keegan & Coppin  Co.,  Inc.  or its  salespeople,  will  disclose  any
knowledge  it actually  possesses  with  respect to the  existence  of hazardous
wastes or  substances,  or underground  storage tanks on the property,  Keegan &
Coppin Co., Inc. has not made  investigations  or obtained reports regarding the
subject matter of this Notice,  except as may be described in a separate written
document,  studies or  investigation  by experts.  Therefore,  unless  there are
additional documents or studies attached to this notice, lease or contract, this
will serve as  notification  that Keegan & Coppin Co.,  Inc. or its  salespeople
make no  representation  regarding the existence or  non-existence  of hazardous
wastes or substances,  or underground storage tanks on the property.  You should
contact  a  professional,  such  as  a  civil  engineer,  geologist,  industrial
hygienist  or other  persons  with  experience  in these  matters  to advise you
concerning the property.

Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)

On  July  26,  1991,  the  federal  legislation  known  as  the  Americans  with
Disabilities Act (ADA) was signed into law by President Bush. The purpose of the
ADA is to  integrate  persons  with  disabilities  into the  economic and social
mainstream of American life. Title III of the ADA applies to Lessors and Lessees
of "places of public  accommodation" and "commercial  facilities",  and requires
that places of public  accommodation  undertake "readily  achievable" removal of
communication and access barriers to the disabled. This requirement of Title III
of the ADA is effective January 26, 1992.

It is important that building owners identify and undertake "readily achievable"
removal of any such  barriers in the common areas,  sidewalks,  parking lots and
other areas of the building under their control.

The lessor and lessee is responsible for compliance with ADA relating to removal
of barriers within the workplace i.e.,  arrangement of interior  furnishings and
access within the premises, and any improvements installed by lessor and lessee.

Keegan & Coppin  Company,  Inc.  recommends that both parties seek expert advice
regarding the implications of the Act as it affects this agreement.

Alquist-Priolo:

"The property which is the subject of this contract may be situated in a Special
Study Zone as designated under the Alquist-Priolo  Geologic Hazard Act, Sections
2621-2625, inclusive, of the California Public Resources Code; and, as such, the
construction  or  development  on  this  property  of any  structure  for  human
occupancy  may be subject to the  findings  of a geologic  report  prepared by a
geologist registered in the State of California, unless such report is waived by
the City or  County  under  the terms of that  act.  No  representations  on the
subject  are made by the  lessor or agent,  and the lessee  should  make his own
inquiry or investigation".

Flood Hazard Area Disclosure:

The subject  property  may be situated in a "Special  Flood  Hazard Area" as set
forth on a Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) "Flood Insurance Rate Map"
(FIRM) or "Flood  Hazard  Boundary  Map"  (FHBM).  The law provides  that,  as a
condition of obtaining financing on most structures located in a "Special Floods
Hazard  Area",  lender  requires  flood  insurance  where  the  property  or its
attachments  are  security  for a  loan.  Lessee  should  consult  with  experts
concerning the possible risk of flooding.

         Acknowledgment:

         Lessee:  /s/ Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc.  Date:  4/30/97       
                  --------------------------------------          -------

         Lessor:  /s/  Bruce S. Rocco
                  /s/  Sandra G. Rocco                     Date:  4/30/97       
                  ----------------------------------              -------

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT D

                          LEASING DISCLOSURE REGARDING
                         REAL ESTATE AGENCY RELATIONSHIP

When you enter into a  discussion  with a real  estate  agent  regarding  a real
estate  transaction,  you should from the outset  understand what type of agency
relationship  or  representation  you  wish  to  have  with  the  agent  in  the
transaction.
                                LANDLORD'S AGENT
A Landlord's agent under a listing agreement with the Landlord acts as the agent
for the  Landlord.  A  Landlord's  agent or a  subagent  of that  agent  has the
following affirmative obligations:
To the Landlord:
(a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care,  integrity,  honesty and loyalty in dealing
    with the Landlord. 
To the Tenant and the Landlord:
(a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skill and care in performance of the agent's
    duties.
(b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith.
(c) A duty to disclose  all facts known to the agent  materially  affecting  the
    value or  desirability  of the property that are not known to, or within the
    diligent attention and observation of, the parties.


An agent is not obligated to reveal to either party any confidential information
obtained from the other party which does not involve the affirmative  duties set
forth above.
                                 TENANT'S AGENT
A Tenant's  agent can,  with a Tenant's  consent,  agree to act as agent for the
Tenant only. In these situations, the agent is not the Landlord's agent, even if
by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in
full or in part from the  Landlord.  An agent  acting  only for a Tenant has the
following affirmative obligations.
To the Tenant:
(a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity,  honesty and loyalty in dealings
    with the Tenant.
To the Tenant and the Landlord:
(a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skill and care in performance of the agent's
    duties.
(b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith.
(c) A duty to disclose  all facts known to the agent  materially  affecting  the
    value or  desirability  of the property that are not known to, or within the
    diligent attention and observation of, the parties.

An agent is not obligated to reveal to either party any confidential information
obtained from the other party which does not involve the affirmative  duties set
forth above.
                  AGENT REPRESENTING BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT
A real estate  agent,  either acting  directly or through one or more  associate
licensees,  can  legally be the agent of both the  Landlord  and the Tenant in a
transaction,  but only with the  knowledge  and consent of both the Landlord and
the Tenant.

In a dual agency situation,  the agent has the following affirmative obligations
to both the Landlord and the Tenant.

(a) A  fiduciary  duty of utmost  care,  integrity,  honest  and  loyalty in the
    dealings with either Landlord or Tenant.
(b) Other  duties  to the  Landlord  and the  Tenant  as  stated  above in their
    respective sections.

In representing both Landlord and Tenant, the agent may not, without the express
permission  of the  respective  party,  disclose  to the  other  party  that the
Landlord  will  accept a rent less than the listed  rent or that the Tenant will
pay a rent greater than the rent offered.

The above  duties of the agent in a real  estate  transaction  do not  relieve a
Landlord or Tenant from the  responsibility to protect their own interests.  You
should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express your
understanding of the  transaction.  A real estate agent is a person qualified to
advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent
professional.

You should read its contents each time it is presented to you,  considering  the
relationship between you and the real estate agent in your specific transaction.

                     SIGN BELOW TO AUTHORIZE TYPE OF AGENCY

Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc., is the agent of (check one).
(Name of Listing Agent)
___ The Landlord exclusively; or
_X_ Both the Tenant and Landlord

 CONFIRMED AND AUTHORIZED:

Landlord /s/ Bruce S. Rocco, Sandra Rocco                           Date 4-30-97
         --------------------------------                                -------

Agent Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc.     By                          Date 
      ----------------------------         ------------------------      -------

================================================================================

Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc., is the agent of (check one):
(Name of Tenant's agent)
___ The Tenant exclusively; or 
___ The Landlord exclusively; or
___ Both the Tenant and Landlord

CONFIRMED AND AUTHORIZED:

Tenant /s/ Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc.                      Date 4/30/97
           ----------------------------------                            -------
Tenant                                                              Date        
           ----------------------------------                            -------

Agent      Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc.         By                 Date        
           ----------------------------------                            -------

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT E
                                      
                                     [Logo]

                                     OCCOR
                                  INVESTMENTS

                                                                  Bruce S. Rocco
                                                                  April 28, 1997

INVENTORY OF ITEMS OWNED BY LESSOR
TO STAY IN BUILDING DURING TERM OF LEASE

Large Conference Room

          6 - section Cherry Conference Table
          1   Cherry Credenza -- Bought by AVE
          1   Projection Cabinet
         19   Adjustable Swivel Chairs to match table

Cafeteria

          2 Round Tables
          5 Wired plastic chairs

Small Conference Room

          1 Oak-finished Conference Table
         12 Oak chairs-Adjustable Swivel.
          1 Oak Wall Unit Projection Screen and Chalk Board

Offices

         10 Oak Desks
         10 Oak Credenzas
         10 Oak Book Shelves-mounted to credenzas.

          8 Fire Extinguishers

          3 Picnic Tables with Steel Frames

          6 Wall Mount Clocks




<PAGE>

                                     [Logo]

                               OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

                                   ADDENDUM TO
                                 STANDARD LEASE

                     Dated April 28, 1997

                     By and Between (Lessor) Bruce S. and Sandra G. Rocco

                                    (Lessee) Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc.

                     Property Address: 5355 Skylane Blvd., Santa Rosa, CA

Paragraph 59

A.       OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

         Lessor  hereby  grants  to Lessee the option to extend the term of this
Lease for an  additional  24 month  period(s)  commencing  when the  prior  term
expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(i) Lessee  gives to Lessor,  and Lessor  actually  receives  on a date which is
prior to the date that the option  period would  commence (if  exercised)  by at
least six (6) and not more than nine 9 months,  a written notice of the exercise
of the option(s) to extend this Lease for said additional term(s), time being of
essence.  If said notification of the exercise of said option(s) is (are) not so
given and received, the option(s) shall automatically expire; said option(s) may
(if more than one) only be exercised consecutively;

(ii) The provisions of paragraph 39, including the provision relating to default
of Lessee  set forth in  paragraph  39.4 of this  Lease are  conditions  of this
Option;

(iii) All of the terms and  conditions  of this Lease except where  specifically
modified by this option shall apply;

(iv) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be calculated as
follows, using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

[x]           I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COL)

             (a) On (Fill in COL Adjustment Date(s): May 1, 2000 and May 1, 2001
the monthly rent payable under paragraph 1.5 ("Base Rent") of the attached Lease
shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in
the  Consumer  Price  Index  of the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  of the  U.S.
Department of Labor for (select one): [ ] CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical
Workers)  or [X] CPI U (All  Urban  Consumers),  for (Fill in Urban  Area):  San
Francisco-Oakland-San  Jose, All Items (1982-1984 = 100),  herein referred to as
"C.P.I."

             (b) The monthly rent payable in accordance  with paragraph Al(a) of
this  Addendum  shall be  calculated  as  follows:  the Base  Rent set  forth in
paragraph  1.5 of the  attached  Lease,  shall be  multiplied  by a fraction the
numerator  of which shall be the C.P.I.  of the  calendar  month 2 (two)  months
prior to the  month(s)  specified  in  paragraph  Al(a) above  during  which the
adjustment is to take effect,  and the  denominator of which shall be the C.P.I.
of the  calendar  month which is two (2) months prior to (select  one):  [X] the
first  month of the term of this  Lease as set  forth in  paragraph  1.3  ("Base
Month") or [ ] (Fill in Other "Base  Month"):  ____________________________. The
sum so calculated  shall  constitute the new monthly rent  hereunder,  but in no
event,  shall any such new  monthly  rent be less than the rent  payable for the
month immediately preceding the date for rent adjustment.

             (c) In the event the compilation  and/or  publication of the C.P.I.
shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or
shall be discontinued,  then the index most nearly the same as the C.P.I.  shall
be used to make such  calculation.  In the event that  Lessor and Lessee  cannot
agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision
to the American  Arbitration  Association  in accordance  with the then rules of
said  association and the decision of the arbitrators  shall be binding upon the
parties.  The cost of said  Arbitrators  shall be paid  equally  by  Lessor  and
Lessee.

[ ]          II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

             (a) On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s):____________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
 the monthly  rent payable  under  paragraph  1.5 ("Base  Rent") of the attached
 Lease  shall be  adjusted  to the  "Market  Rental  Value" of the  property  as
 follows:

                 1)  Four  months  prior  to  the  Market   Rental  Value  (MRV)
Adjustment Date(s) described above, Lessor and Lessee shall meet to establish an
agreed upon new MRV for the  specified  term.  If  agreement  cannot be reached,
then:

Initials: /s/ BR SR                                      Initials: /s/ JM

          _____________                                            _____________

                              OPTION(S) TO EXTEND
                                  Page 1 of 2

NOTICE:  These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and
         industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the
         most current form:  American  Industrial Real Estate  Association.  345
         South  Figueroa  Street,  Suite  M-1,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90071.  (213)
         687-8777. Fax No. (213) 687-8616.

(c) 1991 American Industrial Real Estate Association.


<PAGE>


                 i) Lessor  and  Lessee  shall  immediately  appoint a  mutually
acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days.
Any associated costs will be split equally between the parties, or
                 ii) Both Lessor and Lessee  shall each  immediately  select and
pay the  appraiser  or broker of their choice to establish a MRV within the next
30 days.  If, for any  reason,  either one of the  appraisals  is not  completed
within the next 30 days, as stipulated,  then the appraisal that is completed at
that  time  shall  automatically  become  the new MRV.  If both  appraisals  are
completed and the two  appraisers/brokers  cannot agree on a reasonable  average
MRV  then  they   shall   immediately   select  a  third   mutually   acceptable
appraiser/broker  to establish a third MRV within the next 30 days.  The average
of the two appraisals  closest in value shall then become the new MRV. The costs
of the third appraisal will be split equally between the parties.

                 2) In any  event,  the new MRV  shall not be less than the rent
payable for the month immediately preceding the date for rent adjustment.

             (b)  Upon the  establishment  of each New  Market  Rental  Value as
described in paragraph All:

                 1) the  monthly  rental  sum so  calculated  for  each  term as
specified in paragraph All(a) will become the new "Base Rent" for the purpose of
calculating  any further  Cost of Living  Adjustments  as specified in paragraph
Al(a) above and
                 2) the  first  month  of  each  Market  Rental  Value  term  as
specified in paragraph  All(a) shall become the new "Base Month" for the purpose
of calculating any further Cost of Living  Adjustments as specified in paragraph
Al(b).

[ ]        III.  Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The monthly rent payable under paragraph 1.5 ("Base Rent") of the attached Lease
shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

           On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):    The New Base Rental shall be:
           ____________________________________    $____________________________
           ____________________________________    $____________________________
           ____________________________________    $____________________________
           ____________________________________    $____________________________

B.         NOTICE: Unless specified  otherwise herein, notice of any escalations
other than Fixed Rental  Adjustments  shall be made as specified in paragraph 23
of the attached Lease.

C.         BROKER'S FEE:

           The Real Estate  Brokers  specified in paragraph 1.10 of the attached
           Lease shall be paid a  Brokerage  Fee for each  adjustment  specified
           above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the attached Lease.

Initials: /s/ BR SR                                      Initials: /s/ JM

          _____________                                            _____________
                              OPTION(S) TO EXTEND
                                  Page 2 of 2

NOTICE:  These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and
         industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the
         most current form:  American  Industrial Real Estate  Association,  345
         South  Figueroa  Street,  Suite  M-1,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90071.  (213)
         687-8777. Fax No. (213) 687-8616.

(c) 1991 American Industrial Real Estate Association.


                               STANDARD SUBLEASE
                  American Industrial Real Estate Association
                                     [LOGO]

1. Parties. This Sublease, dated, for reference purposes only, June 20, 1997, is
made by and between  Verticom,  Inc.  (herein called  "Sublessor")  and Arterial
Vascular Engineering, Inc. (herein called "Sublessee").

2.  Premises.  Sublessor  hereby  subleases to Sublessee  and  Sublessee  hereby
subleases  from  Sublessor  for the  term,  at the  rental,  and upon all of the
conditions set forth herein,  that certain real property  situated in the County
of Sonoma, State of California,  commonly known as 1201 Corporate Center Parkway
and described as  approximately  10,000 s.f. of a 47,938 s.f.  building known as
Building B in the complex A.P. #035-133-019 as shown on Exhibit A.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Said  real  property,  including  the  land  and all  improvements  thereon,  is
hereinafter called the "Premises".

3. Term.

     3.1 Term.  The term of this  Sublease  shall be for  eighteen  (18)  months
commencing  on September  1, 1997 and ending on February 28, 1999 unless  sooner
terminated pursuant to any provision hereof.

     3.2 Delay in Commencement.  Notwithstanding  said commencement date, if for
any reason Sublessor  cannot deliver  possession of the Premises to Sublessee on
said date. Sublessor shall not be subject to any liability therefore,  nor shall
such failure  affect the validity of this Lease or the  obligations of Sublessee
hereunder or extend the term  hereof,  but in such case  Sublessee  shall not be
obligated to pay rent until possession of the Premises is tendered to Sublessee;
provided,  however, that if Sublessor shall not have delivered possession of the
Premises within sixty (60) days from said commencement  date,  Sublessee may, at
Sublessee's  option,  by notice in  writing  to  Sublessor  within ten (10) days
thereafter, cancel this Sublease, in which event the parties shall be discharged
from all  obligations  thereunder.  If Sublessee  occupies the Premises prior to
said  commencement  date,  such  occupancy  shall be subject  to all  provisions
hereof,  such  occupancy  shall not advance the  termination  date and Sublessee
shall pay rent for such period at the initial monthly rates set forth below. See
Exhibit B-1, Paragraph 2.

4. Rent. Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor as rent for the Premises equal monthly
payments  of  $12,500,  in  advance,  on the 1st day of each  month  of the term
hereof.  Sublessee shall pay Sublessor upon the execution hereof $12,500 as rent
for September. See Addendum No. 1, Paragraph 7.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rent for any  period  during  the term  hereof  which is for less than one month
shall be a prorata portion of the monthly installment.  Rent shall be payable in
lawful money of the United  States to Sublessor at the address  stated herein or
to such other  persons or at such other  places as  Sublessor  may  designate in
writing.

5. Security  Deposit.  Sublessee  shall deposit with  Sublessor  upon  execution
hereof $12,500 as security for Sublessee's  faithful  performance of Sublessee's
obligations  hereunder.  If  Sublessee  fails to pay rent or other  charges  due
hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Sublease,
Sublessor  may use, apply  or retain all or any portion of said  deposit for the
payment of any rent or other  charge in default or for the  payment of any other
sum to which Sublessor may become obligated by reason of Sublessee's default, or
to  compensate  Sublessor  for any loss or damage  which  Sublessor  may  suffer
thereby.  If  Sublessor  so uses or applies all or any portion of said  deposit.
Sublessee shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefore deposit cash
with  Sublessor  in an amount  sufficient  to restore  said  deposit to the full
amount hereinabove  stated and Sublessee's  failure to do so shall be a material
breach of this  Sublease.  Sublessor  shall not be required to keep said deposit
separate from its general  accounts.  If Sublessee  performs all of  Sublessee's
obligations  hereunder,  said deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore
been applied by  Sublessor,  shall be returned,  without  payment of interest or
other increment for its use to Sublessee (or at Sublessor's  option, to the last
assignee,  if any, of Sublessee's  interest  hereunder) at the expiration of the
term hereof, and after Sublessee has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship
is created herein between  Sublessor and Sublessee with respect to said Security
Deposit.

6. Use.

     6.1 Use.  The  Premises  shall be used and  occupied  only for research and
development, manufacturing, general office and for no other purpose.

     6.2 Compliance with Law.

         (a) Sublessor warrants to Sublessee that the Premises,  in its existing
state,  but without regard to the use for which Sublessee will use the Premises,
does not violate any  applicable  building  code  regulation or ordinance at the
time that this  Sublease is executed.  In the event that it is  determined  that
this  warranty  has  been  violated,  then it  shall  be the  obligation  of the
Sublessor, after written notice from Sublessee, to promptly, at Sublessor's sole
cost and expense,  rectify any such violation.  In the event that Sublessee does
not give to Sublessor  written notice of the violation of this warranty within 1
year  from  the  commencement  of  the  term  of  this  Sublease,  it  shall  be
conclusively  deemed that such violation did not exist and the correction of the
same shall be the obligation of the Sublessee.

         (b)  Except as  provided  in  paragraph  6.2(a).  Sublessee  shall,  at
Sublessee's expense,  comply promptly with all applicable statutes,  ordinances,
rules, regulations,  orders,  restrictions of record, and requirements in effect
during the term or any part of the term hereof  regulating  the use by Sublessee
of the  Premises.  Sublessee  shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in
any manner  that will tend to create  waste or a nuisance  or, if there shall be
more than one tenant of the building  containing the Premises,  which shall tend
to disturb such other tenants.

     6.3 Condition of Premises. Except as provided in paragraph 6.2(a) Sublessee
hereby  accepts the Premises in their  condition  existing as of the date of the
execution hereof, subject to all applicable zoning, municipal,  county and state
laws,  ordinances,  and  regulations  governing  and  regulating  the use of the
Premises, and accepts this Sublease subject thereto and to all matters disclosed
thereby and by any exhibits attached hereto Sublessee  acknowledges that neither
Sublessor nor Sublessor's  agents have made any representation or warranty as to
the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Sublessee's business.

7. Master Lease

     7.1  Sublessor  is the  lessee  of  the  Premises  by  virtue  of a  lease,
hereinafter  referred  to as the  "Master  Lease",  a copy of which is  attached
hereto marked  Exhibit 1, dated  October 27, 1995 wherein  Santa Rosa  Corporate
Center Associates is the lessor, hereinafter referred to as the "Master Lessor".

     7.2 This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and  subordinate  to
the Master Lease.

     7.3 The terms,  conditions  and  respective  obligations  of Sublessor  and
Sublessee to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of
the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease,  wherever in the
Master Lease the word  "Lessor" is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessor
herein and  wherever in the Master  Lease the word  "Lessee" is used it shall be
deemed to mean the Sublessee herein.

     7.4 During the term of this  Sublease  and for all periods  subsequent  for
obligations  which  have  arisen  prior  to the  termination  of this  Sublease,
Sublessee does hereby expressly assume and agree to perform and comply with, for
the benefit of  Sublessor  and Master  Lessor,  each,  and every  obligation  of
Sublessor  under the Master Lease except as otherwise  set forth in Addendum No.
1.

<PAGE>

     7.5 The  obligations  that Sublessee has assumed under paragraph 7.4 hereof
are  hereinafter  referred  to as the  "Sublessee's  Assumed  Obligations".  The
obligations  that  Sublessee  has not  assumed  under  paragraph  7.4 hereof are
hereinafter referred to as the "Sublessor's Remaining Obligations".

     7.6  Sublessee  shall  hold  Sublessor  free and  harmless  of and from all
liability,  judgments,  costs, damages, claims or demands,  including reasonable
attorneys  fees,  arising out of  Sublessee's  failure to comply with or perform
Sublessee's Assumed Obligations.

     7.7 Sublessor agrees to maintain the Master Lease during the entire term of
this Sublease,  subject, however, to any earlier termination of the Master Lease
without the fault of the  Sublessor,  and to comply with or perform  Sublessor's
Remaining  Obligations  and to hold  Sublessee free and harmless of and from all
liability,   judgments,  costs,  damages,  claims  or  demands  arising  out  of
Sublessor's failure to comply with or perform Sublessor's Remaining Obligations.

     7.8  Sublessor  represents  to  Sublessee  that the Master Lease is in full
force  and  effect  and that no  default  exists on the part of any party to the
Master Lease.

8. [Section omitted]

9. Consent of Master Lessor.

     9.1 In the event that the Master Lease requires that  Sublessor  obtain the
consent of Master  Lessor to any  subletting  by Sublessor  then,  this Sublease
shall not be effective unless,  within 10 days of the date hereof, Master Lessor
signs this Sublease thereby giving its consent to this Subletting.

     9.2 [Paragraph omitted]

     9.3 In the event that Master Lessor does give such consent then:

         (a) Such consent will not release Sublessor of its obligations or alter
the primary  liability  of Sublessor to pay the rent and perform and comply with
all of the obligations of Sublessor to be performed under the Master Lease.

         (b) The  acceptance of rent by Master Lessor from  Sublessee or any one
else liable under the Master Lease shall not be deemed a waiver by Master Lessor
of any provisions of the Master Lease.

         (c) The consent to this Sublease  shall not constitute a consent to any
subsequent subletting or assignment.

         (d) In the event of any default of  Sublessor  under the Master  Lease,
Master Lessor may proceed directly against Sublessor,  any guarantors or any one
else liable under the Master Lease or this  Sublease  without  first  exhausting
Master  Lessor's  remedies  against any other person or entity liable thereon to
Master Lessor.

         (e) Master Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments
of the Master Lease or this Sublease or any amendments or modifications  thereto
without  notifying  Sublessor nor any one else liable under the Master Lease and
without  obtaining  their consent and such action shall not relieve such persons
from liability.

         (f) In the event that Sublessor shall default in its obligations  under
the Master Lease,  then Master Lessor, at its option and without being obligated
to do so, may require Sublessee to attorn to Master Lessor in which event Master
Lessor shall undertake the obligations of Sublessor under this Sublease from the
time of the exercise of said option to  termination  of this Sublease but Master
Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid  rents nor any security  deposit paid
by Sublessee,  nor shall Master  Lessor be liable for any other  defaults of the
Sublessor under the Sublease.

     9.4 The  signatures of the Master Lessor and any Guarantors of Sublessor at
the end of this  document  shall  constitute  their consent to the terms of this
Sublease.

     9.5  Master  Lessor  acknowledges  that,  to the  best of  Master  Lessor's
knowledge,  no default presently exists under the Master Lease of obligations to
be performed by Sublessor and that the Master Lease is in full force and effect.

     9.6 In the  event  that  Sublessor  defaults  under its  obligations  to be
performed  under the Master Lease by Sublessor,  Master Lessor agrees to deliver
to  Sublessee  a copy of any such notice of  default.  Sublessee  shall have the
right to cure any default of Sublessor described in any notice of default within
ten days after service of such notice of default on  Sublessee.  If such default
is cured by Sublessee then Sublessee shall have the right of  reimbursement  and
offset from and against Sublessor.

10. Brokers Fee.

     10.1 After execution hereof by all parties and upon occupancy by Sublessee,
Sublessor  shall pay to Keegan and  Coppin Co.  Inc.,  a  licensed  real  estate
broker,  (herein called  "Broker"),  a fee as set forth in a separate  agreement
between  Sublessor  and Broker,  or in the event there is no separate  agreement
between Sublessor and Broker, the sum of $13,500 for brokerage services rendered
by Broker to Sublessor in this transaction.

     10.2  Sublessor  agrees that if Sublessee  exercises any option or right of
first refusal granted by Sublessor herein, or any option or right  substantially
similar  thereto,  either  to extend  the term of this  Sublease, to renew  this
Sublease,  to purchase the Premises,  or to lease or purchase  adjacent property
which Sublessor may own or in which  Sublessor has an interest,  or if Broker is
the procuring cause of any lease,  sublease,  or sale pertaining to the Premises
or any adjacent  property which  Sublessor may own or in which  Sublessor has an
interest,  then as to any of said  transactions  Sublessor shall pay to Broker a
fee, in cash, in accordance with the schedule of Broker in effect at the time of
the execution of this  Sublease.  Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,  Sublessor's
obligation  under  this  Paragraph  10.2 is limited  to a  transaction  in which
Sublessor is acting as a sublessor, lessor or seller.

     10.3 [Paragraph omitted]

     10.4 Any fee due from Sublessor or Master Lessor hereunder shall be due and
payable upon the exercise of any option to extend or renew,  as to any extension
or renewal;  upon the execution of any new lease, as to a new lease  transaction
or the exercise of a right of first refusal to lease; or at the close of escrow,
as to the exercise of any option to purchase or other sale transaction.

     10.5 Any transferee of Sublessor's interest in this Sublease,  or of Master
Lessor's interest in the Master Lease, by accepting an assignment thereof, shall
be deemed to have  assumed the  respective  obligations  of  Sublessor or Master
Lessor  under this  Paragraph  10.  Broker  shall be deemed to be a  third-party
beneficiary of this paragraph 10.

11. Attorney's fees. If any party or the Broker named herein brings an action to
enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party in
any such  action,  on trial and  appeal,  shall be  entitled  to his  reasonable
attorney's  fees to be paid by the  losing  party  as fixed  by the  Court.  The
provision  of this  paragraph  shall  inure to the  benefit of the Broker  named
herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.

Al1 parties to the Sublease and the Broker agree to the  Arbitration of Disputes
language attached as Exhibit E.

<PAGE>

l2. Additional  Provisions.  [If there are no additional  provisions draw a line
from this point to the next printed word after the space left here. If there are
additional provisions place the same here.]


Addendum #1
Exhibit A - Floor Plan
Exhibit C - Standard Lease Disclosure
Exhibit D - Agency Disclosure
Exhibit E - Arbitration of Disputes




If this Sublease has been filled in it has been prepared for  submission to your
attorney for his approval.  No  representation  or recommendation is made by the
real estate broker or its agents or employees as to the legal sufficiency, legal
effect,  or tax  consequences  of  this  Sublease  or the  transaction  relating
thereto.

Executed at
           ---------------------------  ----------------------------------------
on         July 8, 1997                 By /s/  Douglas G. Dellin CEO
  ------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
address                                 By
       -------------------------------    --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------        "Sublessor" (Corporate Seal)

Executed at                                Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc.
           ---------------------------  ----------------------------------------
on         July 9, 1997                 By /s/ Lawrence J. Fassler
  ------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
address                                 By     General Counsel and Secretary
       -------------------------------    --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------        "Sublessee" (Corporate Seal)

Executed at
           ---------------------------  ----------------------------------------
on
  ------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------
address                                 By
       -------------------------------    --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------        "Master Lessor" (Corporate Seal)

Executed at
           ---------------------------  ----------------------------------------
on
  ------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------
address                                 By
       -------------------------------    --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------                "Guarantors"



NOTE:  These forms are often modified to meet changing  requirements  of law and
       needs  of the  industry.  Always  write  or  call to  make  sure  you are
       utilizing  the  most  current  form:   AMERICAN  INDUSTRIAL  REAL  ESTATE
       ASSOCIATION,  345 So.  Figueroa  St., M-1, Los Angeles,  CA 90071.  (213)
       687-8777.
<PAGE>
                                  ADDENDUM # 1

                   To Lease dated July 2, 1997 by and between
  Sublessor Verticom, Inc., and Sublessee Arterial Vascular Engineering. Inc.

1.   Tenant Improvement Scope:

     Sublessor and Sublessee have approved plans and specifications covering the
     layout  of the  premises  and the  scope of  responsibility  of the  Tenant
     Improvements between Sublessor and Sublessee as stipulated in lease, in the
     Exhibit  B of lease or Work  Letter.  Said  approval  shall be  forthcoming
     within thirty (30) days of acceptance hereof.

     Sublessee to install  Tenant  Improvements  in a quality  good  workmanlike
     manner in accordance  with approved  plans and  specification  within sixty
     (60) days of acceptance hereof.

     Sublessor  shall  inspect said  premises  within three (3) business days of
     completion to ascertain  that Tenant  Improvements  have been  installed in
     accordance with plans and specifications.  Sublessor shall provide a "punch
     list" of items  not in  accordance  with  plans and  specifications  or not
     installed in a good  workmanlike  manner.  Sublessee shall have thirty (30)
     days to correct said punch list items.

     Sublessee  shall remove all mechanic's  liens,  and will satisfy all claims
     and  meet  all  contract  requirements  with  suppliers,   contractors  and
     employees  arising out of said  installation of improvements.  Sublessee to
     have workman compensation and liability insurance with a minimum $1,000,000
     per  occurrence  for said  installation  and to name  Sublessor  additional
     insured.  Sublessee  shall  indemnify and hold  harmless  Sublessor for all
     claims of employees,  invitees,  materialmen,  supplier arising out of said
     installation.

2.   Financial Information

     Sublessor  has  reviewed  and  approved  financial   statements   regarding
     Sublessee.

3.   Permits

     If required  Sublessee will obtain a use permit and a wastewater  discharge
     permit  from  the  appropriate  municipality  within  thirty  (30)  days of
     acceptance  hereof.  Sublessee  shall use due  diligence  in pursuing  such
     permits and pay all costs  associated  with them.  Sublessee shall have the
     responsibility to maintain any use permits and to comply with all terms and
     conditions  of  said  use  permits  during  the  term  of  this  Lease.  If
     Sublessee's application for a use permit is denied,  Sublessor or Sublessee
     may declare  this lease void,  in which event all deposits and prepaid rent
     shall be returned to Sublessee.

4.   Hazardous Waste

     Sublessee has provided Sublessor with its MSDA on the following chemicals -
     Isopropyl  alcohol,  Posphoric Acid, Nitric Acid,  Synergy CCS, Eposy Resin
     and Oxalic Acid which may be stored on site.  Sublessor  has  reviewed  and
     approved the use of these materials in the premises.

     "If Sublessee, his invitees, employees, agents or associates cause or allow
     a spill, or contamination of the premises, common area, soil or surrounding
     area,  then it will be the  responsibility  of  Sublessee  to clean up said
     hazard to the degree  required  and within the time frame set by any public
     entity which has  jurisdiction  and  particularly  in response to the Super
     Fund Act and Proposition 65."

5.   Area Measurement:

     Sublessee   and   Sublessor   has  reviewed  and  approved  the  system  of
     measurement,  the  useable  and  rentable  square  footage  of the  subject
     premises.

6.   Associations and Expenses:

     Sublessee has reviewed and approved CC&R's, any common area association and
     budget, rules, expenses,  and use conditions pertaining thereto.  Sublessee
     is not required to make any  payments  for common area charges  detailed in
     Paragraph 11.4 of the Master Lease.

<PAGE>


7.   Rent:

     This Sublease is on a Full Service Basis.  There are no additional  charges
     in excess of the  $12,500  per month  rental  charge  contemplated  by this
     Sublease.  The full service sublease  includes the following  services:  
     a. Janitorial  service  on every  weekday  (see  janitorial  below) 
     b. All utility services including sewer,  water,  electrical power, gas and
     compressed air, (see utilities and facility requirements below).

     All additional  payments made by Sublessor to Masterlessor  pursuant to the
     terms of the Master Lease  including the cost of property taxes  (Paragraph
     10.1),  the cost of property  insurance  (Paragraph  8.2) and,  the cost of
     common area charges  (Paragraph  11.4) shall remain the sole  obligation of
     the Sublessor.

8.   Parking:

     Sublessee  shall be entitled to the use of sixty (60) parking  spaces on an
     unreserved basis free of charge.

9.   Facility Requirements:

     Sublessor shall provide the following services to the Sublessee:
     a. Electrical - 225 amp, three phase supply; sublessee will distribute.
     b. Compressed Air - 120PSI, CDA system, maximum 520 SCFH @ 120 PSI
     c. Temperature   and  humidity  support   equipment  to  be  furnished  and
     maintained  by Verticom  to achieve 68 to 73 degrees  and 20%-70%  relative
     humidity.
     d. 10" exhaust duct, AVE to supply fan and roof penetration.

     While every  possible  attempt will be made to guarantee that all services,
     facilities and systems are available for use by AVE at all times,  VertiCom
     will not be responsible  for any charges or damages  relating to mechanical
     failure,  system  performance  issues,  maintenance  downtime  or any other
     conditions that would temporarily prevent the services from being available
     to AVE.

10.  Janitorial Services:

     Sublessor to provide  Sublessee with daily janitorial  service i.e., Monday
     through  Friday  with a  monthly  expense  cap of  $1,200  per  month.  Any
     specialized  cleaning  materials related to AVE's clean room operation will
     be funished by AVE.

11.  Utilities:

     Sublessor  shall  provide   Sublessee  with  all  standard   business  park
     utilities, however, electrical service shall be capped at $2,500 per month.
     Any excess electrical charge attributable to AVE occupancy shall be paid by
     AVE as additional rent with the following months rental payment.

12.  Early Access:

     Upon full  execution  of the Sublease  Agreement,  issuance of an insurance
     certificate and payment of prepaid rent and security  deposit,  AVE will be
     allowed access to the sublet  premises to design and construct the proposed
     interior improvements.

13.  Roll-up Door Access:

     Verticom to approve the use of the shipping and receiving  docks by AVE for
     the  movement of large  pieces of  equipment  with prior  notification  and
     according to security procedures. No shared use of space is contemplated by
     this Sublease.

Agreed by: Sublessee: /s/ Lawrence J. Fassler        Date: 7/9/97
                      ------------------------             ------

Agreed by: Sublessor: /s/ Douglas G. Dellin          Date: 7/8/97
                      ------------------------             ------
                      Chairman & CEO

<PAGE>

                                   WORK LETTER
                                   EXHIBIT B 1

Arterial Vascular Engineering,  Inc. (AVE) and Verticom, Inc. (VI) are executing
simultaneously  with this  Letter  Agreement,  the  written  lease to which this
Letter  Agreement  is attached  covering  the  premises  described in said lease
(hereinafter called "the premises").

To  induce  AVE to enter  into said  lease  (which  is  hereby  incorporated  by
reference to the extent that the provisions of this agreement may apply thereto)
and in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter  contained,  VI and AVE
mutually agree as follows:

1. AVE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

(a) Except to the extent otherwise provided in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of this
paragraph,   AVE  agrees  to  furnish  at  its  sole  cost  and   expense,   all
architectural,  mechanical,  and electrical  engineering  plans required for the
performance  of the work herein below  described,  including  complete  detailed
plans and  specifications  for Lessee's  partition layout,  reflective  ceiling,
heating and air  conditioning,  electrical  outlets and switches  and  telephone
outlets.  Eric  Glass  of  Glass  Architecture  has  been  retained  to  perform
architectural  services.  A preliminary  space plan has been attached as Exhibit
B2.
The layout shall be approved by each of the parties  hereto and attached to this
lease and shall become a part thereof and shall be described as Exhibit B2.

(b) It is understood and agreed that any interior  decorating  service,  such as
selection of special wall coverings,  fixtures,  carpeting, and any or all other
decorator  items required by Lessee in the  performance of said work referred to
hereinabove in subparagraph (a) shall be at AVE's sole cost and expense.

(c) It is understood  and agreed that all plans and  specifications  referred to
hereinabove in  subparagraph  (a) are subject to VI's approval,  which VI agrees
shall not be unreasonably  withheld. It is also understood that VI is not making
any  improvements  to the  premises  and that the space is to be subleased on an
"as-is" basis except for seismic bracing of T-bar ceiling.

2. IMPROVEMENT WORK

AVE to install  improvements in a good workmanlike manner and in accordance with
the City approved plans and specifications.  AVE to proceed diligently with said
installation  so as to meet the occupancy date  stipulated in the lease.  If AVE
encounters third party delays in completion of the improvements,  and as long as
AVE maintains a best efforts basis to complete construction,  then the occupancy
date and lease commencement date shall be extended by the amount of such delay.

A general  contractor's  cost breakdown is provided as Exhibit B3 for a scope of
work reference.

Upon  termination  of the Sublease,  VI shall have the right to have AVE restore
the  sublet   premises  to  its  original   condition   except  for  the  toilet
improvements.  AVE shall have the right to remove its trade  fixtures  including
clean room, HEPA filters,  duct fan, chiller,  office  furniture,  etc. AVE will
repair all damage caused by said removal.


SUBLESSOR                               SUBLESSEE

/s/ Douglas G. Dellin                   /s/ Lawrence J. Fassler
- -----------------------------           -----------------------------

- -----------------------------           -----------------------------

- -----------------------------           -----------------------------

- -----------------------------           -----------------------------

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B2
                             Preliminary Space Plan


                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]


<PAGE>

                          LEASING DISCLOSURE REGARDING
                         REAL ESTATE AGENCY RELATIONSHIP

When you enter into a  discussion  with a real  estate  agent  regarding  a real
estate  transaction,  you should from the outset  understand what type of agency
relationship  or  representation  you  wish  to  have  with  the  agent  in  the
transaction.
                                SUBLESSOR'S AGENT
A Sublessor's  agent under a listing  agreement  with the Sublessor  acts as the
agent for the Sublessor. A Sublessor's agent or a subagent of that agent has the
following affirmative obligations:
To the Sublessor:
(a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care,  integrity,  honesty and loyalty in dealing
    with the Sublessor.
To the Sublessee and the Sublessor:
(a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skill and care in performance of the agent's
    duties.
{b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith.
(c) A duty to disclose  all facts known to the agent  materially  affecting  the
    value or  desirability  of the property that are not known to, or within the
    diligent attention and observation of, the parties.

An agent is not obligated to reveal to either party any confidential information
obtained from the other party which does not involve the affirmative  duties set
forth above.
                               SUBLESSEE'S AGENT
A Sublessee's agent can, with a Sublessee's  consent,  agree to act as agent for
the Sublessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Sublessor's agent,
even if by agreement the agent may receive  compensation for services  rendered,
either  in full or in part  from  the  Sublessor.  An  agent  acting  only for a
Sublessee has the following affirmative obligations.
To the Sublessee:
(a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity,  honesty and loyalty in dealings
    with the Sublessee.
To the Sublessee and the Sublessor:
(a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skill and care in performance of the agent's
    duties.
(b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith.
(c) A duty to disclose  all facts known to the agent  materially  affecting  the
    value or  desirability  of the property that are not known to, or within the
    diligent attention and observation of, the parties.

An agent is not obligated to reveal to either party any confidential information
obtained from the other party which does not involve the affirmative  duties set
forth above.
                 AGENT REPRESENTING BOTH SUBLESSOR AND SUBLESSEE
A real estate  agent,  either acting  directly or through one or more  associate
licensees, can legally be the agent of both the Sublessor and the Sublessee in a
transaction,  but only with the knowledge and consent of both the  Sublessor and
the Sublessee.

In a dual agency situation,  the agent has the following affirmative obligations
to both the Sublessor and the Sublessee.

(a) A  fiduciary  duty of utmost  care,  integrity,  honest  and  loyalty in the
    dealings with either Sublessor or Sublessee.
(b) Other  duties to the  Sublessor  and the  Sublessee as stated above in their
    respective sections.

In  representing  both Sublessor and Sublessee,  the agent may not,  without the
express permission of the respective party, disclose to the other party that the
Sublessor  will  accept a rent less than the listed  rent or that the  Sublessee
will pay a rent greater than the rent offered.

The above  duties of the agent in a real  estate  transaction  do not  relieve a
Sublessor or Sublessee from the  responsibility  to protect their own interests.
You should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately  express
your understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified
to advise  about  real  estate.  If legal or tax  advice is  desired,  consult a
competent professional.

You should read its contents each time it is presented to you,  considering  the
relationship between you and the real estate agent in your specific transaction.

We acknowledge receipt of a copy of this disclosure.

Sublessor/Sublessee /s/ Douglas G. Dellin                   Date 7/8/97
                    -----------------------------                ---------------
Sublessor/Sublessee /s/ Lawrence J. Fassler                 Date 7/9/97
                    -----------------------------                ---------------
================================================================================
                    SIGN BELOW TO AUTHORIZE TYPE OF AGENCY

Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc., is the agent of (check one).
(Name of Listing Agent)
     The Sublessor exclusively; or
- -----
  X  Both the Sublessee and Sublessor
- -----

CONFIRMED AND AUTHORIZED:

Sublessor /s/ Douglas G. Dellin                              Date 7/8/97
          -----------------------------                          ---------------
Sublessor                                                    Date
          -----------------------------                          ---------------

Agent                                            By          Date
     -----------------------------------------     --------      ---------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc., is the agent of (check one):
(Name of Sublessee's agent)
     The Sublessee exclusively; or
- -----
     The Sublessor exclusively; or
- -----
  X  Both the Sublessee and Sublessor
- -----

CONFIRMED AND AUTHORIZED:

Sublessee /s/ Lawrence J. Fassler                  Date 7/9/97
          -----------------------------                ---------------
Sublessee                                          Date
          -----------------------------                ---------------

Agent                                            By          Date
     -----------------------------------------     --------      ---------------

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT E

                            ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES

                                   FOR LEASE

Any  dispute  or claim in law or  equity  arising  out of this  contract  or any
resulting  transaction  shall be  decided  by  neutral  binding  arbitration  in
accordance with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association,  and not by
court  action  except as  provided  by  California  law for  judicial  review of
arbitration  proceedings.  Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s)
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction  thereof. The parties shall have
the  right to  discovery  in  accordance  with Code of Civil  Procedure  Section
1283.05.  The following matters are excluded from arbitration  hereunder:  (a) a
judicial or non-judicial  foreclosure or other action or proceeding to enforce a
deed of trust,  mortgage,  or real property  sales  contract as defined in Civil
Code  Section  2985,  (b)  an  unlawful  detainer  action,  (c)  the  filing  or
enforcement  of  a  mechanic's   lien,  (d)  any  matter  which  is  within  the
jurisdiction  of a probate court, or small claims court, or an action for bodily
injury or wrongful death, or for latent or patent defects to which Code of Civil
Procedure  Section  337.1 or Section  337.15  applies.  The filing of a judicial
action to enable  the  recording  of a notice of  pending  action,  for order of
attachment,  receivership,  injunction, or other provisional remedies, shall not
constitute a waiver of the right to arbitrate under this provision.

Any  dispute  or claim by or  against  broker(s)  and/or  associate  licensee(s)
participating in this transaction  shall be submitted to arbitration  consistent
with the provision  above only if the  broker(s)  and/or  associate  licensee(s)
making the claim or against  whom the claim is made shall have  agreed to submit
it to arbitration consistent with this provision.


"NOTICE: BY INITIALLING IN THE SPACE BELOW, YOU ARE AGREEING TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE
ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE  'ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES'  PROVISION
DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND YOU ARE GIVING
UP ANY RIGHTS YOU MIGHT  POSSESS TO HAVE THE DISPUTE  LITIGATED IN COURT OR JURY
TRIAL. BY INITIALLING IN THE SPACE BELOW, YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR JUDICIAL RIGHTS
TO DISCOVERY AND APPEAL,  UNLESS THOSE RIGHTS ARE  SPECIFICALLY  INCLUDED IN THE
'ARBITRATION  OF  DISPUTES'  PROVISION.  IF YOU REFUSE TO SUBMIT TO  ARBITRATION
AFTER AGREEING TO THIS  PROVISION,  YOU MAY BE COMPELLED TO ARBITRATE  UNDER THE
AUTHORITY OF THE  CALIFORNIA  CODE OF CIVIL  PROCEDURE.  YOUR  AGREEMENT TO THIS
ARBITRATION PROVISION IS VOLUNTARY."


"WE HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING AND AGREE TO SUBMIT DISPUTES  ARISING
OUT OF THE MATTERS  INCLUDED  IN THE  'ARBITRATION  OF  DISPUTES'  PROVISION  TO
NEUTRAL ARBITRATION."

(    )  (/s/ LF)  Lessee agrees            (    )  (    ) Lessee does not agrees
 ----    -------                            ----    ----                
(    )  (/s/ DGD) Lessor agrees            (    )  (    ) Lessor does not agrees
 ----    -------                            ----    ----                
(    )  (/s/ FR)  Lessee's Broker agrees             
 ----    -------                
(    )  (      )  Lessor's Broker agrees 
 ----    -------                                                

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                   Exhibit B3
Dave Bailey Construction, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contractors License No. 550323             55 St. James Drive            5/30/97
(707)579-4334                              Santa Rosa, CA 95403
<CAPTION>
                                  COST BREAKDOWN      NOTES/CHANGES
Job: Applied Vascular Engnieering Circadian Way 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Item                      Cost
<S>  <C>                       <C>           <C>
 1.  Walls - complete           $18,236.     Framing, insulation and sheetrock, patching as required
 2.  HVAC                        $2,000.     Allowance for duct relocation and restroom exhaust
 3.  Electrical                  $4,100.     Allowance for light relocation, plugs, phone jacks and power poles in open areas
 4.  Acoutsic Ceiling            $2,100.     Vinyl tiles in clean room, gown and wash areas
 5.  Fire Sprinklers             $1,550.     Additional heads at new walls - allowance
 6.  Doors, Hdwr & Trim          $4,430.     Relocated doors and frames from Skylane
 7.  Interior glass                $504.     Tempered panels and new windows
 8.  Mini-blinds                     $0.
 9.  Cabinets & Shelves            $540.     Restroom counters
10.  Painting                    $3,876.     Paint new walls, doors and frames
11.  Wallcovering                    $0.
12.  Plumbing                    $8,500.     Restroom plumbing allowance
13.  Carpet/flooring/base        $5,000.     Patch VCT throughout, new rubber base at new walls - allowance
14.  Restroom partitions         $2,400.
15.  Restroom accessories        $1,500.
16.                           0      $0.
17.  Clean Room allowance       $26,000.     $15/sq.ft. allowance for clean room related HVAC, electrical and gas/air
18.                           0      $0.
19.  Concrete cut / patch          $780.     For restroom plumbing
20.  Demolition                    $858.     Wall cap, some walls, minimal floor areas
21.  Dumpsters                     $280.
22.  Lift rental                     $0.
23.  Clean up                    $1,500.
24.  Contingency                 $5,000.     5% for siesmic retrofit on grid and other unknowns.

25.  Sub-contract Total         $89,154.

26.  Supervision and misc.       $4,458.
27.  Overhead and Profit         $8,915.

28.  Total of D.B.C. Costs     $102,527.
29.  Architertural/permit            $0.
                               -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30.  ***TOTAL COST             $102,527.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C

                       STANDARD LEASE DISCLOSURE ADDENDUM

Notice to Owners,  Buyers and Tenants Regarding  Hazardous Waste or Substances
and Underground Storage Tanks

Comprehensive  federal and state laws and  regulations  have been enacted in the
the last few years in an  effort  to  develop  controls  over the use,  storage,
handling,  cleanup, removal and disposal of hazardous wastes or substances. Some
of these laws and regulations,  such as, for example,  the so-called "Super Fund
Act", provide for broad liability schemes wherein an owner, tenant or other user
of the property may be liable for cleanup costs and damages regardless of fault.
Other laws and  regulations  set  standards  for the  handling  of  asbestos  or
establish  requirements for the use,  modification,  abandonment,  or closing of
underground storage tanks.

It is not  practical or possible to list all such laws and  regulations  in this
Notice.  Therefore,  lessors and lessees are urged to consult  legal  counsel to
determine their  respective  rights and  liabilities  with respect to the issues
described in this Notice as well as other  aspects of the proposed  transaction.
If various  materials  that have been or may be in the future  determined  to be
toxic,  hazardous or undesirable,  or are going to be used,  stored,  handled or
disposed of on the  property,  or if the  property  has or may have  underground
storage tanks for storage of such  hazardous  materials,  or that such materials
may be in the  equipment,  improvements  or soil, it is essential that legal and
technical advice be obtained to determine,  among other things, what permits and
approvals have been or may be required, if any, the estimated costs and expenses
associated with the use, storage, handling,  cleanup, removal or disposal of the
hazardous  wastes or substances and what  contractual  provisions and protection
are necessary or desirable. It may also be important to obtain expert assistance
for site investigations and building inspections.  The past uses of the property
may provide  valuable  information as to the  likelihood of hazardous  wastes or
substances, or underground storage tanks being on the property.

The term  "hazardous  wastes or  substances"  is used in this Notice in its very
broadest  sense and  includes,  but is not  limited to, all those  listed  under
Proposition 65,  petroleum base products,  paints and solvents,  lead,  cyanide,
DDT, printing inks, acids, pesticides,  ammmonium compounds,  asbestos, PCBs and
other chemical products.  Hazardous wastes or substances and underground storage
tanks may be present on all types of real property.  This Notice is,  therefore,
meant to apply to any transaction  involving any type of real property,  whether
improved or unimproved.

Although  Keegan & Coppin  Co.,  Inc.  or its  salespeople,  will  disclose  any
knowledge  it actually  possesses  with  respect to the  existence  of hazardous
wastes or  substances,  or underground  storage tanks on the property,  Keegan &
Coppin Co., Inc. has not made  investigations  or obtained reports regarding the
subject matter of this Notice,  except as may be described in a separate written
document,  studies or  investigation  by experts.  Therefore,  unless  there are
additional documents or studies attached to this notice, lease or contract, this
will serve as  notification  that Keegan & Coppin Co.,  Inc. or its  salespeople
make no  representation  regarding the existence or  non-existence  of hazardous
wastes or substances,  or underground storage tanks on the property.  You should
contact  a  professional,  such  as  a  civil  engineer,  geologist,  industrial
hygienist  or other  persons  with  experience  in these  matters  to advise you
concerning the property.

Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)

On  July  26,  1991,  the  federal  legislation  known  as  the  Americans  with
Disabilities Act (ADA) was signed into law by President Bush. The purpose of the
ADA is to  integrate  persons  with  disabilities  into the  economic and social
mainstream of American life. Title III of the ADA applies to Lessors and Lessees
of "places of public  accommodation" and "commercial  facilities",  and requires
that places of public  accommodation  undertake "readily  achievable" removal of
communication and access barriers to the disabled. This requirement of Title III
of the ADA is effective January 26, 1992.

It is important that building owners identify and undertake "readily achievable"
removal of any such  barriers in the common areas,  sidewalks,  parking lots and
other areas of the building under their control.

The lessor and lessee is responsible for compliance with ADA relating to removal
of barriers within the workplace i.e.,  arrangement of interior  furnishings and
access within the premises, and any improvements installed by lessor and lessee.

Keegan & Coppin  Company,  Inc.  recommends that both parties seek expert advice
regarding the implications of the Act as it affects this agreement.

Alquist-Priolo:

"The property which is the subject of this contract may be situated in a Special
Study Zone as designated under the Alquist-Priolo  Geologic Hazard Act, Sections
2621-2625,  inclusive, of the Caifornia Public Resources Code; and, as such, the
construction  or  development  on  this  property  of any  structure  for  human
occupancy  may be subject to the  findings  of  geologic  report  prepared  by a
geologist registered in the State of California, unless such report is waived by
the City or  County  under  the terms of that  act.  No  representations  on the
subject  are made by the  lessor or agent,  and the lessee  should  make his own
inquiry or investigation".

Flood Hazard Area Disclosure:

The subject  property  may be situated in a "Special  Flood  Hazard Area" as set
forth on a Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) "Flood Insurance Rate Map"
(FIRM) or "Flood  Hazard  Boundary  Map"  (FHBM).  The law provides  that,  as a
condition of obtaining financing on most structures located in a "Special Floods
Hazard  Area",  lender  requires  flood  insurance  where  the  property  or its
attachments  are  security  for a  loan.  Lessee  should  consult  with  experts
concerning the possible risk of flooding.


     Acknowledgment:

     Lessee: /s/ Lawrence J. Fassler                      Date:     7/9/97
             ------------------------                          ------------

     Lessor: /s/ Douglas G. Dellin                       Date:   7/8/97
             ------------------------                          ------------
<PAGE>


                                INDUSTRIAL LEASE

                                    BETWEEN

                     Santa Rosa Corporate Center Associates


                                  as LANDLORD

                                      and

                                 Verticom, Inc.

                                   as TENANT





<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

                           Defined Terms .................................... ii
Article 1.        Parties ...................................................  1
Article 2.        Premises ..................................................  1
Article 3.        Term ......................................................  1
Article 4.        Rent ......................................................  1
Article 5.        Security Deposit ..........................................  3
Article 6.        Use .......................................................  3
Article 7.        Maintenance, Repairs and Alterations ......................  4
Article 8.        Insurance; Indemnity ......................................  7
Article 9.        Damage or Destruction .....................................  9
Article 10.       Real Property Taxes ....................................... 10
Article 11.       Common Areas .............................................. 11
Article 12.       Utilities ................................................. 12
Article 13.       Assignment and Subletting ................................. 12
Article 14.       Defaults; Remedies ........................................ 14
Article 15.       Condemnation .............................................. 16
Article 16.       General Provisions ........................................ 16
Article 17.       Performance Bond ...... ................................... 18
Article 18.       Brokers ................................................... 18
Article 19.       Interest on Past Due Obligations .......................... 19
Article 20.       Interest Rate ............................................. 19
Article 21.       Signs, etc. ............................................... 19
Article 22.       Notices ................................................... 19
Article 23.       Control of Lease Over Laws of General Application ......... 19

      EXHIBIT A   Map showing Park and Premises
      EXHIBIT B   Sign Criteria
      EXHIBIT C   Subordination, non-disturbance and Attornment Agreement
      ADDENDUM 1  Hazardous Materials

                                        i


<PAGE>


                                 DEFINED TERMS

Defined Term                                            Article in which Defined
Additional Rent ........................................................... 4.4
Adjustment Dates .......................................................... 4.3
Base Rent ................................................................. 4.2
Commencement Date ......................................................... 3.1
Common Areas ............................................................. 11.1
Condemnation ..............................................................  15
Consumer Price Index ...................................................... 4.3
Interest Rate .............................................................  20
Landlord ........................................................... 1 and 16.2
Landlord Delay .......................................................... 3.2(d)
Option Period ............................................................. 3.4
Option Period Adjustment Dates .......................................... 4.5(b)
Park ......................................................................   2
Preliminary Improvement Plan ............................................ 7.6(c)
Premises ..................................................................   2
Real Property Tax ........................................................ 10.2
Special Improvements .................................................... 7.6(a)
Target Date ........................ ...................................... 3.1
Tenant ....................................................................   1
Tenant Allowance ........................................................ 7.6(a)
Tenant Allowance Termination Date ....................................... 4.2(b)
Tenant Delay ............................................................ 3.2(c)
Third Party Delay ....................................................... 3.2(b)
Toxic Materials ........................................................... 6.3

                                       ii



<PAGE>


                                INDUSTRIAL LEASE

                               -- MODIFIED NET --

1. Parties.  This lease,  dated for reference purposes only October 27, 1995, is
made  by  and  between  Santa  Rosa  Corporate  Center  Associates,   a  general
partnership  (hereinafter  called  "Landlord"),  and Verticom Inc., a California
Corporation (hereinafter called "Tenant").

2.  Premises.  Landlord  hereby Leases to Tenant and Tenant Leases from Landlord
for the term, at the rental,  and upon all of the  conditions  set forth herein,
that certain real property situated in the City of Santa Rosa, County of Sonoma,
State of California, and described as approximately 47,938 square feet, known as
Building  B and  located  in the  complex  of  office/research  and  development
buildings and related Common Areas (as  hereinafter  defined)  commonly known as
Santa Rosa Corporate Center and more particularly described as assessor's Parcel
No.  035-133-019  (such  complex  hereinafter  referred to as the  "Park")  Said
Building B, or portion thereof,  is herein called the "Premises." The address of
the  Premises  is 1201  Corporate  Center  Parkway.  A map  showing the Park and
Premises  outlined in blue is attached hereto as EXHIBIT A and by this reference
made a part hereof.

3. Term

     3.1 Term.  The term of this Lease shall be for  One-Hundred-Twenty  ( 120 )
months,  unless sooner  terminated  pursuant to any provision  hereof.  The term
shall   commence  on  December  15,  1995   (hereinafter   referred  to  as  the
"Commencement Date"),  notwithstanding the fact that the Special Improvements to
the Premises (as defined in Section 7.6) may not be completed by said date.

     3.2 Intentionally Omitted

     3.3  Possession.  Tenant  shall be entitled to  possession  of the Premises
immediately upon commencement of the term of this lease, provided, however, that
Tenant shall be granted  early access to the Premises  upon mutual  execution of
this Lease for the purpose of installing  the Special  Improvements  as provided
for in Section 7.6 hereof.  Any such early access shall be subject to the terms,
provisions  and  conditions  of this Lease (except for the payment of Base Rent,
Common  Area  Charges and Real  Property  Taxes and (a) Tenant  shall  indemnify
Landlord  with respect to all claims  arising out of such access and provided in
Article 8.7, and (b) Tenant shall,  prior to such access,  deliver to Landlord a
certificate  evidencing  the  existence and amount of insurance  policies  which
fulfill the requirements set forth in Article 8 but which, in addition, commence
prior to such early access and insure Landlord and Tenant against any liability,
loss or damage arising out of such early access. It is specifically acknowledged
and agreed that Tenant shall be  responsible  for the payment  of utilities (as
defined in Section 12) during any such period of early access.

     3.4 Intentionaily Omitted.

4. Rent

     4.1 Time and Manner of Payment.  Except as provided in the last sentence of
this  Article  4.1, no Base Rent shall be due and owing  hereunder  until on and
after the  Commencement  Date. Tenant  shall pay the  monthly  Base Rent for the
Premises in advance upon the  Commencement  Date and thereafter on the first day
of each month of the term hereof. All rentals shall be paid to Landlord, without
deductions of offset,  in lawful money of the United  States of America,  at the
address set forth herein for  delivery of notices to Landlord,  or to such other
person or at such other place as  Landlord  may from time to time  designate  in
writing.  Base Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less that
one (1) month shall be a pro-rata portion of the monthly  installment.  Upon the
execution  of this Lease,  Tenant  shall pay  Landlord  the sum of  Thirty-Eight
Thousand Three  Hundred-Fifty  Dollars and Forty Cents ($ 38,350.40 ) as advance
payment of Base Rent for the first month of the initial term hereunder.

4.2 Base Rent

                                       1

<PAGE>

         (a) Subject to the rent  adjustment  provisions of Articles  4.2(b) and
4.3 hereof,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  without notice from  Landlord,  Base
Rent each month as follows (such rent, as adjusted from time to time  hereunder,
hereinafter referred to as "Base Rent"):

              MONTHS            BASE RENT
              ------            ---------

              1-120             $38,350.40      (subject to adjustment as
                                                provided in Section 4.3.)

         (b) Tenant shall be responsible  from and after the  Commencement  Date
for all other items  payable by Tenant  hereunder  whether or not such items are
designated as Additional Rent (defined in Article 4.4).

     4.3  Adjustment  of Base Rent During  Initial  Term.  The Base Rent payable
hereunder  shall be subject to an upward  adjustment  during the initial term of
this Lease on the following dates (the "Adjustment Dates"):

December 15, 1998  (thirty-seventh  month) and December 15, 2001  (seventy-third
month).

The Base Rent payable  hereunder  shall be  increased on each of the  Adjustment
Dates to an amount  determined  by  multiplying  $38,350.40  by a fraction,  the
numerator  of which  shall be the  average  of the  three  most  recent  monthly
Consumer Price Index (as  hereinafter  defined)  figures  published prior to the
date of such  adjustment,  and the  denominator of which shall be the average of
the three most recent monthly  Consumer Price Index figures  published  prior to
the Commencement Date; provided,  however,  that in no event shall the Base Rent
for any month be less than the Base Rent for the  immediately  preceding  month,
nor shall the amount of the  increase at each  Adjustment  Date be greater  than
115% of the Base Rent Payable immediately prior to such Adjustment Date. As used
herein,  the term  "Consumer  Price Index" shall mean the monthly  United States
Department of Labor's Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index, All Urban
Wage Earners and Clerical Workers,  All Items, for San  Francisco-Oakland  (1967
equals 100).  Should  Landlord lack  sufficient  data to make the  determination
specified  in this  section  on the date of any such  adjustment,  Tenant  shall
continue  to pay  the  monthly  Base  Rent  payable  immediately  prior  to such
Adjustment  Date.  As soon as Landlord  obtains  the  necessary  data,  it shall
determine the Base Rent payable from and after such  Adjustment  Date and notify
Tenant of the adjustment in writing. Should the monthly Base Rent for the period
following such Adjustment  Date exceed the amount  previously paid by Tenant for
such period,  Tenant shall  forthwith  pays the  difference to Landlord.  If the
Consumer  Price Index is changed so that the base year differs from that used as
of the month  immediately  preceding the  Commencement  Date, the Consumer Price
Index shall be converted in accordance with the conversion  factor  published by
the United  States  Department  of Labor's  Bureau of Labor  Statistics.  If the
Consumer Price Index is  discontinued  or revised during the term of this Lease,
such other  government  index or computation  with which it is replaced shall be
used in order to obtain  substantially  the same  result as would be obtained if
the Consumer Price Index had not been discontinued or revised.

     4.4 Net  Rental.  Landlord  shall  receive  the Base Rent set forth in this
Lease  free and  clear of any and all taxes  (other  than  withholding  taxes or
income taxes), utilities, insurance premiums described in Article 8, Common Area
charges described in Article 11.4, impositions, liens, charges or other expenses
of any nature  whatsoever in connection  with the ownership and operation of the
Premises  during the term of this Lease.  All such charges and expenses shall be
deemed  additional rent  ("Additional  Rent")  hereunder and upon the failure of
Tenant to pay any of such  charges  or  expenses  Landlord  shall  have the same
rights and  remedies  as  otherwise  provided  in this Lease for the  failure of
Tenant to pay Base Rent.  In addition  to the  foregoing  charges and  expenses,
Tenant  shall  reimburse  to  Landlord as  Additional  Rent  Landlord's  cost of
administration  and management of this Lease and the Common Areas, to be paid at
such time as other  Additional  Rent is  required  hereunder  to be paid up to a
maximum amount of $300.00 per month.

                                       2

<PAGE>


     5. Security Deposit.  Upon execution of this lease, Tenant shall deliver to
Landlord a  security  deposit in the  amount of  $651,956.80  (Initial  Security
Deposit),  as security for Tenants  performance of all of Tenant's covenants and
obligations  under this Lease;  provided,  however,  that said Initial  Security
Deposit shall not be deemed an advance rent deposit or an advance payment of any
other kind, or a measure of Landlord's damage upon Tenant's  default.  If Tenant
fails to pay Base Rent or Additional  Rent as required  hereunder,  or otherwise
defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may use, apply or
retain all or any portion of said  Initial  Security  Deposit for the payment of
any Base Rent or Additional  Rent in default or for the payment of any other sum
which  Landlord  may  become  obligated  by reason of  Tenant's  default,  or to
compensate  Landlord for any loss or damage which  Landlord may suffer  thereby,
including  without  limitation,  the  cleaning,  restoration  and  repair of the
Premises.  Landlord and Tenant agree that the Initial  Security Deposit shall be
invested  in an  interest  bearing  "money  market"  account  in the name of the
Landlord  and  shall  be  deposited  at a  interest  rate  and  with  a  banking
institution  of  Landlord's  choice,   both  in  Landlord's  sole  and  absolute
discretion.  Tenant  acknowledges  that preservation of the principal balance of
the Initial Secuirty Deposit is an important  consideration  with respect to its
investment,  and as such,  Tenant  hereby  waives any claims,  past,  present or
future with respect to the method of investment of the Initial Security Deposit,
including, but not limited to, any claim that alternative investment options may
have earned a higher rate of interest;  provided,  however,  that Landlord shall
bear all risk with respect to any loss or reduction in the principle  balance of
the Initial Security Deposit.

Provided  that (i) Tenant is not in breach of or in default  under the Lease and
there exists no act or omission on the part of Tenant which, with the passage of
time or the giving of notice,  or both would  constitute  a breach of or default
under the  Lease,  and (ii) the  Initial  Security  Deposit  has not been  used,
applied or retained by Landlord  pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions  of this
Article 5, then (a) as and when the monthly  installments  of Base Rent come due
with respect to each of the second (2nd)  through  seventeenth  (17th) months of
the Term,  the  Initial  Security  Deposit  shall be  reduced  by the  amount of
$38,350.40  and such  amount  will be applied as a credit to pay the  respective
monthly  installments of Base Rent as and when they become due during the second
(2nd) through the seventeenth  (17th) months of the Term and (b) as and when the
monthly installment of Base Rent comes due with respect to the eighteenth (18th)
month of the Term,  the entire  remaining  balance  (including  interest  earned
thereon)  of the  Initial  Security  Deposit  shall be  disbursed  to Tenant (as
opposed to being applied as a credit against Base Rent) provided;  however, that
said  disbursement  shall be conditioned upon Tenant first providing  Landlord a
cash deposit in the amount of  $38,350.40  (Replacement  Security  Deposit),  as
security  for  Tenant's  continued  faithful  performance  of  all  of  Tenant's
covenants and  obligations  under this Lease.  Landlord shall not be required to
keep said $38,350.40  Replacement  Security  Deposit as a separate fund, but may
commingle it with other funds.  If Tenant  performs all of Tenant's  obligations
hereunder,  said Replacement  Security Deposit or so much as has not theretofore
been applied by  Landlord,  shall be  returned,  without  payment of interest or
other  increment for its use, to Tenant (or, at Landlord's  option,  to the last
assignee,  if any, of Tenant's interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after
the  expiration  of the term hereof,  or after Tenant has vacated the  Premises,
whichever is later.

6. Use.

     6.1 Use.  The  premises  shall be used and  occupied  only for research and
development, manufacturing,  warehousing, sales, general office and related uses
and for no other  purpose  without  prior  written  consent of  Landlord,  which
consent may be withheld or conditioned as Landlord may deem  appropriate  within
the  exercise of its sole  discretion.  Tenant shall at its own cost and expense
obtain any and all licenses and permits necessary for any such use.

     6.2 Compliance with Law. Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, comply promptly
with all  applicable  statutes,  ordinances,  rules,  regulations,  orders,  and
requirements in effect during the term of any part of the term hereof regulating
the use by Tenant of the Premises; provided that Tenant shall not be responsible
for making  any  structural  changes to the  Building  that may be  required  by
applicable  laws,  unless such changes are  necessitated  by Tenant's  acts,  by
Tenant's  business  or use of the  Premises  or by  improvements  made by or for
Tenant.  Tenant  shall not use or permit the use of the  Premises  in any manner
that will tend to create waste or a nuisance or which shall tend to unreasonably
disturb other tenants in the Park.

     6.3 Hazardous Materials. See Addendum I.

     6.4  Condition of  Premises.  Tenant  hereby  accepts the Premises in their
condition existing as of

                                        3

<PAGE>


the  date  of  the  possession  hereunder,  subject  to all  applicable  zoning,
municipal,  county and state laws,  ordinances  and  regulations  governing  and
regulating the use of the Premises,  and accepts this Lease subject  thereto and
to all matters  disclosed  thereby and by any exhibits  attached hereto.  Tenant
acknowledges   that  neither   Landlord  nor  Landlord's   agent  has  made  any
representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct
of Tenant's business.

     6.5 Landlord's Rules and Regulations.  Tenant shall faithfully  observe and
comply  with  the  reasonable,  nondiscriminatory  rules  and  regulations  that
Landlord shall from time to time  promulgate.  Landlord  reserves the right from
time to time to make all reasonable modifications to said rules and regulations.
The additions and  modifications to those rules and regulations shall be binding
upon Tenant upon  delivery  of a copy of them to Tenant.  Landlord  shall not be
responsible  to  Tenant  for  the  nonperformance  of  any  of  said  rules  and
regulations  by any other tenants or occupants  provided that Landlord shall use
reasonable  efforts  to  enforce  such  compliance.  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision of this Article 6.5,  Tenant shall in all events comply with all rules
and  regulations  of Landlord  designed to maintain  the  first-class  image and
aesthetically attractive nature of the Park.

7. Maintenance, Repairs and Alterations.

     7.1  Landlord's  Obligations.  Subject  to the  limitations  on  Landlord's
obligations  as set forth in Article  9, and  except  for  damage  caused by any
negligent or intentional act or omission of Tenant, Tenant's agents,  employees,
or  invitees,  Landlord,  at  Landlord's  expense,  shall  keep in  good  order,
condition  and repair the  structural  components of the (i)  foundations,  (ii)
exterior  walls and (iii) roof of the Premises.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
Landlord shall not be responsible for any such maintenance, upkeep or repairs of
the Premises to the extent that the same may be made  necessary by or arise from
Tenant's  placement  or  servicing  of, or other  activities  in relation to the
location  of,  equipment  on the  roof  (or  penetration  of the  roof  by  such
equipment) of the Premises (regardless of Tenant's having obtained, prior to the
placement of any such equipment,  the written approval of Landlord in accordance
with Article 7.5 hereof),  and Tenant shall be solely  responsible for and shall
pay the full cost of any such maintenance,  upkeep or repairs. Landlord shall be
obligated to paint such  exterior  walls as reasonably  required,  in Landlord's
sole judgement.  Landlord shall not be required to maintain the interior surface
of exterior walls,  windows,  doors or place glass. In the event Landlord paints
the  exterior  walls of the  Premises,  Landlord  shall  pay the  costs  thereof
provided,  that if the  painting  of such  walls is made  necessary  because  of
Tenant's  extraordinary  or  any  acts  of  Tenant  or  its  agents,  employees,
independent  contractors,  quests or invites  use of the  Premises  or  Tenant's
failure to exercise ordinary care in its use and occupation of the Premises, all
of Landlord's  costs and expenses in connection with painting the exterior walls
shall be borne by Tenant and shall  become due and  payable as  Additional  Rent
together  with  Tenant's next rental  installment.  Landlord  shall make repairs
under this Article 7.1 within a reasonable  time after receipt of written notice
of the need for such repairs,  which notice Tenant shall give promptly  after it
becomes aware of the need for such repairs. Tenant expressly waives the benefits
of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would  otherwise  afford  Tenant
the right to make repairs at Landlord's  expense,  to deduct the cost of repairs
from Base Rent  payable  to  Landlord  or to  terminate  this  Lease  because of
Landlord's failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.

     7.2  Tenant's  Obligations.  Subject to the  provisions  of Article 7.1 and
Landlord's  obligations under Article 9, Tenant, at Tenant's expense, shall keep
in good  order,  condition  and  repair  the  Premises  and every  part  thereof
(regardless  of whether  the  damaged  portion of the  Premises  or the means of
repairing the same are  accessible to Tenant)  including,  without  limiting the
generality  of  the  foregoing,   all  plumbing,   heating,   air  conditioning,
ventilating,  electrical  and  lighting  facilities  and  equipment  within  the
Premises fixtures,  interior walls, ceilings,  windows,  doors, plate glass, and
roofing membrane and skylights located within the Premises and all truck loading
areas and tank farm areas  adjacent to the  Premises  and other  areas  included
within the Premises,.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  Tenant
shall  be  obligated  to  make  such  repair  or  alterations  to  the  Premises
(including,  without limitation, any improvements therein constructed by Tenant)
in compliance  with all applicable  statutes,  ordinances,  rules,  regulations,
orders  and  requirements  in effect  during  the term of this  Lease,  and such
repairs or alterations shall be constructed in a manner and with materials equal
to or better than the existing  quality of the construction and materials of the
Premises and  performed by a contractor  approved by Landlord.  At Tenant's sole
expense,  Tenant shall hire and contract with a qualified heat,  ventilation and
air   conditioning   maintenance   service   approved  by  Landlord  to  provide
inspections,  repairs and maintenance of all such systems in the Premises.  Such
inspections,  repairs and maintenance  shall be performed at a minimum frequency
of

                                       4

<PAGE>

once  each  quarter.  Tenant  shall  provide  Landlord  with a copy of  Tenant's
maintenance service contract.

     7.3  Surrender.  On the  last  day of the  term  hereof,  or on any  sooner
termination,  Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in good condition,
broom clean,  uninsured  casualty losses not caused by Tenant or Tenant's agents
or employees,  ordinary wear and tear and repair  obligations  of Landlord under
this Lease excepted.  Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises  occasioned
by its use thereof,  or by the removal of Tenant's trade  fixtures,  furnishings
and equipment  pursuant to Article 7.5,  which repair shall include the patching
and filling of holes and repair of structural damage.

     7.4  Landlord's  Rights.  If Tenant fails to perform  Tenant's  obligations
under any provision of this Lease, Landlord may, at its option (but shall not be
required to), enter upon the Premises,  after ten (10) days prior written notice
to Tenant or with no prior written  notice of an emergency,  and put the same in
good order,  condition  and repair or  otherwise  perform  Tenant's  obligations
hereunder,  and the cost  thereof  (including,  without  limitation,  Landlord's
out-of-pocket  expenses and reasonable  attorneys'  fees) together with interest
thereon at the  Interest  Rate (as  defined  hereafter)  shall,  after  Landlord
notifies  Tenant of such cost,  become due and  payable  as  Additional  Rent to
Landlord together with Tenant's next rental installment.

     7.5 Alterations and Additions.

         (a) Tenant shall not, without  Landlord's prior written consent,  which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, make any alterations,  improvements,
or  additions  in,  on,  or  about  the  Premises,   except  for  non-structural
alterations not exceeding Five Thousand  Dollars  ($5,000) in cost. In the event
Tenant  requests  Landlord  to  consent  to such  alterations,  improvements  or
additions,  Tenant  shall  submit  such  information  as Landlord  may  require,
including  but not  limited  to (i)  plans  and  specifications,  (ii)  permits,
licenses and bonds and (iii) evidence of contractor's  insurance coverage in the
types and amounts as Landlord shall deem  appropriate.  As a condition to giving
such  consent,  Landlord  may require that Tenant  remove any such  alterations,
improvements,  additions or utility installations at the expiration of the term,
and restore the  Premises to their prior  condition,  which  requirement  may be
imposed by Landlord at the time of giving such consent.

         (b) Before  commencing any work relating to alterations,  additions and
improvements affecting the Premises,  Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of
the expected date of commencement thereof. Landlord shall then have the right at
any time and from time to time to post and maintain on the Premises such notices
as Landlord reasonably deems necessary to protect the Premises and Landlord from
mechanics' liens,  materialmen's liens, or any other liens. In any event, Tenant
shall  pay,  when due,  all claims for labor or  materials  furnished  to or for
Tenant at or for use in the Premises.  Tenant shall not permit any mechanics' or
materialmen's  liens to be levied against the Premises for any labor or material
furnished  to Tenant or claimed to have been  furnished to Tenant or to Tenant's
agents or  contractors  in connection  with work of any  character  performed or
claimed to have been performed on the Premises by or at the direction of Tenant.

         (c) Unless Landlord requires their removal, as set forth in Article 7.5
(a),  all  alterations,  improvements,  or  additions  which  may be made on the
Premises  shall  become  the  property  of  Landlord  and  remain  upon  and  be
surrendered with the Premises at the expiration of the term. Notwithstanding the
provisions  of this Article  7.5(c),  Tenant's  machinery,  equipment  and trade
fixtures  other than that which is affixed to the  Premises so that it cannot be
removed without  material damage to the Premises or which otherwise  constitutes
real property or a fixture under  California  law,  shall remain the property of
Tenant and may be removed by Tenant subject to the provisions of Article 7.3.

     (d)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  subparagraph  (b) above,  if any
mechanics' or materialmen's lien is levied against the Premises for any labor or
material  furnished to Tenant or claimed to have been  furnished to Tenant or to
Tenant's  agents  or  contractors  in  connection  with  work  of any  character
performed  or  claimed  to have  been  performed  on the  Premises  by or at the
direction of Tenant,  and Tenant contests in good faith the subject claim,  then
Tenant shall cause such lien to be released of record within twenty (20) days of
Tenant's  acquiring  knowledge  of its  filing by payment or posting of a proper
bond.  If Tenant has not caused the lien to be so  released  within  such 20-day
period,  Landlord,  in addition to all other remedies provided in this Lease and
by law, shall have the right,  but shall not be obligated,  to cause the lien to
be released by such means as Landlord

                                        5
<PAGE>

deems   proper,  including  payment of the claim  giving  rise to the lien.  All
payments made and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with lien shall be
considered Additional Rent pursuant to Article 14.5 below.

     7.6 Special Improvements.

         (a) Plans and  Specifications.  Tenant  may cause the  construction  of
special improvements to the Premises ("Special Improvements),  all in accordance
with the provisions set forth below.

     Tenant shall deliver to Landlord  preliminary plans ("Preliminary  Plans"),
to be utilized in the preparation of final working  drawings and  specifications
for any  Special  Improvements.  Promptly  (but in no event  less than three (3)
business days after its receipt of the Preliminary Plans), Landlord shall return
the same to Tenant marked and  accompanied by comments and  Landlord's  required
revisions. Within five (5) days thereafter,  Tenant shall submit two (2) sets of
revised Preliminary Plans, revised to reflect and conform to Landlord's comments
and requirements, to Landlord for its final review and approval. Within five (5)
days following  Landlord's approval of the Preliminary Plans, Tenant shall cause
its  architect  to prepare  and submit  two (2) copies of working  drawings  and
specifications  ("Working  Plans") to  Landlord  for its  review  and  approval.
Landlord shall advise Tenant  promptly after  landlord's  receipt of the Working
Plans,  but in no event less than  three (3)  business  days  after its  receipt
thereof,  of any required  revisions.  Within five (5) days  thereafter,  Tenant
shall  submit two (2) copies of the revised  Working  Plans to Landlord  for its
final review and approval.

     Concurrently  with the above  review and  approval  process,  Tenant  shall
submit  all  plans  and  specifications  to the  City of Santa  Rosa  and  other
applicable  governmental agencies to obtain governmental  approvals and issuance
of necessary permits and licenses to construct any Special Improvements as shown
on the Working Plans.

     (b) Tenant shall cause the  construction of any Special  Improvements to be
carried out in compliance with the Working Plans and all applicable  zoning laws
and  regulations,   applicable  covenants,  conditions,  and  restrictions,  and
otherwise in compliance  with the provisions of Article 7.2 of the Lease.  Prior
to the commencement of construction,  Tenant shall obtain course of construction
and  builder's  "all  risk"  insurance  in such  amounts  and  form as  Landlord
requires,  Liability insurance in the form and amounts required under the Lease,
and such performance bonds in form and amounts as Landlord requires.

     Tenant  shall  cause the  construction  of any Special  Improvements  to be
carried out with such materials,  equipment,  contractors and  subcontractors as
Tenant  shall  select,  all of which shall be subject to  Landlord's  reasonable
approval.  Within ten (10) days after the approval of the final Working Plans in
accordance  with  subparagraph  (a) above or as soon as is  reasonably  possible
thereafter,  Tenant  shall  submit to Landlord  for its review and  approval (i)
copies of all proposed construction contracts between Tenant and all contractors
and  between  such   contractors   and  all   subcontractors   for  any  Special
Improvements,  together with such background information on such contractors and
subcontractors as Landlord may require; (ii) a listing of the make, model, type,
grade, and all other  characteristics  requested by Landlord,  of all materials,
equipment and fixtures which Tenant  proposes to install in or use in connection
with any  Special  Improvements;  and (iii) a budget  setting  forth in itemized
fashion  the  costs  of  all  materials,   equipment,   fixtures,   contractors,
subcontractors,  laborers,  permits,  fees,  licenses,  and all other  costs and
expenses  Tenant  proposes to incur in connection  with the  construction of any
Special Improvements  (hereafter collectively any "Special Improvements Costs").
All such  matters  shall be subject to the  approval  of  Landlord  prior to the
commencement of construction of any Special Improvements, provided that Landlord
shall not  unreasonably  withhold its approval of any such matters and provided,
further,  that Landlord's  failure to respond in writing to Tenant's request for
approval of any such matter  within five (5) business days shall be deemed to be
an approval of such matter.

     Tenant shall have the  responsibility to obtain all necessary  construction
and building permits and licenses  necessary for the construction of any Special
Improvements.  Tenant shall cause construction of any Special  Improvements in a
good and  workmanlike  manner in strict  accordance  with the  approved  Working
Plans. All Special Improvements Costs shall be paid for by and shall be the sole
responsibility  of  the  Tenant,  including  without  limitation  all  costs  of
utilities,   services  and  insurance  on  the  Premises   arising  out  of  the
construction of the Special Improvements. All

                                        6

<PAGE>

construction of the Special  Improvements  shall be performed and completed lien
free, and Tenant hereby  indemnifies  and agrees to defend and hold Landlord and
the Premises free and harmless from any and all claims, losses, damages, actions
and  causes of  action  as may be  incurred  as a result  of work  performed  or
materials furnished in connection with construction of the Special Improvements.
Landlord shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility prior to the
commencement of construction of the Special Improvements.

         (c)  Tenant may from time to time  request  and  obtain  change  orders
during the course of construction of the Special Improvements, provided that:

                  (i) each  such  request  shall be  reasonable  and in  writing
signed by or on behalf of Tenant;

                  (ii)  each  such  request   shall  not  result  in  any  major
structural change in the Building or Special Improvements;

                  (iii)  Landlord  shall have the right to approve or disapprove
any requested change order, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld;

                  (iv) all costs arising out of any approved  change  order,  if
any, shall be borne by Tenant;

                  (v) any  resulting  delay  in the  completion  of the  Special
Improvements  arising  out of such  change  order  shall not delay or extend the
Commencement Date.

         (d) Landlord agrees to provide Tenant an allowance,  (the "Allowance"),
in the amount of Three-Hundred and  Fifty-Thousand  Dollars  ($350,000) to defer
costs associated with occupation of the Building;  use of the allowance to be at
the sole  discretion  of Tenant.  Landlord  to  deliver  the  Three-Hundred  and
Fifty-Thousand  Dollars ($350,000) to Tenant within seven (7) business days from
deposit as required in paragraph 5.

         (e) Throughout the course of construction of any Special  Improvements,
Landlord  shall  have  the  unconditional  right  to  review  and  inspect  such
construction  by  and  through  its  agents  and  employees,  including  without
limitation  Landlord's  Architect.  If at any time Landlord  disapproves  of the
materials or workmanship of any Special  Improvements by Tenant,  Landlord shall
promptly give Tenant  written  notice thereof  specifying  the  deficiencies  or
defects  therein.  Upon  receipt of any such notice,  Tenant  shall  immediately
commence  correction  of the defect or deficiency in a manner and to a condition
acceptable  to  Landlord.  Should  Tenant fail to commence to complete  any such
correction as herein provided, or should Landlord deliver to Tenant three (3) or
more such notices during the course of construction of any Special Improvements,
Landlord  shall  have the  immediate  right to order the  discontinuance  of any
further  construction of any Special Improvements by or on behalf of Tenant, and
the Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to,  complete the  construction  of
any such Special  Improvements  in  accordance  with the Working  Plans.  Should
Landlord elect to complete any Special Improvements as herein provided, Landlord
shall be entitled to recover the costs of completing said construction,  and any
additional costs incurred in connection therewith shall be the obligation of and
shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after written demand by Landlord.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

     8.1 Liability  Insurance.  Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the
term of this Lease a policy of comprehensive public liability insurance insuring
Landlord and Tenant  against any liability  arising out of the  ownership,  use,
occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such
insurance  shall  be in an  amount  of  not  less  than  Three  Million  Dollars
($3,000,000)  combined single limit for injury or death of any person or persons
and damage to property on an occurrence basis. The limit of said insurance shall
not,  however,  limit the liability of Tenant  hereunder.  Said insurance policy
shall  not  be   cancelable  or  subject  to  reduction  of  coverage  or  other
modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord.  In
the even the Premises  constitute  a part of a larger  property  said  insurance
shall have a Landlord's  Protective  Liability  endorsement attached thereto. If
Tenant shall fail to procure and maintain said insurance Landlord may, but shall
not be required to, procure and maintain the same, but at the expense of Tenant.
Tenant  shall,  prior to  possession  of the  Premises,  deliver  to  Landlord a
certificate  evidencing  the  existence  and  amount  of  the  public  liability
insurance required hereunder. Tenant shall be responsible

                                       7
<PAGE>

for payment of any deductible amount required under such policy of insurance.

     8.2 Property Insurance.  Landlord shall obtain and keep in force during the
term of this Lease (i) a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage
to the Premises, in the amount of the full replacement value thereof,  providing
protection  against  all  peril  included  within  the  classification  of fire,
extended  coverage,  vandalism,  malicious  mischief,  special  extended  perils
(excluding  earthquake  and flood if not  available at  commercially  reasonable
rates)  (all  risk) and  sprinkler  leakage,  (ii)  full  coverage  plate  glass
insurance on the Premises,  (iii) boiler machinery insurance on all boilers, air
conditioning  equipment,  and other pressure  vessel systems  located in, on, or
about the Premises with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000)
per occurrence, (iv) rent (including Additional Rent as specified in this Lease)
loss insurance in favor of Landlord insuring Landlord against any loss of rental
from damage or  destruction  of the  Premises  for a period of at least one year
from the date of such damage or destruction. Landlord may also obtain (but shall
not be  obligated  to do so) such  other  insurance  as may be  required  by the
holder(s) of a mortgage or deed of trust on the Premises or by prudent  property
management  practices  if  available  at  commercially  reasonable  rates.  Said
insurance  shall  provide for payment for loss  thereunder to Landlord or to the
holder(s) of a mortgage or deed of trust on the Premises.

     8.3 Personal Property Insurance. Tenant shall keep in force during the term
of this Lease  insurance  against loss or damage by fire and such other risk and
hazards as are  insurable  under present and future  standard  forms of fire and
extended  coverage  insurance  policies,  to the personal  property,  furniture,
furnishings  and fixtures  belonging  to Tenant  located in the Premises for not
less  than  100% of the  actual  replacement  value  thereof.  Tenant  shall  be
responsible for payment of any deductible amount required by this Article 8.3.

     8.4 Insurance Policies.  Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
rated  "A8" or better in "Best  Insurance  Guide" or as  otherwise  approved  by
Landlord.  Whether the insuring  party under the provisions of this Article 8 is
Landlord or Tenant,  Tenant shall, as Additional Rent for the Premises,  pay the
cost of all insurance  required  hereunder.  Tenant shall,  within ten (10) days
following  demand by  Landlord,  reimburse  Landlord  for the cost of  insurance
obtained by Landlord.  Tenant shall, forthwith upon Landlord's demand, reimburse
Landlord  for any  additional  premiums  attributable  to any act or omission or
operation or Tenant causing such increase in the cost of insurance.

     8.5 Waiver of  Subrogation.  Subject  to first  obtaining  approval  of the
insurer and an endorsement to the applicable  policies of insurance,  Tenant and
Landlord each waives any and all rights of recovery against the other or against
the officers,  employees agents and representatives of the other, for loss of or
damage to such waiving party or its property or the property of others under its
control, where such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy
in force at the time of such loss or damage.

     8.6  Insurance  Cancellation.  Tenant  shall  not do  anything,  or  permit
anything to be done, in or about the Premises that shall (a) invalidate or be in
conflict with the provisions of any fire or other  insurance  policies  covering
the  Premises  or the Park or any  property  located  therein,  (b)  result in a
refusal by casualty insurance  companies of good standing to insure the Premises
or the part or any such property in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord,
(c) subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person
or property by reason of any business  operation being conducted in or about the
Premises,  (d) cause any increase in the casualty  insurance rates applicable to
the  Premises  at the  beginning  of the  term  of  this  Lease  or at any  time
thereafter  or (e) be in  violation  of any  certificate  of  occupancy  for the
Premises.  Tenant,  at Tenant's  expense,  shall comply with all rules,  orders,
regulations and requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the
National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters)  and of any  similar  body  that  shall
hereafter perform the function of such association.

     8.7 Hold  Harmless.  Tenant  shall  indemnify,  defend  and  hold  Landlord
harmless from any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, liabilities, or causes
of action (including  attorney's fees) arising from Tenant's use of the Premises
or from the conduct of its business or from any  activity,  work or things which
may be permitted  or done by Tenant in or about the  Premises and shall  further
indemnity,  defend  and hold  Landlord  harmless  from and  against  any and all
claims,  losses,  costs,  damages,  liabilities  or cause of  action  (including
attorney's  fees) arising from any breach or default in the  performance  of any
obligation on Tenant's part to be performed under the provisions of this

                                       8
<PAGE>

Lease or arising from any negligence or intentional  act of Tenant or any of its
agents,  contractors,  employees  or  invitees  and  from  any  and  all  costs,
attorney's  fees,  expenses and all  liabilities  incurred in the defense of any
such  claim or  action or  proceeding  brought  thereon.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing,  the foregoing indemnity and agreement by Tenant to
defend and hold Landlord  harmless  shall extend to any claims,  losses,  costs,
damages,  liabilities,  or causes of action (including  attorney's fees) arising
out of or  pertaining  to  failure  by  Tenant  to  comply  with  all  laws  and
regulations  concerning  the  protection  of or discharge of materials  into the
environment.  Tenant hereby  assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to
persons in or about the Premises  from any cause,  and Tenant  hereby waives all
claims in respect thereof against  Landlord,  excepting where said damage arises
out of  negligence  of Landlord.  Nothing in this article  8.7,  however,  shall
require Tenant to indemnify,  defend or hold Landlord  harmless from any claims,
liabilities  or expenses to the extent such claims,  liabilities or expenses are
due  to  Landlord's  or  Landlord's  agents,  employees  or  contractors  active
negligence or willful misconduct.

9. Damage or Destruction.

     9.1 Partial  Damage--Insured.  If the  Premises are damaged and such damage
was  caused by a casualty  covered  under an  insurance  policy  required  to be
maintained  pursuant to Article 8.2,  Landlord  shall,  at  Landlord's  expense,
repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible, and this Lease shall continue
in full force and effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Landlord shall not be
required  to expend for repairs  any funds in excess of the  insurance  proceeds
received by Landlord relating to such damage,  nor shall Landlord be responsible
for repair or replacement of any of Tenant's personal  property,  alterations to
the  Premises  not  approved by Landlord  or any other  property of Tenant,  and
Tenant  shall be  required  to pay the  portion of repair  costs  covered by any
deductible  amount under the subject  insurance  policy whether or not the total
cost of repair exceeds such deductible  amount.  In the event that the insurance
proceeds  otherwise  payable  by virtue of the damage  are  reduced or  rendered
completely   unavailable   because  of  acts  or  omissions  of  Tenant  causing
cancellation of, or giving rise to insurer defenses under the insurance  policy,
Tenant shall be obligated to pay such excess.

     9.2  Damage--Uninsured.  In the  event the  Premises  may be  damaged  by a
casualty which is not covered by fire and extended coverage insurance carried by
Landlord,  then Landlord  shall have the option to restore the Premises or elect
not to restore and to terminate  this Lease.  Landlord must give Tenant  written
notice of its  election  not to  restore  within  sixty  (60) days from the date
Landlord  receives notice of such damage,  and, if not given,  Landlord shall be
deemed to have  elected to restore and in such event shall  repair any damage as
soon as reasonably possible, at Landlord's cost. In the event Landlord elects to
give such notice of  Landlord's  intention to cancel and  terminate  this Lease,
Tenant shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice to
give written  notice to Landlord of Tenant's  intention to repair such damage at
Tenant's expense, without reimbursement from Landlord, in which event this Lease
shall  continue in full force and effect and Tenant  shall  proceed to make such
repairs as soon as  reasonably  possible.  If Tenant  does not give such  notice
within such ten (10) day period, this Lease shall be cancelled and terminated as
of the date of the occupance of such damage.

     9.3 Total  Destruction.  If at any time during the term hereof the Premises
are totally  destroyed  from any cause  whether or not covered by the  insurance
required to be maintained by Landlord  pursuant to Article 8.2 (including  total
destruction  required by any authorized public  authority).  Landlord shall have
the option to  terminate  this  Lease as of the date of such total  destruction.
Subject to Article  9.6, if Landlord  elects not to  terminate  this Lease,  the
provisions of Article 9.1 and 9.2 shall be applicable.

     9.4 Damage Near End of Term.  If the  Premises are  partially  destroyed or
damaged  during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease,  Landlord
or Tenant may, at Landlord's or Tenant's  option cancel and terminate this Lease
as of the date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Landlord
or Tenant of  Landlord's  or Tenant's  election to do so within thirty (30) days
after Landlord receives notice of the occurrence of such damage.

     9.5 Abatement of Rent.

         (a) If the premises are partially  destroyed or damaged and Landlord or
Tenant  repairs or restores them  pursuant to the  provisions of this Article 9,
the Base Rent payable hereunder for the

                                       9
<PAGE>
period during which such damage, repair or restoration continues shall be abated
in proportion to the degree to which Tenant's  reasonable use of the Premises is
substantially impaired. Except for abatement, if any, of Base Rent, Tenant shall
have no claim  against  Landlord  for any damage  suffered by reason of any such
damage,  destruction,   repair  or  restoration,  unless  Landlord  unreasonably
interferes with the conduct of Tenant's business within the Premises.

         (b) If Landlord  shall be  obligated  to repair or restore the Premises
under the  provisions  of this Article 9 and shall not  commence  such repair or
restoration  within sixty (60) days after such obligations shall accrue,  Tenant
may, at Tenant's  option,  cancel and  terminate  this Lease by giving  Landlord
witten  notice  of  Tenant's  election  to  do so  at  any  time  prior  to  the
commencement  of such  repair or  restoration.  In such event  this Lease  shall
terminate as of the date of such notice.  The  commencement  of  preparation  of
plans and/or specifications or application for permits for repair or restoration
shall be deemed  commencement of repair or restoration within the meaning of the
foregoing provisions of this Article 9.5(b).

     9.6 Tenant's Right to Terminate: If Landlord elects to repair any damage or
destruction  to the  Premises  under this  Article 9, then unless such damage or
destruction  is  caused by an act of Tenant  or  Tenant's  use of the  Premises,
Tenant shall have the right to  terminate  this Lease if  Landlord's  reasonable
estimate of the time required to repair such damage or  destruction  exceeds one
hundred eighty (180) days. Tenant shall exercise such right to terminate,  if at
all,  within ten (10) days  after  receipt of  Landlord's  estimate,  and if not
exercised  within such ten (10) day period such right shall  terminate and be of
no further force or effect.

10. Real Property Taxes.

     10.1 The Payment of Taxes.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent
all real property taxes  applicable to the Premises and Tenant's  pro-rata share
(computed in accordance with Article 11.4) of all real property taxes applicable
to the Common Areas during the term of this Lease.  All such  payments  shall be
made to  Landlord  on or  before  the  later to  occur of (a) 30 days  following
Landlord's  issuance of a bill  therefore,  accompanied by a copy of Real Estate
Tax  invoice  or (b)  fifteen  (15) days prior to the  delinquency  date of such
payment.  If any such  taxes paid by Tenant  shall  cover any period of the time
prior to or after  expiration of the term hereof,  Tenant's  share of such taxes
shall be  equitably  prorated  to cover only the  period of time  within the tax
fiscal year during which this Lease shall be in effect.  If Tenant shall fail to
pay such taxes to Landlord by the aforesaid  date, the amount due Landlord shall
bear interest at the Interest  Rate from the date the sum is due until  Landlord
is paid by Tenant.  The sum, together with interest,  shall be deemed Additional
Rent hereunder.

     10.2  Definition of "Real  Property  Tax".  As used herein,  the term "real
property tax" shall include any form of assessment  (other than the  improvement
bond assessment existing as of the date of this lease),  license fee, rent, tax,
levy,  penalty,  imposition or tax, of whatever  nature  (other than  franchise,
corporate,  inheritance  or estate taxes)  imposed by any  authority  having the
direct or  indirect  power to tax,  including  city,  county,  state or  federal
government, or any school, agricultural,  lighting, drainage, traffic mitigation
costs or other improvement  district thereof,  as against any legal or equitable
interest  of  Landiord  in the  Premises  or in the real  property  of which the
Premises are a part,  as against  Landlord's  right to Base Rent or other income
therefrom, or as against Landlord's business of leasing the Premises, and Tenant
shall pay any and all  charges and fees which may be imposed by the EPA or other
similar governmental regulations or authorities.

     10.3  Joint  Assessment.  If the  Premises  are  not  separately  assessed,
Tenant's  liability shall be an equitable  proportion of the real property taxes
for all of the land and  improvements  included within the tax parcel  assessed,
such  proportion to be determined  by Landlord  from the  respective  valuations
assigned  in the  assessor's  work  sheets or other such  information  as may be
reasonably  available.  Landlord's  reasonable  determination  thereof,  in good
faith,  shall be  conclusive.  In the  event  that  the  Premises  and  related,
supporting  Common  Areas are not the  subject of a separate  legal  parcel and,
accordingly,  separate  real  property tax  assessment,  then Tenant shall pay a
portion of the real property taxes for all land and improvements included within
the  Common  Areas,  Tenant's  share of Common  Area real  property  taxes to be
determined on the basis of the percentage set forth in Article 11.4.

     10.4 Personal Property Taxes. 

                                       10
<PAGE>

          (a) Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency  all taxes assessed  against
and levied upon Leasehold improvements, fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all
other personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or elsewhere. Tenant
shall use its best  efforts to cause  Leasehold  improvements,  trade  fixtures,
furnishings,  equipment,  and all other  personal  property to be  assessed  and
billed separately from the real property of Landlord.

         (b) If any of Tenant's  personal  property  shall be assessed  with the
real property, Tenant shall pay Landlord the taxes attributable to Tenant within
ten (10) days  after  receipt  of a written  statement  setting  forth the taxes
applicable to Tenant's property.

11. Common  Areas.  When,  in fact,  there are Common Areas,  then the following
shall apply:

     11.1 Definitions.  The phrase "Common Areas" means all areas and facilities
outside of the Premises  that are provided  and  designated  for general use and
convenience of Tenant and other tenants and their  respective  officers,  agents
and employees, customers and invitees. Common Areas include (but are not limited
to) pedestrian sidewalks, landscaped areas, roadways, parking areas and railroad
tracks,  if any,  but  specifically  do not include  areas  covered by or within
building  improvements  constructed  from time to time by  Landlord in the Park.
Landlord  reserves  the right  from time to time to make  changes  in the shape,
size, location,  number and extent of the land and improvements constituting the
Common  Areas  provided,  however,  that no such  change  shall  (a)  materially
increase the  obligations or decrease the benefits of Tenant  hereunder,  or (b)
impair Tenant's access to the Premises,  and, if appropriate,  Tenant's pro rata
share of Common Area Charges shall be properly adjusted.  Landlord may designate
from time to time additional  parcels of land for use as a part thereof; and any
additional  land so designated by Landlord for such use shall be included  until
such designation is revoked by Landlord.

     11.2  Maintenance.  During the term of this Lease,  Landlord shall operate,
manage,  repair and  maintain  the Common  Areas so that they are clean and free
from accumulation of debris, filth, rubbish and garbage. Landlord shall maintain
the Common Areas in a good,  safe and clean  condition and the use of the Common
Areas shall be subject to such  reasonable  regulations  and changes  therein as
Landlord shall make from time to time,  including (but not by way of limitation)
the right to close from time to time,  if  necessary,  all or any portion of the
Common  Areas to such  extent as may be legally  sufficient,  in the  opinion of
Landlord's  counsel, to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of rights of
any person or the public therein,  or to close temporarily all or any portion of
such Common Areas for such purposes.

     11.3 Tenant's  Rights and  Obligations.  Landlord  hereby grants to Tenant,
during the term this Lease, the  non-exclusive  right to use, for the benefit of
Tenant and its officers,  agents, employees,  customers, and invitees, in common
with the others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they from time to time
exist,  subject  to the  rights,  powers,  and  privileges  herein  reserved  to
Landlord.  Tenant shall not use the Common Areas for the conduct of its business
other  than  for  parking.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  storage,  either
permanent or temporary, of any materials,  supplies,  equipment or refuse in the
Common Areas is strictly prohibited. Should Tenant violate this provision of the
Lease,  then in such event,  Landlord  may,  at its  option,  upon five (5) days
written notice to Tenant either terminate this Lease, or, without further notice
to Tenant,  remove said  materials,  supplies or equipment from the Common Areas
and place such items in storage,  the cost  thereof to be  reimbursed  by Tenant
within ten (10) days from  receipt of a statement  submitted  by  Landlord.  All
subsequent  costs in connection  with the storage of said items shall be paid to
Landlord by Tenant as accrued. Failure of Tenant to pay these charges within ten
(10) days from receipt of statement  shall  constitute a material breach of this
Lease. Tenant and its officers, agents, employees,  customers and invitees shall
park their motor vehicles only in areas  designated by Landlord for that purpose
from time to time.  Tenants  shall not at any time park or permit the parking of
motor  vehicles,  belonging  to it or to  others,  so as to  interfere  with the
pedestrian  sidewalks,  roadways,  and loading  areas,  or in any portion of the
parking areas not  designated by Landlord for such use by Tenant.  Tenant agrees
that  receiving  and shipping  goods and  merchandise  and all removal of refuse
shall  be  made  only  by way of the  loading  areas  constituting  part  of the
Premises.  Tenant shall repair,  at its cost, all deterioration or damage to the
Common Areas occasioned by its lack of ordinary care.  Tenant  acknowledges that
the  Premises  are  burdened  by  certain  recorded  covenants,  conditions  and
restrictions and agrees to comply with the provisions thereof.

     11.4  Common Area  Charges.  Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord  within 10 days
following demand

                                       11
<PAGE>

by Landlord,  as Additional Rent, (a) Tenant's pro rata share of the cost of (i)
operation  and  management  of the Common Areas,  including  without  limitation
utility and insurance charges, (ii) maintenance, repairs and replacements (other
than  those   replacements   which  by  their  nature  are  considered   capital
improvements)  to  Common  Areas  or to any  property  or  improvements  located
thereon,  and (iii)  maintenance of storm drains located  outside the Park which
are maintained by Landlord, and which service the Park and (b) the entire amount
of such costs and charges to the extent  required by reason of any negligent act
or  omission  by  Tenant  or  its  agents,  invitees,  licensees,  employees  or
contractors.  Tenant's  pro rata share  shall be  computed  by  multiplying  the
aforementioned  costs and charges  times a  percentage  obtained by dividing the
total square footage of the Premises by the total building square footage of the
whole of Landlord's  buildings and improvements  within the Park. The percentage
will  initially  be  Twenty  and  six-five  tenths  percent  (20.65%).  Anything
contained  in the Lease to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  Common Area  charges
described in this Article shall exclude:  (i) additions to the Common Area; (ii)
depreciation on the Premises or any of the Common Areas, other than depreciation
on personal  property  actually  used in the  maintenance  and  operation of the
Premises or the Common  Areas;  (iii) all costs of tenant  improvements  and the
cost of any  special  utility or VAC  services  supplied  to Tenant or any other
tenants;  (iv)  attorneys'  fees incurred in  preparing,  reviewing or enforcing
leases; (v) real estate brokerage commissions;  (vi) fines and penalties;  (vii)
loan fees,  points and other financing costs; and (viii) any costs reimbursed to
Landlord by other tenants or from insurance of condemnation proceeds.

     11.5  Construction.  Landlord  or  Tenant,  while  engaged  in  constucting
improvements  or making  repairs or  alterations  in or about the Premises or in
their vicinity, shall have the right to make reasonable use of the Common Areas.

12.  Utilities.  Tenant shall pay for, as Additional Rent, all water, gas, heat,
light  power,  telephone  and  other  utilities  and  services  supplied  to the
Premises,  together  with  any  taxes  thereon.  If any  such  services  are not
separately  metered to Tenant.  Tenant shall pay a reasonable  proportion  to be
determined by Landlord of all charges jointly metered with other premises.

13. Assignment and Subletting.

     13.1 Assignment, Mortgage and Subletting.

         (a) Neither Tenant, nor Tenant's legal  representatives,  successors or
assigns,  shall assign,  mortgage or encumber this Lease, or sublease, or use or
occupy or permit  the  Premises  or any part  thereof to be  occupied  by others
without the prior written  consent of Landlord,  and any  assignment,  mortgage,
encumbrance  or sublease  without  Landlord's  prior  written  consent  shall be
voidable,  at the option of  Landlord,  and, at the further  option of Landlord,
shall terminate this Lease. Landlord shall consent to an assignment of the Lease
or subletting to any corporation  which  controls,  is controlled by or is under
common  control with  Tenant,  or to a transfer of the Lease by operation of law
resulting from a merger, consolidation,  liquidation, or change in fifty percent
(50%) or more of the voting control of Tenant,  or to any person or entity which
acquires  all of the assets of Tenant's  business as a going  concern,  provided
that (i) the business reputations,  creditworthiness and net worth of the person
or entity to which the Lease is  assigned or  transferred  or the  Premises  are
sublet are  reasonably  acceptable to Landlord,  (ii) such person or entity uses
the Premises for the purposes  specified in the Lease and for no other  purpose,
and (iii)  Tenant  remains  fully  liable  under  this  Lease.  If this Lease be
assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof be subleased or occupied by any
other party other than Tenant,  Landlord may,  after default by Tenant,  collect
Base Rent and Additional Rent from the Assignee,  Sublease or occupant and apply
the net amount  collected to the Base Rent and Additional Rent herein  reserved,
but no such  assignment,  sublease  occupancy  or  collection  shall be deemed a
waiver of this covenant or the acceptance of the assignee, sublessee or occupant
as Tenant,  or release of Tenant from the further  performance  by Tenant of the
obligations on the part of Tenant herein contained.  Any sale or other transfer,
including consolidation,  merger, or reorganization, of a majority of the voting
stock of Tenant, if Tenant is a corporation,  or any sale or other transfer of a
majority of the partnership interests in the Tenant, if Tenant is a partnership,
shall be an  assignment  for  purposes  of this  Article  13.1.  As used in this
Article 13.1 the term  "Tenant"  shall also mean any entity that has  guaranteed
Tenant's  obligations  under this Lease,  and the  prohibition  hereof  shall be
applicable  to any sales or transfers of the stock or  partnership  interests of
said guarantor.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any  contrary  provision  of the  foregoing,  but
subject to Article 13.1(d),

                                       12
<PAGE>

Tenant may assign this Lease or sublease the Premises upon the following express
conditions:

         (1) that Tenant  provide  Landlord with written notice of its intent to
         assign or sublease the Premises,  which notice is accompanied by copies
         of the proposed assignment or sublease to be executed by Tenant and the
         proposed assignee or sublessee and all documents  relating thereto,  at
         least  ten  (10)  days  before  the  effective  date  of  the  proposed
         assignment or sublease;

         (2) that the  proposed  assignee or  sublessee  shall be subject to the
         prior  written   consent  of  landlord,   which  consent  will  not  be
         unreasonably  withheld,  but without  limiting  the  generality  of the
         foregoing, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to deny such consent if:

                  (i)  the  use to be  made  of  the  Premises  by the  proposed
                  assignee or sublease (x) is not generally  consistent with the
                  character  and nature of all other  tenancies in the Park,  or
                  (y) conflicts with any so-called "exclusive" then in favor of,
                  or for any  use  which  is the  same  as  that  stated  in any
                  percentage  Lease to, another tenant of the Park, or (z) would
                  be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease; or

                  (ii) the character, creditworthiness, reputation and financial
                  responsibility  of the proposed  assignee or sublessee are not
                  satisfactory to Landlord;

         (3)  that  Tenant  shall  pay  to  Landlord  Landlord's  then  standard
         processing  fee  and  shall  reimburse   Landlord  for  all  reasonable
         attorney's  fees incurred by Landlord in connection  therewith,  not to
         exceed $1,000,  whether or not such proposed  assignment or sublease is
         consented to by Landlord;

         (4)  that  any  proposed  assignee  shall  execute  an  assignment  and
         assumption  agreement on  Landlord's  then standard  form,  pursuant to
         which it shall agree to perform  faithfully  and be bound by all of the
         terms, covenants, conditions,  provisions and agreements of this Lease.
         Any such agreement shall be delivered to Landlord not later than 5 days
         after the effective date thereof;

         (5) that any proposed  subleasee shall execute a sublease  agreement in
         form  satisfactory  to  Landlord,   pursuant  to  which  it  agrees  to
         faithfully perform and to be bound by all of the terms,  conditions and
         agreements of this Lease as the same relate to the subleased  Premises.
         Any such  agreement  shall be delivered to Landlord not later than five
         days after the effective  date thereof;  provided,  however,  that such
         agreement shall not be binding upon Landlord until the delivery thereof
         to  Landlord  and  the  execution  and  provided,  however,  that  such
         agreement shall not be binding upon Landlord until the delivery thereof
         to  Landlord  and the  execution  and  delivery of  Landlord's  consent
         thereto; and;

         (6) that the consent by Landlord to an assignment or sublease shall not
         in any way be  construed  to  relieve  Tenant  or the  assignee  or the
         sublessee from obtaining the express  consent in writing of Landlord to
         any  further  assignment  or  sublease  or to release  Tenant  from any
         liability  whether  past,  present  or future  under  this  lease or to
         release  Tenant  from  any  liability   under  this  Lease  because  of
         Landlord's failure to give notice of default under or in respect of any
         of the terms, covenants,  conditions,  provisions or agreements of this
         Lease.

         (7) that Tenant shall not be in default under the terms and  provisions
         of this Lease as of the date of the proposed assignment or sublease.

     (c) In the event  Landlord  consents  to an  assignment  of this  Lease and
Tenant  receives  cash or other  consideration,  in respect of such  assignment,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  upon receipt thereof,  seventy-five percent (75%)
of any such cash or other  consideration  received  by Tenant  which is properly
attributable  to the  assignment,  after first  deducting  therefrom any leasing
commission  paid for by Tenant  and the cost of  necessary  improvements  to the
Premises approved by Landlord and paid for by Tenant, and Tenant's out of pocket
costs incurred in connection  with such assignment  sublease.  In the event that
Landlord  consents to a sublease of the Premises,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord,
upon  receipt  thereof,   seventy-five  percent  (75%)  of  any  rent  or  other
consideration  received  by  Tenant as a result of such  Sublease,  after  first
deducting therefrom any leasing commissions paid for

                                       13

<PAGE>

by Tenant in connection  with such sublease,  whether  denominated as rent under
the  sublease  or  otherwise,  and  Tenant's  out of pocket  costs  incurred  in
connection with such  assignment  sublease which exceed,  in the aggregate,  the
Base Rent and Additional Rent (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to that
portion of the Premises subject to such sublease).

         (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions of this Article 13, it is
expressly agreed and understood that Landlord shall have the option to terminate
this Lease  rather  than  approve the  assignment  or  sublease  hereof.  Tenant
understands  and  acknowledges  that such  option is a material  inducement  for
Landlord's  agreeing  to  lease  the  Premises  to  Tenant  upon the  terms  and
conditions  herein set forth.  Should  Landlord  elect to  terminate  the Lease,
Tenant  shall  have  three  (3)  business  days  to  withdraw  the  request  for
Assignment.

14. Defaults; Remedies.

     14.1  Defaults.  The occurrence of any one or more of the following  events
shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease by Tenant:

         (a) The vacating or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant.

         (b) The failure by Tenant to make any payment  Base Rent or  Additional
Rent  required to be made by Tenant  hereunder  as when due,  except that Tenant
shall have a grace period of five (5) days after delivery of written notice from
Landlord  (which  notice  Tenant agrees shall be inclusive of and in lieu of the
notice  requirements of California  Civil  Code sec. 1161). Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  Landlord  shall not be required to provide such written  notice more
than two (2) time in each twelve (12) month period after the commencement Date.

         (c) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform  any of the  covenants,
conditions,  or  provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant,
other than  described in paragraph (b) above,  where such failure shall continue
for a period of thirty (30) days after written  notice  thereof from Landlord to
Tenant  provided,  however,  that if the nature of Tenant's default is such that
more than thirty (30) days are  reasonably  required  for its cure,  then Tenant
shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant  commenced  such cure within said
thirty  (30) day  period  and  thereafter  diligently  prosecutes  such  cure to
completion.

         (d) (i) The  making by Tenant of any  general  assignment,  or  general
assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) the filing by or against Tenant of
a petition to have Tenant adjudged  bankrupt or petition for  reorganization  or
arrangement  under any law  relating  to  bankruptcy  (unless,  in the case of a
petition filed against  Tenant,  the same is dismissed  within sixty (60) days);
(iii)  the   appointment  of  a  trustee  or  receiver  to  take  possession  of
substantially  all of  Tenant's  assets  located at the  Premises or of Tenant's
interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty
(30)  days;  or (iv) the  attachment,  execution  or other  judicial  seizure of
substantially  all of  Tenant's  assets  located at the  Premises or of Tenant's
interest in this Lease,  where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30)
days.

              (e) The failure by Tenant to  substantially  complete the  Special
Improvements to the Premises on or before March l, 1996.

     14.2  Remedies  in Default.  In the event of any such  default or breach by
Tenant,  Landlord may at any time  thereafter,  with or without notice or demand
and  without  limiting  Landlord in the  exercise  of any right or remedy  which
Landlord may have by reason of such default or breach:

         (a)  Terminate  Tenant's  right to  possession  of the  Premises by any
lawful  means,  in which  case this  Lease  shall  terminate  and  Tenant  shall
immediately  surrender  possession  of the Premises to  Landlord.  In such event
Landlord  shall be  entitled  to recover  from  Tenant all  damages  incurred by
Landlord by reason of Tenant's default, including be not limited to:

                  (i) the cost of recovering possession of the Premises; and

                  (ii) expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and
alteration of the Premises; and

                                       14
<PAGE>

                  (iii) reasonable  attorney's fees, any real estate  commission
actually  paid,  and that  portion of the leasing  commission,  if any,  paid by
Landlord  pursuant to Article 18 applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease;
and

                  (iv) the  worth at the time of award of the  unpaid  Base Rent
and  Additional  Rent that had been  earned at the time of  termination  of this
Lease; and

                  (v) the worth at the time of award of the  amount by which the
unpaid Base Rent and Additional  Rent that could have been earned after the date
of  termination  of this Lease until the time of award exceeds the amount of the
loss of rental that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; and

                  (vi) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the
unpaid Base Rent and Additional Rent that could have been earned for the balance
of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of the loss
of Base Rent that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; and

                  (vii)  any  other  amount,  and  court  costs,   necessary  to
compensate  Landlord for all detriment  proximately  caused by Tenant's default.
Unpaid installments of Base Rent or Additional Rent shall bear interest from the
date due at the Interest  Rate.  In the event Tenant  shall have  abandoned  the
Premises,  Landlord  shall have the  option of (1)  retaking  possession  of the
Premises and recovering from Tenant the amount specified in this Article 14.2(a)
or (2) proceeding  under article  14.2(b).  As used in this paragraph,  the term
"the worth at the time of award" is to be computed by discounting  the amount of
award by the discount  rate of the Federal  Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the
time of the award, plus one percent (1%).

         (b) Maintain  Tenant's  right to  possession,  in which case this Lease
shall  continue  in effect  whether  or not  Tenant  shall  have  abandoned  the
Premises.  In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to all of Landlord's rights
and  remedies  under this  Lease  including  the right to recover  Base Rent and
Additional Rent as it becomes due hereunder.

         (c) Pursue any other  remedy now or  hereafter  available  to  Landlord
under the laws or judicial decisions of the State of California.

     14.3 Default by Landlord.  Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord
fails to perform obligations  required by Landlord within a reasonable time, but
in no event  later  than  thirty  (30) days  after  written  notice by Tenant to
Landlord and to holder of any mortgage or deed of trust  covering the  Premises,
whose  name and  address  shall have  theretofore  been  furnished  to Tenant in
writing,  specifying  wherein  Landlord has failed to perform  such  obligation;
provided,  however, that if the nature of the Landlord's obligation is such that
more than (30) days are required for performance,  then Landlord shall not be in
default if Landlord or any such  lienholder  commences  performance  within such
thirty (30) period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

     14.4 Late Charges. Tenant hereby,  acknowledges that late payment by Tenant
to Landlord of Base Rent or Additional Rent due hereunder will cause Landlord to
incur costs not  contemplated  by this Lease,  the exact amount of which will be
extremely  difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include,  but are not limited to,
processing  and  accounting  charges,  and late charges  which may be imposed on
Landlord  by the term of any  mortgage  or trust  deed  covering  the  Premises.
Accordingly,  if any installment of Base Rent or Additional Rent due from Tenant
shall not be received by Landlord or  Landlord's  designee  within ten (10) days
after said amount is past due,  then Tenant  shall pay to Landlord a late charge
of five percent (5%) of such overdue  amount,  and interest  shall accrue on the
overdue  installment at the Interest Rate  calculated from the time that payment
was first due under the terms of this Lease.  The parties hereby agree that such
late charge represents a fair and reasonable  estimate of the cost Landlord will
incur by reason of late  payment by Tenant.  Acceptance  of such late  charge by
Landlord shall in no event  constitute a waiver of Tenant's default with respect
to such overdue  amount,  nor prevent  Landlord from exercising any of the other
rights and remedies granted hereunder.

     14.5  Cure by  Landlord.  Landlord,  at any time  after  Tenant  commits  a
default,  which remains uncured after any applicable cure period, may take steps
to remedy the default at Tenant's  cost.  If Landlord at any time,  by reason of
Tenant's default, pays any sum or does any act that requires the

                                       15

<PAGE>


payment of any sum,  the sum paid by  Landlord at the time the sum is paid shall
be due  immediately  from Tenant to Landlord,  and if paid at a later date shall
bear  interest  at the  Interest  Rate from the date the sum is paid by Landlord
until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant. The sum, together with interest shall be
deemed Additional Rent hereunder.

15. Condemnation.

         If the  Premises  or any  portion  thereof are taken under the power of
eminent  domain,  or sold by Landlord  under the threat of the  exercise of said
power (all of which is herein referred to as  "condemnation"),  this Lease shall
terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning  authority takes
title or possession,  whichever occurs first. If more than  twenty-five  percent
(25%) of the floor area of the Premises is taken by condemnation,  or parking is
taken such that 25% or more of the floor area of the Premises  becomes  unusable
by Tenant, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date the
condemning  authority  takes  possession  by notice in writing of such  election
within twenty (20) days after Landlord shall have notified Tenant of the taking,
or, in the  absence  of such  notice,  then  within  twenty  (20) days after the
condemning  authority  shall  have  taken  possession.  If  this  Lease  is  not
terminated  by either  Landlord or Tenant then it shall remain in full force and
effect as to the portion of the  Premises  remaining,  provided  that unless and
until the Premises are restored as provided in the next sentence,  the Base Rent
shall be reduced in the proportion  that the floor area taken bears to the total
original  floor  area  of  the  Premises.  In the  event  this  Lease  is not so
terminated, then Landlord agrees, at Landlord's sole cost, as soon as reasonably
possible,  to restore  the  Premises  to a  complete  unit of like  quality  and
character as existed prior to the condemnation. All awards for the taking of any
part of the  Premises  or any payment  made under the Threat of the  exercise of
power of eminent  domain  shall be the  property of  Landlord,  whether  made as
compensation  for  diminution of value of the Leasehold or for the taking of the
fee or as severance damages; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to
any separate award for loss of or damage to Tenant's trade  fixtures,  removable
personal property, and moving expenses.

16. General Provisions.

     16.1 Tenant Estoppel; Financial Statements.

         (a) Tenant shall at any time upon not less than fifteen (15) days prior
written notice from  landlord,  execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to Landlord a
statement in writing  certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force
and effect  without  any claim by Tenant  against  Landlord  (or,  if  modified,
stating the nature of such  modification  and certifying  that this Lease, as so
modified,  is in full force and effect) and the date to which the rent, security
deposit,  and other charges are paid in advance,  if any. Any such statement may
be conclusively relied upon by any prospective  purchaser or encumbrancer of the
Premises.

         (b) Tenant's  failure to deliver such statement within such time period
shall be conclusive  upon Tenant that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect
and without any claim of Tenant against Landlord, without modification except as
may be represented by Landlord,  and (ii) not more than one (1) month's rent has
been paid in advance.

         (c) If Landlord  desires to finance or refinance the  Premises,  or any
part  thereof,  Tenant  hereby  agrees to deliver to any  lender  designated  by
Landlord such  financial  statements of Tenant as may be reasonably  required by
such lender.  Such statements  shall include the past three (3) years' financial
statements  of  Tenant.  All such  financial  statements  shall be  received  by
Landlord and/or  Landlord's  lender in confidence and shall be used only for the
purposes herein set forth.

     16.2  Landlord's  Interest.  The term  "Landlord" as used herein shall mean
only the owner or owners at the time in  question of the fee title or a tenant's
interest in a ground Lease of the Premises. In the event of any transfer of such
title or interest,  and  assumption  of the  Landlord's  interest  herein by the
transferee Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent  transfers,  the
then  grantor)  shall be  relieved  from and after the date of such  transfer of
liability  as  respects  Landlord's  obligations  thereafter  to  be  performed,
provided that any funds in the hands of Landlord or the then grantor at the time
of such  transfer,  in which Tenant has an  interest,  shall be delivered to the
grantee.  The  obligations  contained  in this Lease to be performed by Landlord
shall, subject as aforesaid,  be binding upon Landlord's successors and assigns,
only during their  respective  periods of  ownership.  Tenant  hereby  agrees to
attorn any assignee of Landlord's interest hereunder, whether such assignment is

                                       16
<PAGE>


voluntary or by operation of law.

     16.3 Severability. In the event any term, covenant, condition, provision or
agreement  herein  is held to be  invalid  or void  by any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction, the invalidity of any such term, covenant, condition, provision or
agreement shall in no way affect any other term, covenant, condition,  provision
or agreement herein contained.

     16.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence.

     16.5 Captions. Article and paragraph captions are not a part hereof.

     16.6 Incorporation of Prior Agreement;  Amendments. This Lease contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned  herein. No prior
agreement or  understanding  pertaining  to any such matter shall be  effective.
This Lease may me modified in writing only,  signed by the paries in interest at
the time of the modification.

     16.7 Waivers. No waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof shall be deemed
a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent  breach by Tenant of
the same or any other  provision.  Landlord's  consent to or approval of any act
shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord's consent to
or approval of any  subsequent  act by Tenant.  The  acceptance  of Base Rent or
Additional  Rent  hereunder  by Landlord  shall not be a waiver of any  existing
breach by Tenant of any  provision  hereof,  other than the failure of Tenant to
pay the  particular  Base Rent or  Additional  Rent so accepted,  regardless  of
Landlord's  knowledge of such existing  breach at the time of acceptance of such
Base Rent or Additional Rent.

     16.8 Short Form Lease.  Tenant agrees to execute,  deliver and acknowledge,
at the request of Landlord,  a short form of this Lease  satisfactory to counsel
for Landlord,  and Landlord may in its sole discretion record this Lease or such
short form in the county where the Premises are located. Tenant shall not record
this Lease,  or a short form of this Lease,  without  Landlord's  prior  written
consent.

     16.9 Holding Over.  If Tenant  remains in possession of the premises or any
part thereof after the  expiration  of the term hereof with the express  written
consent of Landlord,  such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month at a
rental  equal to 125% of the amount of the last monthly Base Rent plus all other
charges  payable  hereunder,  and upon the terms hereof  applicable  to month to
month  tenancy.  If Tenant  remains in  possession  of the  Premises or any part
thereof  after the  expiration  of the term hereof  without the express  written
consent of Landlord, Tenant shall be in default of this Lease and Landlord shall
be entitled to pursue any remedy now or hereafter  available  to Landlord  under
the laws or judgment decisions of the State of California.

     16.10 Cumulative Remedies.  No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive,  but shall,  wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies
at law or in equity.

     16.11 Covenants and Conditions. Each provision of this Lease performable by
Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

     16.12 Binding Effect;  Choice of Law; Proration.  Subject to any provisions
hereof  restricting  assignment  or  subletting  by Tenant  and  subject  to the
provisions of Article 13.1,  this Lease shall bind the parties,  their  personal
representatives,  successors  and  assigns.  This Lease shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. All prorations
shall be on the basis of a thirty (30) day month.

     16.13 Subordination.  Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subordinate to
any  mortgages or deeds of trust that may  hereafter be placed upon the Premises
and to any and all advances to be made thereunder,  and to the interest thereon,
and all renewals,  replacements and extensions thereof. Within fifteen (15) days
after written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute any documents that may
be necessary or desirable to effectuate the  subordination  of this Lease to any
such  mortgages or deeds of trust and shall  execute  estoppel  certificates  as
requested  by  Landlord  from  time  to time in the  standard  form of any  such
mortgagee  or  beneficiary.  Anything  contained  in the  Lease to the  contrary
notwithstanding,  Tenant's  obligation to subordinate its rights under the Lease
to a subsequent ground lessor, mortgagee,  beneficiary under a deed of trust, or
any lending  entity,  shall be  conditioned  upon Landlord  first  delivering to
Tenant a nondisturbance agreement from such ground lessor, mortgagee,

                                       17

<PAGE>

beneficiary or lender  substantially in the form of Exhibit "C" attached hereto,
which form is hereby approved by Tenant.

     16.14  Attorney's  Fees.  If either party named herein  brings an action to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights  hereunder,  the prevailing  party in
any such  action,  on trial or  appeal,  shall  be  entitled  to his  reasonable
attorney's  fees and court costs to be paid by the losing  party as fixed by the
court.

     16.15  Landlord's  Access.  Landlord and  Landlord's  agents shall have the
right to enter the  Premises at  reasonable  times upon  reasonable  notice (or,
during emergencies, at any time) for the purpose of inspecting the same, showing
the  same  to  prospective  tenants,  purchasers  or  lender,  and  making  such
alterations,  repairs,  improvements  or  additions  to the  Premises  or to the
building of which they are a part as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable.

     16.16  Quiet  Enjoyment.  Upon  Tenant's  paying  the  Base  Rent  and  any
Additional  Rent required  hereunder and performing all of Tenant's  obligations
under this Lease,  Tenant may peacefully  and quietly enjoy the Premises  during
the term of this Lease as against all persons or entities  lawfully  claiming by
or through Landlord.

     16.17 Merger.  The voluntary or other  surrender of this Lease by Tenant or
termination of this Lease by Tenant's default, or a mutual cancellation thereof,
shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord,  terminate all or
any  existing  subtenancies,  or may at the  option of  Landlord,  operate as an
assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subtenancies.

     16.18 Authority.  Each individual executing this Lease on behalf of a party
hereto represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver
this Lease on behalf of said  party,  and that this  Lease is binding  upon said
party corporation in accordance with its terms.

     16.19  Landlord's  Liability.  The  liability  of Landlord  hereunder or in
connection with the Premises shall be limited to its interest therein, and in no
event shall any other assets Landlord or any constituent  partner of Landlord be
subject to any claim arising out of or in connection with this Lease.

     16.20 Financing. Tenant shall not execute any document purporting to affect
the Premises or any other property of which the Premises are a part,  including,
without limitation,  any financing  statement,  without prior written consent of
Landlord, which may be withheld or conditioned in Landlord's sole discretion.

     16.21 Landlord's Approval. The review, approval,  inspection or examination
by  Landlord  of any item to be  reviewed,  approved,  inspected  or examined by
Landlord under the terms of this Lease or the exhibits attached hereto shall not
constitute  the  assumption  of any  responsibility  by Landlord  for either the
accuracy or  sufficiency  of any such item or the quality or suitability of such
item for its intended use. Any such review, approval,  inspection or examination
by Landlord is for the sole  purpose of  protecting  Landlord's  interest in the
Park and under this Lease, and no third parties, including,  without limitation,
Tenant  or any  person  or  entity  claiming  through  or under  Tenant,  or the
contractors, agents, servants, employees, visitors or licensees of Tenant or any
such person or entity, shall have any rights hereunder.

17.  Performance  Bond. At any time Tenant  either  desires to or is required to
make any repairs, alterations,  additions,  improvements or utility installation
thereon, pursuant to Articles 7.2, 7.5 or 9.2 herein or otherwise, Landlord may,
at its sole option, require Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to obtain
and provide to Landlord  payment and  performance  bonds in amounts equal to one
and one-half  (1-1/2) times the estimated cost of such repairs or  improvements,
to insure Landlord against any liability for mechanics' and materialmen's  liens
and to insure completion of the work.

18. Brokers.  It is acknowledged and agreed by both parties that C.B. Commercial
and Wayne Mascia & Associates are the only brokers  representing either party in
this  transaction.  It is agreed that  Landlord  will pay a commission  for this
Lease transaction and CB Commercial and Wayne Mascia  Associates  split,  50/50,
the commission for the remaining term of the existing  Tenant's (Henkel Research
Corporation)  lease term.  For the  remaining  term of the Lease,  Wayne  Mascia
Associates will receive 100% of the proceeds. The commission shall be calculated
at the rate of 5% of the Base Rent for the first 60 months of the Lease Term and
2% of the Base Rent for the  remaining  60 months of the Lease Term.  Apart from
the foregoing, each party represents that it

                                       18
<PAGE>

has not had any dealings with any real estate broker,  finder,  or other person,
with respect to this Lease in any manner and that no commissions  are due to any
brokers  whatsoever  other than such commissions as may be due or may become due
to the  above-named  brokers.  Each party  agrees to defend  indemnify  and hold
harmless the other party from and against all costs,  expenses,  and/or damages,
resulting  from any claims that my be asserted  against  such other party by any
broker,  finder,  or other  person,  with  whom the  indemnifying  party  has or
purportedly has dealt.

19. Interest on Past Due Obligations.  Except as expressly herein provided,  any
amount due to Landlord  not paid when due shall bear  interest  at the  Interest
Rate from the due date.  Payment of such  interest  shall not excuse or cure any
default by Tenant under this Lease.

20.  Interest Rate. As used herein,  the term  "Interest  Rate" shall mean a per
annum rate of interest equal to three percentage points (3%) above the rate most
recently announced by Wells Fargo Bank, National  Association,  at its principal
office in San  Francisco  as its  "Prime  Rate"  serving as the basis upon which
effective  rates of  interest  are  calculated  for  those  transactions  making
reference  thereto,  but in no event in  excess of the then  highest  applicable
usury limit, if any, under Federal or state law.

21.  Signs,  etc.  Tenant may affix and maintain on the exterior of the Premises
only such signs, names,  insignia,  trademarks and other descriptive material of
any kind as shall have first  received  the  written  approval of Landlord as to
type,  size,  color,  location and other design  qualities.  Landlord  review of
proposed  signs and other items  described  in this  Article 21 shall be made in
accordance  with the sign criteria  attached hereto as EXHIBIT B. The provisions
of this Article 21 shall  likewise apply to any signs or other item as aforesaid
which may be placed in any window area within and which shall be visible for the
exterior of the Premises.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, in
no event shall Tenant make any other  alterations or additions to or improvement
on  or visible  from the  exterior  of the  Premises  without  Landlord's  prior
written  consent,  which  may  be  withheld  in  Landlord's  sole  and  absolute
discretion.

22. Notices.  Whenever under this Lease provision is made for any demand, notice
or  declaration  of any kind,  or where it is deemed  desirable  or necessary by
either  party to give or serve any such  notice,  demand or  declaration  to the
other  party,  it shall be in writing and served  either  personally  or sent by
registered  United  States mail,  postage  prepaid,  return  receipt  requested,
addressed at the address set forth hereinbelow:

             To Landlord:         Santa Rosa Corporate Center Associates
                                  Attention: John W. Hopkins
                                  2255 Challenger Way, Suite 101
                                  Santa Rosa, CA 95407

             with a copy to:      Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
                                  Attention: Assistant Vice President & Regional
                                  Manager
                                  101 Lincoln Centre Drive, 6th Floor
                                  Foster City, CA 94404

             with a copy to:      O'Donnell, Hopkins & Partners
                                  Attention: Mr. Donald Grant
                                  2201 Dupont Drive, Suite 100
                                  Irvine, CA 92715

             To Tenant:           H.O.H. Burkhardt
                                  Vice President
                                  Verticom, Inc.
                                  1269 Corporate Center Parkway
                                  Santa Rosa, CA 95407

23.  Control  of  Lease  Over  Laws  of  General   Application.   Tenant  hereby
acknowledges and agrees that the terms, covenants,  conditions and provisions of
the Lease shall control the rights and  obligations  of Landlord and Tenant with
regard to the subject matter of the Lease, and shall

                                       19
<PAGE>

supersede any laws of general  application  which would otherwise control if the
Lease was silent as to such matters, including but not limited to the provisions
of  Sections  1941 and 1942 of the  California  Civil  Code and any  similar  or
successor laws  regarding  Tenant's right to make repairs to the Premises at the
expense of Landlord  (governed  by Article 7 of the Lease);  the  provisions  of
Sections 1932 (2) and 1933 (4) of the  California  Civil Code and any similar or
successor  laws  regarding  the  termination  of  leases  based  upon  damage or
destruction  of  leased  premises  (governed  by  Article 9 of the  Lease);  the
provisions  of  Section  1265.130  of the  California  Code of  Civil  Procedure
regarding  petitions  to  courts of law to  terminate  a lease in the event of a
partial taking by  condemnation  (governed by Article 15 of the Lease);  and the
provisions of California code of Civil Procedure

     The  parties  hereto  have  executed  this  Lease  on the  dates  specified
immediately adjacent to their respective signatures.


Executed at Santa Rosa, California on Nov 3, 1995.

LANDLORD:                              TENANT:

SANTA ROSA CORPORATE CENTER            VERTICOM, INC.
ASSOCIATES, a California
general partnership                     
                                       
By:                                    By: /s/ Richard E. Hejmanowski
    O'Donnell, Hopkins &                   --------------------------
    Partners/San Francisco                     Richard E. Hejmanowski
    a California partnership           Its:    CEO and President
                              
                                       
By: /s/ Donald S. Grant                By: /s/ H.O.H. Burkhardt
    ----------------------------          ---------------------------
    Donald S. Grant                            H.O.H. Burkhardt
    Trustee of the                     Its:    Vice President and CFO
    Donald S. Grant Revocable
    Trust dated May 5, 1987,
    partner

         -OR-

By:  /s/ John W. Hopkins
    ---------------------------
     John W. Hopkins, Partner

                                       20




            STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE--GROSS
                  AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

                                      LOGO

1. Basic Provisions ("Basic Provisions").
   
     1.1 Parties:  This Lease ("Lease"),  dated for reference purposes only, May
19,  1997,  is  made  by and  between  SBR  Development,  A  California  General
Partnership  ("Lessor")  and Arterial  Vascular  Engineering,  Inc.  ("Lessee"),
(collectively the "Parties," or individually a "Party").

     1.2(a)  Premises:  That  cetain  portion  of the  Building,  including  all
improvements  therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease,
commonly  known by the street  address of 7975 Cameron  Center Dr.,  Bldgs 100 &
300, located in the City of Windsor, County of Sonoma, State of California, with
zip code  95492,  as  outlined on Exhibit A attached  hereto  ("Premises").  The
"Building"  is that certain  building  containing  the  Premises  and  generally
described as (describe briefly the nature of the Building):  Approximately 7,920
s.f.  warehouse  shell,  the Lessee will be responsible to construct and pay for
Lessee's tenant improvement work - See Addendum #1, Paragraph 57. In addition to
Lessee's rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified,  Lessee
shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7
below) as  hereinafter  specified,  but  shall not have any  rights to the roof,
exterior walls or utility  raceways of the Building or to any other buildings in
the Industrial  Center. The Premises,  the Building,  the Common Areas, the land
upon which they are located,  along with all other  buildings  and  improvements
thereon, are herein collectively  referred to as the "Industrial Center".  (Also
see Paragraph 2.)

     1.2(b)   Parking:   ______________   unreserved   vehicle   parking  spaces
("Unreserved Parking Spaces"); and 24 reserved vehicle parking spaces ("Reserved
Parking Spaces"). (Also see Paragraph 2.6.) See Addendum No. 1, Paragraph 54.

     1.3 Term: five (5) years and 0 months  ("Original  Term") commencing August
1, 1997  ("Commencement  Date") and ending  July 31, 2002  ("Expiration  Date").
(Also see Paragraph 3.)

     1.4 Early Possession:  ________________________  ("Early Possession Date").
(Also see Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3.) See Addendum #1 Paragraph 58.

     1.5 Base Rent: $4,435 per month ("Base Rent"),  payable on the first day of
each month commencing September 1997. (Also see Paragraph 4.)

     [x] If this box is  checked,  this Lease  provides  for the Base Rent to be
adjusted per Addendum 60, attached hereto.

     1.6(a)  Base Rent Paid Upon  Execution:  $4,435 as Base Rent for the period
August 1997.

     1.6(b)  Lessee's  Share of Common  Area  Operating  Expenses:  one  hundred
percent (100%) ("Lessee's Share") as determined by [x] prorata square footage of
the  Premises  as compared to the total  square  footage of the  Building or [ ]
other criteria as described in Addendum __.

     1.7 Security Deposit: $4,400 ("Security Deposit"). (Also see Paragraph 5.)

     1.8 Permitted Use: General purpose  warehouse with ancillary office and lab
functions ("Permitted Use"). (Also see Paragraph 6.)

     1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the "Insuring Party." (Also see Paragraph 8.)

     1.10(a)  Real  Estate   Brokers.   The  following  real  estate   broker(s)
collectively,   the  "Brokers")  and  brokerage   relationships  exist  in  this
transaction and are consented to by the Parties (check applicable boxes):

     [ ] ___________________ represents Lessor exclusively ("Lessor's Broker");

     [ ] _________________ represents Lessee exclusively ("Lessee's Broker"); or

     [x] Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc.  represents both Lessor and Lessee ("Dual
Agency"). (Also see Paragraph 15.)

     1.10(b)  Payment  to  Brokers.  Upon the  execution  of this  Lease by both
Parties,  Lessor shall pay to said Broker(s) jointly, or in such separate shares
as they may  mutually  designate  in  writing,  a fee as set forth in a separate
written agreement between Lessor and said Broker(s) (or in the event there is no
separate  written  agreement  between  Lessor  and  said  Broker(s),  the sum of
$13,837.20 for brokerage  services rendered by said Broker(s) in connection with
this transaction.

     1.11  Guarantor.  The  obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be
guaranteed by N/A ("Guarantor"). (Also see Paragraph 37.)

     1.12  Addenda  and  Exhibits.  Attached  hereto is an  Addendum  or Addenda
consisting  of  Paragraphs 50 through 64, and Exhibits A through D, all of which
constitute a part of this Lease. No Paragraph 49 or 63.

2. Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

     2.1 Letting.  Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from
Lessor,  the Premises,  for the term, at the rental,  and upon all of the terms,
covenants and  conditions  set forth in this Lease.  Unless  otherwise  provided
herein,  any  statement of square  footage set forth in this Lease,  or that may
have been used in calculating rental and/or Common Area Operating  Expenses,  is
an approximation  which Lessor and Lessee agree is reasonable and the rental and
Lessee's Share (as defined in Paragraph  1.6(b)) based thereon is not subject to
revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

     2.2  Condition.  Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free
of debris on the  Commencement  Date and  warrants to Lessee  that the  existing
plumbing, electrical systems, fire sprinkler system, lighting, air conditioning,
and heating systems and loading doors, if any, in the Premises, other than those
constructed by Lessee,  shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement
Date. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date,
Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt
of written  notice from Lessee  setting  forth with  specificity  the nature and
extent of such non-compliance,  rectify same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does
not give Lessor written  notice of a  non-compliance  with this warranty  within
thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date,  correction of that non-compliance
shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense.

     2.3 Compliance  with  Covenants,  Restrictions  and Building  Code.  Lessor
warrants that any  improvements  (other than those  constructed  by Lessee or at
Lessee's  direction)  on or in the  Premises  which  have  been  constructed  or
installed  by Lessor or with  Lessor's  consent or at Lessor's  direction  shall
comply with all applicable  covenants or  restrictions  of record and applicable
building codes,  regulations and ordinances in effect on the Commencement  Date.
Lessor  further  warrants to Lessee that  Lessor has no  knowledge  of any claim
having been made by any  governmental  agency that a violation or  violations of
applicable building codes,  regulations,  or ordinances exist with regard to the
Premises as of the  Commencement  Date. Said  warranties  shall not apply to any
Alterations or Utility Installations (defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be
made by Lessee.  If the  Premises  do not comply  with said  warranties,  Lessor
shall,  except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  promptly  after receipt of
written notice from Lessee given with six (6) months  following the Commencement
Date  and  setting  forth  with  specificity  the  nature  and  extent  of  such
non-compliance,  take such action, at Lessor's expense,  as may be reasonable or
appropriate  to rectify the  non-compliance.  Lessor makes no warranty  that the
Permitted Use in Paragraph 1.8 is permitted  for the Premises  under  Applicable
Laws (as defined in Paragraph 2.4).

     2.4  Acceptance of Premises.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges:  (a) that it has
been advised by the Broker(s) to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of
the Premises  (including  but not limited to the  electrical  and fire sprinkler
systems,  security,  environmental aspects, seismic and earthquake requirements,
and compliance with the Americans with  Disabilities Act and applicable  zoning,
municipal,  county,  state and federal laws,  ordinances and regulations and any
covenants or restrictions of record  (collectively,  "Applicable  Laws") and the
present and future  suitability  of the Premises for Lessee's  intended use; (b)
that Lessee has made such  investigation as it deems necessary with reference to
such  matters,   is  satisfied   with   reference   thereto,   and  assumes  all
responsibility  therefore  as the  same  relate  to  Lessee's  occupancy  of the
Premises and/or the terms of this Lease; and (c) that neither Lessor, nor any of
Lessor's agents, has made any oral or written representations or warranties with
respect to said  matters  other than as set forth in this  Lease. 

     2.5 Lessee as Prior  Owner/Occupant.  The warranties made by Lessor in this
Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately  prior to the date set
forth in Paragraph 1.1 Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such
event,  Lessee  shall,  at  Lessee's  sole cost and  expense,  correct  any non-
compliance of the Premises with said warranties.


<PAGE>

     2.6  Vehicle  Parking.  Lessee  shall  be  entitled  to use the  number  of
Unreserved  Parking Spaces and Reserved  Parking  Spaces  specified in Paragraph
1.2(b) on those  portions of the Common  Areas  designated  from time to time by
Lessor for parking.  Lessee shall not use more parking  spaces than said number.
Said  parking  spaces  shall be used for  parking  by  vehicles  no larger  than
full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called "Permitted Size
Vehicles."  Vehicles  other than  Permitted  Size  Vehicles  shall be parked and
loaded or  unloaded  as  directed  by Lessor  in the Rules and  Regulations  (as
defined in Paragraph 40) issued by Lessor. (Also see Paragraph 2.9.)

         (a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are
controlled  by Lessee or Lessee's  employees,  suppliers,  shippers,  customers,
contractors  or invitees to be loaded,  unloaded,  or parked in areas other than
those designated by Lessor for such activities.

         (b) If  Lessee  permits  or  allows  any of the  prohibited  activities
described  in this  Paragraph  2.6,  then Lessor  shall have the right,  without
notice,  in  addition to such other  rights and  remedies  that it may have,  to
remove or tow away the  vehicle  involved  and charge the cost to Lessee,  which
cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

         (c) Lessor shall at the  Commencement  Date of this Lease,  provide the
parking facilities required by Applicable Law.

     2.7 Common  Areas--Definition.  The form  "Common  Areas" is defined as all
areas and facilities  outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line
of the Industrial  Center and interior utility raceways within the Premises that
are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-
exclusive use of Lessor,  Lessee and other Lessors of the Industrial Control and
their respective  employees,  suppliers,  shippers,  customers,  contractors and
invitees,  including  parking areas,  loading and unloading areas,  trash areas,
roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

     2.8 Common Areas--Lessee's  Rights. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee, for the
benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers
and invitees,  during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in
common with others  entitled  to such use,  the Common  Areas as they exist from
time to time, subject to any rights,  powers, and privileges  reserved by Lessor
under the terms  hereof  or under  the  terms of any  rules and  regulations  or
restrictions  governing the use of the Industrial Center. Under no circumstances
shall the right herein  granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the
right to store any property,  temporarily or  permanently,  in the Common Areas.
Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written  consent of Lessor
or Lessor's  designated agent,  which consent may be revoked at any time. In the
event that any  unauthorized  storage  shall  occur then  Lessor  shall have the
right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may
have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee,  which cost shall be
immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

     2.9 Common Areas--Rules and Regulations.  Lessor or such other person(s) as
Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common
Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish,  modify,  amend
and enforce  reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in accordance
with  Paragraph  40. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and
Regulations,   and  to  cause  its  employees, suppliers,  shippers,  customers,
contractors  and  invitees  to  so  abide  and  conform.  Lessor  shall  not  be
responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance  with said rules and regulations by
other lessees of the Industrial Center.

     2.10 Common  Areas--Changes.  Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor's sole
discretion, from time to time:

         (a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation,
changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking
spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress,  egress,  direction
of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

         (b) To  close  temporarily  any of the  Common  Areas  for  maintenance
purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

         (c) To designate  other land outside the  boundaries of the  Industrial
Center to be a part of the Common Areas;

         (d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

         (e)  To use  the  Common  Areas  while  engaged  in  making  additional
improvements,  repairs or alterations to the Industrial  Center,  or any portion
thereof;

and

         (f) To do and perform  such other acts and make such other  changes in,
to or with respect to the Common Areas and  Industrial  Center as Lessor may, in
the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3. Term.

     3.1 Term. The Commencement Date,  Expiration Date and Original Term of this
Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

     3.2 Early Possession. If an Early Possession Date is specified in Paragraph
1.4 and if Lessee  totally or partially  occupies  the Premises  after the Early
Possession Date but prior to the  Commencement  Date, the obligation to pay Base
Rent shall be abated for the period of such early occupancy.  All other terms of
this  Lease,  however,  (including  but not  limited to the  obligations  to pay
Lessee's  Share of Common Area  Operating  Expenses  and to carry the  insurance
required by Paragraph 8) shall be in effect  during such period.  Any such early
possession  shall not affect nor advance  the  Expiration  Date of the  Original
Term.

     3.3 Delay in Possession. If for any reason Lessor cannot deliver possession
of the Premises to Lessee by the Early  Possession  Date, if one is specified in
Paragraph 1.4, or if no Early Possession Date is specified,  by the Commencement
Date,  Lessor  shall not be subject to any  liability  therefor,  nor shall such
failure  affect  the  validity  of this  Lease,  or the  obligations  of  Lessee
hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case, lessee shall not, except
as  otherwise  provided  herein,  be  obligated to pay rent or perform any other
obligation  of Lessee  under  the  terms of this  Lease  until  Lessor  delivers
possession  of the  Premises to Lessee.  If  possession  of the  Premises is not
delivered to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the Commencement  Date.  Lessee
may,  at its option,  by notice in writing to Lessor  within ten (10) days after
the end of said sixty (60) day period,  cancel  this  Lease,  in which event the
parties shall be discharged from all obligations  hereunder;  provided  further,
however, that if such written, notice of Lessee is not received by Lessor within
said ten (10) day period,  Lessee's right to cancel this Lease  hereunder  shall
terminate  and be of no  further  force or  effect.  Except as may be  otherwise
provided,  and  regardless  of when the Original  Term  actually  commences,  if
possession is not tendered to Lessee when required by this Lease and Lessee does
not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, the period free of the obligation to pay
Base Rent, if any, that Lessee would  otherwise  have enjoyed shall run from the
date of delivery of  possession  and  continue  for a period equal to the period
during which the Lessee would have otherwise enjoyed under the terms hereof, but
minus any days of delay caused by the acts, changes or omissions of Lessee.

4. Rent.

     4.1 Base Rent. Lessee shall pay Base Rent and other rent or charges, as the
same may be adjusted  from time to time, to Lessor in lawful money of the United
States,  without  offset or  deduction,  on or before the day on which it is due
under the terms of this Lease.  Base Rent and all other rent and charges for any
period  during the term  hereof  which is for less than one full month  shall be
prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month involved.  Payment of
Base Rent and other charges shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein
or to such other  persons or at such other  addresses as Lessor may from time to
time designate in writing to Lessee.

     4.2 Common Area Operating  Expenses.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the
term  hereof,  in addition to the Base Rent,  Lessee's  Share (as  specified  in
Paragraph 1.6(b)) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined,
during each  calendar  year of the term of this Lease,  in  accordance  with the
following provisions:

         (a) "Common Area Operating Expenses" are defined,  for purposes of this
Lease,  as all costs incurred by Lessor  relating to the ownership and operation
of the Industrial Center, including, but not limited to, the following:

               (i) The operation,  repair and maintenance,  in neat, clean, good
order and condition, of the following:

               SEE ADDENDUM NO. 1, PARAGRAPH 60

               (ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service
the Common Areas.

               (iii) Trash disposal.

               (iv) Omitted

               (v) Any increase  above the Base Real Property Taxes (as defined
in Paragraph 10.2(b)) for the Building and the Common Areas.

               (vi) Any "Insurance Cost Increase" (as defined in Paragraph 8.1).

               (viii) Omitted

               (ix) Omitted

         (b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are
specifically  attributable  to the  Building  or to any  other  building  in the
Industrial Center or to the operation,  repair and maintenance thereof, shall be
allocated  entirely to the  Building  or to such other  building.  However,  any
Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically
attributable  to the  Building  or to any other  building  or to the  operation,
repair and maintenance  thereof,  shall be equitably  allocated by Lessor to all
buildings in the Industrial Center.

         (c) The  inclusion  of the  improvements,  facilities  and services set
forth in  Subparagraph  4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation  upon
Lessor to either  have said  improvements  or  facilities  or to  provide  those
services  unless the  Industrial  Center  already has the same,  Lessor  already
provides the services,  or Lessor has agreed  elsewhere in this Lease to provide
the same or some of them.

         (d) Lessee's Share of Common Area  Operating  Expenses shall be payable
by Lessee within ten (10) days after a reasonably  detailed  statement of actual
expenses is  presented  to Lessee by Lessor.  At Lessor's  option,  however,  an
amount may be estimated by Lessor from time to time of Lessee's  Share of annual
Common  Area  Operating  Expenses  and the same  shall  be  payable  monthly  or
quarterly,  as Lessor shall designate,  during each 12 month period of the Lease
term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. Lessor shall deliver to
Lessee  within  sixty (60) days after the  expiration  of each  calendar  year a
reasonably  detailed  statement showing Lessee's Share of the actual Common Area
Operating  Expenses  incurred  during the preceding  year. If Lessee's  payments
under this Paragraph  4.2(d) during said preceding year exceed Lessee's Share as
indicated on said statement, Lessee shall be credited the amount of each over-

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

payment against  Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating  Expenses next becoming
due. If Lessee's payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year
were less than Lessee's Share as indicated on said  statement,  Lessee shall pay
to Lessor the amount of the  deficiency  within ten (10) days after  delivery by
Lessor to Lessee of said statement.

5. Security  Deposit.  Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon Lessee's  execution
hereof the Security  Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Lessee's
faithful  performance of Lessee's  obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails
to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder,  or otherwise  Defaults
under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1). Lessor may use, apply or retain
all or any  portion of said  Security  Deposit for the payment of any amount due
Lessor or to reimburse or compensate  Lessor for any liability,  cost,  expense,
loss or damage  (including  attorneys' fees) which Lessor may suffer or incur by
reason  thereof.  If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said  Security
Deposit,  Lessee  shall  within ten (10) days after  written  request  therefore
deposit  monies with Lessor  sufficient to restore said Security  Deposit to the
full amount required by this Lease.  Lessor shall not be required to keep all or
any part of the Security  Deposit  separate  from its general  accounts.  Lessor
shall,  at the  expiration or earlier  termination  of the term hereof and after
Lessee has vacated the Premises,  return to Lessee (or, at Lessor's  option,  to
the last assignee,  if any, of Lessee's  interest  herein),  that portion of the
Security  Deposit  not used or  applied by Lessor.  Unless  otherwise  expressly
agreed in writing by Lessor, no part of the Security Deposit shall be considered
to be held in trust,  to bear interest or other  increment for its use, or to be
prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use.

     6.1 Permitted Use.

         (a) Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use
set  forth in  Paragraph  1.8,  or any  other  legal  use  which  is  reasonably
comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the
use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful,  creates  waste or a nuisance,
or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to the Premises or
neighboring premises or properties.

         (b) Lessor  hereby  agrees to not  unreasonably  withhold  or delay its
consent to any written request by Lessee, Lessee's assignees or subtenants,  and
by prospective assignees and subtenants of Lessee, its assignees and subtenants,
for a  modification  of said  Permitted Use, so long as the same will not impair
the structural  integrity of the improvements on the Premises or in the Building
or the mechanical or electrical  systems therein,  does not conlict with uses by
other  lessees,  is not  significantly  more  burdensome  to the Premises or the
Building and the improvements  thereon, and is otherwise permissible pursuant to
this Paragraph 6. If Lessor elects to withhold such consent, Lessor shall within
five (5) business days after such request give a written  notification  of same,
which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor's  reasonable  objections to
the change in use.

     6.2 Hazardous Substances.

         (a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term "Hazardous  Substance" as
used in this Lease  shall mean any  product,  substance,  chemical,  material or
waste whose  presence,  nature,  quantity  and/or  intensity of existence,  use,
manufacture,  disposal,  transportation,  spill,  release or  effect,  either by
itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is
either: (i) potentially  injurious to the public health,  safety or welfare, the
environment,  or the Premises;  (ii) regulated or monitored by any  governmental
authority;   or  (iii)  a  basis  for  potential  liability  of  Lessor  to  any
governmental  agency or third party under any  applicable  statute or common law
theory.  Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons,
petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products thereof other than
as set forth in Exhibit E, Lessee  shall not engage in any  activity in or about
the Premises  which  constitutes a Reportable  Use (as  hereinafter  defined) of
Hazardous  Substances  without the express prior  written  consent of Lessor and
compliance  in a timely  manner (at  Lessee's  sole cost and  expense)  with all
Applicable  Requirements  (as defined in Paragraph 6.3).  "Reportable Use" shall
mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii)
the  generation,  possession,  storage,  use,  transportation,  or disposal of a
Hazardous  Substance  that  requires a permit  from,  or with respect to which a
report, notice,  registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any
governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on or about the Premises of a
Hazardous  Substance  with respect to which any  Applicable  Laws require that a
notice be given to persons  entering or occupying  the  Premises or  neighboring
properties.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Lessee may, without Lessor's prior
consent,  but upon  notice  to  Lessor  and in  compliance  with all  Applicable
Requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be
used by Lessee in the normal course of the Permitted Use, so long as such use is
not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or neighboring  properties
to any  meaningful  risk of  contamination  or damage  or  expose  Lessor to any
liability  therefor.  In addition,  Lessor may (but without any obligation to do
so) condition its consent to any  Reportable  Use of any Hazardous  Substance by
Lessee upon Lessee's giving Lessor such additional  assurances as Lessor, in its
reasonable  discretion,  deems  necessary  to protect  itself,  the public,  the
Premises and the  environment  against  damage,  contamination  or injury and/or
liability  therefor,  including  but not limited to the  installation  (and,  at
Lessor's option,  removal on or before Lease expiration or earlier  termination)
of  reasonably  necessary  protective  modifications  to the  Premises  (such as
concrete encasements) and/or the deposit of an additional Security Deposit under
Paragraph 5 hereof.

         (b) Duty to Inform Lessor.  If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to
believe,  that a Hazardous  Substance  has come to be located  in, on,  under or
about the Premises or the  Building,  other than as  previously  consented to by
Lessor,  Lessee shall immediately give Lessor written notice thereof,  and shall
make  available  a  copy  of  any  statement,   report,  notice,   registration,
application,  permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given
to, or received from, any governmental authority or private party concerning the
presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous Substance
including  but not  limited  to all such  documents  as may be  involved  in any
Reportable  Use  involving  the  Premises.  Lessee shall not cause or permit any
Hazardous  Substance  to be  spilled  or  released  in,  on,  under or about the
Premises (including,  without limitation, through the plumbing or sanitary sewer
system).

         (c) Indemnification.  Lessee shall indemnify,  protect, defend and hold
Lessor,  its agents,  employees,  lenders  and ground  lessor,  if any,  and the
Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments,
costs, claims, liens,  expenses,  penalties,  loss of permits and attorneys' and
consultants'  fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous  Substance  brought
onto the Premises by or for Lessee or by anyone under Lessee's control. Lessee's
obligations  under this Paragraph  6.2(c) shall include,  but not be limited to,
the  effects  of  any  contamination  or  injury  to  person,  property  or  the
environment  created  or  suffered  by  Lessee,  and the  cost of  investigation
(including consultants' and attorneys' fees and testing), removal,  remediation,
restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination  therein involved,
and shall  survive the  expiration  or earlier  termination  of this  Lease.  No
termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee
shall  release  Lessee  from its  obligations  under this Lease with  respect to
Hazardous Substances,  unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the
time of such agreement

     6.3 Lessee's  Compliance with Requirements.  Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole
cost and expense,  fully,  diligently  and in a timely  manner,  comply with all
"Applicable  Requirements,"  which  term is used in this Lease to mean all laws,
rules,   regulations,   ordinances,   directives,   covenants,   easements   and
restrictions  of  record,  permits,  the  requirements  of any  applicable  fire
insurance  underwriter or rating  bureau,  and the  recommendations  of Lessor's
engineers and/or consultants,  relating in any manner to the Premises (including
but  not  limited  to  matters  pertaining  to  (i)  industrial  hygiene,   (ii)
environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Premises, including soil and
groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture,  production,
installation,  maintenance, removal, transportation,  storage, spill, or release
of any  Hazardous  Substance),  now in effect or which may  hereafter  come into
effect.  Lessee shall,  within five (5) days after  receipt of Lessor's  written
request, provide Lessor with copies of all documents and information,  including
but not limited to permits, registrations,  manifests, applications, reports and
certificates,  evidencing Lessee's  compliance with any Applicable  Requirements
specified  by Lessor,  and shall  immediately  upon  receipt,  notify  Lessor in
writing  (with copies of any  documents  involved) of any  threatened  or actual
claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving
failure by Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

     6.4 Inspection;  Compliance with Law. Lessor,  Lessor's agents,  employees,
contractors  and designated  representatives,  and the holders of any mortgages,
deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises ("Lenders") shall have the right
to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency,  and otherwise at
reasonable  times,  for the purpose of inspecting  the condition of the Premises
and for  verifying  compliance  by  Lessee  with this  Lease and all  Applicable
Requirements  (as defined in  Paragraph  6.3),  and Lessor  shall be entitled to
employ experts and/or consultants in connection  therewith to advise Lessor with
respect  to  Lessee's   activities,   including  but  not  limited  to  Lessee's
installation,  operation,  use,  monitoring,  maintenance,  or  removal  of  any
Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises.  The costs and expenses of any such
inspections  shall be paid by the party  requesting  same,  unless a Default  or
Breach of this Lease by Lessee or a violation of  Applicable  Requirements  or a
contamination,  caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, is found to exist
or to be  imminent,  or unless  the  inspection  is  requested  or  ordered by a
governmental  authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation
or  contamination.  In such case,  Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor or
Lessor's  Lender,  as the  case  may be,  for the  costs  and  expenses  of such
inspections.

7. Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

     7.1 Lessee's Obligations.

         (a)  Subject to the  provisions  of  Paragraphs  2.2  (Condition),  2.3
(Compliance  with  Covenants,  Restrictions  and Building  Code),  7.2 (Lessor's
Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at
Lessee's  sole cost and expense and at all times,  keep the  Premises  and every
part thereof in good order, condition and repair (whether or not such portion of
the  Premises  requiring  repair,  or the  means  of  repairing  the  same,  are
reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such
repairs  occurs as a result of Lessee's  use, any prior use, the elements or the
age of such portion of the Premises), including, without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities specifically serving the Premises,
such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning,  ventilating,  electrical, lighting
facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connections if
within the Premises,  fixtures,  interior walls,  interior  surfaces of exterior
walls,  ceilings,  floors,  windows,  doors,  plate glass,  and  skylights,  but
excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph
7.2 below. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order,  condition and repair,
shall  exercise and perform good  maintenance  practices.  Lessee's  obligations
shall include restorations,  replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the
Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition
and state of repair.

         (b) Lessee  shall,  at  Lessee's  sole cost and  expense,  procure  and
maintain a contract,  with copies  available to Lessor,  in  customary  form and
substance  for  and  with  a  contractor  specializing  and  experienced  in the
inspection,  maintenance  and  service  of the  heating,  air  conditioning  and
ventilating systems for the Premises.  However,  Lessor reserves the right, upon
notice to Lessee,  to procure and maintain  the  contract  for the heating,  air
conditioning and ventilating systems, and if available.

         (c)  If  Lessee  fails  to  perform  Lessee's  obligations  under  this
Paragraph  7.1,  Lessor may enter upon the  Premises  after ten (10) days' prior
written notice to Lessee  (except in the case of an emergency,  in which case no
notice shall be required),  perform such obligations on Lessee's behalf, and put
the Premises in good order,  condition and repair,  in accordance with Paragraph
13.2 below.

     7.2 Lessor's  Obligations.  Subject to the  provisions  of  Paragraphs  2.2
(Condition),  2.3 (Compliance  with Covenants,  Restrictions and Building Code),
4.2 (Common Area Operating  Expenses),  6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee's  Obligations),  9
(Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, shall keep in good order,
condition and repair the  foundations,  exterior walls,  structural  condtion of
interior  bearing  walls,  except  those built by Lessee,  exterior  roof,  fire
sprinkler  and/or  standpipe  and hose (if located in the Common Areas) or other
automatic fire extinguishing system including fire alarm and/or smoke detection

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

systems  and  equipment,  fire  hydrants,  parking  lots,  walkways,   parkways,
driveways,  landscaping,  fences,  signs and utility  systems serving the Common
Areas and all parts  thereof,  as well as providing the services for which there
is a Common Area Operating  Expense  pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not
be obligated to paint the  exterior or interior  surfaces of exterior  walls nor
shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate
glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or
hereafter  in effect  which  would  otherwise  afford  Lessee  the right to make
repairs at  Lessor's  expense or to  terminate  this Lease  because of  Lessor's
failure to keep the Building,  Industrial  Center or Common Areas in good order,
condtion and repair.

     7.3 Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, Alterations.

         (a) Definitions;  Consent Required. The term "Utility Installations" is
used in  this  Lease  to  refer  to all  air  lines,  power  panels,  electrical
distribution,   security,  fire  protection  systems,   communications  systems,
lighting  fixtures,   heating,   ventilating  and  air  conditioning  equipment,
plumbing,  and fencing in, on or about the Premises.  The term "Trade  Fixtures"
shall mean Lessee's  machinery and equipment  which can be removed without doing
material  damage  to  the  Premises.  The  term  "Alterations"  shall  mean  any
modification  of the  improvements  on the Premises which are provided by Lessor
under  the  terms of this  Lease,  other  than  Utility  Installations  or Trade
Fixtures. "Lessee-Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations" are defined as
Alterations  and/or Utility  Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned
by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a) except as set forth in this lease, Lessee
shall not make nor cause to be made any Alterations or Utility Installations in,
on, under or about the Premises without  Lessor's prior written consent.  Lessee
may, however,  make non-structural  Utility Installations to the interior of the
Premises (excluding the roof) without Lessor's consent but upon notice to Lessor
so long as they are not visible from the outside of the Premises, do not involve
puncturing,  relocating or removing the roof or any existing  walls, or changing
or  interfering  with the  fire  sprinkler  or fire  detection  systems  and the
cumulative  cost  thereof  during  the term of this Lease as  extended  does not
exceed $2,500.00.

         (b) Consent. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall
desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to
Lessor in  written  form with  detailed  plans.  All  consents  given by Lessor,
whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent  specific consent,  shall
be deemed  conditioned  upon:  (i) Lessee's  acquiring  all  applicable  permits
required by  governmental  authorities;  (ii) the  furnishing  of copies of such
permits together with a copy of the plans and  specifications for the Alteration
or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to commencement of the work thereon; and
(iii) the  compliance by Lessee with all  conditions of said permits in a prompt
and  expeditious  manner.  Any  Alterations or Utility  Installations  by Lessee
during the term of this Lease  shall be done in a good and  workmanlike  manner,
with good and  sufficient  materials,  and be in compliance  with all Applicable
Requirements.  Lessee shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Lessor with
as built plans and specifications therefor.  Lessor may, (but without obligation
to do  so)  condition  its  consent  to  any  requested  Alteration  or  Utility
Installation that costs $2,500.00 or more upon Lessee's  providing Lessor with a
lien and  completion  bond in an  amount  equal to one and  one-half  times  the
estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation.

         (c) Lien Protection.  Lessee shall pay when due all claims for labor or
materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for
use on the  Premises,  which claims are or may be secured by any  mechanic's  or
materialmen's  lien against the Premises or any interest  therein.  Lessee shall
give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any
work in,  on, or about the  Premises,  and  Lessor  shall have the right to post
notices of  non-responsibility  in or on the  Premises  as  provided  by law. If
Lessee  shall,  in good faith,  contest the validity of any such lien,  claim or
demand,  then Lessee  shall,  at its sole  expense,  defend and protect  itself,
Lessor and the  Premises  against  the same and shall pay and  satisfy  any such
adverse  judgment that may be rendered  thereon before the  enforcement  thereof
against  the Lessor or the  Premises.  If Lessor  shall  require,  Lessee  shall
furnish to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to one
and  one-half  times  the  amount  of  such  contested  lien  claim  or  demand,
indemnifying  Lessor against  liability for the same, as required by law for the
holding of the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition,
Lessor  may  require  Lessee  to pay  Lessor's  attorneys'  fees  and  costs  in
participating  in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best  interest
to do so.

     7.4 Ownership, Removal, Surrender, and Restoration.

         (a)  Ownership.  Subject to Lessor's right to require their removal and
to cause  Lessee to become the owner  thereof as  hereinafter  provided  in this
Paragraph 7.4, all Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by
Lessee  shall be the property of and owned by Lessee,  but  considered a part of
the Premises.  Unless  otherwise  instructed per  Subparagraph  7.4(b) hereof or
elsewhere in this lease, all Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility Installations
shall,  at the  expiration  or earlier  termination  of this  Lease,  become the
property  of Lessor and remain upon the  Premises  and be  surrendered  with the
Premises by Lessee.

         (b) Removal.  Unless  otherwise  agreed in writing,  Lessor may require
that any or all Lessee-Owned  Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by
the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease,  notwithstanding that their
installation  may have been  consented  to by  Lessor.  Lessor may  require  the
removal  at any  time  of  all  or  any  part  of  any  Alterations  or  Utility
Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.

         (c)  Surrender/Restoration.  Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the
end of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier termination date, clean and
free of debris  and in good  operating  order,  condition  and state of  repair,
ordinary  wear and tear  excepted.  Ordinary wear and tear shall not include any
damage or  deterioration  that would  have been  prevented  by good  maintenance
practice or by Lessee performing all of its obligations under this Lease. Except
as otherwise agreed or specified  herein,  the Premises,  as surrendered,  shall
include the  Alterations  and Utility  Installations.  The  obligation of Lessee
shall  include  the  repair  of  any  damage  occasioned  by  the  installation,
maintenance or removal of Lessee's Trade Fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment, and
Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility  Installations,  as well as the removal of
any storage tank  installed by or for Lessee,  and the removal  replacement,  or
remediation of any soil, material or ground water contaminated by Lessee, all as
may then be required by Applicable  Requirements and/or good practice.  Lessee's
Trade  Fixtures  shall  remain  the  property  of Lessee and shall be removed by
Lessee  subject to its  obligation  to repair and restore the  Premises per this
Lease.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

     8.1 Payment of Premium Increases.

         (a) As used herein,  the term  "Insurance  Cost Increase" is defined as
any increase in the actual cost of the insurance  applicable to the Building and
required  to be carried by Lessor  pursuant  to  Paragraphs  8.2(b),  8.3(a) and
8.3(b), ("Required Insurance"),  over and above the Base Premium, as hereinafter
defined, calculated on an annual basis. "Insurance Cost Increase" shall include,
but not be limited to, requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust
covering the Premises,  increased  valuation of the  Premises,  and/or a general
premium rate increase.  The term "Insurance  Cost Increase" shall not,  however,
include any premium increases  resulting from the nature of the occupancy of any
other lessee of the Building. If the parties insert a dollar amount in Paragraph
1.9, such amount shall be considered the "Base  Premium." If a dollar amount has
not been  inserted in  Paragraph  1.9 and if the  Building  has been  previously
occupied  during  the  twelve  (12)  month  period  immediately   preceding  the
Commencement  Date, the "Base Premium" shall be the annual premium applicable to
such twelve (12) month  period.  If the Building was not fully  occupied  during
such twelve (12) month  period,  the "Base  Premium"  shall be the lowest annual
premium reasonably  obtainable for the Required Insurance as of the Commencement
Date,  assuming  the most  nominal use  possible of the  Building.  In no event,
however,  shall  Lessee be  responsible  for any  portion  of the  premium  cost
attributable to liability  insurance  coverage in excess of $1,000,000  procured
under Paragraph 8.2(b).

         (b) Lessee shall pay any Insurance Cost Increase to Lessor  pursuant to
Paragraph  4.2.  Premiums for policy periods  commencing  prior to, or extending
beyond,  the  term  of this  Lease  shall  be  prorated  to  coincide  with  the
corresponding Commencement Date or Expiration Date.

     8.2 Liability Insurance.

         (a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force during the
term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting
Lessee,  Lessor and any  Lender(s)  whose names have been  provided to Lessee in
writing (as additional  insureds)  against  claims for bodily  injury,  personal
injury  and  property  damage  based  upon,  involving  or  arising  out  of the
ownership,  use,  occupancy  or  maintenance  of  the  Premises  and  all  areas
appurtenant  thereto.  Such insurance shall be on an occurrence  basis providing
single limit coverage in an amount not less than  $1,000,000 per occurrence with
an "Additional Insured Managers or Lessors of Premises"  endorsement and contain
the  "Amendment of the  Pollution  Exclusion"  endorsement  for damage caused by
heat,  smoke or fumes from a hostile  fire.  The policy  shall not  contain  any
intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations,  but shall
include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an "insured contract"
for the  performance of Lessee's  indemnity  obligations  under this Lease.  The
limits of said  insurance  required by this Lease or as carried by Lessee  shall
not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation
hereunder.  All  insurance  to be carried by Lessee  shall be primary to and not
contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall
be considered excess insurance only.

         (b) Carried by Lessor.  Lessor shall also maintain liability  insurance
described  in  Paragaph  8.2(a)  above,  in  addition to and not in lieu of, the
insurance  required to be maintained by Lessee.  Lessee shall not be named as an
additional insured therein.

     8.3 Property Insurance-Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

         (a)  Building and  Improvements.  Lessor shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy or policies  in the name of Lessor,  with
loss payable to Lessor and to any Lender(s),  insuring against loss or damage to
the Premises.  Such insurance  shall be for full  replacement  cost, as the same
shall exist from time to time, or the amount  required by any Lender(s),  but in
no event more than the commercially  reasonable and  available  insurable  value
thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age of the improvements  involved,
such latter amount is less than full replacement cost. Lessee-Owned  Alterations
and Utility  Installations,  Trade Fixtures and Lessee's personal property shall
be insured by Lessee pursuant to Paragraph 8.4. If the coverage is available and
commercially  appropriate,  Lessor's policy or policies shall insure against all
risks of direct  physical  loss or damage  (except  the  perils of flood  and/or
earthquake  unless  required  by a Lender  or  included  in the  Base  Premium),
including  coverage for any additional  costs  resulting from debris removal and
reasonable  amounts of coverage  for the  enforcement  of any  ordinance  or law
regulating the  reconstruction  or replacement of any undamaged  sections of the
Building  required to be demolished or removed by reason of the  enforcement  of
any building,  zoning,  safety or land use laws as the result of a covered loss,
but not  including  plate glass  insurance.  Said policy or policies  shall also
contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, waiver
of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual
property  insurance  coverage  amount by a factor of not less than the  adjusted
U.S.  Department of Labor Consumer  Price Index for All Urban  Consumers for the
city nearest to where the Premises are located.

         (b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force during the
term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable
to Lessor  and any  Lender(s),  insuring  the loss of the full  rental and other
charges payable by all lessees of the Building to Lessor for one year (including
all Real Property Taxes, insurance costs, all Common Area Operating Expenses and
any scheduled  rental  increases).  Said insurance may provide that in the event
the Lease is terminated  by reason of an insured  loss,  the period of indemnity
for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs
or  replacement  of the Premises,  to provide for one full year's loss of rental
revenues from the date of any such loss.  Said insurance shall contain an agreed
valuation  provision  in lieu of any  co-insurance  clause,  and the  amount  of
coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income, Real
Property Taxes,  insurance premium costs and other expenses,  if any,  otherwise
payable,  for the next 12-month  period.  Common Area  Operating  Expenses shall
include any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

         (c)  Adjacent  Premises.  Lessee  shall  pay  for any  increase  in the
premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or

other buildings in the Industrial  Center if said increase is caused by Lessee's
negligent or wrongful acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

          (d) Lessee's Improvements.  Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor
shall  not  be  required  to  insure   Lessee-Owned   Alterations   and  Utility
Installations  unless the item in  question  has become the  property  of Lessor
under the terms of this Lease.

     8.4 Lessee's Property  Insurance.  Subject to the requirements of Paragraph
8.5, Lessee at its cost shall either by separate policy or, at lessor's  option,
by endorsement to a policy already carried,  maintain  insurance coverage on all
of Lessee's personal property,  Trade Fixtures and Lessee-Owned  Alterations and
Utility  Installations in, on, or about the Premises similar in coverage to that
carried by Lessor as the Insuring Party under Paragraph  8.3(a).  Such insurance
shall be full  replacement  cost coverage with a deductible not to exceed $1,000
per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for
the  replacement of personal  property and the restoration of Trade Fixtures and
Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility  Installations.  Upon request from Lessor,
Lessee shall  provide  Lessor with written  evidence  that such  insurance is in
force.

     8.5 Insurance Policies.  Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
duly licensed to transact  business in the state where the Premises are located,
and maintaining  during the policy term a "General  Policyholders  Rating" of at
least B+, V, or such other  rating as may be required by a Lender,  as set forth
in the most current issue of "Best's  Insurance  Guide."  Lessee shall not do or
permit  to be done  anything  which  shall  invalidate  the  insurance  policies
referred to in this  Paragraph  8. Lessee shall cause to be delivered to Lessor,
within  seven (7) days  after the  earlier of the Early  Possession  Date or the
Commencement Date, certified copies of, or certificates evidencing the existence
and amounts of, the insurance  required under Paragraph  8.2(a) and 8.4. No such
policy shall be cancelable or subject to  modification  except after thirty (30)
days' prior  written  notice to Lessor.  Lessee  shall at least thirty (30) days
prior to the  expiration  of such  policies,  furnish  Lessor  with  evidence of
renewals or "insurance  binders" evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order
such  insurance  and charge the cost  thereof to Lessee,  which  amount shall be
payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.

     8.6 Waiver of Subrogation.  Without affecting any other rights or remedies,
Lessee and Lessor  each hereby  release  and relieve the other,  and waive their
entire  right to recover  damages  (whether in contract or in tort)  against the
other,  for loss or damage to their  property  arising out of or incident to the
perils  required to be insured  against  under  Paragraph  8. The effect of such
releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall not be limited by the
amount of  insurance  carried  or  required,  or by any  deductibles  applicable
thereto.  Lessor and Lessee agree to have their respective  insurance  companies
issuing  property  damage  insurance  waive any right to  subrogation  that such
companies may have against Lessor or Lessee,  as the case may be, so long as the
insurance is not invalidated thereby.

     8.7  Indemnity.  Except for Lessor's  negligence  and/or  breach of express
warranties,  Lessee  shall  indemnify,  protect,  defend and hold  harmless  the
Premises,  Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and
Lenders,  from and  against any and all claims,  loss of rents  and/or  damages,
costs, liens, judgments, penalties, loss of permits, attorneys' and consultants'
fees,  expenses and/or liabilities  arising out of, involving,  or in connection
with, the occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, the conduct of Lessee's business,
any act, omission or neglect of Lessee,  its agents,  contractors,  employees or
invitees,  and out of any  Default or Breach by Lessee in the  performance  in a
timley manner of any  obligation  on Lessee's  part to be  performed  under this
Lease.  The  foregoing  shall  include,  but not be limited  to, the  defense or
pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding  involved therein,  and whether
or not (in the case of claims made against Lessor)  litigated  and/or reduced to
judgment.  In case any action or proceeding be brought  against Lessor by reason
of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall defend the
same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor
shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any
such claim in order to be so indemnified.

     8.8  Exemption  of Lessor from  Liability.  Lessor  shall not be liable for
injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of
Lessee,  Lessee's  employees,  contractors,  invitees,  customers,  or any other
person in or about the  Premises,  whether such damage or injury is caused by or
results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,
leakage,  obstruction  or  other  defects  of  pipes,  fire  sprinklers,  wires,
appliances,  plumbling, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other
cause,  whether said injury or damage results from  conditions  arising upon the
Premises or upon other  portions of the  Building  of which the  Premises  are a
part, from other sources or places,  and regardless of whether the cause of such
damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is accessible or not. Lessor
shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other
lessee of Lessor nor from the failure by Lessor to enforce the provisions of any
other lease in the Industrial  Center except to the extent such liability arises
from Lessor's  negligence or willful  misconduct and is not covered by insurance
that Lessee is required to carry under this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction.

     9.1 Definitions.

         (a) "Premises  Partial  Damage" shall mean damage or destruction to the
Premises,  other than Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility  Installations,  the
repair cost of which damage or  destruction  is less than fifty percent (50%) of
the then  Replacement  Cost (as  defined in  Paragraph  9.1(d)) of the  Premises
(excluding   Lessee-Owned   Alterations  and  Utility  Installations  and  Trade
Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destructions.

         (b) "Premises  Total  Destruction"  shall mean damage or destruction to
the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the
repair cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the
then Replacement Cost of the Premises  (excluding  Lessee-Owned  Alterations and
Utility  Installations and Trade Fixtures)  immediately prior to such damage and
destruction.  In addition,  damage and  destruction to the Building,  other than
Lessee-Owned  Alterations  and Utility  Installations  and Trade Fixtures of any
lessees  of the  Building,  the cost of which  damage  or  destruction  is fifty
percent  (50%)  or more of the then  Replacement  Cost  (excluding  Lessee-Owned
Alterations and Utility  Installations  and Trade Fixtures of any lessees of the
Building)  of the  Building  shall,  at the  option of  Lessor,  be deemed to be
Premise Total Destruction.

         (c) "Insured  Loss" shall mean damage or  destruction  to the Premises,
other  than  Lessee-Owned   Alterations  and  Utility  Installations  and  Trade
Fixtures,  which was caused by an event  required to be covered by the insurance
described in Paragraph 8.3(a) irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage
limits involved.

         (d)  "Replacement  Cost"  shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild  the
improvements  owned by Lessor at the time of the  occurrence to their  condition
existing  immediately prior thereto,  including  demolition,  debris removal and
upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes,  ordinances or
laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

         (e)  "Hazardous  Substance  Condition"  shall  mean  the  occurrence or
discovery of a condition  involving  the presence of, or a  contamination  by, a
Hazardous  Substance  as  defined  in  Paragraph  6.2(a),  in,  on, or under the
Premises.

     9.2 Premises Partial  Damage-Insured  Loss. If Premises Partial Damage that
is an Insured Loss occurs,  then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense,  repair such
damage (but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility
Installations)  as soon as reasonably  possible and this Lease shall continue in
full force and  effect.  In the  event,  however,  that  there is a shortage  of
insurance  proceeds and such  shortage is due to the fact that, by reason of the
unique  nature  of the  improvements  in the  Premises,  full  replacement  cost
insurance coverage was not commercially  reasonable and available,  Lessor shall
have no  obligation  to pay for the shortage in  insurance  proceeds or to fully
restore the unique aspects of the Premises  unless Lessee  provides  Lessor with
the funds to cover same,  or adequate  assurance  thereof,  within ten (10) days
following  receipt of written notice of such shortage and request  therefor.  If
Lessor receives said funds or adequate  assurance  thereof  within said ten (10)
day period,  Lessor shall complete them as soon as reasonably  possible and this
Lease  shall  remain in full force and effect.  If Lessor does not receive  such
funds or assurance within said period,  Lessor may nevertheless elect by written
notice to Lessee within ten (10) days  thereafter to make such  restoration  and
repair  as is  commercially  reasonable  with  Lessor  paying  any  shortage  in
proceeds,  in which case this Lease shall  remain in full force and  effect.  If
Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance within such ten (10) day period,
and if Lessor  does not so elect to restore  and  repair,  then this Lease shall
terminate  sixty (60) days following the occurence of the damage or destruction.
Unless  otherwise   agreed,   Lessee  shall  in  no  event  have  any  right  to
reimbursement from Lessor for any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such
damage or destruction.  Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall
be subject to Paragraph  9.3 rather than  Paragraph  9.2,  notwithstanding  that
there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance
shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

     9.3 Partial  Damage-Uninsured  Loss. If Premises Partial Damage that is not
an Insured Loss  occures,  unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee
(in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense and this Lease
shall continue in full force and effect),  Lessor may at Lessor's option, either
(i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably  possible at Lessor's  expense,  in
which  event this Lease shall  continue  in full force and effect,  or (ii) give
written  notice to Lessee  within  thirty  (30) days after  receipt by Lessor of
knowledge of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor's  desire to terminate this
Lease as of the date sixty (60) days  following the date of such notice.  In the
event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's  intention to terminate this
Lease,  Lessee  shall have the right  within (10) days after the receipt of such
notice to give written  notice to Lessor of Lessee's  commitment  to pay for the
repair of such damage totally at Lessee's expense and without reimbursement from
Lessor.  Lessee shall provide  Lessor with the required   funds or  satisfactory
assurance  thereof with thirty (30) days following such  commitment from Lessee.
In such event this Lease shall  continue  in full force and  effect,  and Lessor
shall  proceed to make such  repairs as soon as  reasonably  possible  after the
required  funds are  available.  If Lessee does not give such notice and provide
the funds or assurance  thereof  within the times  specified  above,  this Lease
shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

     9.4 Total  Destruction.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  hereof,  if
Premises Total  Destruction  occurs  (including any destruction  required by any
authorized  public  authority),  this  Lease  shall  terminate  sixty  (60) days
following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the damage
or destruction is an Insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee.  In the event,  however,  that the damage or  destruction  was caused by
Lessee,  Lessor  shall have the right to recover  Lessor's  damages  from Lessee
except as released and waived in Paragraph 9.7.

     9.5 Damage Near End of Term.  If at any time during the last six (6) months
of the term of this Lease  there is damage for which the cost to repair  exceeds
one month's Base Rent,  whether or not an Insured Loss,  Lessor may, at Lessor's
option,  terminate  this Lease  effective  sixty (60) days following the date of
occurrence  of such  damage by  giving  written  notice  to  Lessee of  Lessor's
election to do so within  thirty (30) days after the date of  occurrence of such
damage.  Provided,  however, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to
extend this Lease or to purchase the  Premises,  then Lessee may  preserve  this
Lease by (a) exercising such option,  and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage
in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs
on or before the  earlier of (i) the date which is ten (10) days after  Lessee's
receipt of Lessor's  written notice  purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii)
the day  prior to the date upon  which  such  option  expires.  If  Lessee  duly
exercises  such option  during such  period and  provides  Lessor with funds (or
adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds,  Lessor
shall, at Lessor's expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  If Lessee fails to exercise
such option and provide  such funds or assurance  during such period,  then this
Lease  shall  terminate  as of the date set forth in the first  sentence of this
Paragraph 9.5.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies.

     (a) In the event of (i) Premises Partial Damage or (ii) Hazardous Substance
Condition  for which Lessee is not legally  responsible,  the Base Rent,  Common
Area Operating  Expenses and other charges,  if any, payable by Lessee hereunder
for the period during which such damage or condition, its repair, remediation or
restoration  continues,  shall be abated in  proportion  to the  degree to which
Lessee's  use of the Premises is  impaired,  but not in excess of proceeds  from
insurance required to be carried under Paragraph 8.3(b). Except for abatement of
Base  Rent,  Common  Area  Operating  Expenses  and other  charges,  if any,  as
aforesaid,  all other  obligations  of Lessee  hereunder  shall be  performed by
Lessee, and Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any damage suffered by
reason of any such damage, destruction, repair, remediation or restoration.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

         (b) If Lessor  shall be  obligated  to repair or restore  the  Premises
under  the  provisions  of  this  Paragraph  9  and  shall  not  commence,  in a
substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises within
ninety (90) days after such  obligation  shall  accrue,  Lessee may, at any time
prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration,  give written notice to
Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice of Lessee's election
to terminate  this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days  following  the
giving of such  notice.  If Lessee  gives such notice to Lessor and such Lenders
and such repair or  restoration  is not commenced  within thirty (30) days after
receipt of such notice,  this Lease shall  terminate as of the date specified in
said notice.  If Lessor or Lender  commences  the repair or  restoration  of the
Premises  within  thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice,  this Lease
shall  continue in full force and effect.  "Commence" as used in this  Paragraph
9.6 shall mean either the unconditional  authorization of the preparation of the
required plans,  or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises,  whichever
occurs first.

     9.7 Hazaradous  Substance  Conditions.  If a Hazardous  Substance Condition
occurs,  unless  Lessee is legally  responsible  therefor  (in which case Lessee
shall make the  investigation  and  remediation  thereof  required by Applicable
Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject
to Lessor's  rights under  Paragraph  6.2(c) and  Paragraph  13),  Lessor may at
Lessor's option either (i)  investigate  and remediate such Hazardous  Substance
Condition,  if required,  as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in
which event this Lease shall  continue in full force and effect,  or (ii) if the
estimated cost to investigate  and remediate such condition  exceeds twelve (12)
times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000 whichever is greater,  give written
notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of
the  occurrence  of such  Hazardous  Substance  Condition of Lessor's  desire to
terminate  this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days  following the date of such
notice. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's  intention to
terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the
receipt of such notice to give written  notice to Lessor of Lessee's  commitment
to pay for  the  excess  costs  of (a)  investigation  and  remediation  of such
Hazardous Substance Condition to the extent required by Applicable Requirements,
over (b) an amount  equal to twelve  (12)  times the then  monthly  Base Rent or
$100,000,  whichever  is greater.  Lessee  shall  provide  Lessor with the funds
required of Lessee or  satisfactory  assurance  thereof  within thirty (30) days
following said commitment by Lessee.  In such event this Lease shall continue in
full force and effect,  and Lessor shall proceed to make such  investigation and
remediation  as soon  as  reasonably  possible  after  the  required  funds  are
available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or
assurance  thereof  within the time  period  specified  above,  this Lease shall
terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

     9.8  Termination--Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant
to this  Paragraph 9, Lessor shall return to Lessee any advance  payment made by
Lessee to Lessor and so much of Lessee's Security Deposit as has not been, or is
not then required to be, used by Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

     9.9 Waiver of  Statutes.  Lessor  and  Lessee  agree that the terms of this
Lease shall  govern the effect of any damage to or  destruction  of the Premises
and the Building with respect to the  termination of this Lease and hereby waive
the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent it is inconsistent
herewith.

10. Real Property Taxes.

     10.1 Payment of Taxes. Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes, as defined
in  Paragraph  10.2(a),  applicable  to the  Industrial  Center,  and  except as
otherwise  provided in Paragraph  10.3,  any  increases in such amounts over the
Base Real  Property  Taxes shall be included in the  calculation  of Common Area
Operating  Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2. Any Real
Property  Tax  increase  attributable  to a sale of the  building  shall  not be
included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses.

     10.2 Real Property Tax Definitions.

         (a) As used herein,  the term "Real  Property  Taxes" shall include any
form  of  real  estate  tax  or  assessment,   general,   special,  ordinary  or
extraordinary,  and any license fee, commercial rental tax,  improvement bond or
bonds,  levy or tax (other than  inheritance,  personal  income or estate taxes)
imposed  upon the  Industrial  Center  by any  authority  having  the  direct or
indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal  government,  or any
school,  agricultural,  sanitary,  fire, street,  drainage, or other improvement
district  thereof,  levied against any legal or equitable  interest of Lessor in
the Industrial  Center or any portion  thereof,  Lessor's right to rent or other
income  therefrom,  and/or Lessor's  business of leasing the Premises.  The term
"Real  Property  Taxes" shall also include any tax,  fee,  levy,  assessment  or
charge,  or any  increase  therein,  imposed by reason of events  occurring,  or
changes  in  Applicable  Law  taking  effect,  during  the  term of this  Lease,
including but not limited to a change in the ownership of the Industrial  Center
or  in  the  improvements   thereon,   the  execution  of  this  Lease,  or  any
modification,  amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by
the Parties.

         (b) As used herein,  the term "Base Real  Property  Taxes" shall be the
amount of Real Property Taxes, which are assessed against the Premises, Building
or Common  Areas in the calendar  year during  which the Lease is  executed.  In
calculating  Real Property  Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes
for any real  estate  tax year  shall be  included  in the  calculation  of Real
Property  Taxes for such  calendar year based upon the number of days which such
calendar year and tax year have in common.

     10.3  Additional  Improvements.  Common Area  Operating  Expenses shall not
include Real Property  Taxes  specified in the tax  assessor's  records and work
sheets as being caused by  additional  improvements  placed upon the  Industrial
Center by other lessees or by Lessor for the  exclusive  enjoyment of such other
lessees.  Notwithstanding  Paragraph 10.1 hereof,  Lessee shall, however, pay to
Lessor at the time Common Area  Operating  Expenses are payable under  Paragraph
4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property  Taxes if assessed  solely by
reason of Alterations,  Trade Fixtures or Utility  Installations placed upon the
Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request.

     10.4 Joint  Assessment.  If the Building is not separately  assessed,  Real
Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the
Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax
parcel assessed,  such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective
valuations  assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other  information as
may be reasonably available.  Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good
faith, shall be conclusive.

     10.5 Lessee's  Property  Taxes.  Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency  all
taxes  assessed  against and levied upon  Lessee-Owned  Alterations  and Utility
Installations,  Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property
of Lessee contained in the Premises or stored within the Industrial Center. When
possible,   Lessee  shall  cause  its   Lessee-Owned   Alterations  and  Utility
Installations,  Trade  Fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment and all other personal
property to be assessed and billed  separately from the real property of Lessor.
If any of Lessee's said property  shall be assessed with Lessor's real property,
Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes  attributable to Lessee's  property within ten
(10)  days  after  receipt  of a  written  statement  setting  forth  the  taxes
applicable to Lessee's property.

11. Utilities. Lessee shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied
to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity,  telephone, security,
gas and cleaning of the Premises,  together with any taxes thereon.  If any such
utilities or services are not  separately  metered to the Premises or separately
billed to the Premises, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a reasonable proportion to be
determined  by Lessor of all such charges  jointly  metered or billed with other
premises in the Building, in the manner and within the time periods set forth in
Paragraph 4.2(d).

12. Assignment and Subletting. See Addendum #1, Paragraph 61

     12.1 Lessor's Consent Required. 

         (a)  Lessee   shall  not  assign,   mortgage  or   otherwise   encumber
(collectively,  "assign") or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this
Lease or in the Premises  without Lessor's prior written consent given under and
subject to the terms of Paragraph 36.

         (b) Omitted

         (c) Omitted

         (d) A permitted  assignment or subletting of Lessee's  interest in this
Lease without Lessor's specific prior written consent shall, at Lessor's option,
be a Default  curable after notice per Paragraph  13.1, or a non-curable  Breach
without the necessity of any notice and grace period.  If Lessor elects to treat
such  unconsented  to assignment or subletting as a non-curable  Breach,  Lessor
shall have the right to either:  (i) terminate  this Lease,  or (ii) upon thirty
(30) days' written notice  ("Lessor's  Notice"),  increase the monthly Base Rent
for the  Premises  to the greater of the then fair  market  rental  value of the
Premises,  as reasonably determined by Lessor, or one hundred ten percent (110%)
of the Base Rent then in effect.  Pending  determination  of the new fair market
rental  value,  if disputed by Lessee,  Lessee shall pay the amount set forth in
Lessor's Notice,  with any overpayment  credited against the next installment(s)
of Base Rent coming due, and any  underpayment  for the period  retroactively to
the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable  immediately upon the
determination  thereof.  Further,  in  the  event  of  such  Breach  and  rental
adjustment,  (i) the purchase  price of any option to purchase the Premises held
by Lessee shall be subject to similar  adjustment  to the then fair market value
as  reasonably  determined  by Lessor  (without  the Lease being  considered  an
encumbrance or any deduction for depreciation of  obsolescence,  and considering
the Premises at its highest and best use and in good  condition)  or one hundred
ten percent (110%) of the price  previously in effect,  (ii) any  index-oriented
rental or price adjustment formulas contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to
require that the base index be determined with reference to the index applicable
to the time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled
during the  remainder  of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as
the new  rental  bears  to the  Base  Rent in  effect  immediately  prior to the
adjustment specified in Lessor's Notice.

         (e)  Lessee's  remedy for any breach of this  Paragraph  12.1 by Lessor
shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

     12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

         (a) Regardless of Lessor's consent,  any assignment or subletting shall
not (i) be effective without the express written  assumption by such assignee or
sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease,  (ii) release Lessee of
any obligations  hereunder,  nor (iii) alter the primary  liablity of Lessee for
the  payment  of Base  Rent and  other  sums  due  Lessor  hereunder  or for the
performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee under this Lease.

         (b) Lessor may accept any rent or performance  of Lessee's  obligations
from any  person  other  than  Lessee  pending  approval  or  disapproval  of an
assignment.  Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval  of such  assignment
nor the  acceptance  of any rent for  performance  shall  constitute a waiver or
estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by
Lessee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

         (c) The consent of Lessor to any  assignment  or  subletting  shall not
constitute a consent to any subsequent  assignment or subletting by Lessee or to
any  subsequent  or  successive  assignment  or  subletting  by the  assignee or
sublessee. However, Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments
of the sublease or any amendments or  modifications  thereto  without  notifying
Lessee or anyone  else  liable  under this  Lease or the  sublease  and  without
obtaining  their  consent,  and such action  shall not relieve such persons from
liability under this Lease or the sublease.


                                      -6-

<PAGE>
         (d) In the event of any Default or Breach of Lessee's  obligation under
this Lease, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone
else  responsible  for the  performance of the Lessee's  obligations  under this
Lease,  including any  sublessee,  without first  exhausting  Lessor's  remedies
against  any other  person or entity  responsible  therefor  to  Lessor,  or any
security held by Lessor.

         (e) Each request for consent to an assignment of subletting shall be in
writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's determination as to the
financial and operational  responsibility  and  appropriateness  of the proposed
assignee or  sublessee,  including  but not limited to the  intended  use and/or
required  modification of the Premises,  if any,  reasonable  consideration  for
Lessor's  considering  and processing the request for consent.  Lessee agrees to
provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as
may be reasonably requested by Lessor.

         (f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of
accepting  such  assignment or entering into such sublease,  be deemed,  for the
benefit of Lessor,  to have  assumed  and agreed to conform and comply with each
and every term,  covenant,  condition  and  obligation  herein to be observed or
performed by Lessee during the term of said  assignment or sublease,  other than
such  obligations  as are  contrary to or  inconsistent  with  provisions  of an
assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented in writing.

         (g) The  occurrence of a transaction  described in Paragraph 12.1 shall
give  Lessor the right (but not the  obligation)  to require  that the  Security
Deposit be  increased  by an amount equal to six (6) times the then monthly Base
Rent, and Lessor may make the actual  receipt by Lessor of the Security  Deposit
increase a condition to Lessor's consent to such transaction.

         (h) Lessor,  as a condition to giving its consent to any  assignment or
subletting,  may  require  that the amount and  adjustment  schedule of the rent
payable  under this Lease be  adjusted to what is then the market  value  and/or
adjustment schedule for property similar to the Premises as then constituted, as
determined by Lessor.

     12.3  Additional  Terms  and  Conditions  Applicable  to  Subletting.   The
following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or
any part of the Premises  and shall be deemed  included in all  subleases  under
this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein up to and to the extent
of Lessee's obligations under this Lease:

         (a) Lessee  hereby  assigns  and  transfers  to Lessor all of  Lessee's
interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion
of the Premises  heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee,  and Lessor may collect
such rent and income  and apply  same  toward  Lessee's  obligations  under this
Lease;  provided,  however,  that until a Breach (as defined in Paragraph  13.1)
shall occur in the performance of Lessee's  obligations under this Lease, Lessee
may, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, receive,  collect and enjoy the
rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing
provision or any other  assignment of such sublease to Lessor,  nor by reason of
the collection of the rents from a sublessee,  be deemed liable to the sublessee
for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations
to such sublessee under such Sublease.  Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and
directs any such sublessee,  upon recept of a written notice from Lessor stating
that a Breach  exists in the  performance  of  Lessee's  obligations  under this
Lease,  to pay to Lessor the rents and other charges due and to become due under
the  sublease.  Sublessee  shall rely upon any such  statement  and request from
Lessor  and  shall  pay such  rents and other  charges  to  Lessor  without  any
obligation   or  right  to  inquire  as  to  whether  such  Breach   exists  and
notwithstanding  any notice  from or claim from Lessee to the  contrary.  Lessee
shall have no right or claim  against such  sublessee,  or, until the Breach has
been cured, against Lessor, for any such rents and other charges so paid by said
sublessee to Lessor.

         (b) In the  event of a  Breach  by  Lessee  in the  performance  of its
obligations  under this Lease,  Lessor, at its option and without any obligation
to do so, may require any  sublessee to attorn to Lessor,  in which event Lessor
shall  undertake the  obligations of the sublessor  under such sublease from the
time of the  exercise  of  said  option  to the  expiration  of  such  sublease;
provided,  however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security
deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any other prior defaults
or breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.

         (c) Any matter or thing  requiring the consent of the sublessor under a
sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.

         (d) No  sublessee  under a sublease  approved by Lessor  shall  further
assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises  without Lessor's prior written
consent.

         (e) Lessor  shall  deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by
Lessee to the sublessee,  who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee
within the grace period, if any,  specified in such notice.  The sublessee shall
have the right of reimbursement  and offset from and against Lessee for any such
Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

     13.1  Default;  Breach.  Lessor  and  Lessee agree that if an  attorney  is
consulted  by  Lessor  in  connection  with  a  Lessee  Default  or  Breach  (as
hereinafter defined), $350.00 is a reasonable minimum sum per such occurence for
legal services and costs in the  preparation and service of a notice of Default,
and that Lessor may include the cost of such  services  and costs in said notice
as rent due and payable to cure said  default.  A "Default" by Lessee is defined
as a failure by Lessee to  observe,  comply  with or  perform  any of the terms,
covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A "Breach"
by  Lessee  is  defined  as the  occurence of any one or  more of the  following
Defaults,  and, where a grace period for cure after notice is specified  herein,
the  failure  by Lessee  to cure such  Default  prior to the  expiration  of the
applicable  grace period,  and shall  entitle  Lessor to pursue the remedies set
forth in Paragraphs 13.2 and/or 13.3:

         (a) The  vacating of the  Premises  without the  intention  to reoccupy
same, or the abandonment of the Premises.

         (b) Except as expressly  otherwise  provided in this Lease, the failure
by  Lessee to make any  payment  of Base  Rent,  Lessee's  Share of Common  Area
Operating Expenses,  or any other monetary payment required to be made by Lessee
hereunder  as and when  due,  the  failure  by  Lessee to  provide  Lessor  with
reasonable  evidence of insurance or surety bond required  under this Lease,  or
the failure of Lessee to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers
or threatens  life or property,  where such  failure  continues  for a period of
three (3) days  following  written  notice  thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to
Lessee.

         (c) Except as expressly  otherwise  provided in this Lease, the failure
by Lessee to provide Lessor upon request with reasonable written evidence of (i)
compliance with Applicable  Requirements per Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection,
maintenance and service  contracts  required under Paragraph  7.1(b),  (iii) the
rescission of an unauthorized  assignment or subletting per Paragraph 12.1, (iv)
a  Tenancy   Statement  per  Paragraph  16  or  37,  (v)  the  subordination  or
non-subordination  of this Lease per  Paragraph  30,  (vi) the  guaranty  of the
performance  of  Lessee's   obligations  under  this  Lease  if  required  under
Paragraphs  1.11 and 37, (vii) the  execution of any  document  requested  under
Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which
Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this lease, where any
such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice by
or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

         (d) A Default  by  Lessee as to the  terms,  covenants,  conditions  or
provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof that
are to be  observed,  complied  with or  performed  by Lessee,  other than those
described  in  Subparagraphs  13.1(a),  (b) or (c),  above,  where such  Default
continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee;  provided,  however,  that if the nature of Lessee's
Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably  required for its
cure,  then it shall not be  deemed  to be a Breach  of this  Lease by Lessee if
Lessee  commences  such cure within  said thirty (30) day period and  thereafter
diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

         (e) The  occurence of any of the  following  events:  (i) the making by
Lessee of any general  arrangement  or assigment  for the benefit of  creditors;
(ii) Lessee's  becoming a "debtor" as defined in 11 U.S. Code Section 101 or any
successor  statute  thereto  (unless,  in the case of a petition  filed  against
Lessee,  the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of
a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease,  where possession
is not restored to Lessee within (30) days, or (iv) the attachment, execution or
other judicial  seizure of  substantially  all of Lessee's assets located at the
Premises  or of  Lessee's  interest  in this  Lease,  where such  seizure is not
discharged  within thirty (30) days;  provided,  however,  in the event that any
provisions of this Subparagraph  13.1(e) is contrary to any applicable law, such
provisions shall be of no force or effect,  and shall not affect the validity of
the remaining provisions.

         (f) The discovery by Lessor that any  financial  statement of Lessee or
of any  Guarantor,  given to Lessor by Lessee or any  Guarantor,  was materially
false.

         (g) If the  performance  of  Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease is
guaranteed:  (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor's
liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance  with the terms of
such  guaranty,  (iii) a  Guarantor's  becoming  insolvent  or the  subject of a
bankruptcy filing,  (iv) a Guarantor's  refusal to honor the guaranty,  or (v) a
Guarantor's breach of its guaranty  obligation on an anticipatory  breach basis,
and Lessee's  failure,  within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such event,  to provide  Lessor  with  written
alternative  assurances of security,  which, when coupled with the then existing
resources  of Lessee,  equals or exceeds the  combined  financial  resources  of
Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

     13.2  Remedies.  If  Lessee  fails  to  perform  any  affirmative  duty  or
obligation of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice
to Lessee (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may at its option
(but without  obligation to do so),  perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's
behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining or reasonably required bonds,
insurance policies, or governmental  licenses,  permits or approvals.  The costs
and  expenses  of any such  performance  by Lessor  shall be due and  payable by
Lessee to Lessor upon invoice  therefor.  If any check given to Lessor by Lessee
shall not be  honored  by the bank upon  which it is drawn,  Lessor,  as its own
option, may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Lessee to
be made only by  cashier's  check.  In the  event of a Breach  of this  Lease by
Lessee (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), with or without further notice or demand,
and without  limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor
may have by reason of such Breach, Lessor may:

         (a)  Terminate  Lessee's  right to  possession  of the  Premises by any
lawful means,  in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall  terminate and
Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such
event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth at the time
of the  award  of the  unpaid  rent  which  had  been  earned  at  the  time  of
termination;  (ii) the  worth at the time of award of the  amount  by which  the
unpaid  rent which would have been earned  after  termination  until the time of
award  exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee  proves could have
been reasonably  avoided;  (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by
which  the  unpaid  rent for the  balance  of the term  after  the time of award
exceeds  the  amount  of such  rental  loss  that  the  Lessee  proves  could be
reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for
all the  detriment  proximately  caused by the  Lessee's  failure to perform its
obligations  under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be
likely to result therefrom,  including but not limited to the cost of recovering
possession  of  the  Premises,   expenses  of  reletting,   including  necessary
renovation and alteration of the Premises,  resonable  attorneys' fees, and that
portion of any leasing  commission  paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease
applicable to the unexpired  term of this Lease.  The worth at the time of award
of the  amount  referred  to in  provision  (iii) of the  immediately  preceding
sentence  shall be computed by  discounting  such amount at the discount rate of
the Federal  Reserve Bank of San Francisco or the Federal  Reserve Bank District
in which the Premises  are located at the time of awards plus one percent  (1%).
Efforts by Lessor to mitigate  damages  caused be Lessee's  Default or Breach of
this  Lease  shall  not waive  Lessor's  right to  recover  damages  under  this
Paragraph 13.2. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional
remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such pro-


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

ceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are  recoverable  therein,  or Lessor may
reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such
rent and/or damages.  If a notice and grace period  required under  Subparagraph
13.1(b),  (c) or (d) was not previously  given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or
to  perform  or quit,  as the case may be,  given to Lessee  under  any  statute
authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute
the  applicable  notice  for grace  period  purposes  required  by  Subparagraph
13.1(b),  (c) or (d).  In such  case,  the  applicable  grace  period  under the
unlawful  detainer  statue shall run  concurrently  after the one such statutory
notice,  and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the
two (2) such grace  periods  shall  constitute  both an unlawful  detainer and a
Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease
and/or by said statute.

         (b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's  right to  possession in effect (in
California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's Breach and
recover the rent as it becomes due,  provided  Lessee has the right to sublet or
assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Lessor and Lessee agree that the
limitations on assignment and subletting in this Lease are  reasonable.  Acts of
maintenance or preservation,  efforts to relet the Premises,  or the appointment
of a receiver  to protect the  Lessor's  interest  under this  Lease,  shall not
constitute a termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

         (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter  available to Lessor under
the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.

         (d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the  termination
of Lessee's right to possession  shall not relieve  Lessee from liability  under
any  indemnity  provisions  of this Lease as to matters  occurring  or  accruing
during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.

     13.3 Inducement  Recapture In Event of Breach.  Any agreement by Lessor for
free or abated rent or other  charges  applicable  to the  Premises,  or for the
giving  or  paying  by  Lessor  to or for  Lessee  of any cash or  other  bonus,
inducement or consideration  for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which
concessions  are  hereinafter  referred to as "Inducement  Provisions"  shall be
deemed  conditioned  upon Lessee's full and faithful  performance  of all of the
terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this Lease to be performed or observed by
Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended.  Upon the  occurrence
of a Breach (as  defined in  Paragraph  13.1) of this Lease by Lessee,  any such
Inducement  Provision shall  automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and
of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus,  inducement or
consideration  theretofore  abated,  given  or  paid  by  Lessor  under  such an
Inducement  Provision  shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor,
and   recoverable  by  Lessor,   as  additional   rent  due  under  this  Lease,
notwithstanding  any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by
Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which  initiated  the operation of this
Paragraph  13.3 shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this
Paragraph 13.3 unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of
such acceptance.

     13.4 Late Charges.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder  will cause Lessor to incur costs
not  contemplated  by this Lease,  the exact  amount of which will be  extremely
difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include,  but are not limited to, processing
and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by the
terms of any ground  lease,  mortgage or deed of trust  covering  the  Premises.
Accordingly,  if any  installment of rent or other sum due from Lessee shall not
be  received  by Lessor or  Lessor's  designee  within  ten (10) days after such
amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notices to Lessee, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor a late  charge  equal to six  percent  (6%) of such  overdue
amount.  The parties  hereby  agree that such late charge  represents a fair and
reasonable  estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by
Lessee.  Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a
waiver of Lessee's  Default or Breach with respect to such overdue  amount,  nor
prevent  Lessor from  exercising  any of the other rights and  remedies  granted
hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder,  whether or not
collected,   for  three  (3)   consecutive   installments  of  Base  Rent,  then
notwithstanding  Paragraph  4.1 or any  other  provision  of this  Lease  to the
contrary,  Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly
in advance.

     13.5 Breach by Lessor.  Lessor  shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease
unless Lessor fails within a reasonable  time to perform an obligation  required
to be performed by Lessor.  For  purposes of this  Paragraph  13.5, a reasonable
time shall in no event be less than  thirty  (30) days after  receipt by Lessor,
and by any Lender(s)  whose name and address shall have been furnished to Lessee
in  writing  for  such  purpose,  of  written  notice  specifying  wherein  such
obligation  of Lessor has not been  performed;  provided,  however,  that if the
nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days after such
notice are reasonably required for its performance,  then Lessor shall not be in
breach of this Lease if  performance  is  commenced  within such thirty (30) day
period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

14.  Condemnation.  If the  Premises or any portion  thereof are taken under the
power of eminent  domain or sold under the threat of the  exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called  "condemnation"),  this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date  the  condemning  authority  takes  title or
possession,  whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of the floor
area of the  Premises,  or more than twenty five percent (25%) of the portion of
the Common Areas  designated  for Lessee's  parking,  is taken by  condemnation,
Lessee may, at Lessee's option,  to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days
after Lessor shall have given  Lessee  written  notice of such taking (or in the
absence of such  notice,  within ten (10) days  after the  condemning  authority
shall have taken possession)  terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning
authority  takes  possession.  If  Lessee  does  not  terminate  this  Lease  in
accordance with the foregoing,  this Lease shall remain in full force and effect
as to the portion of the Premises remaining,  except that the Base Rent shall be
reduced in the same  proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken
bears to the total  rentable  floor area of the  Premises.  No reduction of Base
Rent  shall  occur if the  condemnation  does not  apply to any  portion  of the
Premises.  Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the
power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such
power  shall be the  property  of Lessor,  whether  such award  shall be made as
compensation  for  diminution of value of the leasehold or for the taking of the
fee, or as severance damages;  provided,  however, that Lessee shall be entitled
to any  compensation,  separately  awarded  to Lessee  for  Lessee's  relocation
expenses and/or loss of Lessee's Trade Fixtures. In the event that this Lease is
not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of its
net severance damages  received,  over and above Lessee's Share of the legal and
other expenses incurred by Lessor in the condemnation matter,  repair any damage
to  the  Premises  caused  by  such  condemnation  authority.  Lessee  shall  be
responsible  for the  payment  of any  amount in  excess  of such net  severance
damages required to complete such repair.

15. Brokers' Fees.

     15.1  Procuring  Cause.  The Broker(s)  named in Paragraph  1.10 is/are the
procuring cause of this Lease.

     15.2 Omitted.

     15.3 Omitted.

     15.4  Representations and Warranties.  Lessee and Lessor each represent and
warrant to the other that it has had no dealing with any person, firm, broker or
finder  other  than as  named  in  Paragraph  1.10(a)  in  connection  with  the
negotiation  of  this  Lease  and/or  the   consummation   of  the   transaction
contemplated  hereby,  and that no broker or other person,  firm or entity other
than said named  Broker(s)  is entitled  to any  commission  or finder's  fee in
connection  with said  transaction.  Lessee and Lessor do each  hereby  agree to
indemnify,  protect,  defend  and  hold the  other  harmless  from  and  against
liability for  compensation  or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed
broker,  finder or other  similar  party by reason of any dealings or actions of
the Indemnifying Party,  including any costs,  expenses,  and/or attorneys' fees
reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Tenancy and Financial Statements.

     16.1 Tenancy Statement. Each Party (as "Responding Party") shall within ten
(10) days after  written  notice from the other Party (the  "Requesting  Party")
execute,  acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing
in a form similar to the then most current "Tenancy Statement" form published by
the  American   Industrial  Real  Estate   Association,   plus  such  additional
information,  confirmation  and/or statements as may be reasonably  requested by
the Requesting Party.

     16.2 Financial Statement. If Lessor desires to finance,  refinance, or sell
the Premises or the  Building,  or any part thereof,  Lessee and all  Guarantors
shall  deliver to any  potential  lender or purchaser  designated by Lessor such
financial statements of Lessee and such Guarantors as may be reasonably required
by such lender or  purchaser,  including  but not limited to Lessee's  financial
statments for the past three (3) years.  All such financial  statements shall be
received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence  and shall be used
only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Lessor's Liability. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner or
owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event of
a transfer  of  Lessor's  title or  interest  in the  Premises or in this Lease,
Lessor shall  deliver to the  transferee  or assignee (in cash or by credit) any
unused  Security  Deposit  held  by  Lessor  at the  time of  such  transfer  or
assignment.  Except  as  provided  in  Paragraph  15.3,  upon such  transfer  or
assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid,  the prior Lessor
shall be  relieved  of all  liability  with  respect to the  obligations  and/or
covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor.  Subject to
the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by
the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18.  Severability.  The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder,
other than late charges,  not received by Lessor within ten (10) days  following
the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the date due at the prime
rate  charged  by the  largest  state  chartered  bank in the state in which the
Premises are located plus four percent  (4%) per annum,  but not  exceeding  the
maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the potential  late charge  provided
for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence with respect to the  performance of
all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21. Rent Defined.  All monetary  obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms
of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. No Prior or other  Agreements;  Broker  Disclaimer.  This Lease contains all
agreements  between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and
no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.
Lessor and Lessee each  represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made,
and is relying solely upon,  its own  investigation  as to the nature,  quality,
character and financial  responsibility  of the other Party to this Lease and as
to  the  nature,  quality  and  character  of  the  Premises.  Brokers  have  no
responsibility  with  respect  thereto or with  respect to any default or breach
hereof by either Party. Each Broker shall be an intended third party beneficiary
of the provisions of this Paragraph 22.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
23. Notices.

     23.1 Notice  Requirements.  All notices required or permitted by this Lease
shall be in writing and may be  delivered  in person (by hand or by messenger or
courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S.
Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile  transmission
during normal business hours, and shall be deemed  sufficiently  given if served
in a manner  specified in this  Paragraph 23. The addresses  noted adjacent to a
Party's  signature on this Lease shall be that  Party's  address for delivery or
mailing of notice  purposes.  Either  Party may by  written  notice to the other
specify a different  address  for notice  purposes,  except  that upon  Lessee's
taking  possession  of the  Premises,  the Premises  shall  constitute  Lessee's
address for the purpose of mailing or  delivering  notices to Lessee.  A copy of
all  notices  required or  permitted  to be given to Lessor  hereunder  shall be
concurrently  transmitted  to such party or parties at such  addresses as Lessor
may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Lessee.

     23.2 Date of Notice.  Any notice  sent by  registered  or  certified  mail,
return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on
the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent
by regular  mail,  the notice shall be deemed given forty eight (48) hours after
the same is  addressed  as  required  herein and mailed  with  postage  prepaid.
Notices  delivered  by United  States  Express  Mail or  overnight  courier that
guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given  twenty-four (24) hours after
delivery of the same to the United  States  Postal  Service or  courier.  If any
notice is transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall
be deemed  served or  delivered  upon  telephone or  facsimile  confirmation  of
receipt  of the  transmission  thereof,  provided a copy is also  delivered  via
delivery  or mail.  If notice is  received  on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal
holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers.  No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant
or  condition  hereof by  Lessee,  shall be  deemed a waiver of any other  term,
covenant or condition hereof,  or of any subsequent  Default or Breach by Lessee
of the same or any other term,  covenant or condition  hereof.  Lessor's consent
to, or approval of, any such act shall not be deemed to render  unnecessary  the
obtaining of Lessor's  consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act
by Lessee,  or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision
or  provisions  of this Lease  requiring  such  consent.  Regardless of Lessor's
knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting  rent,  the acceptance
of rent by Lessor  shall not be a waiver of any  Default  or Breach by Lessee of
any  provision  hereof.  Any payment  given  Lessor by Lessee may be accepted by
Lessor  on  account  of  moneys  or  damages  due  Lessor,  notwithstanding  any
qualifying  statements  or conditions  made by Lessee in  connection  therewith,
which  such  statements  and/or  conditions  shall  be of  no  force  or  effect
whatsoever unless  specifically  agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the
time of deposit of such payment.

25.  Recording.  Either  Lessor or Lessee  shall,  upon  request  of the  other,
execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to the other a short form  memorandum of this
Lease  for  recording  purposes.  The  Party  requesting  recordation  shall  be
responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26.  No Right To  Holdover.  Lessee  has no right to  retain  possession  of the
Premises or any part thereof  beyond the  expiration or earlier  termination  of
this Lease.  In the event that Lessee holds over in violation of this  Paragraph
26 then the Base  Rent  payable  from and after  the time of the  expiration  or
earlier  termination  of this Lease shall be  increased  to two hundred  percent
(200%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month  immediately  preceding such
expiration or earlier  termination.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed
as a consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27.  Cumulative  Remedies.  No  remedy  or  election  hereunder  shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28.  Covenants and  Conditions.  All  provisions of this Lease to be observed or
performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties,
their  personal  representatives,  successors and assigns and be governed by the
laws of the State in which the Premises are located.  Any litigation between the
Parties hereto  concerning  this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which
the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

     30.1  Subordination.  This Lease and any  Option  granted  hereby  shall be
subject and subordinate to any ground lease,  mortgage,  deed of trust, or other
hypothecation  or security  device  (collectively,  "Security  Device"),  now or
hereafter  placed by Lessor upon the real  property of which the  Premises are a
part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals,
modifications,  consolidations,  replacements  and  extensions  thereof.  Lessee
agrees that the Lenders  holding any such  Security  Device  shall have no duty,
liability or obligation to perform any of the  obligations  of Lessor under this
Lease,  but that in the  event of  Lessor's  default  with  respect  to any such
obligation,  Lessee  will  give any  Lender  whose  name and  address  have been
furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose notice of Lessor's default pursuant
to  Paragraph  13.5.  If any Lender  shall  elect to have this Lease  and/or any
Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give
written  notice  thereof to Lessee,  this Lease and such Options shall be deemed
prior  to such  Security  Device,  notwithstanding  the  relative  dates  of the
documentation or recordation thereof.

     30.2  Attornment.  Subject to the  non-disturbance  provisions of Paragraph
30.3,  Lessee  agrees to attorn  to a Lender  or any  other  party who  acquires
ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security  Device,  and
that in the event of such  foreclosure,  such new owner shall not: (i) be liable
for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events  occurring
prior to  acquisition  of ownership,  (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses
which  Lessee  might  have  against  any  prior  lessor,  or  (iii)  be bound by
prepayment of more than one month's rent.

     30.3  Non-Disturbance.  With  respect to Security  Devices  entered into by
Lessor after the execution of this Lease,  Lessee's  subordination of this Lease
shall be subject to receiving assurance (a "non-disturbance agreement") from the
Lender that Lessee's possession and this Lease,  including any options to extend
the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof
and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

     30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be
effective  without the execution of any further  documents;  provided,  however,
that upon  written  request from Lessor or a Lender in  connection  with a sale,
financing  or  refinancing  of Premises,  Lessee and Lessor  shall  execute such
further writings as may be reasonably  required to separately  document any such
subordination or non-subordination,  attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement
as is provided for herein.

31.  Attorney's  Fees.  If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights  hereunder,  the Prevailing Party (as
hereinafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be
entitled to  reasonable  attorneys'  fees.  Such fees may be awarded in the same
suit or recovered in a separate  suit,  whether or not such action or proceeding
is pursued to decision or judgment.  The term "Prevailing  Party" shall include,
without limitation,  a Party or Broker who substantially  obtains or defeats the
relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise,  settlement, judgment,
or the  abandonment  by the other Party or Broker of its claim or  defense.  The
attorneys'  fee award  shall not be computed  in  accordance  with any court fee
schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably
incurred.  Lessor  shall be  entitled to  attorneys'  fees,  costs and  expenses
incurred in preparation and service of notices of Default and  consultations  in
connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in
connection  with such Default or resulting  Breach.  Broker(s) shall be intended
third party beneficiaries of this Paragraph 31.

32. Lessor's Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall
have the right to enter the Premises at any time,  in the case of an  emergency,
and  otherwise  at  reasonable  times for the  purpose  of  showing  the same to
prospective  purchasers,  lenders,  or  lessees,  and making  such  alterations,
repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Building, as Lessor
may  reasonably  deem  necessary.  Lessor  may at any time place on or about the
Premises or Building  any  ordinary  "For Sale" signs and Lessor may at any time
during the last one hundred  eighty  (180) days of the term  hereof  place on or
about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease" signs. All such activities of Lessor
shall be without abatement of rent or liability of Lessee.

33.  Auctions.  Lessee shall not  conduct,  nor permit to be  conducted,  either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained  Lessor's  prior  written  consent.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the
contrary in this Lease,  Lessor  shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs.  Lessee shall not place any sign upon the exterior of the Premises or
the  Building,  except that Lessee may, with  Lessor's  prior  written  consent,
install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to advertise
Lessee's  own  business  so long as such signs are in a location  designated  by
Lessor  and  comply  with  Applicable  Requirements  and  the  signage  criteria
established for the Industrial Center by Lessor. The installation of any sign on
the Premises by or for Lessee shall be subject to the  provisions of Paragraph 7
(Maintenance,  Repairs, Utility Installations,  Trade Fixtures and Alterations).
Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein,  Lessor reserves all rights to the use
of the roof of the Building,  and the right to install  advertising signs on the
Building,  including  the roof,  which do not  unreasonably  interfere  with the
conduct of Lessee's business; Lessor shall be entitled to all revenues from such
advertising signs.

35.  Termination;  Merger.  Unless  specifically  stated otherwise in writing by
Lessor,  the  voluntary or other  surrender of this Lease by Lessee,  the mutual
termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach
by Lessee,  shall  automatically  terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the
Premises;  provided,  however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such surrender,
termination or  cancellation,  have the option to continue any one or all of any
existing subtenancies.  Lessor's failure within ten (10) days following any such
event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder
of any such lesser  interest,  shall constitute  Lessor's  election to have such
event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents.

     (a) Except for  Paragraph 33 hereof  (Auctions)  or as  otherwise  provided
herein,  wherever  in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by
or for the other  Party,  such  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or
delayed.  Lessor's  actual  reasonable  costs and  expenses  (including  but not
limited to  architects',  attorneys',  engineers' and other  consultants'  fees)
incurred in the  consideration  of, or response  to, a request by Lessee for any
Lessor  consent  pertaining  to this Lease or the  Premises,  including  but not
limited to consents to an  assignment a  subletting  or the presence or use of a
Hazardous  Substance,  shall be paid by  Lessee  to Lessor  upon  receipt  of an
invoice  and  supporting  documentation  therefor.  In  addition  to the deposit
described in Paragraph 12.2 (e),  Lessor may, as a condition to considering  any
such  request by Lessee,  require  that Lessee  deposit with Lessor an amount of
money (in addition to the Security  Deposit held under  Paragraph 5)  reasonably
calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor will incur in considering  and
responding  to Lessee's  request.  Any unused  portion of said deposit  shall be
refunded to Lessee without interest.  Lessor's consent to any act, assignment of
this Lease or  subletting  of the  Premises by Lessee  shall not  constitute  an
acknowledgement  that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease  exists,  nor
shall such  consent by deemed a waiver of any then  existing  Default or Breach,
except as may be otherwise  specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time
of such consent.

     (b) All  conditions  to  Lessor's  consent  authorized  by this  Lease  are
acknowledged  by Lessee as being  reasonable.  The failure to specify herein any
particular  condition to Lessor's  consent shall not preclude the impositions by
Lessor at the time of consent of such  further or other  conditions  as are then
reasonable  with reference to the  particular  matter for which consent is being
given.

37. Guarantor.

     37.1 Form of Guaranty.  If there are to be any Guarantors of this Lease per
Paragraph  1.11,  the form of the guaranty to be executed by each such Guarantor
shall be in the form most  recently  published by the American  Industrial  Real
Estate  Association,  and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as
Lessee under this lease,  including but not limited to the obligation to provide
the Tenancy Statement and information required in Paragraph 16.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

     37.2 Additional Obligations of Guarantor.  It shall constitute a Default of
the  Lessee  under  this  Lease if any such  Guarantor  fails or  refuses,  upon
reasonable  request by Lessor to give:  (a) evidence of the due execution of the
guaranty called for by this Lease, including the authority of the Guarantor (and
of the party signing on  Guarantor's  behalf) to obligate such Guarantor on said
guaranty,  and  resolution of its board of directors  authorizing  the making of
such guaranty,  together with a certificate of incumbency showing the signatures
of  the  persons  authorized  to  sign  on its  behalf,  (b)  current  financial
statements  of Guarantor as may from time to time be requested by Lessor,  (c) a
Tenancy  Statement,  or (d) written  confirmation  that the guaranty is still in
effect.

38.  Quiet  Possession.  Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises and
the  performance of all of the covenants,  conditions and provisions on Lessee's
part to be observed  and  performed  under this Lease,  Lessee  shall have quiet
possession  of the  Premises  for the entire term  hereof  subject to all of the
provisions of this Lease.

39. Options.

     39.1 Definition. As used in this Lease, the word "Option" has the following
meaning:  (a) the right to extend  the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease
or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b)
the right of first  refusal to lease the Premises or the right of first offer to
lease the  Premises  or the right of first  refusal to lease  other  property of
Lessor or the right of first  offer to lease other  property of Lessor;  (c) the
right to purchase the  Premises,  or the right of first  refusal to purchase the
Premises,  or the right of first offer to purchase the Premises, or the right to
purchase  other  property of Lessor,  or the right of first  refusal to purchase
other property of Lessor, or the right of first offer to purchase other property
of Lessor.

     39.2 Options Personal to Original Lessee.  Each Option granted to Lessee in
this Lease is personal to the original Lessee named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof, and
cannot be  voluntarily or  involuntarily  assigned or exercised by any person or
entity other than said original  Lessee while the original Lessee is in full and
actual  possession  of the  Premises  and without the  intention  of  thereafter
assigning or subletting.  The Options,  if any, herein granted to Lessee are not
assignable,  either as a part of an  assignment  of this Lease or  separately or
apart  therefrom,  and no Option may be separated from this Lease in any manner,
by reservation or otherwise.

     39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to
extend or renew this Lease, a later option cannot be exercised  unless the prior
Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.

     39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

         (a) Lessee  shall have no right to exercise an Option,  notwithstanding
any  provision  in the grant of Option to the  contrary:  (i)  during the period
commencing  with the giving of any notice of Default  under  Paragraph  13.1 and
continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time
any  monetary  obligation  due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid  (without  regard to
whether notice  thereof is given Lessee),  or (iii) during the time Lessee is in
Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three
(3) or more notices of separate  Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during the twelve
(12) month period immediately  preceding the exercise of the Option,  whether or
not the Defaults are cured.

         (b) The period of time within  which an Option may be  exercised  shall
not be  extended or  enlarged  by reason of  Lessee's  inability  to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a)

         (c) All  rights  of  Lessee  under the  provisions  of an Option  shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely  exercise of the Option,  if, after such  exercise and during the term of
this Lease,  (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary  obligation  of Lessee
for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation  becomes due (without any
necessity of Lessor to give notice  thereof to Lessee),  or (ii) Lessor gives to
Lessee  three (3) or more  notices of separate  Defaults  under  Paragraph  13.1
during any twelve (12) month period,  whether or not the Defaults are cured,  or
(iii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40.  Rules and  Regulations.  Lessee  agrees that it will abide by, and keep and
observe all reasonable  rules and regulations  ("Rules and  Regulations")  which
Lessor  may  make  from  time to time  for the  management,  safety,  care,  and
cleanliness  of the  grounds,  the parking  and  unloading  of vehicles  and the
preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or
tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees.

41. Security  Measures.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  that the rental payable to
Lessor  hereunder  does not include the cost of guard service or other  security
measures,  and that Lessor shall have no obligation  whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all  responsibility  for the protection of the Premises,  Lessee,
its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42.  Reservations.  Lessor  reserves  the  right,  from time to time,  to grant,
without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights of way, utility
raceways,  and  dedications  that  Lessor  deems  necessary,  and to  cause  the
recordation of parcel maps and restrictions,  so long as such easements,  rights
of way, utility raceways,  dedications,  maps and restrictions do not reasonably
interfere  with the use of the  Premises  by Lessee.  Lessee  agrees to sign any
documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights,
dedication, map or restrictions.

43.  Performance  Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment  "under  protest"  and such payment  shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of
said Party to  institute  suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged
that there was no legal  obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or
any part  thereof,  said Party shall be entitled to recover  such sum or so much
thereof  as it was not  legally  required  to pay under the  provisions  of this
Lease.

44.  Authority.  If either Party hereto is a corporation,  trust,  or general or
limited  partnership,  each  individual  executing  this Lease on behalf of such
entity  represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and
deliver  this  Lease  on its  behalf.  If  Lessee  is a  corporation,  trust  or
partnership,  Lessee  shall,  within  thirty (30) days after  request by Lessor,
deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

45. Conflict.  Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten  provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
handwritten provisions.

46.  Offer.  Preparation  of this Lease by either  Lessor or Lessee or  Lessor's
agent or Lessee's  agent and submission of same to Lessee or Lessor shall not be
deemed  an offer to  lease.  This  Lease is not  intended  to be  binding  until
executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

47.  Amendments.  This  Lease may be  modified  only in  writing,  signed by the
parties in interest  at the time of the  modification.  The Parties  shall amend
this  Lease from time to time to reflect  any  adjustments  that are made to the
Base  Rent or  other  rent  payable  under  this  Lease.  As long as they do not
materially  change Lessee's  obligations  hereunder,  Lessee agrees to make such
reasonable  non-monetary  modifications  to  this  Lease  as may  be  reasonably
required  by an  institutional  insurance  company  or  pension  plan  Lender in
connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the property
of which the Premises are a part.

48. Multiple  Parties.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, if more
than one  person or entity is named  herein  as  either  Lessor or  Lessee,  the
obligations   of  such   multiple   parties  shall  be  the  joint  and  several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.

<PAGE>

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE  CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION  CONTAINED  HEREIN,  AND BY THE  EXECUTION  OF THIS  LEASE  SHOW THEIR
INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY  CONSENT  THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE
TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE
AND  EFFECTUATE  THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

     IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN, IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR YOUR  ATTORNEY'S
     REVIEW AND APPROVAL.  FURTHER,  EXPERTS SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO EVALUATE THE
     CONDITION  OF  THE   PROPERTY  FOR  THE  POSSIBLE   PRESENCE  OF  ASBESTOS,
     UNDERGROUND  STORAGE TANKS OR HAZARDOUS  SUBSTANCES.  NO  REPRESENTATION OR
     RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN  INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE  ASSOCIATION
     OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKERS OR THEIR CONTRACTORS,  AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS
     TO THE LEGAL  SUFFICIENCY,  LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE
     OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES;  THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON
     THE  ADVICE OF THEIR OWN  COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF
     THIS LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, AN
     ATTORNEY FROM THE STATE WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.

The  parties  hereto  have  executed  this  Lease at the  place and on the dates
specified above their respective signatures.

Executed at:  Windsor, CA                Executed at: ______________________
                                                                            
on:   6/3/97                             on: _______________________________
                                                                            
                                                                            
By LESSOR:                               By LESSEE:                         
                                                                            
SBR, A California General Part           ___________________________________
                                                                            
By: /s/ Randal P. Lewis                  By: /s/ Scott Solano           
                                                                            
Name Printed: Randal P. Lewis            Name Printed: Scott Solano     
                                                                            
Title: Managing General Part             Title: C.O.O.       
                                                                            
By: ______________________________       By: ______________________________ 
                                                                            
Name Printed: ____________________       Name Printed: ____________________ 
                                                                            
Title: ___________________________       Title: ___________________________ 
                                                                            
Address: _________________________       Address: _________________________ 
                                                                            
__________________________________       __________________________________ 
                                                                            
Telephone: (707) 838-6633                Telephone: 
                                                                            
Facsimile: (707) 838-7921                Facsimile: 
                                                                            
BROKER:                                  BROKER:                            
                                                                            
Executed at: _____________________       Executed at: _____________________ 
                                                                            
on: ______________________________       on: ______________________________ 
                                                                            
By: ______________________________       By: ______________________________ 
                                                                            
Name Printed: ____________________       Name Printed: ____________________ 
                                                                            
Title: ___________________________       Title: ___________________________ 
                                                                            
Address: _________________________       Address: _________________________ 
                                                                            
__________________________________       __________________________________ 
                                                                            
Telephone: (  ) __________________       Telephone: (  ) __________________ 
                                                                            
Facsimile: (  ) __________________       Facsimile: (  ) __________________ 
                                         


NOTE:  These forms are often modified to meet changing  requirements  of law and
needs of the  industry.  Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the
most current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 South Flower
Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, CA 90017. (213) 687-8777.

<PAGE>
             ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE

                               DATED MAY 9, 1997

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

           SBR DEVELOPMENT, A CALIFORNIA GENERAL PARTNERSHIP (LESSOR)

                                      AND

                 ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC., (LESSEE)

               PREMISES: BELL ROAD, SUITE F, WINDSOR, CALIFORNIA
               -------------------------------------------------

A.       "This Lease is contingent upon the following conditions":

50.      Utilities and Other Services:

         Lessee shall pay in addition to their rent their  prorata  share (100%)
         of the cost of the utilities for the building. All other services, such
         as security patrols,  are at the discretion of the Lessor and Lessor is
         not obligated to provide such services.

         Refuse service shall be contracted and paid for directly by the Lessee.
         Disposal of Lessee's trash is the Lessee's responsibility and cannot be
         stacked or temporarily stored other than inside the Lessee's premises.

         If Lessee  fails to dispose  of wood  pallets  or  shipping  containers
         properly,  Lessor may remove said items  after  three (3) days  written
         notice  of  Lessee.  Lessor  may  charge  Lessee  for the costs of such
         removal.

51.      Signage:

         Lessee will provide the street number on the glass  storefront  door of
         the Premises.

         Lessee  will  provide  lettering  for  Lessee's  business  name  on the
         directory  sign (at Lessee's  option).  All lettering  will be in white
         vinyl letters conforming to the style and sizing approved by Lessor.

         Lessee  may  place  such  signs  as  Lessor  deems  reasonable  for the
         advertisement  of space available for lease in the building.  FOR LEASE
         signs to  include  canvas  or wood  banners  or  metal  of real  estate
         brokerage companies contracted by the Lessor.

         All other signage will be provided by Lessee and Lessee agrees to abide
         by the sign program of the building.

52.      Financial Statements:

         Lessor has approved Lessee's financial statements.

<PAGE>
53.      Environmental Issues:

A.       Lessor's Environmental  Obligations.  Lessor shall comply, and take all
         necessary actions to cause the building to comply,  with all applicable
         federal,  state and local  requirements  relating to the  protection of
         public   health,   safety  and   welfare,   and  with  all   applicable
         environmental laws relating to the building. Lessor is responsible for,
         and agrees to hold  harmless,  indemnify and defend Lessee from any and
         all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including
         reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  related  to the  presence  of  Hazardous
         Substances  in or on the  Premises or the  building,  unless  caused or
         allowed  by  Lessee  or  Lessee's   agents,   employees,   contractors,
         suppliers,  shippers,  customers and  invitees.  The parties agree that
         notwithstanding  any  term  or  provision  of  any  applicable  law  or
         regulation,  Lessee  shall  not  be  liable  for  any  claims,  losses,
         liabilities,   damages,   costs  and  expenses,   including  reasonable
         attorneys'  fees,  and/or  for  investigating  and  complying  with any
         governmental  order  (federal,  state  and/or  local)  relating  to any
         Hazardous  Substances  on the Premises or building that were not caused
         or allowed by  Lessee's  or Lessee's  agents,  employees,  contractors,
         suppliers, shippers, customers and invitees.

B.       Lessee's Environmental  Obligations.  Lessee shall comply, and take all
         necessary  actions to cause its  operations  in and on the  Premises to
         comply  with all  applicable  federal,  state  and  local  requirements
         relating to the  protection of public health,  saftey and welfare,  and
         with all applicable environmental laws relating to the Premises. Lessee
         is responsible  for, and agrees to hold harmless,  indemnify and defend
         Lessor from any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs and
         expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, caused by or related to
         Lessee's delivery,  storage or use of Hazardous Substances in or on the
         Premises, the common area, soil or surrounding area or Lessee's acts or
         those of Lessee's agents, employees, contractors,  suppliers, shippers,
         customers and invitees which result in violation of any such laws other
         than as set  forth in  Exhibit  E, to the  extent  Lessee  or  Lessee's
         agents,  employees,  contractors,  suppliers,  shippers,  customers and
         invitees  caused  or  allows  the  presence  of  or  places   Hazardous
         Substances in or on the Premises,  the common area, soil or surrounding
         area or  violates  any such laws,  Lessee at its sole cost and  expense
         shall promptly take any and all actions necessary or required to return
         the  Premises,  the  common  area,  soil  or  surrounding  area  to the
         condition existing prior to such placement of the Hazardous Substances;
         in any such  event,  Lessee  shall be liable  for any  related  claims,
         losses, liabilities,  damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable
         attorneys;  fees,  and/or  for  investigating  and  complying  with any
         governmental order (federal, state and/or local).

C.       Lessor Notification.  Other than as set forth in Exhibit E, Lessee will
         advise  Lessor  within three (3) days of the existence of any Hazardous
         Substances on the Premises,  the common area, soil or surrounding  area
         and in addition  to  complying  with the  provisions  of the  preceding
         paragraph,  either obtain  approval from Lessor within thirty (30) days
         from  notice  or remove  and  clean-up  said  Hazardous  Substances  to
         standards required by the Lessor within sixty (60) days from notice. If
         Lessee or Lessee's agents, employees, contractors, suppliers, shippers,
         customers  and invitees  cause or allows any release (as defined in any
         federal, state or local agency, law, rule or ordinance) or spill of, or
         contamination  by, a  Hazardous  Substance,  Lessee  shall  immediately
         notify Lessor.

D.       Survivability. All indemnifications set forth in this Lease that relate
         to Hazardous  Substances shall survive the termination or expiration of
         this Lease.
<PAGE>
E.       Notice Regarding  Hazardous Wastes.  Lessor and Lessee each acknowledge
         the Notice to Owners,  Buyers and Tenants Regarding Hazardous Wastes or
         Substances and Underground Storage Tanks, attached as Exhibit C

F.       Definitions of Hazardous Substances.  As used in this and the preceding
         five paragraphs regarding environmental matters, "Hazardous Substances"
         means a  substance,  material  or  waste  that is  toxic,  etiological,
         ignitable,  reactive or  corrosive or that is regulated by any federal,
         state or local  agency,  law,  rule or ordinance  and includes  without
         limitation  any and all  material  or  substances  defined or listed as
         "hazardous  waste,"   "extremely   hazardous  waste"  or  a  "hazardous
         substance"  pursuant to Proposition 65 and/or any other federal,  state
         or local agency,  law, rule or ordinance and includes  asbestos,  PCB's
         (polychlorinated  biphenyls),  petroleum products, and substances which
         are or may be toxic to humans, animals, plants, or the environment.

54.      Parking Lot and Driveways:

         Lessee is  entitled  to the use of the  parking  outlined on Exhibit A.
         Lessor  is  hereby  notified  that  Lessee  intends  to park a truck on
         Cameron  Drive  adjacent to the building  from time to time.  Lessee is
         aware that Cameron Drive is posted for no overnight parking.

55.      Americans with Disabilities Acts:

         See attached Addendum which is part of this Lease.

56.      Arbitration of Disputes:

         See attached Addendum which is part of this Lease.

57.      Lessee  accepts the premises "as is" provided the Lessor  completes all
         the   requirements  to  complete  the  shell  building  which  includes
         providing  (1)  400-amp  3-phase  electrical  panel  to each  building,
         building  shell  fire  sprinkler  system,  creating  an  opening in the
         interior demising wall suitable for forklift  traffic,  landscaping and
         all exterior painting at the time of lease  commencement.  Lessee shall
         be allowed to install building  improvements  which they deem necessary
         for the  operation  of  their  business  such as  building  insulation,
         restrooms,   offices,   heating   and   air-conditioning,    electrical
         distribution,  etc.,  provided Lessee obtains the Lessor's approval for
         all work and any  necessary  use or  building  permits.  Lessee will be
         responsible for the installation  and payment of said  improvements and
         any possible damage it could cause to the building.

         Lessee intends to use the Building for air conditioned storage of their
         medical  products.  Their  required  improvements  include  an  office,
         toilets, ceiling and wall insulation, HVAC system, lights, pallet racks
         and electrical distribution. Lessor approves of these improvements.

58.      Upon full execution of this lease, payment of Prepaid Rent and Security
         Deposit,  and  issuance of an  insurance  certificate,  Lessee shall be
         allowed  access  to the  building  to  design  and  construct  interior
         improvements and to install and test a packaging line component. Lessee
         and  Lessor  shall  coordinate  their  activities  so that  Lessor  can
         complete the shell building  without delay.  If Lessee  completes their
         improvement  work and occupies the building before August 1, 1997, then
         the commencement date shall be advanced to the date of occupancy.

<PAGE>

59.      Lessor  to  provide   Lessee   with  the  City  of   Windsor   approved
         architectural  drawings  for both the shell  building  and the interior
         improvements free of charge.  Lessee to pay for  architectural  fees to
         modify said approved  interior  plans,  and for the building permit and
         plan  check.  There  shall  be  no  charge  to  Lessee  for  associated
         engineering fees.

60.      Lessee shall be responsible  for the maintenance and repair of the fire
         sprinkler system and fire alarm mechanism within the building.

61.      Lessor written consent shall not be required if:
         a.  Has a  net worth of at least $1,000,000 based on generally accepted
         accounting practices.
         b.  Has not  declared bankruptcy and has no outstanding judgments which
         could reduce their net worth below $100,000,000.
         c.  Will not materially change the use of the premises.

62.      Upon  termination  of Lease,  Lessee shall have the right to remove the
         HVAC  system  (which  serves  both  office and  warehouse  areas),  and
         warehouse racking systems. Lessee shall repair all damage caused by the
         removal of the warehouse racking, HVAC units and other trade fixtures.

The herein Addendum #1, upon its execution by both parties, its herewith made an
integral part of the aforementioned Agreement.


LESSEE                                  LESSOR

/s/ Scott Solano                        /s/ Randal P. Lewis
__________________________              __________________________
__________________________              __________________________
Date:  6/9/97                           Date:  6/13/97
     _____________________                   _____________________
<PAGE>

                                  ADDENDUM TO
                           STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE

DATED:  May 9, 1997

BY AND BETWEEN:    SBR, a California General Partnership (Lessor) and Arterial 
Vascular Engineering (Lessee)

ADDRESS:   7975   Cameron Center Drive, Buildings 100 & 300 Windsor 92       

64 RENT ESCALATIONS

(a)      On the  commencement  of the  second  year of the Lease and every  year
         thereafter, the monthly rent payable  under  Paragraph 4 and 1.5 of the
         attached lease shall be adjusted by the increase, if any, from the date
         this lease  commenced,  in the  Consumer  Price  Index of the Bureau of
         Labor  Statistics  of the  U.S.  Department  of  Labor  for  all  Urban
         Consumers,  San  Francisco-Oakland,  California (1982-1984 base period)
         "All Items", herein referred to as "C.P.I."

(b)      The monthly  rent  payable in  accordance  with  paragraph  (a) of this
         Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the rent payable for the first
         month of the term of this  lease,  as set forth in  Paragraph  4 of the
         attached  lease,  shall be multiplied  by a fraction,  the numerator of
         which  shall be the  C.P.I.  of the  calendar  month  during  which the
         adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the
         C.P.I.  for the  calendar  month  in  which  the  original  lease  term
         commences.  The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent
         hereunder, but in no event shall such new monthly rent be less than the
         rent  payable  for the month  immediately  preceding  the date for rent
         adjustment.

(c)      Pending receipt of the required C.P.I. and  determination of the actual
         adjustment,   Lessee  shall  pay  an  estimated   adjusted  rental,  as
         reasonably  determined  by Lessor by  reference  to the then  available
         C.P.I.  information.  Upon  notification of the actual adjustment after
         publication of the required C.P.I.  any  overpayment  shall be credited
         against the next installment of rent due, and any underpayment shall be
         immediately  due and  payable  by Lessee.  Lessor's  failure to request
         payment of an estimated or actual rent adjustment  shall not constitute
         a waiver of the  right to any  adjustment  provide  for in the lease or
         this addendum.

(d)      In the event the compilation  and/or publication of the C.P.I. shall be
         transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or
         shall be  discontinued,  then the  index  most  nearly  the same as the
         C.P.I. shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that Lessor
         and Lessee  cannot  agree on such  alternative  index,  then the matter
         shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association
         in accordance with the then rules of said  association and the decision
         of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties.  The cost of said
         Arbitrators shall be paid equally by Lessor and Lessee.

Initials: /s/ R.L.                                             Initials: /s/ SJS

<PAGE>



            ARCHITECTURAL MAP OF CAMERON CENTER / WINDSOR CALIFORNIA





<PAGE>
                     GROUND FLOOR PLAN AT BUILDING TYPE "a"

                                   Exhibit B


<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C

            NOTICE TO OWNERS, BUYERS AND TENANTS REGARDING HAZARDOUS
               WASTES OR SUBSTANCES AND UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS

Comprehensive  federal and state laws and  regulations  have been enacted in the
last few years in an effort to develop controls over the use, storage, handling,
cleanup,  removal and disposal of hazardous wastes or substances.  Some of these
laws and  regulations,  such as, for example,  the  so-called  "Super Fund Act",
provide for broad liability  schemes  wherein an owner,  tenant or other user of
the property may be liable for cleanup  costs and damages  regardless  of fault.
Other laws and  regulations  set  standards  for the  handling  of  asbestos  or
establish  requirements for the use,  modification,  abandonment,  or closing of
underground storage tanks.

It is not  practical or possible to list all such laws and  regulations  in this
Notice. Therefore, owners, buyers and tenants are urged to consult legal counsel
to determine their respective  rights and liabilities with respect to the issues
described in this Notice as well as other  aspects of the proposed  transaction.
If various  materials  that have been or may be in the future  determined  to be
toxic,  hazardous or undesirable,  or are going to be used,  stored,  handled or
disposed of on the  property,  or if the  property  has or may have  underground
storage tanks for storage of such  hazardous  materials,  or that such materials
may be in the  equipment,  improvements  or soil, it is essential that legal and
technical advice be obtained to determine,  among other things, what permits and
approvals have been or may be required, if any, the estimated costs and expenses
associated with the use, storage, handling,  cleanup, removal or disposal of the
hazardous wastes or substances and what  contractual  provisions and protections
are necessary or desirable. It may also be important to obtain expert assistance
for site investigations and building inspections.  The past uses of the property
may provide  valuable  information as to the  likelihood of hazardous  wastes or
substances, or underground storage tanks being on the property.

The term  "hazardous  wastes or  substances"  is used in this Notice in its very
broadest  sense and  includes,  but is not  limited to, all those  listed  under
Proposition 65,  petroleum base products,  paints and solvents,  lead,  cyanide,
DDT, printing inks, acids,  pesticides,  ammonium compounds,  asbestos, PCBs and
other chemical products.  Hazardous wastes or substances and underground storage
tanks may be present on all types of real property.  This Notice is,  therefore,
meant to apply to any transaction  involving any type of real property,  whether
improved or unimproved.

Although  Keegan & Coppin  Co.,  Inc.  or its  salespeople,  will  disclose  any
knowledge it actually  possess with respect to the existence of hazardous wastes
or  substances,  or underground  storage tanks on the property,  Keegan & Coppin
Co., Inc. has not made  investigations or obtained reports regarding the subject
matter  of  this  Notice,  except  as may be  described  in a  separate  written
document,  studies or  investigation by experts.  Therefore,  unless there is an
additional documents or studies attached to this notice, lease or contract, this
will serve as  notification  that Keegan & Coppin Co.,  Inc. or its  salespeople
make no  representation  regarding the existence or  non-existence  of hazardous
wastes or substances,  or underground storage tanks on the property.  You should
contact  a  professional,  such  as  a  civil  engineer,  geologist,  industrial
hygienist  or other  persons  with  experience  in these  matters  to advise you
concerning the property.


Agreed:  /s/ Scott Solano                    Date    6/2/97
        -----------------------                   -----------------------
          Lessee

Agreed: /s/ Randal P. Lewis                  Date   6/13/97
        -----------------------                   -----------------------
         Seller/Lessor

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT D

                  AGENT REPRESENTING BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT


A real estate  agent  either  acting  directly or through one or more  associate
licenses,  can  legally  be the agent of both the  Landlord  and the Tenant in a
transaction,  but only with the  knowledge  and consent of both the Landlord and
the Tenant.

In a dual agency situation,  the agent has the following affirmative obligations
to both the Landlord and the Tenant.

(a) A  fiduciary  duty of utmost  care,  integrity,  honest  and  loyalty in the
dealings with either Landlord or Tenant.

(b)  Other  duties to the  Landlord  and the  Tenant  as  stated  above in their
respective sections.

In representing both Landlord and Tenant, the agent may not, without the express
permission  of the  respective  party,  disclose  to the  other  party  that the
Landlord  will  accept a rent less than the listed  rent or that the Tenant will
pay a rent greater than the rent offered.

The above  duties of the agent in a real  estate  transaction  do not  relieve a
Landlord or Tenant from the  responsibility  to protect their own interest.  You
should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express your
understanding of the  transaction.  A real estate agent is a person qualified to
advise about real estate. If legal or tax advise is desired, consult a competent
professional.

You should read its contents each time it is presented to you,  considering  the
relationship between you and the real estate agent in your specific transaction.

I/We acknowledge receipt of a copy of this disclosure.

/s/ Randal P. Lewis                          Date    6/13/97
- ------------------------------                    --------------------------
(Landlord)

/s/ Scott Solano                             Date    6/2/97
- ------------------------------                    --------------------------
(Tenant)


             DECLARATION REGARDING REAL ESTATE AGENCY RELATIONSHIP

Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc., is the agent of (check one)

(Name of Listing Agent)

   The Landlord exclusively; or
- --

 X Both the Tenant and Landlord
- --

CONFIRMED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

/s/  Randal P. Lewis                         Date 6/13/97
- ------------------------------                    --------------------------
(Landlord)

                                             Date
- ------------------------------                    --------------------------
(Landlord)

                                             By:
- ------------------------------                    --------------------------
(Agent)                                      

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc., is the agent (check one)

- -- The Tenant exclusively; or

   The Landlord exclusively; or
- --

 X Both the Tenant and Landlord
- --


CONFIRMED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

                                             Date 
- ------------------------------                    --------------------------
(Landlord)

                                             Date
- ------------------------------                    --------------------------
(Landlord)

                                             By:
- ------------------------------                    --------------------------
(Agent)                                      
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT E

                         PERMITTED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Lessee may, at any time and from time to time,  engage in a  Reportable  Use (as
defined in Section 6.2) with respect to any of the following substances:

                    Isopropanol
                    Nitric Acid
                    Sulfuric Acid
                    Phosphoric Acid
                    Synergy cleaner (citrus-based organic)
                    Oxalic acid
                    Cidex (gluteraldehyde)
                    Epoxy


Lessee   acknowledges   and  agrees  that  the  Sonoma   County   Department  of
Environmental  Health and the  Department of Emergency  Services  require that a
Hazardous  Material  Management  Plan  ("HMMP") be filed if the total  amount of
hazardous materials exceeds 25 gallons.  AVE covenants to Lessor to file an HMMP
with  the  aforementioned  agencies  if at any  time  the  amount  of  hazardous
materials stored on the property exceeds such amount.

<PAGE>

                            ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES
                                   FOR LEASE

PROPERTY ADDRESS:    7975 Cameron Center Drive Buildings  100 & 300
                 --------------------------------------------------------------

Any  dispute  or claim in law or  equity  arising  out of this  contract  or any
resulting  transaction  shall be  decided  by  neutral  binding  arbitration  in
accordance with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association,  and not by
court  action  except as  provided  by  California  law for  judicial  review of
arbitration proceedings.  Judgment  upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s)
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction  thereof. The parties shall have
the  right to  discovery  in  accordance  with Code of Civil  Procedure  Section
1283.05.  The following matters are excluded from arbitration  hereunder:  (a) a
judicial or non-judicial  foreclosure or other action or proceeding to enforce a
deed of trust,  mortgage,  or real property  sales  contract as defined in Civil
Code  Section  2985,  (b)  an  unlawful  detainer  action,  (c)  the  filing  or
enforcement  of  a  mechanic's   lien,  (d)  any  matter  which  is  within  the
jurisdiction  of a probate court, or small claims court, or an action for bodily
injury or wrongful death, or for latent or patent defects to which Code of Civil
Procedure  Section  337.1 or Section  337.15  applies.  The filing of a judicial
action to enable  the  recording  of a notice of  pending  action,  for order of
attachment,  receivership,  injunction, or other provisional remedies, shall not
constitute a waiver of the right to arbitrate under this provision.

Any  dispute  or claim by or  against  broker(s)  and/or  associate  licensee(s)
participating in this transaction  shall be submitted to arbitration  consistent
with the provision  above only if the  broker(s)  and/or  associate  licensee(s)
making the claim or against  whom the claim is made shall have  agreed to submit
it to arbitration consistent with this provision.

"NOTICE: BY INITIALLING IN THE SPACE BELOW, YOU ARE AGREEING TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE
ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE  'ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES'  PROVISION
DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND YOU ARE GIVING
UP ANY RIGHTS YOU MIGHT  POSSESS TO HAVE THE DISPUTE  LITIGATED IN COURT OR JURY
TRIAL. BY INITIALLING IN THE SPACE BELOW, YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR JUDICIAL RIGHTS
TO DISCOVERY AND APPEAL,  UNLESS THOSE RIGHTS ARE  SPECIFICALLY  INCLUDED IN THE
'ARBITRATION  OF  DISPUTES'  PROVISION.  IF YOU REFUSE TO SUBMIT TO  ARBITRATION
AFTER AGREEING TO THIS  PROVISION,  YOU MAY BE COMPELLED TO ARBITRATE  UNDER THE
AUTHORITY OF THE  CALIFORNIA  CODE OF CIVIL  PROCEDURE.  YOUR  AGREEMENT TO THIS
ARBITRATION PROVISION IS VOLUNTARY."

"WE HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING AND AGREE TO SUBMIT DISPUTES  ARISING
OUT OF THE MATTERS  INCLUDED  IN THE  'ARBITRATION  OF  DISPUTES'  PROVISION  TO
NEUTRAL ARBITRATION."

(/s/SJS)  (   )  Lessee agrees             (  )  (  ) Lessee does not agree
(/s/RL )  (   )  Lessor agrees             (  )  (  ) Lessor does not agree
(   )     (   )  Lessee's Broker agrees
(   )     (   )  Lessor's Broker agrees
<PAGE>

                     AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA)

               ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

          SBR DEVELOPMENT, A CALIFORNIA GENERAL PARTNERSHIP, (LESSOR)

                                       AND

                 ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC., (LESSEE)



On  July  26,  1991,  the  federal  legislation  known  as  the  Americans  with
Disabilities Act (ADA) was signed into law by President Bush. The purpose of the
ADA is to  integrate  persons  with  disabilities  into the  economic and social
mainstream of American life. Title III of the ADA applies to Lessors and Lessees
of "places of public  accommodation" and "commercial  facilities",  and requires
that places of public  accommodation  undertake "readily  achievable" removal of
communication and access barriers to the disabled. This requirement of Title III
of the ADA is effective January 26, 1992.

It is important that building owners identify and undertake "readily achievable"
removal of any such  barriers in the common areas,  sidewalks,  parking lots and
other areas of the building under their control.

The  Lessee is  responsible  for  compliance  with ADA  relating  to  removal of
barriers  within the workplace  i.e.,  arrangement of interior  furnishings  and
access within the premises, and any improvements installed by Lessee.

Keegan & Coppin  Company,  Inc.  recommends that both parties seek expert advice
regarding the implications of the Act as it affects this agreement.

/s/ Randal P. Lewis                                6/13/97
- ------------------------------               -----------------------------
Lessor                                       Date

/s/ Scott Solano                                   6/2/97
- ------------------------------               -----------------------------
Lessee                                       Date



                                                                Lease No: 035700


                          KNIGHTSBRIDGE BUSINESS PARK

                                 Richmond, B.C.





LEASE

Between -           BENTALL PROPERTIES LTD. and
                    WESTMINSTER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

                                                                     as Landlord

and -               APPLIED VASCULAR ENGINEERING CANADA, INC.
                                                                       as Tenant



<PAGE>


                          KNIGHTSBRIDGE BUSINESS PARK
                                 Richmond, B.C.

                               Table of Contents
                         ------------------------------
                                                                            Page

Basic Terms: ...............................................................  1

    .01    Area of Leased Premises .........................................  1
    .02    Basic Rent ......................................................  1
    .03    Permitted Use ...................................................  1
    .04    Term ............................................................  1

Article 1 - Demise and Term: ...............................................  2

   1.01    Demise and Term .................................................  2
   1.02    Surrender of Leased Premises ....................................  2

Article 2 - Rent: ..........................................................  2

   2.01    Basic Rent ......................................................  2
   2.02    Additional Rent .................................................  3
   2.03    Adjustment of Additional Rent ...................................  3
   2.04    Manner and Place of Payment .....................................  3
   2.05    Irregular Calculation of Basic Rent .............................  3
   2.06    Disproportionate Allocation .....................................  3
   2.07    Net Lease Intent ................................................  3

Article 3 - Construction and Fixturing of Leased Premises: .................  4

   3.01    Landlord's and Tenant's Work ....................................  4
   3.02    Commencement of the Construction ................................  4
   3.03    Payment for Landlord's Work .....................................  4
   3.04    Acceptance of Lease Premises ....................................  4

Article 4 - Conduct of Business: ...........................................  4

   4.01    Use of Premises .................................................  4
   4.02    Prohibited Uses .................................................  4
   4.03    Operations During the Term ......................................  4
   4.04    Signs and Advertising Displays ..................................  5
   4.05    Nuisance and Annoyance ..........................................  5
   4.06    Coin Operated Machines ..........................................  5
   4.07    Loud Speakers and Other Advertising Apparatus ...................  5
   4.08    Delivery of Supplies and Materials ..............................  5
   4.09    Ordinances and Regulations ......................................  5
   4.10    Rules and Regulations ...........................................  5

Article 5 - Repairs: .......................................................  6

   5.01    Tenant's Repairs ................................................  6
   5.02    Perimeter Walls and Glass .......................................  6
   5.03    Landlord's Examination of Leased Premises .......................  6
   5.04    Landlord's Right to Repair ......................................  6
   5.05    Landlord's Right to Enter for Other Repairs .....................  6
   5.O6    Landlord's Repairs ..............................................  6
   5.07    Landlord's Obligation to Maintain ...............................  7
   5.08    Damage and Destruction ..........................................  7
   5.09    Qualifications ..................................................  8
   5.10    Condition of Expiration .........................................  8

Article 6 - Common Areas and Common Facilities: ............................  8

   6.01    Tenant's Use of Parking Areas ...................................  8
   6.02    Landlord's Right to Remove Vehicles .............................  8
   6.03    Control of Common Areas and Common Facilities ...................  9
   6.04    Merchandise on Common Area ......................................  9

                                      - 1 -

<PAGE>


   6.05    Customer Parking ................................................  9

Article 7 - Assignment and Sub-letting: ....................................  9

   7.01    Prohibitions ....................................................  9
   7.02    Control of Corporation .......................................... 10
   7.03    Assignment by Landlord .......................................... 10

Article 8 - Insurance: ..................................................... 10

   8.01    Tenant to Insure ................................................ 10
   8.02    Not to Affect Landlord's Insurance .............................. 10
   8.03    Landlord to Insure .............................................. 10


Article 9 - Tenant Alterations: ............................................ 11

   9.01    Painting, Decorating and Alterations ............................ 11
   9.02    Landlord's Property ............................................. 11
   9.03    Prohibitions .................................................... 11
   9.04    No Liens ........................................................ 11

Article 10 - Public Utilities and Taxes: ................................... 12

  10.01    Public Utilities, Business Tax and Machinery Tax ................ 12
  10.02    Payment of Real Property Taxes by Landlord ...................... 12
  10.03    Increase in Real Property Taxes Attributable to Tenant .......... 12
  10.04    Goods and Services Tax .......................................... 12

Article 11 - Exclusion of Liability and Indemnity: ......................... 12

  11.01    Exclusion of Liability .......................................... 12
  11.02    Indemnification ................................................. 13

Article 12 - Landlord's Rights and Remedies: ............................... 13

  12.01    Default ......................................................... 13
  12.02    Consequences of Default ......................................... 14
  12.03    Non-Waiver ...................................................... 15
  12.04    Right of Landlord to Perform Tenant's Covenants ................. 15
  12.05    Time for Payment and Legal Costs ................................ 15
  12.06    Remedies Cumulative ............................................. 15

Article 13 - Mortgages and Assignment by Landlord: ......................... 16

  13.01    Sale or Financing of Development ................................ 16
  13.02    Subordination and Acknowledgement ............................... 16
  13.03    Offset Statement ................................................ 16
  13.04    Registration .................................................... 16

Article 14 - Overholding Tenant: ........................................... 16

  14.01    No Tacit Renewal ................................................ 16

Article 15 - Quiet Possession: ............................................. 17

  15.01    Quiet Possession ................................................ 17

Article 16 - Legal Relationships: .......................................... 17

  16.01    No Partnership .................................................. 17
  16.02    Joint and Several Liability ..................................... 17
  16.03    Successors and Assigns .......................................... 17

Article 17 - Notices: ...................................................... 17

  17.01    Notices ......................................................... 17

                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>


Article 18 - General: ...................................................... 18

  18.01    Collateral Representations and Agreements ....................... 18
  18.02    Management of Development ....................................... 18
  18.03    Time of the Essence ............................................. 18
  18.04    Unavoidable Delays .............................................. 18
  18.05    Accord and Satisfaction ......................................... 18
  18.06    Competition Act ................................................. 18
  18.07    Covenants ....................................................... 18
  18.08    Consent or Approval of Landlord ................................. 19
  18.09    For Lease Signs ................................................. 19
  18.10    The Commercial Tenancy Act ...................................... 19
  18.11    No Exclusivity .................................................. 19
  18.12    Schedules ....................................................... 19
  18.13    Applicable Law .................................................. 19
  18.14    Headings ........................................................ 19
  18.15    Tenant's Acceptance ............................................. 19
  18.16    Arbitration ..................................................... 19
  18.17    Severability .................................................... 19

Article 19 - Definitions: .................................................. 19

  19.01    Additional Rent ................................................. 19
  19.02    Area of Leased Premises ......................................... 20
  19.03    Basic Rent ...................................................... 20
  19.04    Basic Term ...................................................... 20
  19.05    Building ........................................................ 20
  19.06    Building Operation and Maintenance Costs ........................ 20
  19.07    Commencement Date ............................................... 21
  19.08    Common Areas .................................................... 21
  19.09    Common Facilities ............................................... 21
  19.10    Development ..................................................... 21
  19.11    Development Operation and Maintenance Costs ..................... 21
  19.12    Force Majeure ................................................... 21
  19.13    Gross Leaseable Area ............................................ 21
  19.14    HVAC Costs ...................................................... 22
  19.15    Landlord's Architect ............................................ 22
  19.16    Landlord's Work ................................................. 22
  19.17    Lands ........................................................... 22
  19.18    Lease ........................................................... 22
  19.19    Lease Year ...................................................... 22
  19.20    Leased Premises ................................................. 22
  19.21    Other Buildings ................................................. 22
  19.22    Permitted Use ................................................... 22
  19.23    Prime Rate ...................................................... 22
  19.24    Real Property Taxes ............................................. 22
  19.25    Rent ............................................................ 22
  19.26    Tax Cost ........................................................ 22
  19.27    Tenant's Proportionate Share .................................... 22
  19.28    Tenant's Work ................................................... 23
  19.29    Term ............................................................ 23
  19.30    Year of the Term ................................................ 23

Article 20 - Special Clauses: .............................................. 23

  20.01    Early Occupancy ................................................. 23
  20.02    Delayed Occupancy ............................................... 23
  20.03    Tenant Improvement Allowance .................................... 23
  20.04    Deposit ......................................................... 24

SCHEDULES: ................................................................. 25

  Schedule A  Plan of the Premises ......................................... 25
  Schedule B  Landlord's Work .............................................. 26
  Schedule C  Signage ...................................................... 27
  Schedule D  Omitted ......................................................
  Schedule E  Environmental Covenants ...................................... 29

                                     - 3 -

<PAGE>


THIS LEASE made the 10TH day of AUGUST, 1994.

BETWEEN:

                               BENTALL PROPERTIES LTD.,
                               a body corporate, having its head office at Suite
                               3100,  Three  Bentall  Centre,  in  the  City  of
                               Vancouver,  in the  Province of British  Columbia
                               and

                               WESTMINSTER   MANAGEMENT   CORPORATION,   a  body
                               corporate, having a business office at Suite 600,
                               355 Burrard Street, in the City of Vancouver,  in
                               the Province of British Columbia

                               (collectively the "Landlord")

                                                               OF THE FIRST PART

AND:

                               APPLIED VASCULAR ENGINEERING CANADA, INC., a body
                               corporate,  having a busineas office at Suite No.
                               260 13155 Delf  Avenue,  in the City of Richmond,
                               in the Province of British Columbia, V6V 2A2 (the
                               "Tenant")

                                                              OF THE SECOND PART

WHEREAS:


(A) by  agreement  dated July 7, 1994 (the  "Agreement")  the  Landlord  and the
Tenant agreed to enter into a lease with respect to the Leased Premises; and

(B) the  Landlord  has  represented  to the  Tenant  that  the  Landlord  is the
registered  owner of the Lands,  subject  however  to such  liens,  charges  and
encumbrances as are registered  against the title thereto as at the date hereof,
and has constructed, or is in the process of constructing, improvements thereon,
including  the  Building  generally  in  accordance  with the plans set forth in
Schedule "A";

<TABLE>
     NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH that in consideration of the rents,
covenants and agreements  hereinafter reserved and contained,  the parties agree
to this  Lease of the  Leased  Premises  on the terms and  conditions  set forth
herein:

                                           BASIC TERMS

 .01  Area of Leased Premises:                   approximately 8,000 square feet

<CAPTION>
 .02  Basic Pent:                                Term    Per Annum    Per Month   Per Square Foot
                                                ----    ---------    ---------   ---------------
<S>                                             <C>     <C>          <C>              <C>
                                                Yr. 1-5 $50,000.00   $4,166.67        $6.25

 .03  Permitted Use:                             The  Premises  shall be used for the  purposes of
                                                conducting   the   business   of   research   and
                                                development,  assembly,  service and distribution
                                                of    medical     devices,     plus    associated
                                                administrative offices.

 .04  Term:                                      Five (5) years

</TABLE>

     The foregoing  Basic Terms are agreed to by the Landlord and the Tenant and
any reference in this Lease to any one of the same shall include the  provisions
set  forth  above  with  respect  thereto  and in  addition  any  more  specific
definition or reference hereinafter provided.

                                      - 1 -

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 1
                                Demise and Term

1.01     Demise and Term

         The  Landlord  does hereby  demise and lease unto the Tenant the Leased
Premises to have and to hold for and during the Term.  For so long as the Tenant
duly and  punctually  pays the Rent,  and performs  and  observes its  covenants
herein  undertaken,  the Tenant  shall be entitled for the benefit of the Leased
Premises to enjoy, upon the terms and conditions established or altered pursuant
to this  Lease,  the use in common with  others  entitled  thereto of the Common
Areas and the Common Facilities.

1.02     Surrender of Leased Premises

(A) Upon the expiration or sooner  termination  of this Lease,  the Tenant shall
vacate and surrender to the Landlord the Leased  Premises in accordance with the
provisions of this Lease.  Except to the extent as otherwise expressly agreed by
the Landlord in writing; no leasehold improvements, trade fixtures, furniture or
equipment  shall be removed by the Tenant from the Leased Premises either during
or at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term except that the Tenant:

         (a)      may at the end of the Term, if it is not in default hereunder,
                  remove its trade fixtures;

         (b)      shall  at  the  end  of  the  Term   remove   such   leasehold
                  improvements,  trade  fixtures,  furnishings,   equipment  and
                  inventory as the Landlord shall require to be removed;

         (c)      may,   if  it  is  not  in  default   hereunder,   remove  its
                  furnishings,  equipment  and inventory at the end of the Term,
                  and also during the Term in the usual and normal course of its
                  business  where such  furnishings  or  equipment  have  become
                  excess for the Tenant's purposes or the Tenant is substituting
                  therefor new furnishings and equipment.

The Tenant shall,  in the case of every  removal  either during or at the end of
the Term,  make good any damage caused to the Leased  Premises and any leasehold
improvements therein by the installation and removal.

(B)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of Article  1.02(A),  the Tenant shall be
permitted  to  remove  its  trade  fixtures  from  the  Leased  Premises  at the
expiration or sooner  termination of this Lease,  provided the Tenant shall make
good any damage or injury  caused to the  Leased  Premises  resulting  from such
removal, reasonable wear and tear excepted.


                                   ARTICLE 2
                                      Rent

2.01     Basic Rent

         The  Tenant  shall pay to the  Landlord  for each and every Year of the
Term, the Basic Rent specified in Basic Term .02, by equal monthly  instalments,
each in advance on the first day of each and every  month  during the Term,  the
first of such monthly  instalments to be paid on the  Commencement  Date. If the
Term  commences on a day which is not the first day of a calendar month then the
instalment  of Basic Rent payable on the broken  portion of a calendar  month at
the  beginning of the Term shall be  calculated  at a rate per day of 1/365th of
the annual Basic Rent.

         Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this Lease, the
Tenant  shall not be  obligated  to pay any Basic  Rent for the first  three (3)
months of the Term only.  For greater  certainty,  the Tenant  acknowledges  and
agrees  that  notwithstanding  the  period  of  free  Basic  Rent  it  shall  be
responsible for payments of all other amounts owing under this Lease.

                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>
2.02     Additional Rent

         The Tenant  shall pay to the  Landlord for each and every Lease Year or
portion thereof, the Additional Rent for such Lease Year or portion thereof. The
amount of  Additional  Rent  which the  Tenant is to pay in each  Lease  Year or
portion  thereof  shall be  estimated  by the Landlord in advance and the Tenant
shall pay to the Landlord  such amount in equal monthly  instalments  in advance
during  such  Lease Year or the  portion  thereof.  The amount of the  estimated
Additional Rent may be adjusted,  from time to time,  during a Lease Year by the
Landlord giving notice to the Tenant,  in which event the remaining  payments to
be made by the  Tenant  as  aforesaid  in such  Lease  Year  shall  be  adjusted
accordingly.  All  remedies  of the  Landlord  on  non-payment  of rent shall be
applicable to the  Additional  Rent and the  obligation of the Tenant to pay any
monies pursuant to this Lease shall survive the expiration or sooner termination
of this Lease.

2.03     Adjustment of Additional Rent

         Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Lease Year,  the Landlord
shall furnish to the Tenant a statement of the actual amount of Additional  Rent
payable by the Tenant for such  preceding  Lease Year and showing in  reasonable
detail the information relevant and necessary to the calculation thereof. If the
amount payable by the Tenant as shown on such statement is more or less than the
Additional  Rent paid by the Tenant to the Landlord for such Lease Year pursuant
to Article  2.02,  the  appropriate  adjustment  as between the Landlord and the
Tenant shall be made within  fourteen  (14) days of delivery of such  statement.
Any  payment  made by the  Landlord  or made by the Tenant and  accepted  by the
Landlord in respect of any  adjustment  made pursuant to this Article 2.03 shall
be  without  prejudice  to the right of the  Landlord  or the  Tenant to claim a
re-adjustment  provided  such claim if made by the Tenant is made within  ninety
(90) days after,  or if made by the  Landlord is made within one hundred  twenty
(120) days  after,  the date of delivery  of the  statement  referred to in this
Article  2.03.  The Tenant shall have the right for a period of ninety (90) days
following  receipt of the aforesaid  statement to, at its sole expense,  inspect
during the Landlord's  normal  business hours,  subject to the inspection  being
reasonable in all the circumstances,  any record kept or held by the Landlord of
the costs or  expenses  claimed  by the  Landlord  for such  Lease  Year and the
Landlord shall make its said records available accordingly.

2.04     Manner and Place of Payment

         All Rent and all other  sums  payable  by the  Tenant  to the  Landlord
hereunder  shall  be  paid  to the  Landlord  at  the  office  of  the  Landlord
hereinafter  set forth,  or at such other place as the  Landlord may in writing,
from time to time,  direct,  without  notice  or  demand,  except  as  otherwise
specifically  provided herein, and without  deduction,  set off or abatement for
any reason  whatsoever.  The  Landlord  may at its option  apply all or any sums
received from or due to the Tenant against amounts due and payable by the Tenant
hereunder in such manner as the Landlord sees fit, regardless of any designation
or  instructions  by the Tenant to the  contrary.  The  Tenant  shall pay to the
Landlord interest at a rate equal to the lesser of the maximum rate permitted by
law or the rate that is three (3%) percent per annum above the Prime Rate on all
arrears of Rent or other sums payable by the Tenant to the Landlord  pursuant to
the terms hereof,  from, except as otherwise  specifically  provided herein, the
date of default in payment, until payment is received by the Landlord.

2.05     Irregular Calculation of Basic Rent

         If for any reason it is necessary to calculate  Basic Rent for a period
of one or more  months,  but less  than a Year of the  Term,  the same  shall be
calculated  on the basis of 1/12 of the Basic Rent being payable for each month.
If for any reason it becomes  necessary to calculate  Basic Rent for a period of
less than one month the same  shall be  calculated  on the basis of 1/365 of the
Basic Rent being payable for each day in such period.  Without  restricting  the
generality of the  foregoing,  in the event the  Commencement  Date occurs other
than on the first day of a month, the first instalment of Basic Rent paid by the
Tenant in  accordance  with  Article  2.01 shall be based on the period from the
Commencement  Date to and  including  the  last day of the  month  in which  the
Commencement Date occurs.

2.06     Disproportionate Allocation

         Notwithstanding anything else herein otherwise contained, to the extent
that the  Landlord,  acting  reasonably,  determines  that an item  included  in
Additional  Rent properly  related to only a portion of the  Development or to a
portion of the Building,  the Landlord may allocate such item to such portion of
the  Development  or  Building,  as the case may be, in which event the Tenant's
Proportionate  Share, if the Leased  Premises are within such portion,  shall be
calculated in relation to the Gross Leaseable Area of all leaseable  premises in
such portion.

2.07     Net Lease Intent

         Except to that extent otherwise specifically provided herein this Lease
shall be a net lease to the Landlord  such that the Basic Rent shall be received
by the Landlord free of all outgoings whatsoever,  the Tenant to pay for its own
account all amounts,  charges,  costs,  duties, fees, rates and taxes in any way
relating to the Leased Premises as well as the Additional Rent herein provided.

                                     - 3 -

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 3
                 Construction and Fixturing of Leased Premises

3.01     Landlord's and Tenant's Work

         The  parties  agree that the work to be done by the  Landlord is as set
out in Schedule "B" hereto and that any  additional  work shall be Tenant's Work
hereunder,  and the Tenant  agrees to accept the Leased  Premises  in an "as is,
where is" condition.

         The Tenant shall be responsible for its own  improvements to the Leased
Premises,  subject to the Landlord's prior reasonable  approval of the design of
the Leased Premises.

         The Landlord shall provide a space plan to assist in the parties mutual
agreement of the  improvements to the Leased  Premises,  which mutual  agreement
shall be given within five (5) business days from receipt of tbe space plan.

3.02     Commencement of the Construction

         If, at any time prior to the  commencement  of the Tenant's  Work,  the
Landlord  is in its  opinion  unable  to  obtain  satisfactory  zoning  or other
government  approvals   including,   without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
foregoing,  development  permits,  building permits,  occupancy  permits,  lease
commitments from other tenants, construction and permanent mortgage financing or
favourable  economic  projections  with  respect  to the  Development  or if the
Landlord's  mortgagee  does not consent to this Lease,  then the Landlord  shall
have the right and  option at any time  thereafter  to cancel  this Lease and in
such event, any money or security  deposited  hereunder shall be returned to the
Tenant  without  interest,  this  Lease  shall  thereafter  be null and void and
neither party shall have any further claim, the one against the other.

3.03     Payment for Landlord's Work

         All work done at the  Tenant's  request  (including  the  supplying  of
materials or equipment) by the Landlord or its contractors or sub-contractors in
or relating to the Leased  Premises,  over and above  Landlord's  Work, shall be
paid for by the Tenant forthwith on demand.

3.04     Acceptance of Leased Premises

         The  taking of  possession  of the  Leased  Premises  by the  Tenant to
construct the Tenant's  Work shall be deemed to be conclusive  proof that except
for items noted in a list  prepared by the Tenant  during a joint  inspection by
the Tenant and the  Landlord at the time of the taking of such  possession,  the
Leased Premises are in the condition called for by this Lease to the extent that
the Landlord is responsible  therefor and that the Landlord has performed all of
the Landlord's Work with respect thereto in a good and workmanlike  manner.  The
itemizing  of any  matter in such list by the  Tenant  shall  not  preclude  the
Landlord from disputing the categorization of such matter as a deficiency.


                                   ARTICLE 4
                              Conduct of Business

4.01     Use of Leased Premises

         The  Tenant  shall not use or occupy the  Leased  Premises  or any part
thereof for any purpose other than the  Permitted  Use,  without  consent of the
Landlord first had and obtained.

4.02     Prohibited Uses

         The Tenant shall not, at any time, carry on nor suffer, permit or allow
to be carried on in the Leased Premises any fire sale, distress sale, bankruptcy
sale,  going-out-of-business sale, or any other business sale designed to convey
to the public that business  operations are to be  discontinued,  an auction,  a
pawn business,  a mail order business or any other business which because of the
merchandise  likely to be sold or the merchandising or pricing methods likely to
be used would,  in the  reasonable  opinion of the  Landlord,  tend to lower the
character of the Development, or any other business or occupation which shall be
deemed by the Landlord to be a nuisance.

4.03     Operations During the Term

         The Tenant  acknowledges  that its  continued  occupancy  of the Leased
Premises  and the  regular  conduct of its  business  therein  are of the utmost
importance to the Landlord in avoiding the appearance  and impression  generally
created by vacant space in a development,  in facilitating the leasing of vacant
space,  and in the renewal of other  leases,  and that the Landlord  will suffer
substantial  damage if the Leased Premises are vacated or left vacant during the
Term even if Basic Rent is paid.

                                     - 4 -


<PAGE>

         The Tenant  shall on the  Commencement  Date  commence  and  thereafter
during the Term,  actively and  diligently  carry on in the Leased  Premises the
business  specified  as the  Permitted  Use,  and  shall  without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing:

         (a)      conduct its business in the entire Leased Premises; and

         (b)      remain open for business at least during normal  business days
                  and hours for the type of business  being  conducted  from the
                  Leased Premises.

         The  Tenant  will not  during  the Term  vacate or  abandon  the Leased
Premises either in full or in part.

4.04     Signs and Advertising Displays

         The Tenant,  after first obtaining the written approval of the Landlord
to,  or  at  the  request  of  the  Landlord   with   instructions   as  to  the
specifications,  design,  location  and  method  of  installation,  shall at the
expense of the Tenant install, maintain and operate during such reasonable hours
as the Landlord may determine a sign in accordance with the sign criteria of the
Landlord as such  criteria are set out in Schedule "C" hereto.  The Tenant shall
not erect or place,  or suffer to be  erected  or placed or  maintain  any other
signs of any  nature  or kind  whatsoever  either on the  exterior  walls of the
Leased  Premises or  elsewhere  in the  Development  without the approval of the
Landlord.  The Tenant shall not erect or place or suffer to be erected or placed
in the display windows of the Leased Premises, any signs, decoration,  lettering
or advertising matter of any kind (including signs placed in the interior of the
Leased  Premises for exterior  view)  without  first  obtaining  the  Landlord's
written approval,  which approval may not be unreasonably withheld. All signs or
other  materials,  referred to in this Article 4.04 shall remain the property of
the Tenant and the Tenant shall remove the same at the expiration of the Term or
such shorter period to which the approval relates and shall make good any damage
caused by such installation or removal.

4.05     Nuisance and Annoyance

         The Tenant  shall not use or occupy the  Leased  Premises  or suffer or
permit the same to be used or  occupied  for any  unlawful  purpose,  or for any
dangerous,  noxious or offensive trade or business, or for any purpose likely to
cause a  nuisance  or  annoyance  to the  Landlord  or any other  tenants of the
Development nor undertake any operation  likely to cause the same, nor commit or
suffer  to be  done  any  waste,  damage  or  disfigurement  or  injury  to  the
Development  or any part  thereof  nor permit or suffer the  overloading  of any
floors therein.

4.06     Coin Operated Machines

         The  Tenant  shall not have or  permit  or  suffer to be on the  Leased
Premises   any   machines   selling   merchandise   or  services  or   providing
entertainment,  whether by coins,  credit cards or otherwise,  unless  expressly
approved by the Landlord in writing.

4.07     Loud Speakers and Other Advertising Apparatus

         The Tenant shall not have or permit any public address, music broadcast
or other  sound  system  which may be heard  beyond  the  limits  of the  Leased
Premises.

4.08     Delivery of Supplies and Materials

         The delivery and shipping of merchandise,  supplies, fixtures and other
materials or goods of whatsoever  nature to or from the Leased  Premises and all
loading,  unloading and handling thereof shall be done through such entrances as
designated  by the  Landlord  and at such times and by such means as approved by
the Landlord.

4.09     Ordinances and Regulations

         The Tenant shall observe and fulfil the provisions and  requirements of
all  statutes,  orders in  council,  by-laws,  rules and  regulations,  relating
directly or indirectly  to the use of the Leased  Premises and shall comply with
all  reasonable  requirements  of any  insurer  under any  policy  of  insurance
affecting the Development.

4.10     Rules and Regulations

         The Tenant  shall  observe and comply with and use its best  efforts to
cause its employees,  agents,  licensees and invitees to observe and comply with
any and all rules and  regulations  communicated  by the Landlord to the Tenant,
from time to time,  which in the  judgment  of the  Landlord  are  necessary  or
desirable  in relation to all aspects of the use and  occupancy by the Tenant of
the Leased Premises,  the Building,  the Common Areas and the Common  Facilities
including for the reputation,  care,  safety and appearance of the  Development,
the  preservation  of good  order  therein  and the  operation  and  maintenance
thereof,  provided  that such rules and  regulations  do not  conflict  with any
express provisions of this Lease and are not discriminatory  against the Tenant.
The Tenant

                                     - 5 -

<PAGE>


specifically acknowledges that the Landlord has and shall have the right to make
rules and regulations as aforesaid

                                   ARTICLE 5
                                      Rent

5.01     Tenant's Repairs

         The  Tenant  shall at all times  during  the Term.  at its own cost and
expense, repair, maintain,  operate and keep the Leased Premises, all equipment,
fixtures  and   mechanical   systems   (including   heating,   ventilating   and
air-conditioning  systems)  within the Leased  Premises  or  elsewhere  (if such
equipment, fixtures or systems are provided for the use or benefit of the Leased
Premises) and any  improvements  now or hereafter made to the Leased Premises in
good  order,  firstclass  condition  and  repair  (reasonable  wear and tear and
repairs which are the Landlord's  responsibility pursuant to Article 5.06 hereof
only  excepted) in accordance  with the  statutory  building  scheme  registered
against title to the Lands and without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the Tenant shall,  during the Term,  cause such good  management  and care to be
taken of the Leased  Premises  and various  parts  thereof that no injury to the
same shall occur and all water closets,  sinks, heating and air-conditioning and
ventilating  apparatus  located in the Leased  Premises shall be maintained in a
state of efficient and good working order.  The Tenant shall decorate the Leased
Premises  in a manner  and to a  standard  acceptable  to or  determined  by the
Landlord and shall  maintain such  decorating to such  standards  throughout the
Term.  The  Tenant  shall  be  responsible  for all such  maintenance,  repairs,
replacements  and such decorating and shall promptly with due diligence,  at its
sole  expense,  carry  out any and all of the  foregoing.  The  Tenant  shall be
responsible  for  all  janitorial   services   respecting  the  Leased  Premises
(including  the washing of windows  therein,  both inside and  outside) so as to
keep the Leased Premises in a clean and tidy condition.

5.02     Perimeter Walls and Glass

         The Tenant shall promptly repair or make whole all damaged glass, plate
glass,  doors and  windows in the Leased  Premises as and  whenever  the same is
required.

5.03     Landlord's Examination of Leased Premises

         The Landlord and any  employee,  servant,  agent or  contractor  of the
Landlord shall be entitled,  at any time during normal business hours and at any
time  in  the  event  of an  emergency,  to  enter  and  examine  the  state  of
maintenance,  repair,  decoration and  cleanliness of the Leased  Premises,  all
equipment and fixtures  within the Leased Premises and any  improvements  now or
hereafter  made to the Leased  Premises  and the Landlord may give notice to the
Tenant  requiring  that the  Tenant  perform  such  maintenance  or effect  such
repairs,  replacements or decoration or cleaning as is the responsibility of the
Tenant and as may be found necessary from such examination.

5.04     Landlord's Right to Repair

         In the event that the Tenant fails  forthwith  after receipt of written
notice  thereof,  or within such  reasonable  time  thereafter  if for any cause
beyond the control of the Tenant it is not reasonable in the  circumstances  (it
being  agreed  that  lack of  finances  on the part of the  Tenant  shall not be
treated as a cause beyond the  Tenant's  control),  to commence  and  diligently
proceed  to perform  such  maintenance  or effect  such  repairs,  replacements,
decorations or cleaning as so specified in any notice given by the Landlord, the
landlord, its employees,  servants,  agents or contractors may, but shall not be
obligated to, enter the Leased Premises and at the Tenant's expense, perform and
carry  out the same  and the  Landlord  in so  doing  shall  not be  liable  for
inconvenience, disturbance, loss of business or other damage resulting therefrom
and in the event the Landlord  expends any monies  pursuant to the provisions of
this Article 5.04,  the Tenant shall pay the same to the Landlord on demand with
a fee of twenty  (20%)  percent of such  amount for the  Landlord's  supervisory
function and in addition shall pay interest on the aggregate of the foregoing at
the rate provided in this Lease from the date of the  expenditure  of such first
mentioned monies by the Landlord.

5.05     Landlord's Right to Enter for Other Repairs

         The  Landlord,  and any employee,  servant,  agent or contractor of the
Landlord  shall have the right to enter the Leased  Premises at all times during
business  hours  and at any  time in the  case  of an  emergency  to  make  such
alterations or repairs as the Landlord is required to make pursuant to the terms
of this Lease or shall  deem  necessary  for the  safety,  preservation,  proper
administration  or improvement of the Development or any portion thereof and the
Landlord in so doing, shall not be liable for inconvenience,  disturbance,  loss
of business or other damage resulting therefrom.

5.06     Landlord's  Repairs

         The Landlord shall, from time to time, throughout the Term:

                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>


         (a)      at its  sole  cost,  carry  out as  soon  as  possible  in the
                  circumstances  after receipt of notice thereof in writing from
                  the Tenant,  structural  repairs to the foundations,  exterior
                  walls   (excluding   store-fronts   and   glass),   structural
                  subfloors,  the  structural  portions  of  bearing  walls  and
                  structural  columns and beams which  interfere  with or impair
                  the use, occupancy or safety of the Leased Premise;

         (b)      carry out repairs or  replacements to the Common Areas and the
                  Common  Facilities,  including  the heating,  ventilating  and
                  air-conditioning   systems   forming   part   of  the   Common
                  Facilities; and

         (c)      repair all damage to the Leased  Premises  which is covered by
                  any insurance  effected by the Landlord in accordance with the
                  provisions  of  Article  8.03  hereof  to  the  extent  of the
                  proceeds of such insurance applicable thereto;

         PROVIDED  HOWEVER  that if any such  repairs  are  necessitated  by the
negligence  or  misconduct of the Tenant,  its  servants,  agents,  contractors,
licensees,  employees or others for whom in law the Tenant is  responsible,  the
Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand the cost of such repairs and a fee of
twenty (20%) percent for the Landlord's supervisory function and interest on the
aggregate  amount of both of the foregoing  from the date of  expenditure of the
first mentioned monies by the Landlord.

         PROVIDED   FURTHER  that  in  any  event  the  Landlord  shall  not  be
responsible  for any  damages,  loss or injury  substained  by the Tenant or any
person or persons claiming through or under it, by reason of defects giving rise
to  the  need  for  such  repairs  or the  consequence  thereof,  including  the
inconvenience  occasioned  to the  Tenant  by the  entry  of the  Landlord,  its
employees, servants, agents or contractors on the Leased Premises to effect such
repairs.

5.07                  Landlord's Obligation to Maintain

                  The Landlord  shall maintain and keep the Common Areas and the
Common  Facilities  in a state of repair  and  cleanliness  consistent  with the
standard of a firstclass development of a similar nature.

5.08                  Damage and Destruction

                   In the event of damage or destruction of the Leased  Premises
of the Building by fire,  lightning,  earthquake,  tempest or other  casualty so
that:

         (a)      the same is damaged or  destroyed  to the extent that the samc
                  cannot  with  reasonable  diligence  be  rebuilt,  repaired or
                  restored  within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the date
                  of damage or  destruction  (as  determined  in the  opinion in
                  writing of the  Landlord's  Architect,  which written  opinion
                  shall be  delivered to the Tenant  within  thirty (30) days of
                  the occurrence of such damage or destruction) or the estimated
                  cost of  rebuilding,  repairing  or  restoring  such damage or
                  destruction  will exceed by $75,000 or more,  the  anticipated
                  proceeds  of  insurance  available  to the  Landlord  for that
                  purpose, then,  notwithstanding any other term or condition of
                  this Lease to the contrary,  the Landlord may  terminate  this
                  Lease by notice in writing to the Tenant  given  within  sixty
                  (60) days of the  occurrence  of such  damage or  destruction,
                  such  notice to be  effective  as at the date of the damage or
                  destruction  if the Leased  Premises  are not capable of being
                  utilized  by  the  Tenant  as  determined  by  the  Landlord's
                  Architect and otherwise to be effective at the date  specified
                  in such  notice of  termination  which  shall not be less than
                  thirty  (30)  days  following  receipt  of such  notice by the
                  Tenant and in either of such events,  the Rent hereby reserved
                  shall be forthwith payable by the Tenant to the effective date
                  of the termination, the Term hereby granted shall terminate as
                  at that date and the Landlord may as at the effective  date of
                  termination   re-enter  and  take  possession  of  the  Leased
                  Premises and deal with the same as fully and effectively as if
                  these  presents had not been entered  into.  But if within the
                  said period of sixty (60) days,  the  Landlord  shall not give
                  notice  terminating  this  Lease,  then as soon as  reasonably
                  practicable  thereafter,   the  Landlord  shall  undertake  or
                  continue  the  rebuilding,  repair  or  restoration  with  all
                  reasonable diligence and the Basic Rent hereby reserved,  or a
                  proportionate  part thereof  depending  upon the proportion of
                  the Leased Premises that are not fit for use by the Tenant for
                  the  intended  purpose of this  Lease,  shall  abate until the
                  Leased  Premises  have  been  rebuilt  and  made  fit  for the
                  intended purposes of this Lease;

         (b)      the same is damaged or  destroyed  to the extent that the same
                  can with reasonable diligence be rebuilt, repaired or restored
                  within one hundred  and twenty  (120) days of the date of such
                  damage or destruction (as determined in the opinion in writing
                  of the Landlord's  Architect,  which written  opinion shall be
                  delivered  to  the  Tenant  within  thirty  (30)  days  of the
                  occurrence of such damage or destruction)  and the Landlord is
                  not  otherwise  entitled to terminate  this Lease  pursuant to
                  Article  5.08(a)  the  Landlord  shall  as soon as  reasonably
                  practicable  after such  determination,  undertake or continue
                  the repair of the same with all reasonable diligence provided,
                  however, that nothing herein

                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>


                  contained  shall  impose any  obligation  upon the Landlord to
                  complete such repair within the said period of one hundred and
                  twenty  (120) days and the Basic Rent  hereby  reserved,  or a
                  proportionate  part thereof  depending  upon the proportion of
                  the Leased Premises that are not fit for use by the Tenant for
                  the  intended  purposes of this  Lease,  shall abate until the
                  Leased  Premises  have  been  rebuilt  and  made  fit  for the
                  intended purposes of this Lease.

5.09     Qualifications

         (a)      For the purposes of Article 5.08 the terms  "Leased  Premises"
                  and  "Building"  shall be deemed not to include  the  Tenant's
                  trade  fixtures,  merchandise  stockin-trade  furniture or any
                  other  improvements  installed in the Leased Premises by or on
                  behalf of the Tenant including the Tenant's Work.

         (b)      If the Landlord rebuilds, repairs, or restores the Building or
                  the Leased  Premises as  contemplated  in Article 5.08 it will
                  not be required to  reproduce  exactly the Leased  Premises or
                  the Building or restore the same to the exact  condition  that
                  existed  before the  damage or  destruction  provided  that it
                  reproduces  or restores or rebuilds  the same to a  comparable
                  condition and configuration.

         (c)      The  certificate of the Landlord's  Architect in charge of the
                  rebuilding,  repair or restoration shall bind the Landlord and
                  the Tenant as to the state and  proportion of the  suitability
                  for  occupancy of the Leased  Premises and as to the date upon
                  which the Landlord's work of  reconstruction or restoration is
                  completed and the Leased  Premises fit for the purposes of the
                  Tenant.

         (d)      Notwithstanding  any of the  provisions of Article 5.08 to the
                  contrary,  in the event the damage or destruction  referred to
                  therein  is  caused by the  negligence  or  misconduct  of the
                  Tenant,   its  servants,   agents,   employees,   contractors,
                  licensees  or  other  persons  for whom in law the  Tenant  is
                  responsible:

                  (i)  and this  Lease  is not  terminated  as a result  of such
                       damage or  destruction  there  shall be no  abatement  of
                       Basic Rent as contemplated in Article 5.08; and

                  (ii) the Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord
                       from and against any liabilities, damages, costs, claims,
                       suits or actions of any nature whatsoever  suffered by or
                       incurred  by the  Landlord  as a result of such damage or
                       destruction and this indemnity and hold harmless covenant
                       shall survive the expiration of the Term.

5.10     Condition of Expiration

         Upon the expiration of the Term the Tenant shall  surrender and deliver
up to the  Landlord  vacant  possession  of the Leased  Premises,  which  Leased
Premises at such time,  unless the expiration of the Term has occurred  pursuant
to  Article  5.08(a),  shall  be in the  condition  in which  the  same  must be
maintained  during the Term  pursuant to Articles  5.01 and 5.02 and as the same
must otherwise be restored pursuant to Article 9.02.


                                   ARTICLE 6
                       Common Areas and Common Facilities

6.01     Tenant's Use of Parking Areas

         The Tenant, its employees, suppliers and other persons not licensees or
invitees and having  business with the Tenant shall be prohibited from using for
parking  of  vehicles  and  loading or  unloading  of  vehicles  any part of the
customer  parking areas as such may be designed and changed from time to time by
the Landlord.  Tenant and employee  parking shall be limited to specified  times
and places,  arranged so as to cause minimal interference to business within the
Development. If requested by the Landlord the Tenant shall supply its employees'
automobile license numbers to the Landlord.

6.02     Landlord's Right to Remove Vehicles

         Should the  Tenant,  its  employees,  suppliers  or other  persons  not
licensees  or invitees of the Tenant park  vehicles in areas not  allocated  for
that purpose,  the Landlord shall have the right to remove the said  trespassing
vehicles and the Tenant will save harmless the Landlord from any and all damages
arising therefrom and the Tenant will pay the costs of such removal.

                                     - 8 -

<PAGE>


6.03     Control of Common Areas and Common Facilities

         The Landlord shall at all times have  exclusive  control and management
of the Common Areas and the Common  Facilities.  Such control  applies to signs,
use of show windows,  and the Tenant's  publicity visible from the Common Areas,
as well as to the use made by the Tenant  and/or the public of the Common Areas.
The Landlord shall have the right to alter, vary,  designate and redesignate the
Common Areas and the Common  Facilities  from time to time and to interfere with
the use of the Common Areas and the Common Facilities to the extent necessary to
make such  alterations or variations or any other repairs  required or permitted
to be made by the Landlord under this Lease.

6.04     Merchandise on Common Area

         In  particular,  but without in any way limiting the  generality of the
provisions  of Article  6.03,  the Tenant shall not keep,  display,  or sell any
merchandise on or otherwise  obstruct or use any part of the Common Areas on the
Common  Facilities,  except as permitted by the Landlord and except for displays
included  in  Development  promotions  when  recognized  and  permitted  by  the
Landlord.

6.05     Customer Parking

         The  Landlord  shall at all  times  during  the Term  maintain  for the
benefit of licensees and invitees of the Tenant parking facilities.


                                   ARTICLE 7
                           Assignment and Sub-Letting

7.01     Prohibitions

         The Tenant  shall not assign or transfer  this Lease or the Term or any
portion  thereof or let or sub-let  all or any part of the  Leased  Premises  or
grant any license with respect thereto (any of the foregoing  being  hereinafter
called a "Transfer")  without the written  consent of the Landlord first had and
obtained,  which consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,  provided that it
shall not be  unreasonable  for the Landlord to withhold  its consent  where the
Tenant is assigning or subletting at a profit to the Tenant.

         All requests to the Landlord for consent to any Transfer  shall be made
to the Landlord in writing  together with payment to the Landlord of one hundred
dollars  ($100.00) as a deposit on account of all costs incurred by the Landlord
in considering  and  processing the request for consent and such  information in
writing  as the  Landlord  might  reasonably  require  respecting  a  transferee
including,  without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the name, address,
business  experience,  financial position and banking and personal references of
such  transferee,  and in the event the  transferee  is a  corporation,  similar
information  respecting  the  corporporation  and  its  principal  shareholders,
officers and directors.  In addition,  the request shall contain a comprehensive
summary of the terms and conditions upon which the Transfer is to occur.

         Notwithstanding  any  provisions  of this Article 7.01 to the contrary,
after the Landlord  receives such request and  information in writing,  it shall
have the option, to be exercised by written notice within thirty (30) days after
the receipt of such request and  information,  to  terminate  this Lease and the
Term hereof on not less than thirty (30) days and not more than ninety (90) days
notice  to the  Tenant.  If the  Landlord  elects  to  terminate  this  Lease as
aforesaid, the Tenant shall have the right, to be exercised by written notice to
the landlord  within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice of  termination,
to withdraw the request for consent to the proposed Transfer,  in which case the
Tenant shall not proceed with such Transfer,  the notice of termination shall be
null  and void and this  Lease  shall  continue  in full  force  and  effect  in
accordance with its terms.

         If the Landlord  consents to a Transfer,  the  Landlord  shall have the
following rights:

         (a)      to require  the Tenant to enter into an  agreement  in writing
                  and under seal to  implement  all  amendments  to the Lease to
                  give  effect  to the  Landlord's  exercise  of  its  foregoing
                  rights; and

         (b)      to require the Transferee to enter into an agreement  directly
                  with the  Landlord  to perform  and  observe all the terms and
                  conditions of the Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

         Whether or not the Landlord  consents to any request to  Transfer,  the
Tenant shall pay reasonable  costs  incurred by the Landlord in considering  any
request for  consent to  Transfer  and in  completing  any of the  documentation
involved in implementing such Transfer.

         PROVIDED  FURTHER that,  notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this
Article  7.01 to the  contrary,  neither  the  Transfer  nor the  taking  of any
documentation  in relation  thereto shall affect the obligation of the Tenant to
perform and observe all of the terms and conditions in this Lease to be observed
and performed by the Tenant.

                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>


7.02     Control of Corporation

         If the Tenant is a corporation,  other than a corporation the shares of
which are listed on any  recognized  stock  exchange,  effective  control of the
corporation  shall not be changed directly or indirectly by a sale,  encumbrance
or other  disposition of shares or otherwise  howsoever  without first obtaining
the written consent of the Landlord;  provided that the Landlord's consent shall
not be  required  for  any  sale or  other  disposition  of  shares  by  present
shareholders  to and between  themselves or in the event of any  transmission of
shares on death and provided  further that the  Landlord's  consent shall not be
unreasonably  withheld where control of the Tenant is to pass to a subsidiary or
parent of the Tenant.

7.03     Assignment by Landlord

         The  Landlord  may  assign  all or part of its  interest  in this Lease
without the Tenant's knowledge or consent.


                                   ARTICLE 8
                                   Insurance

8.01     Tenant to Insure

         The Tenant,  at its sole cost and  expense,  shall take out and keep in
force during the Term, standard fire and extended coverage, and malicious damage
insurance on the stock-in-trade,  furniture,  fixtures,  glass, improvements and
all other contents of the Leased Premises to their full  replacement  value, and
comprehensive  general  liability  insurance  in an amount of not less than five
million dollars  ($5,000,000) and tenant's fire legal liability insurance all in
amounts and with policies in a form  satisfactory  to the Landlord with insurers
acceptable  to the  Landlord.  Each such  policy  shall name the  Landlord as an
additional  insured as its  interest  may appear and such  comprehensive  public
liability insurance shall contain a provision for cross liability as between the
Landlord and the Tenant.  Each policy other than public liability policies shall
provide  that the insurer  shall not have any right of  subrogation  against the
Landlord,  its  servants,  agents or  employees on account of any loss or damage
covered by such  insurance or on account of payments  made to  discharge  claims
against or liabilities of the Landlord or Tenant covered by such insurance.  The
cost or premium for each and every such policy shall be paid by the Tenant.  The
Tenant shall  obtain from the  insurers  under such  policies,  undertakings  to
notify  the  Landlord  in  writing  at  least  thirty  (30)  days  prior  to any
cancellation or reduction in coverage  thereof.  If the Tenant fails to take out
or keep in force, or provide to the Landlord  proof, as hereafter  contemplated,
of such insurance,  the Landlord shall have the right to place such insurance on
behalf of the Tenant and to pay the  premium  therefor  and in such  event,  the
Tenant  shall repay to the Landlord the amount paid  therefor,  which  repayment
shall be deemed to be Additional Rent payable on the first day of the next month
following  the said payment by the  Landlord.  The Tenant  agrees to provide the
Landlord  with  current  copies of the  insurance  policies or  certificates  of
insurance as described herein.

8.02     Not to Affect Landlord's Insurance

         The Tenant  will not upon the Leased  Premises do or permit to be done,
or omit to do  anything  which  causes or has the effect of causing  the rate of
insurance  upon the  Development  or any part thereof to be increased and if the
insurance  rate shall be thereby  increased  by any  action of the  Tenant,  the
Tenant  shall pay to the  Landlord  on demand as  Additional  Rent the amount by
which the insurance premiums shall be so increased. The Tenant will not store or
permit to be stored  upon or in the Leased  Premises  anything  of a  dangerous,
inflammable  or  explosive  nature nor  anything  which would have the effect of
increasing the Landlord's  insurance costs or of leading to the  cancellation of
such  insurance.  It is agreed  that if any  insurance  policy  upon the  Leased
Premises  shall be cancelled by the insurer by reason of the use and  occupation
of the Leased  Premises  or any part  thereof by the Tenant or by any  assignee,
sub-tenant,  concessionaire or licensee of the Tenant, or by anyone permitted by
the Tenant to be upon the Leased  Premises,  the  Landlord  may,  at its option,
forthwith enter upon the Leased Premises and rectify the situation  causing such
cancellation  or rate increase,  and the Tenant shall forthwith on demand pay to
the Landlord the costs of the Landlord  related to such  rectification  together
with a supervisory fee of twenty (20%) percent of such cost and with interest on
the  aggregate  of the  foregoing  from  the date  funds  were  expended  by the
Landlord.

8.03     Landlord to Insure

         The Landlord  shall  throughout  the Term,  carry fire  insurance  with
normal  coverage  endorsements  in respect  of the  buildings  and  improvements
forming part of the  Development  (but  excluding the Tenant's  trade  fixtures,
merchandise,  stock-in-trade,  furniture or any other improvements  installed in
the Leased  Premises by or on behalf of the Tenant  including the Tenant's Work)
in an amount not less than  ninety  (90)  percent of the full  replacement  cost
(excluding  the  cost  of  foundations,   footings,  underground  utilities  and
architects and other fees  associated  with these items) from time to time, on a
stated amount basis,  provided that such  insurance,  without further consent or
notice to the Tenant, may not have  a  deductible  amount,  provided  that  such
deductible  amount  shall not exceed  three (3%)  percent of the amount  insured
under such policy or policies.  The Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to,
carry such other insurance  including public liability insurance and rental loss
insurance  related to the Lands or such risks and perils in relation  thereto or
the Landlord's interest

                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>


derived therein as the Landlord may so determine. All such insurance so obtained
by the  Landlord  shall be for the sole  benefit of the  Landlord and the Tenant
shall be entitled to no interest therein or benefit thereof.


                                   ARTICLE 9
                               Tenant Alterations

9.01     Painting, Decorating and Alterations


         The Tenant may,  provided it first obtains the consent of the Landlord,
at any  time  and from  time to time at its  expense,  paint  and  decorate,  in
accordance  with the manner  and  standard  referred  to in  Article  5.01,  the
interior of the Leased  Premises and make such changes,  alterations,  additions
and  improvements  in and to the Leased  Premises as will in the judgment of the
Tenant  better  adapt the Leased  Premises  for the  purposes  of its  business;
provided,  however, that no changes,  alterations,  additions or improvements to
the  structure,   any  perimeter  wall,  the  sprinkler  system,   the  heating,
ventilating,  air-conditioning,  plumbing, electrical or mechanical equipment or
the concrete  floor or the roof shall be made without the prior written  consent
of the Landlord,  and without the use of contractors or other qualified  workmen
approved by the Landlord. All changes, alterations,  additions and improvements,
whether  structural  or otherwise,  shall be carried out in accordance  with the
reasonable  requirements  or rules of the  Landlord  and shall  comply  with all
applicable statutes, regulations or bylaws of any municipal, provincial or other
governmental authority. As part of the process of the Landlord's examination and
approval of the Tenant's plans and specifications, materials may, in addition to
being  submitted to the  Landlord's  Architect,  be submitted by the Landlord to
other  architects,   engineers,  and  special  consultants,   and  progress  and
completion of the work may require supervision and/or inspection by the Landlord
or any of the foregoing  persons on behalf of the  Landlord.  Any fees and costs
incurred by the Landlord in relation to the foregoing will be paid by the Tenant
to the Landlord within fifteen (15) days of billing. The Tenant shall pay to the
Landlord the amount of the increase for any  insurance  coverage of the Landlord
directly  attributable  to any  action  by the  Tenant as  hereinbefore  in this
Article 9.01 provided and the Tenant  covenants  that such  insurance  shall not
thereby be made liable to avoidance or  cancellation by the insurer by reason of
such changes, alterations, additions or improvements.

9.02     Landlord's Property

         At the expiration of the Term all changes,  alterations,  additions and
improvements  made to or installed upon or in the Leased  Premises  whether made
pursuant to this Article 9 or otherwise and which in any manner are attached in,
to on or under the floors,  walls or ceilings  (other  than  unattached  movable
trade  fixtures)  shall remain upon and be  surrendered to the Landlord with the
Leased Premises as part thereof, without disturbance,  molestation or injury and
shall be and become the absolute property of the Landlord without any payment or
indemnity  by the  Landlord or any third party to the Tenant or any other party.
Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions of this Article 9.02, unless the Lease
has been  terminated  pursuant to Article  5.08(a) the Landlord may by notice in
writing  require  the  Tenant  to remove  the  aforesaid  changes,  alterations,
additions and  improvements in whole or in part, in which event the Tenant shall
remove the same and restore to the extent so requested  that Leased  Premises to
the state in which they were  prior to the  commencement of any of the  Tenant's
Work and shall  make good any  damage or injury  caused to the  Leased  Premises
resulting from such  installation and removal,  reasonable wear and tear and the
Landlord's repair obligations only excepted. The obligations of the Tenant under
this Article 9.02 shall survive the expiration of the Term.

9.03     Prohibitions

         The Tenant, its employees,  agents and  representatives,  are expressly
prohibited  from entering  upon the roof of the Building or any Other  Buildings
for any reason  whatsoever.  The Tenant shall not make any repairs,  openings or
additions  to any part of the  exterior  of the Leased  Premises,  nor place any
attachments,  decorations,  signs or  displays in or upon any Common Area or the
exterior  of  the  Leased  Premises  failing  which  the  Tenant  will  be  held
responsible for all ensuing costs and damages whether to remove such items or to
effect repairs needed as a result of such acts and shall pay the cost thereof to
the  Landlord  forthwith  on  demand  together  with  a  supervisory  fee to the
Landlordof  twenty  (20%)  percent  of such  cost as  well  as  interest  on the
aggregate of the foregoing from the date funds are so expended by the Landlord.

9.04     No Liens

         The Tenant covenants with the Landlord that it will not permit,  do, or
cause  anything  to be  done  to  the  Leased  Premises  during  the  period  of
construction  and  fixturing  of the Leased  Premises or at any time which would
allow  any  lien,  lis  pendens,  judgment  or  certificate  of any court or any
mortgage,  charge or  encumbrance  of any nature  whatsoever to be imposed or to
remain  upon  the  Leased  Premises  or the  Development.  In the  event  of the
registration of any lien or other encumbrance as aforesaid,  the Tenant shall at
its own expense  immediately cause the same to be discharged.  Should the Tenant
fail to discharge  such lien or  encumbrance  within two (2) days of notice from
the  Landlord so to do, the  Landlord  shall be at liberty to pay and  discharge
such lien or  encumbrance  and any amount so paid by the Landlord  together with
any disbursements and costs incurred by the Landlord on a solicitor-client basis
together with interest on any such amounts from the date of  expenditure of such
funds by the Landlord shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord forthwith.

                                     - 11 -

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 10
                           Public Utilities and Taxes

10.01    Public Utilities, Business Tax and Machinery Tax

         The Tenant shall pay and discharge as the same fall due all charges for
utilities  provided  to or  consumer  on the  Leased  Premises  during  the Term
including telephone  installations,  water,  electrical power, gas and telephone
charges metered separately or charged separately by the authority  providing the
same to the Leased  Premises as well as any charges of any such authority  based
thereon for  treatment  or other  facilities  and all other  charges  similar in
nature, and shall also pay and discharge as the same fall due all business taxes
and rates, floor space and personal property taxes, licence fees or similar fees
which may be imposed by any municipal, legislative or other authority in respect
of the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises or any personal  property situate
thereon  or in  respect  of any  fixtures,  machinery,  equipment  or  apparatus
installed  in the  Leased  Premises  (or  elsewhere  in the  Development  by the
Tenant).

         PROVIDED ALWAYS that if any of the aforesaid  utilities are provided to
the Leased  Premises  through a common  metering  device or on any other  shared
basis with any other  premises or portions of the  Building or the  Development,
the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord  forthwith on demand,  from time to time by
the Landlord, the Tenant's share of the cost thereof based on such allocation as
the  Landlord  may  reasonably  determine  in relation to the other  premises or
portions of the Building or the Development being so served.

10.02    Payment of Real Property Taxes by Landlord

         The  Landlord  shall,  without  derogating  from  any of  the  Tenant's
obligations  with respect to payment of Additional Rent, pay or cause to be paid
when due to the municipality or other taxing authorities having jurisdiction all
Real Property Taxes, PROVIDED ALWAYS that the Landlord may postpone such payment
to the extent  permitted by law if pursuing in good faith any appeal against the
imposition thereof.

10.03    Increase in Real Property Taxes Attributable to Tenant

         The Tenant shall from time to time if requested by the Landlord, pay to
the  Landlord  forthwith  on demand  by the  Landlord,  an  amount  equal to any
increase  in the amount of Real  Property  Taxes by reason of any  installation,
alteration,  or use made in or to the Leased  Premises  by or for the benefit of
the Tenant or any party claiming by or through the Tenant

10.04    Goods and Services Tax

         Despite any other section or clause of this Lease, the Tenant shall pay
to the  Landlord  upon demand an amount  equal to any and all Goods and Services
Tax, it being the  intention  of the parties  that the  Landlord  shall be fully
reimbursed  by the Tenant with  respect to any and all Goods and Services Tax at
the full tax rate  applicable  from time to time in respect of the Rent  payable
for the lease of the Leased Premises  pursuant to this Lease.  The amount of the
Goods and  Services  Tax so  payable by the Tenant  shall be  calculated  by the
Landlord in accordance with the applicable  legislation and shall be paid to the
Landlord  at the same time as the amounts to which such Goods and  Services  Tax
apply and is  payable  to the  Landlord  under  the terms of this  Lease or upon
demand at such other time or times as the Landlord from time to time determines.
Despite  any other  section or clause in this Lease,  the amount  payable by the
Tenant  under this  paragraph  shall be deemed not to be Rent,  but the Landlord
shall have all of the same remedies for and rights of recovery of such amount as
it has for recovery of Rent under this Lease.  As referred to herein  "Goods and
Services Tax" means the tax imposed under part IX of the Excise Tax Act (Canada)
or any similar tax  hereafter  imposed in  substitution  therefor or in addition
thereto.


                                   ARTICLE 11
                      Exclusion of Liability and Indemnity

11.01    Exclusion of Liability

             It is agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant that:

         (a)      the Landlord, its agents,  servants and employees shall not be
                  liable  for  damage or injury to any  property  of the  Tenant
                  which is entrusted to the care or control of the Landlord, its
                  agents, servants or employees;

         (b)      the Landlord, its agents,  servants and employees shall not be
                  liable  nor  responsible  in  any  way  for  any  personal  or
                  consequential  injury  of any  nature  whatsoever  that may be
                  suffered or  sustained by the Tenant or any  employee,  agent,
                  customer,  invitee  or  licensee  of the  Tenant  or any other
                  person who may be upon the Leased  Premises or the Development
                  or for  any  loss  of or  damage  or  injury  to any  property
                  belonging  to the Tenant or to its  employees  or to any other
                  person  while such  property is on the Leased  Premises or the
                  Development   and,  in   particular   (without   limiting  the
                  generality of the

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>


                  foregoing)  the Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or
                  damages of any nature  whatsoever to any such property  caused
                  by the failure by reason of a  breakdown  or other  cause,  to
                  supply adequate drainage, snow or ice removal, or by reason of
                  the  interruption  of any  public utility or service or in the
                  event that steam,  water, rain or snow may leak into, issue or
                  flow  from any  part of the  Development  or from  the  water,
                  steam,  sprinkler,  or drainage  pipes or  plumbing  works the
                  same,  or from  another  place or  quarter  or for any  damage
                  caused by any thing  done or omitted  by any  tenant,  but the
                  Landlord  shall,  after  notice  of the same  and  where it is
                  within its obligation so to do, use all  reasonable  diligence
                  to remedy such  condition,  failure or interruption of service
                  when not directly or  indirectly  attributable  to the Tenant,
                  and the Tenant shall not be entitled to any  abatement of Rent
                  in respect of any such  condition,  failure or interruption of
                  service; and

         (c)      the Landlord, its agents,  servants,  employees or contractors
                  shall not be liable  for any  damage  suffered  to the  Leased
                  Premises or the  contents  thereof by reason of the  Landlord,
                  its agents,  servants,  employees or contractors entering upon
                  the Leased  Premises to undertake any  examination  thereof or
                  any work therein or in the case of an emergency.

11.02    Indemnification

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary,  the
Tenant shall:

         (a)      be liable to the Landlord for; and

         (b)      indemnify  and  hold   harmless  the  Landlord,   its  agents,
                  advisors, servants and employees from and against:

any and all liabilities,  claims, suits or actions,  costs, damages and expenses
(and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any direct losses, costs,
damages  and  expenses of the  Landlord  including  costs on a  solicitor-client
basis) which may be brought or made against the Landlord,  or which the Landlord
may pay or incur as a result of or in connection with:

         (c)      any breach,  violation  or  non-performance  of any  covenant,
                  condition or  agreement in this Lease set forth and  contained
                  on the part of the Tenant to be fulfilled,  kept, observed and
                  performed;

         (d)      any damage to property,  including  property of the  Landlord,
                  occasioned by the  operations of the Tenant's  business on, or
                  the Tenant's occupation of, the Leased Premises; or

         (e)      any injury to person or persons,  including death resulting at
                  any  time  therefrom,  occasioned  by  the  operation  of  the
                  Tenant's  business  on, or the  Tenant's  occupation  of,  the
                  Leased Premises;

such indemnity and hold harmless to survive the expiration of the Term.


                                   ARTICLE 12
                         Landlord's Rights and Remedies

12.01    Default

         If and whenever:

         (a)      the Rent hereby  reserved,  or any part  thereof,  be not paid
                  when due, or there is  non-payment  of any other sum which the
                  Tenant is obligated to pay under any  provisions  hereof,  and
                  such default shall  continue for ten (10) days after notice by
                  the Landlord requiring the Tenant to rectify the same;

         (b)      the Term or any goods,  chattels,  equipment or other personal
                  property  of the  Tenant,  shall be taken  or be  exigible  in
                  execution or attachment, or if a writ of execution shall issue
                  against the Tenant;

         (c)      the  Tenant  shall  become  insolvent  or  commit  any  act of
                  bankruptcy  or become  bankrupt or take the benefit of any Act
                  that maybe in force for  bankrupt  or  insolvent  debtors,  or
                  become  involved  in a  winding-up  proceeding,  voluntary  or
                  otherwise,  or  if a  receiver  shall  be  appointed  for  the
                  business,  property,  affairs or revenues of the Tenant, or if
                  any  governmental  authority  should  take  possession  of the
                  business or property of the Tenant;

                                     - 13 -

<PAGE>


         (d)      the  Tenant  shall  fail to  commence  business  actively  and
                  diligently  from and on the Leased Premises within thirty (30)
                  days after the Commencement Date;

         (e)      the  Tenant  shall  make a bulk  sale of its  goods or move or
                  commence,  attempt or threaten to move its goods, chattels and
                  equipment  out of  the  Leased  Premises  (other  than  in the
                  routine course of its business) or shall,  for a period of ten
                  (10)  consecutive  days (without the prior written  consent of
                  the  Landlord),  fail to  conduct  business  from  the  Leased
                  Premises;

         (f)      the Tenant  shall  vacate or abandon  the Leased  Premises  in
                  whole or in part;

         (g)      the Tenant  shall  transfer or purport to Transfer any portion
                  or all of the Term of the Leased Premises  without the written
                  consent  of  the  Landlord  or  control  of  the  Tenant  if a
                  corporation  is changed  without the prior written  consent of
                  the Landlord,  in either case as required  pursuant to Article
                  7;

         (h)      the Tenant shall fail to remedy any  condition  giving rise to
                  cancellation, threatened cancellation, reduction or threatened
                  reduction of any insurance  policy on the  Development  or any
                  part  thereof  within  twenty-four  (24)  hours  after  notice
                  thereof by the Landlord; or

         (i)      the Tenant  shall not  observe,  perform and keep any other of
                  the  covenants,  agreements,   provisions,   stipulations  and
                  conditions  herein to be observed,  performed  and kept by the
                  Tenant  and shall  persist in such  failure  for ten (10) days
                  after notice by the Landlord requiring that the Tenant remedy,
                  correct,  desist or comply (or in the case of any such  breach
                  which  reasonably  would  require  more  than ten (10) days to
                  rectify unless the Tenant shall commence  rectification within
                  the said  ten (10) day  period  and  thereafter  promptly  and
                  diligently and continuously  proceed with the rectification of
                  the breach);

then and in any of such cases at the option of the Landlord,  the full amount of
the  current  month's  and  the  next  ensuing  three  (3)  month's  Rent  shall
immediately  become due and  payable as  Additional  Rent and the  Landlord  may
immediately  distrain for the same,  together with any arrears then unpaid;  and
the Landlord may without notice or any form of legal process forthwith  re-enter
upon and take  possession of the Leased Premises or any part thereof in the name
of the whole and remove and sell the Tenant's goods, chattels, equipment and any
other  property   therefrom,   any  rule  of  law  or  equity  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding;  and the  Landlord  may seize and sell  such  goods,  chattels,
equipment and other  property of the Tenant as are in the Leased  Premises or at
any place to which the Tenant or any other  person may have  removed them in the
same  manner  as if they had  remained  and  been  distrained  upon  the  Leased
Premises; and such sale may be effected in the discretion of the Landlord either
by public  auction or by  private  treaty,  and either in bulk or by  individual
item,  or partly by one means and partly by another,  all as the Landlord in its
entire discretion may decide, and the Tenant waives and renounces the benefit of
any present or future statute or amendments  thereto taking away or limiting the
Landlord's right of distress.

12.02    Consequences of Default

         If and  whenever  the  Landlord  is  entitled  to  re-enter  the Leased
Premises,  the Landlord may terminate  this Lease and the Term by giving written
notice of  termination  to the Tenant or by posting notice of termination in the
Leased  Premises,  and in such  event  the  Tenant  will  forthwith  vacate  and
surrender the Leased Premises. Alternatively, the Landlord may from time to time
without terminating the Tenant's  obligations under this Lease, make alterations
and repairs considered by the Landlord necessary to facilitate a sub-letting and
sub-let the Leased  Premises or any part thereof as agent of the Tenant for such
term or terms and at such rent or rents and upon such other terms and conditions
as the Landlord in its sole discretion considers advisable. Upon each subletting
all rent and other monies received by the Landlord from the sub-letting shall be
applied first to the payment of indebtedness  other than Rent due hereunder from
the Tenant to the  Landlord,  second to the payment of costs and expenses of the
sub-letting  including  brokerage  fees  and  solicitors  fees  and the  cost of
alterations  and  repairs,  and  third to the  payment  of Rent  due and  unpaid
hereunder.  The  residue,  if any,  shall be held by the Landlord and applied in
payment of future Rent as it becomes due and payable.  If the Rent received from
the sub-letting  during a month and any surplus then held by the Landlord to the
credit of the Tenant is less than the Rent to be paid  during  that month by the
Tenant, the Tenant will pay the deficiency to the Landlord.  The deficiency will
be calculated and paid monthly. No re-entry by the Landlord will be construed as
an election on its part to terminate  this Lease unless a written notice of that
termination is given to the Tenant or posted as aforesaid.  Despite a subletting
without termination,  the Landlord may elect at any time to terminate this Lease
for a previous  breach.  If the Landlord so  terminates  this Lease,  the Tenant
shall pay to the Landlord on demand therefor:

         (a)      Basic Rent and  Additional  Rent accrued due up to the time of
                  re-entry or  termination,  whichever  is later,  plus the next
                  three (3) months' Rent payable as Additional  Rent as provided
                  in Article 12.01;

         (b)      all costs payable by the Tenant  pursuant to the provisions of
                  this  Lease up  until  the date of  re-entry  or  termination,
                  whichever is later;

                                     - 14 -

<PAGE>


         (c)      such  expenses as the  Landlord  may incur or has  incurred in
                  connection with re-entering or terminating and re-letting,  or
                  collecting sums due or payable by the Tenant or realizing upon
                  assets  seized  including  brokage  expenses,  legal  fees and
                  disbursements  determined  on  a  full  indemnity  basis,  and
                  including  the expense of keeping the Leased  Premises in good
                  order and repairing or  maintaining  the same or preparing the
                  Leased Premises for re-letting; and

         (d)      as liquidated damages for the loss of Rent and other income of
                  the Landlord expected to be derived from this Lease during the
                  period which would have  constituted the unexpired  portion of
                  the Term had the Lease not been so terminated,  the amount, if
                  any, by which the rental value of the Lease  Premises for such
                  period established by reference to the terms and provisions of
                  this Lease exceeds the rental value of the Leased Premises for
                  such  period   established  by  reference  to  the  terms  and
                  provisions  upon  which  the  Landlord  relets  them,  if such
                  re-letting  is  accomplished  within a  reasonable  time after
                  termination of this Lease, and otherwise with reference to all
                  market and other relevant circumstances. Rental value is to be
                  computed  in each  case by  reducing  to  present  worth at an
                  assumed  interest rate of ten percent (10%) per annum all Rent
                  and other amounts to become  payable for such period and where
                  the  ascertainment  of amounts to become payable  requires the
                  same, the Landlord may make estimates and  assumptions of fact
                  which  will  govern  unless  shown  to  be   unreasonable   or
                  erroneous;

such obligations of the Tenant to survive the expiration of the Term.

12.03    Non-Waiver

         The failure of the Landlord to insist in any one or more cases upon the
strict  performance  of any of the  covenants  of this Lease or to exercise  any
option herein  contained shall not be construed as a waiver or a  relinquishment
for the  future of such  covenant  or option and the  acceptance  of Rent by the
Landlord  with  knowledge  of the  breach  by the  Tenant  of any  covenants  or
conditions  of this Lease  shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such breach and
no waiver by the  Landlord  of any  provisions  of this Lease shall be deemed to
have been made unless expressed in writing by the Landlord.

12.04    Right of Landlord to Perform Tenant's Covenants

         If at any time and so often as the same shall happen,  the Tenant shall
make default in the observance or  performance of any of the Tenant's  covenants
herein contained,  then the Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, without
waiving or  releasing  the Tenant from its  obligations  under the terms of this
Lease,  itself observe and perform the covenant or covenants in respect of which
the Tenant is in default,  and in that  connection may pay such monies as may be
required or as the Landlord may  reasonably  deem expedient and the Landlord may
thereupon  charge all monies so paid and  expended by it to the Tenant  together
with interest  thereon from the date upon which the Landlord shall have paid out
the same;  provided however that if the Landlord  commences and completes either
the  performance  of any such  covenant or  covenants or any part  thereof,  the
Landlord  shall not be obliged to complete such  performance or be later obliged
to act in like fashion.

12.05    Time for Payment and Legal Costs

         Unless otherwise  expressly  provided in this Lease, all sums and costs
paid by the Landlord,  including  costs paid between  solicitor  and client,  on
account of any default by the Tenant  under this Lease,  shall be payable to the
Landlord by the Tenant  forthwith,  with interest  thereon at the rate aforesaid
from date of payment of such sums or costs by the Landlord.

         Unless  otherwise  expressly  provided in the Lease, all amounts (other
than Rent)  required to be paid by the Tenant to the  Landlord  pursuant to this
Lease shall be payable on demand at the place  designated  by the  Landlord  for
payment of Rent and if not so paid within ten (10) days of such demand  shall be
treated as Rent in arrears and the Landlord may, in addition to any other remedy
it may have for the  recovery of the same,  distrain  for the amount  thereof as
Rent in arrears.

12.06    Remedies Cumulative

         All rights and remedies of the Landlord in this Lease  contained  shall
be cumulative and not alternative and are not dependent the one on the other and
mention of any  particular  remedy or remedies of the Landlord in respect of any
default by the Tenant shall not  preclude the Landlord  from any other remedy in
respect thereof,  whether available at law or in equity or as expressly provided
for herein.

                                     - 15 -

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 13
                      Mortgages and Assignment by Landlord

13.01    Sale or Financing of Development

         The Landlord may sell, transfer, lease, mortgage, encumber or otherwise
dispose  of the  Development  or any  portion  thereof  or any  interest  of the
Landlord  therein,  in every case  without the  consent of the  Tenant,  and the
rights of the Landlord under this Lease may be mortgaged,  charged,  transferred
or assigned in conjunction therewith.  The Tenant acknowledges that in the event
of the  sale  or  lease  by the  Landlord  of the  lands  or a  portion  thereof
containing  the Leased  Premises or the assignment by the Landlord of this Lease
or of any  interest  of the  Landlord  hereunder,  to the  extent  that any such
purchaser,  lessee or assignee has assumed the covenants and  obligations of the
Landlord hereunder,  the Landlord shall,  without further written agreement,  be
freed and relieved of liability upon such covenants and obligations.

13.02    Subordination and Acknowledgement

         This Lease shall at the option of the Landlord or the  mortgagee  under
any mortgage now or hereafter existing affecting the Development, exercisable at
any time and from  time to time by the  Landlord  or such  mortgagee,  be either
subject and  subordinate to such mortgage and  accordingly not binding upon such
mortgagee  or  alternatively  rank prior to such  mortgage  and  accordingly  be
binding upon such mortgagee. On request at any time and from time to time of the
Landlord or such  mortgagee,  the Tenant shall either  postpone and  subordinate
this Lease or any caveat  based  thereon  to such  mortgage  with the intent and
effect  that this  Lease and all  rights of the  Tenant  shall be subject to the
rights of such  mortgagee as fully as if the mortgage  (regardless of when made)
had been made prior to the making of this Lease, or  alternatively  to attorn to
such  mortgagee and become bound to it as its tenant of the Leased  Premises for
the then expired residue of the Term and upon the terms and conditions contained
in this Lease,  in each case as the  Landlord  or such  mortgagee  may  require.
Without limiting the foregoing (and notwithstanding that any previous attornment
or  subordination  in favour of such mortgagee shall have been given) the Tenant
shall  execute   promptly  the  appropriate   instrument  of  postponement   and
subordination or alternatively the appropriate instrument of attornment,  as the
case may be, in order to give effect to the foregoing.

13.03    Offset Statement

         Within ten (10) days following  request therefor by the Landlord,  from
time to time,  the Tenant  shall  execute  and  deliver to the  Landlord  and if
required by the Landlord, to any mortgagee, assignee, or transferee of the Lease
or the  Development,  a  certificate  in writing  as to the then  status of this
Lease,  including  whether  it is in full  force  and  effect,  as  modified  or
unmodified, confirming the Tent payable hereunder, the state of accounts between
the Landlord and the Tenant and the existence or  non-existence  of defaults and
any other matters  pertaining  to the Lease which the Landlord  shall request be
included in such certificate.

13.04    Registration

         The Tenant shall not without the consent of the Landlord  register this
Lease  against  title to the Lands.  The Tenant will, at the cost and expense of
the Tenant,  cause this Lease to be  registered  in the  appropriate  Land Title
Office in the Province of British  Columbia  upon the request of the Landlord in
the event that the Landlord  requires the same to be  registered  in priority to
any  mortgage,  trust  deed or  trust  indenture  which  may now or at any  time
hereafter  affect in whole or in part the Leased Premises or the Development and
the Tenant shall execute  promptly any certificate or other instrument which may
from time to time be requested by the Landlord to give effect to the  provisions
of this Article 13.04.


                                   ARTICLE 14
                               Overholding Tenant

14.01    No Tacit Renewal

         In the event the Tenant  remains in possession  of the Leased  Premises
after the end of the Term and without the execution and delivery of a new lease,
there shall be no tacit  renewal of this Lease and the Term  hereby  granted and
the Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying the Leased  Premises as a Tenant from
month to month on the terms and  conditions  contained  herein  except  that the
Basic  Rent  shall be one  hundred  and  fifty  percent  (150%)  of the  monthly
instalment  of Basic  Rent  required  to be paid  pursuant  to this Lease in the
immediately  preceding  Year  of  the  Term,  but  otherwise  on the  terms  and
conditions  of  this  Lease  which  shall  be  read  with  such  changes  as are
appropriate to a monthly tenancy; provided however that this provision shall not
authorize the Tenant to so overhold where the Landlord has objected to such over
holding or has required the Tenant to vacate the Leased Premises.

                                     - 16 -

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 15
                                Quiet Possession

15.01    Quiet Possession

         Upon the Tenant  paying the Rent hereby  reserved and all other charges
herein  provided  and  observing,  performing  and  keeping  the  covenants  and
agreements  herein  contained,  the Tenant shall and may  peaceably  possess and
enjoy the Leased  Premises  for the Term  granted  without any  interruption  or
disturbance  from the  Landlord or any person or persons  lawfully  claiming by,
from or under it.


                                   ARTICLE 16
                              Legal Relationships

16.01    No Partnership

         Nothing  contained  in this Lease nor in any acts of the  Landlord  and
Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed to create any relationship between
the parties hereto other than the relationship of Landlord and Tenant,  it being
expressly  provided  that  there is no  intention  to create a  relationship  of
partners or a joint venture.

16.02    Joint and Several Liability

         Should the Tenant  comprise two (2) or more persons,  each of them, and
not one for the other or others,  shall be jointly and severally  bound with the
other  or  others  for the due  performance  of the  obligations  of the  Tenant
hereunder.  Where  required by the context hereof the singular shall include the
plural and the  masculine  gender  shall  include  either the feminine or neuter
genders, as the case may be and vice versa.

16.03    Successors and Assigns

         This Lease and everything  herein  contained shall enure to the benefit
of and be binding  upon the parties  hereto,  to  successors  and assigns of the
Landlord, and the approved successors and assigns of the Tenant.


                                   ARTICLE 17
                                    Notices

17.01    Notices

         Any notices  herein  provided or permitted to be given by the Tenant to
the  Landlord  shall,  except in the event of actual or  threatened  mail strike
during  which time all  notices  must be  delivered,  be  sufficiently  given if
delivered or sent by registered  mail,  postage  prepaid,  posted within British
Columbia addressed to the Landlord at:

                          Bentall Property Management
                          3100 - Three Bentall Centre 
                          595 Burrard Street
                          P.O. Box 49001
                          Vancouver, B.C.
                          V7X 1B1

or to such other  address as might be designated in writing by the Landlord from
time to time,  and any notice  herein  provided or  permitted to be given by the
Landlord to the Tenant shall,  except in the event of actual or threatened  mail
strike during which time all notices must be delivered, be sufficiently given if
delivered  or mailed,  postage  prepaid  and  posted  within  British  Columbia,
addressed to the Tenant at the Leased Premises.

         Notice  given  as  aforesaid,  posted  in  British  Columbia,  shall be
conclusively  deemed to have been given on the third  business day following the
day on which such notice was mailed,  or if delivered,  on the date of delivery.
The  Landlord  may at any time  given in  writing  to the  Tenant of a change of
address  for the  Landlord  and from and after the  giving  of such  notice  the
address therein  specified shall be deemed to be the address of the Landlord for
the giving of notice hereunder. The word "notice" in this Article 17.01 shall be
deemed to include any request, statement, demand, or other writing in this Lease
provided or permitted to be given by the Landlord to the Tenant or by the Tenant
to the Landlord.

                                     - 17 -


<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 18
                                    General

18.01    Collateral Representations and Agreements

         The Tenant  acknowledges  that the Leased  Premises  are taken  without
representation  of any kind on the part of the  Landlord or its agent other than
as set forth  herein,  that the plans  attached  as  Schedule  "A" set forth the
general layout of the Building and shall not be deemed to be a representation or
agreement of the Landlord that the Building will be exactly as indicated on such
plans,  and that  nothing  contained  in the Lease shall be  construed  so as to
prevent the  Landlord  from  varying or altering the location or size of parking
areas,  driveways,  sidewalks or from erecting additional buildings or extending
buildings after the Commencement  Date and without  limiting the foregoing,  the
Landlord  shall  have  the  unrestricted  right to add  additional  lands to the
Development,  which upon such addition,  these additional lands will be included
within the  definition  of the Lands and  Development,  to construct  additional
buildings from time to time on the Lands,  add or change any building,  or alter
the ingress and egress to the Development and to change the loading or unloading
facilities  and  service  entrances  from time to time  without in any way being
responsible  to the Tenant,  provided only that the Landlord  shall at all times
provide  reasonable  access  to the  Leased  Premises  across  the Lands for the
Tenant, its employees, suppliers, agents, licencees and invitees. Subject to the
foregoing  and to the  obligations  of the  Landlord  to  maintain  at all times
adequate parking facilities, the Landlord may transfer or dispose of portions of
the Lands to the owners of  abutting  property,  or  dedicate or transfer to the
municipal  authorities  portions  of  the  Lands  for  road-widening  and  other
purposes,  and when and so often as the  Landlord  shall  dispose or transfer or
dedicate any portion of the Lands,  then the reference herein to the Lands shall
mean and refer to the portion of the Lands  remaining  after any such  transfer,
disposition or dedication  together with any adjacent land which may be acquired
by the Landlord on any such  transfer,  disposition  or  dedication.  The Tenant
further agrees that no representative of or agent of the Landlord is or shall be
authorized or permitted to make any representation with reference to this Lease,
or to vary or modify this Lease in any way, and that this Lease contains all the
agreements  and  conditions  made  between the  Landlord  and the Tenant  hereto
respecting  the Leased  Premises other than for any provisions of the Agreement,
if any, on which this Lease is based and which are  specifically  stated therein
to survive  the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Lease.  Any  addition  to or
alteration  of or change in this  Lease or other  agreements  hereafter  made or
conditions  created,  to be  binding,  must be made in writing and signed by the
Landlord and the Tenant.

18.02    Management of Development

         The Tenant  acknowledges  to the Landlord that the  Development  may be
managed by such party or parties as the Landlord may in writing designate and to
all intents and  purposes the manager of the  Development  shall be the party at
the Development authorized to deal with the Tenant on behalf of the Landlord.

18.03    Time of the Essence  

         Time shall be of the essence of this Lease. 

18.04    Unavoidable Delays

         In the event that the Landlord shall be delayed,  hindered or prevented
from the performance of any covenant hereunder by Force Majeure, the performance
of such covenant  shall be excused for the period during which such  performance
is rendered  impossible and the time for  performance  thereof shall be extended
accordingly,  but this shall not excuse  the Tenant  from the prompt  payment of
Rent or any other amount  required to be paid by the Tenant under the provisions
of this Lease.

18.05    Accord and Satisfaction

         No payment  by the Tenant  hereunder  or receipt by the  Landlord  of a
lesser  amount  than the payment of Basic Rent or  Additional  Rent or any other
payments  herein  stipulated  shall be deemed to be other than on account of the
stipulated  sum,  nor shall any  endorsement  or  statement on any cheque or any
letter  accompanying any cheque or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction,
and the  Landlord  may accept such cheque or payment  without  prejudice  to the
Landlord's  right to recover the balance due or pursue any other remedy provided
in this Lease.

18.06    Competition Act

         No provision of this Lease is intended to apply or to be enforceable to
the extent that it might give rise to any offence under the Competition Act, RSC
1970 Chapter 23 or any statute that may be substituted therefor, as from time to
time amended.

18.07    Covenants

         Each of the terms and  conditions  of this  Lease to be  performed  and
observed by the Tenant or by the  Landlord,  as the case may be, is and shall be
construed  as a covenant  of the party so  required  to perform  and observe the
same.

                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

18.08    Consent or Approval of Landlord

         Wherever  and  whenever  the  consent,  approval or  permission  of the
Landlord  is required  by the Tenant  pursuant  to the terms of this Lease,  and
unless  otherwise  specifically  provided,  the Landlord shall have the right to
withhold or grant such consent, approval or permission in its sole and arbitrary
discretion.  Such  consent,  approval  or  permission  must be in  writing to be
effective,  and such consent,  approval or permissions must be obtained prior to
the taking of the action to which the same refers.

18.09    For Lease Signs

         The Landlord shall have the right during the last six (6) months of the
Term to place  upon the  Leased  Premises,  a notice  of  reasonable  dimensions
stating that the Leased  Premises are for lease and the Tenant shall not obscure
or remove such notice or permit the same to be obscured or removed.

18.10    The Commercial Tenancy Act

         Each of the Landlord and the Tenant  waives any and all  provisions  of
the  Commercial  Tenancy  Act  (British  Columbia)  or any  statute  that may be
substituted therefore, as from time to time amended, to the extent that the same
are inconsistent with or conflict with the terms and conditions of this Lease.

18.11    No Exclusivity

         This Lease shall not in any way be construed as giving to or conferring
upon the Tenant any rights to carry on any  business or  undertaking  in or from
the Leased Premises to the exclusion of third parties in the Development.

18.12    Schedules
         
         Any and all  schedules  attached  hereto are deemed to be  incorporated
into and form part hereof.

18.13    Applicable Law

         This Lease shall be governed by and  construed in  accordance  with the
laws in force in the Province of British Columbia.

18.14    Headings

         The index and headings in this Lease are inserted  for  convenience  of
reference  only and shall  not  affect  the  construction  of this  Lease or any
provision hereof.

18.15    Tenant's Acceptance

         The Tenant hereby  accepts the Lease of the Leased  Premises to be held
by the Tenant,  subject to the conditions,  restrictions and covenants set forth
herein

18.16    Arbitration

         If at any time the parties herein are unable within the time specified,
or if no time is specified,  then within a reasonable time to reach agreement on
any matter which is to be settled by mutual agreement, then such matter shall be
submitted  and  referred  to a  single  arbitrator  pursuant  to the  Commercial
Arbitration Act of British  Columbia,  whose decision shall be final and binding
on the parties hereto.

18.17    Severability

         Should  any  provision  of this  Lease  be  unenforceable  it  shall be
considered  separate and severable  from the remaining  provision of this Lease,
which shall remain in force and be binding as though the said  provision had not
been included.

                                   ARTICLE 19
                                  Definitions

         In this Lease,  the following  words,  phrases and expressions are used
with the meanings described as follows:

19.01    "Additional Rent" for a Lease Year or portion thereof means in addition
to the Basic Rent all other amounts which shall become due and payable hereunder
by the Tenant to the Landlord and  includes the amounts  which is the  aggregate
of:

         (i)      the Tenant's Proportionate Share of the HVAC Costs,


                                     - 19 -

<PAGE>

         (ii)     the Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Building Operation and
                  Maintenance Costs,

         (iii)    the Tenant's  Proportionate Share of the Development Operation
                  and Maintenance Costs, and

         (iv)     the Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Tax Cost.

In each case the items  comprising or being deducted from the aforesaid Costs or
Cost are to be allocated to such Lease Year by the Landlord in  accordance  with
generally  accepted  accounting  practice,  provided that if the Term  commences
other than at the beginning of a Lease Year or ends other than at the conclusion
of a Lease Year a pro rata  adjustment  of the  aforesaid  costs for such  Lease
Year  shall be made based on the length of the Term  falling  within  such Lease
Year,  provided further that the Tax Cost shall,  unless otherwise  specifically
stated in the  enabling  legislation  giving rise  thereto,  be deemed to accrue
equally  from day to day in the  calendar  year to which  the same  related  and
shall, if adjustment is required as aforesaid, be adjusted on that basis and not
on a straight pro rata basis as provided aforesaid.

19.02    "Area  of  Leased  Premises"  means  the  area of the  Leased  Premises
measured  from a  perpendicular  line drawn at right angles from the edge of the
roof to the ground for all exterior walls, doors and windows and from the centre
line of all  interior  walls  separating  the  Leased  Premises  from  adjoining
premises,  which area for all purposes of this Lease unless otherwise determined
by  recalculation  of  the  Landlord's  Architect  following  completion  of the
Tenant's Work or any subsequent construction by the Tenant is the area set forth
in Basic Term .01.

19.03    "Basic  Rent"  means  the  annual  rent  payable  by the  Tenant to the
Landlord in  accordance  with Article 2.01 for each Year of the Term,  being the
amount set forth in Basic Term .02.

19.04    "Basic  Term"  means  each  of  those  terms  defined  as  such  at the
commencement of this Lease.

19.05    "Building"  means the building in which the Leased Premises are located
as shown on Schedule "A" hereto.

19.06    "Building  Operation and Maintenance Costs" means all of the Landlord's
costs,  charges and expenses for  operating,  maintaining,  managing,  repairing
(excluding repairs of a structural nature),  rebuilding,  inspecting,  insuring,
supervising and administering the Building including the Common Areas and Common
Facilities of the Building, if any, and includes without limiting the generality
of the foregoing:

         (a)      the cost of lighting, heating,  ventilating,  air-conditioning
                  and  supplying   water  and  other  utilities  to  the  Common
                  Facilities  and  Common  Areas,  as  aforesaid;  cleaning  and
                  janitorial  services  relating  to the  Building;  repairs and
                  replacements  to the Building  other than  structural  repairs
                  required to be carried out by the Landlord pursuant to Article
                  5.06(a)  but  including  any  changes  made  to the  Building,
                  whether  or  not   structural  in  nature,   required  by  any
                  governmental or other agencies which regulate the operation of
                  the Development, insurance premiums for any insurance required
                  or  permitted  to be carried by the  Landlord  pursuant to the
                  terms of this Lease and related only to the Building;

         (b)      an  administration  fee to the Landlord equal to fifteen (15%)
                  percent of the aggregate of the aforesaid  costs,  charges and
                  expenses; and

         (c)      depreciation,  at rates determined by the Landlord, but not to
                  exceed  the  maximum  permitted  to  the  Landlord  under  the
                  provisions of the Income Tax Act, Canada, from time to time or
                  any  legislation  substituted  therefore on the  equipment and
                  machinery  employed in operating or  maintaining  repairing or
                  replacing  the Common  Areas or the Common  Facilities  of the
                  Building,  if any, and a carrying cost at the rate of two (2%)
                  percent  above  prime,  from  time to  time,  of the  Canadian
                  chartered bank designated by the Landlord on the undepreciated
                  portion of the costs of such equipment and machinery;

and there shall be excluded from such costs the following:

         (i)      payments  of  principal  and  interest  under any  mortgage or
                  mortgages on the Development; and

         (ii)     corporate,  income,  profits or excess  profits taxes assessed
                  upon the income of the Landlord;

and there  shall be  deducted  from such costs the amount of  proceeds  actually
recovered by the Landlord  from  insurance  and relating to damage,  the cost of
repair of which was included in Building Operation and Maintenance Costs.

                                      - 20-

<PAGE>
19.07    "Commencement Date" means the first day of October 1994.

19.08    "Common  Areas" means those areas located  either in the Building or on
the Lands but not in any Other  Building,  that are not  intended  for lease and
designated (which  designation may be changed from time to time) by the Landlord
as  Common  Areas  set  aside by the  Landlord  for the  common or joint use and
benefit of the Tenant,  its  employees,  customers and other  entities in common
with others  entitled to the use and benefit of such areas in the manner and for
the purposes established or altered pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

19.09    "Common  Facilities" means the electrical,  heating,  ventilating,  air
conditioning,  plumbing and  drainage  equipment,  any music and public  address
systems,  installations  and any  enclosures  constructed  therefor,  fountains,
service  rooms,  customer  and  service  stairways,  escalators,  signs,  lamps,
standards,  public  washroom  facilities  and all  other  facilities  which  are
provided and designated (and which designation may be changed from time to time)
by the Landlord for the common or joint use and benefit of the  occupants of the
Development.

19.10    "Development"  means the Lands,  Buildings,  Other    Buildings and all
buildings and improvements existing on the Lands from time to time.

19.11    "Development   Operation  and  Maintenance  Costs"  means  all  of  the
Landlord's  costs,  charges and expenses of  operating,  maintaining,  managing,
repairing,  rebuilding,  inspecting, insuring, supervising and administering the
Development, other than the Building or any Other Building, including the Common
Areas and the Common  Facilities and include without  limiting the generality of
the foregoing:

         (a)      the cost of lighting, heating,  ventilating,  air-conditioning
                  and  supplying  water and other  utilities to the Common Areas
                  and Common Facilities; cleaning, janitorial services, snow and
                  ice removal, striping or repairing parking areas; supervising,
                  policing  and  security;  painting,  planting or  landscaping,
                  operating and maintaining the garbage compaction equipment, if
                  any; the cost of maintaining,  repairing, replacing or leasing
                  the pylon signs and public address, intercom, music, and alarm
                  systems; repairs and replacements to the Development, business
                  taxes,  place of  business  taxes  and other  taxes  levied in
                  respect thereof or fairly  attributable to the Common Areas or
                  the Common  Facilities;  insurance  premiums for any insurance
                  required or permitted  to be carried by the Landlord  pursuant
                  to the terms of this Lease other than for the  Building or any
                  Other   Building;   supplies,   personnel  wages  and  payroll
                  expenses:

         (b)      an  administration  fee to the Landlord equal to fifteen (15%)
                  percent of the aggregate of the aforesaid  costs,  charges and
                  expenses; and
                         
         (c)      depreciation,  at rates determined by the Landlord, but not to
                  exceed  the  maximum  permitted  to  the  Landlord  under  the
                  provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada) from time to time or
                  any  legislation  substituted  therefor,  on the equipment and
                  machinery  employed in  operating,  maintaining,  repairing or
                  replacing  the  Common  Areas or the Common  Facilities  and a
                  carrying  cost at the rate of two (2%)  percent  above  prime,
                  from time to time, of the Canadian  chartered bank  designated
                  by the Landlord,  on the undepreciated portion of the costs of
                  such equipment and machinery;

and there shall be excluded from such costs the following:


         (i)      payments of  principal  and  interest  under any  mortgage or
                  mortgages on the development;

         (ii)     corporate,  income,  profits or excess  profits taxes assessed
                  upon the income of the Landlord; and

         (iii)    Building Operation and Maintenance Costs; 

and there  shall be  deducted  from such costs the amount of  proceeds  actually
recovered by the Landlord  from  insurance  and relating to damage,  the cost of
repair of which was included in Development Operation and Maintenance costs.

19.12  "Force  Majeure"  means any cause  beyond  the  control  of the  Landlord
delaying,  hindering  or  preventing  the  Landlord  from  performing  any term,
covenant or act required  hereunder and,  without limiting the generality of the
foregoing,  includes lock-outs  (including  lock-outs decreed or recommended for
its members by a recognized contractors'  association of which the Landlord is a
member or to which the Landlord is otherwise bound),  strikes,  labour disputes,
inability to procure  materials or services,  restrictive  governmental  laws or
regulations, fire, act of God, riots, insurrection, sabotage, rebellion and war.

19.13  "Gross  Leaseable  Area" means the  aggregate  floor area  (expressed  in
square meters or square feet),  from time to time,  determined by the Landlord's
Architect  of all  premises  leased to or  intended  to be leased to tenants and
located within the area to which the measurement is being applied.

                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>
19.14    "HVAC Costs" includes with respect to the Building:

         (a)      all  of  the  Landlord's   costs,   charges  and  expenses  of
                  operating,  maintaining,  managing,  replacing,  repairing and
                  supervising  the  apparatus for heating,  ventilating  and air
                  conditioning  installed  in the  Building,  from time to time,
                  other  than those part of such  apparatus  installed  by or on
                  behalf of the Tenant or any other tenant (the "HVAC  System");
                  and

         (b)      an  administrative  fee equal to fifteen  (15%) percent of the
                  total of the  costs,  charges  and  expenses  incurred  by the
                  Landlord under the preceding provision of this definition;

19.15    "Landlord's Architect" means an architect or engineer from time to time
selected  by the  Landlord  for the  purpose  of  making  any  certification  or
determination in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

19.16    "Landlord's Work" means the work specified in Schedule "B" hereto.

19.17    "Lands"  means  those  lands  located in the City of  Richmond,  in the
Province of British Columbia legally described as:

          Firstly:  Parcel Identifier 003-406-385 and 003-406-407
                    Lots l and 2                                 
                    Section 32                                   
                    Block 5 North, Range 5 West                  
                    New Westminster District, Plan 71192         
                    
          Secondly: Parcel Identifier 006-280-595        
                    Lot B, Section 32,                   
                    Block 5 North, Range 5 West,         
                    New Westminster District, Plan 73672 
                                                         
          Thirdly:  Parcel Identifier 003-473-392           
                    Lot 7, Section 32,                      
                    Block 5 North, Range 5 West             
                    New Westminster District, Plan 64718    
                    


19.18    "Lease" means this agreement,  including any and all schedules attached
hereto as the same may be amended from time to time.

19.19    "Lease  Year" means each  calendar  year in which a portion of the Term
falls,  provided that the Landlord, if it deems the same convenient or necessary
for its  accounting  purposes,  may,  from time to time, by notice to the Tenant
alter the Lease Year to any other twelve (12) month period in which a portion of
the Term falls by specifying  an annual date,  being the first day of a calendar
month,  upon which a subsequent  Lease Year is to commence and in such event the
current Lease Year shall terminate on the day preceding the specified date.

19.20    "Leased Premises" means that portion of the Building outlined in red on
Schedule "A" hereto, subject to such minor variations as may occur in the course
of construction of the Building by the Landlord.

19.21    "Other Buildings" means any building or buildings existing on the Lands
from time to time  containing  premises that are leased or intended to be leased
to tenants, but excluding the Building.

19.22    "Permitted Use" means the use set forth in Basic Term .03.

19.23    "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest expressed as an annual rate, at
the relevant time or times,  determined by the Toronto-Dominion Bank at its main
branch in Vancouver, British Columbia, as a reference rate for commercial demand
loans to its major commercial  borrowers determined in Canadian dollars and made
by such bank in Canada and adjusted from time to time.

19.24 "Real  Property  Taxes" means all  general,  special,  local  improvement,
school and other taxes,  levies,  rates and charges levied,  assessed or imposed
against the Development or any part thereof and all business taxes, assessments,
rates and levies,  including any corporation  capital tax,  levied,  assessed or
imposed on the  Landlord  in  respect  of the  ownership  or  management  of the
Development by municipal or other  governmental  authority having  jurisdiction,
whether of a nature now or hereafter levied, assessed or imposed,  together with
the cost to the Landlord of  contesting,  appealing or  negotiating  the same in
good faith but  excluding  those  taxes and fees of the Tenant or other  tenants
referred to in Article 10.01 hereof.

19.25     "Rent" means Basic Rent and Additional Rent.

19.26     "Tax Cost" means the cost of Real Property Taxes.

19.27     "Tenant's Proportionate Share" means:

                                     - 22 -


<PAGE>


         (a)      in  relation  to each of Building  Operation  and  Maintenance
                  Costs  and  HVAC  Costs  the  proportion  that the Area of the
                  Leased  Premises  is  of  the  Gross  Leaseable  Area  of  the
                  Building; and

         (b)      in relation to Development  Operation and  Maintenance  Costs,
                  and Tax  Cost, the  proportion  that  the  Area of the  Leased
                  Premises is  of the  Gross Leaseable Area of the Development.

19.28    "Tenant's Work" has the meaning set out in Article 3.01 hereof.

19.29    "Term" means the term of the Lease, as set out in Basic Term 0.4.

19.30    "Year of the Term" means each  successive  twelve (12) month  period of
the Term, the first of which commences on the Commencement Date.



                                   ARTICLE 20
                                Special Clauses

20.01    Early Occupancy

         For the period  commencing  September 1, 1994 and ending the day before
the Commencement Date the Tenant shall be permitted to conduct its business in a
portion of the Leased Premises,  being  approximately  1,500 square feet. During
such  period the Tenant  shall pay to the  Landlord in respect of the portion so
used as Rent,  $1,113.75 per month and all other  provisions of this Lease shall
be applicable.

20.02    Delayed Occupancy

         If the Tenant has not  completed the Tenant's Work and occupancy of the
Leased  Premises  is  delayed  due to the  Landlord's  failure to  complete  the
Landlord's Work then Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall abate until sixty (60)
days' following the completion of the Landlord's Work.

20.03    Tenant Improvement Allowance

         Provided  the  Tenant  has  executed  this  Lease  the  Landlord  shall
contribute  a sum  equal  to $7.50  per  square  foot of the Area of the  Leased
Premises (the "Allowance") toward the leasehold improvements  constructed in the
Leased  Premises.  Payment  of the  Allowance  shall  be based  upon the  Tenant
providing bona fide paid invoices to the Landlord evidencing the Tenant spent at
minimum $95,000.00 on leasehold improvements constructed in the Leased Premises.
The Landlord shall pay the Allowance to the Tenant within five (5) business days
of receipt of such paid invoices.

         The parties  agree that the Tenant  shall  re-pay to the  Landlord  the
Allowance  amortized  over five (5)  years at an  interest  rate of ten  percent
(10%),  being equal to  $15,200.00  per annum in equal  monthly  instalments  of
$1,266.67  each in  advance  on the first day of each  calendar  month  from the
Commencement  Date,  based on a rate of $1.90 per square foot of the Area of the
Leased  Premises  per annum.  It is further  agreed  that at any time during the
Term,  the Tenant may, at its sole option,  re-pay the  Allowance in full to the
Landlord without penalty.

                                     - 23 -

<PAGE>

20.04    Deposit

         A deposit in the sum of $15,755.60  (the "Deposit) has been paid by the
Tenant to Royal LePage Real Estate  Services  Ltd. The Deposit shall be retained
by Royal LePage Real Estate Services Ltd. with interest accruing to the Tenant's
benefit  until the  Commencement  Date.  On the  Commencement  Date the Deposit,
including the accrued interest,  shall be transferred to the Landlord to be held
without  liability  for interest  and applied by the  Landlord  against the Rent
(including  Goods and Services Tax) first  accruing due during the Term with the
balance to be held without liability for interest as a security deposit.  If the
Tenant fails to take  possession of the Leased Premises within fifteen (15) days
of the Leased Premises being ready for occupancy,  the Landlord may, at its sole
option,  terminate  this Lease,  whereupon  the Deposit shall be retained by the
Landlord as liquidated damages and not as a penalty.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have executed this agreement by
their respective duly authorized officers in that behalf, as of the day and year
first above written.

BENTALL PROPERTIES LTD.                   ) 
                                          ) 
                                          ) 
Per:         /s/ Timothy P. Hogan         ) 
- ------------------------------------------) 
Authorized Signatory                      ) 
                                          ) 
                                          ) 
Per:        /s/ Don Weber                 )  
- ------------------------------------------)
Authorized Signatory                      )


THE CORPORATE SEAL of                     )
WESTMINSTER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION        )
was hereunto affixed in the presence of:  )
                                          )
           /s/ David Greenwood            ) 
- ------------------------------------------) 
Authorized Signatory                      ) 
                                          ) 
                                          ) 
          /s/ Evangeline Brightman        )  
- ------------------------------------------)
Authorized Signatory                      )

THE CORPORATE SEAL of                     )
APPLIED VASCULAR ENGINEERING CANADA, INC. )
was hereunto affixed in the presence of:  )
                                          )
         /s/ Creg W. Dance                ) 
- ------------------------------------------) 
Authorized Signatory                      ) 
                                          ) 
                                          ) 
                                          ) 
- ------------------------------------------)
Authorized Signatory                      )

                                     - 24 -

<PAGE>

                                 SCHEDULE "A**

                              PLAN OF THE PREMISES

                               MAP OF BUILDING 5
                          KNIGHTSBRIDGE BUSINESS PARK

                                     - 25 -


<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE "B"

                                LANDLORD'S WORK

         The Landlord shall be solely  responsible for the demising wall and the
preparation of electrical services.

                                     - 26 -

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE "C"

Attached to and forming part of the Lease dated the 10th day of AUGUST, 1994.

BETWEEN:

                          BENTALL PROPERTIES LTD. and
                          WESTMINSTER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

                          (the "Landlord")

AND:

                          APPLIED VASCULAR ENGINEERING CANADA INC.

                          (the "Tenant")

1.   Signs may be illuminated  with the Landlord's  approval but in no case will
     they be allowed to flash or rotate.

2.   The use of any  electronic  signage or other form of reader  board  signage
     shall be approved at a  preliminary  design  stage with the  Landlord.  All
     signage  must be  approved  by the  Landlord at the time of approval of the
     final design of the Leased Premises.

3.   The Building may have a free standing "suit case" sign provided by Landlord
     to identify  building only. No other form of free standing signage shall be
     allowed.

4.   Signs featuring general advertising shall not be permitted.

5.   Free standing roof signs shall not be permitted.

6.   Signs  affixed  to  fascias  shall not  protrude  above the roof level of a
     building nor the upper level of the fascia to which they are  attached.  No
     external supporting structures shall be visible.

7.   Signs may include  the  registend  trademark  or symbol of a company if the
     signage  complies  with  the  intent  of  these  guidelines,  and is to the
     Landlord's satisfaction.

8.   The  Tenant  reserves  the  right to  identify  itself  and its  associated
     companies on a sign  supplied by the Tenant above the front office  windows
     at a location to be mutually  agreeable  to the Landlord and the Tenant and
     the size,  type and style of the sign shall be subject to the  approval  of
     the Landlord.

                                     - 27 -

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE "D"

                             INTENTIONALLY DELETED

                                     - 28 -


<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE "E"

                            ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANTS

1.   Definitions

     In this Schedule:

         "Hazardous Substance" means:

         (a)      any radioactive material;

         (b)      any explosive;

         (c)      any substance  that,  if added to any water,  would degrade or
                  alter or form part of a process of  degradation  or alteration
                  of the  quality  of  that  water  to  the  extent  that  it is
                  detrimental to its use by man or by any animal, fish or plant;

         (d)      any solid,  liquid, gas or odour or combination of any of them
                  that,  if emitted into the air,  would create or contribute to
                  the creation of a condition of the air that:

                  (i)      endangers the health, safety or welfare of persons or
                           the health or animal life;

                  (ii)     interferes with normal enjoyment of life or property;
                           or

                  (iii)    causes damage to plant life or to property;

         (e)      any toxic substance;

         (f)      any substance declared to be hazardous or toxic under any Law,
                  Regulation  or  Order  (as  defined  below)  now or  hereafter
                  enacted or promulgated by any  governmental  authority  having
                  jurisdiction  over  the  Landlord,   the  Tenant,  the  Leased
                  Premises or the  Development of which the Leased Premises form
                  a part; and

         (g)      any  other  substance  which  is  or  may  become   hazardous,
                  dangerous or toxic to persons or property;

         "Laws" means all applicable federal,  provincial,  state, municipal, or
         local  laws,  by-laws,  statutes,  or  ordinances,  including,  without
         limitation,  the following:  the Canadian Environmental Protection Act,
         the British  Columbia Waste  Management Act and other  applicable  laws
         relating to the environment, occupational safety, product liability and
         transportation;

         "Regulations"  mean  all  rules,  regulations  or the like  promulgated
         under or pursuant to any Laws; and

         "Orders" mean all applicable orders, decisions, or the like rendered by
         any ministry, department or administrative or regulatory agency.

2.   Tenant's Covenant as to Use

     Without limiting the generality of the covenants of the Tenant in the Lease
     contained including Basic Term .03 thereof, the Tenant covenants and agrees
     that the Tenant will not bring upon the Leased Premises or any part thereof
     any  Hazardous  Substances  if at any time,  notwithstanding  the foregoing
     covenant of the Tenant,  there shall be any Hazardous  Substances  upon the
     Leased Premises or a part thereof  whether or not brought  thereupon by the
     Tenant, the Tenant shall, at its own expense:

     (a) immediately give the Landlord notice specifying the nature and location
         of the Hazardous  Substances and thereafter give the Landlord from time
         to time  written  notice  of the  extent  and  nature  of the  Tenant's
         compliance with the following provisions of this paragraph;


     (b) promptly remove the Hazardous  Substances from the Leased Premises in a
         manner which conforms with all Laws,  Regulations and Orders  governing
         the  movement  of the  same  and  the  reasonable  requirements  of the
         Landlord in connection with the movement; and

     (c) if requested by the  Landlord,  obtain at the Tenant's cost and expense
         from an independent  consultant  designated or approved by the Landlord
         verifying  the  complete  and proper  removal  thereof  from the Leased
         Premises  or, if such is not the case,  reporting  as to the extent and
         nature of any failure to comply with the  foregoing  provisions of this
         paragraph.

                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

3.   Compliance with Laws

     Without limiting the generality of the covenants of the Tenant in the Lease
     contained including Section 4.09 thereof, the Tenant shall, at its own cost
     and expense, comply with all Laws, Regulations and Orders from time to time
     in force relating to the Landlord,  the Tenant, the business of the Tenant,
     the Leased Premises or the Development relating to Hazardous Substances and
     the protection of environment and shall  immediately give written notice to
     the Landlord of the  occurrence  of any event in the Leased  Premises or on
     the Development or a contravention thereof and, if the Tenant shall, either
     alone or with others, cause the occurrence of such event, the Tenant shall,
     at its own expense:

     (a) immediately  give  the  Landlord  notice  of  the  occurrence  and  the
         contravention  and  thereafter  give  the  Landlord  from  time to time
         written notice of the extent and nature of the Tenant's compliance with
         the following provisions of this paragraph;

     (b) promptly remedy the  contravention  in a manner which conforms with all
         Laws, Regulations and Orders governing the movement of the same; and

     (c) if requested by the  Landlord,  obtain at the Tenant's cost and expense
         from an independent  consultant  designated or approved by the Landlord
         verifying the complete and proper remedying of the contravention or, if
         such is not the case,  reporting  as to the  extent  and  nature of any
         failure to comply with the foregoing provisions of this paragraph.

     The  Tenant  shall,  at its own  expense,  remedy  any damage to the Leased
     Premises  and the  Development  caused  by such  event  within  the  Leased
     Premises  or by the  performance  of the  Tenant's  obligations  under this
     paragraph as a result of such occurrence. If the Tenant fails to do so, the
     Landlord may at its option remedy the damage,  and may recover its cost and
     expenses of so doing from the Tenant as additional rental under the Lease.

     If  any  governmental  authority  having  jurisdiction  shall  require  the
     clean-up of any Hazardous Substances held, released,  spilled, abandoned or
     placed upon the Leased  Premises or the  Development  or released  into the
     environment  by the Tenant in the course of the  Tenant's  business or as a
     result of the Tenant's use or  occupancy of the Leased  Premises,  then the
     Tenant shall, at its own expense,  prepare all necessary studies, plans and
     proposals  and submit the same for  approval,  provide  all bonds and other
     security required by governmental authorities having jurisdiction and carry
     out the work  required  and shall  keep the  Landlord  fully  informed  and
     provide to the Landlord full information with respect to the proposed plans
     and comply with the Landlord's reasonable requirements with respect to such
     plans.  The  Tenant  agrees  that if the  Landlord  determines,  in its own
     discretion,  that the Landlord, its property or its reputation is placed in
     any jeopardy by the  requirement for any such work, the Landlord may itself
     undertake  such work or any part  thereof  at the cost and  expense  of the
     Tenant.

4.   Enquiries by Landlord

     The Tenant hereby  authorizes  the Landlord to make  enquiries from time to
     time of any government or governmental  agency with respect to the Tenant's
     compliance with any and all laws and regulations  pertaining to the Tenant,
     the Tenant's business and the Leased Premises  including without limitation
     Laws,  Regulations  and Orders  pertaining to Hazardous  Substances and the
     protection of the environment; and the Tenant covenants and agrees that the
     Tenant  will  from  time to  time  provide  to the  Landlord  such  written
     authorization as the Landlord may reasonably require in order to facilitate
     the obtaining of such information.

                                     - 30-

<PAGE>

5.   Event of Default

     The presence of any Hazardous Substances in the Leased Premises without the
     prior written  approval of the Landlord shall be considered to be a default
     for the purposes of the Lease.

6.   Ownership of Hazardous Substances

     If the Tenant  shall  bring or create  upon the  Development  or the Leased
     Premises any Hazardous Substance or if the conduct of the Tenant's business
     shall cause thereto be any Hazardous  Substance upon the Development or the
     Leased Premises then, notwithstanding any rule of law to the contrary, such
     Hazardous  Substance shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of
     the Tenant and shall not become the  property of  Landlord  notwithstanding
     the degree of affixation of the Hazardous Substance or the goods containing
     the  Hazardous  Substance  to the Leased  Premises or the  Development  and
     notwithstanding the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease.

7.   Survival of Covenants

     The obligations of the Tenant  hereunder  relating to Hazardous  Substances
     shall  survive  the expiry or earlier  termination  of this Lease save only
     that,  to the extent that the  performance  of those  obligations  requires
     access to or entry upon the Leased  Premises or the Development or any part
     thereof, the Tenant shall have such entry and access only at such times and
     upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as the  Landlord  may from time to time
     specify; and the Landlord may, at the Tenant's cost and expense,  itself or
     by  its  agents,  servants,  employees,   contractors  and  subcontractors,
     undertake the  performance  of any necessary work in order to complete such
     obligations  of the Tenant;  but having  commenced  such work, the Landlord
     shall have no obligation to the Tenant to complete such work.

8.   Right to Use Hazardous Substances

     Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein or in the Lease contained,
     the  Landlord   acknowledges  and  agrees  that  the  Tenant  uses  certain
     substances  and  materials  in the conduct of the Tenant's  business  which
     would  be  considered  Hazardous  Substances  hereunder.  Accordingly,  the
     Landlord  hereby  consents  and agrees to the  presence  of such  Hazardous
     Substances  upon the  Development  and the Leased  Premises,  provided  the
     following conditions are met:

     (a) the Tenant  shall only bring upon the  Development  and upon the Leased
         Premises such Hazardous  Substances as are reasonably  required for the
         conduct of its  business  operations  within the Leased  Premises,  and
         shall  forthwith  remove  from the  Development  and  from  the  Leased
         Premises any Hazardous Substances which are no longer required for such
         business operations;

     (b) under no  circumstances  will the Tenant use the Leased Premises or any
         portion thereof to stockpile or warehouse Hazardous  Substances,  other
         than in such  reasonable quantities as may be required for its business
         operations within the Leased Premises;

     (c) the Tenant  will  comply  fully with all Laws,  Regulations  and Orders
         related  to  the  transportation,  storage,  use  and  disposal  of all
         Hazardous  Substances  so brought  upon the  Development  or the Leased
         Premises by the Tenant; and

     (d) save for the right to bring  Hazardous  Substances upon the Development
         and the Leased Premises for use as aforesaid, the Tenant shall be bound
         by all of the other terms and  conditions of this  Schedule  including,
         without  limitation,  the obligation to remedy any damage to the Leased
         Premises or to the Development  caused by the Tenant's  exercise of its
         rights hereunder.                                         

                                     - 31 -

                               ADDENDUM TO LEASE
                                      and
                            LEASE AMENDING AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT dated for reference the 21st day of July, 1997.

BETWEEN:                         BENTALL PROPERTIES LTD.
                                 a body corporate,  having its head office at
                                 Suite 1800, Four Bentall Centre, in the City
                                 of  Vancouver,  in the  Province  of British
                                 Columbia and

                                 WESTMINSTER MANAGEMENT  CORPORATION,  a body
                                 corporate, having a business office at Suite
                                 600,  355  Burrard  Street,  in the  City of
                                 Vancouver,   in  the   Province  of  British
                                 Columbia

                                 (hereinafter referred to as the "Landlord")

                                                            OF THE FIRST PART

AND:                             ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING
                                 CANADA,  INC.,  a body  corporate,  having a
                                 business  office at Suite  260,  13155  Delf
                                 Place, Richmond, British Columbia V6V 2V4

                                 (hereinafter referred to as the "Tenant")

                                                            OF THE SECOND PART

WHEREAS:

A. By a lease dated the 10th day of August, 1994, as amended (the "Lease"),  the
Landlord leased to the Tenant  (formerly known as Applied  Vascular  Engineering
Canada,  Inc.) for a term (the "Term") of 5 years,  commencing on the lst day of
November,  1994 and ending on the 3lst day of October,  1999,  certain  premises
known as Suite 260 (the "Premises")  containing an area of  approximately  8,000
square feet shown  outlined in red on the plan attached to the Lease as Schedule
"A", located in Building 5 of Knightsbridge Business Park, 13155 Delf Place (the
"Building") in the City of Richmond in the Province of British Columbia.

B. Pursuant to an addendum to lease dated for reference  September 1, 1995 and a
lease  extension and amending  agreement  dated for reference  December 31, 1996
(collectively  the  "Addendum"),  the Tenant  agreed to lease from the  Landlord
certain  premises (the "Additional  Premises"),  having an area of approximately
5,052 square feet  located in Building 7 of  Knightsbridge  Business  Park 13140
Delf Place, in the City of Richmond, in the Province of British Columbia, on the
same terms and conditions as set out in the lease for a term of one (1) year and
ten (10) months expiring on the 30th day of June, 1997.

C. The Landlord and the tenant have agreed:

         (i)   to  extend  the  term of the  Tenant's  lease  of the  Additional
               Premises  pursuant  to the  Addendum  for a  further  period of 2
               months so as to expire the 31st day of August, 1997;

         (ii)  that the Tenant shall lease from the Landlord additional premises
               located in Building 8 of Knightsbridge  Business Park, 13200 Delf
               Place, in the City Richmond,  in the Province of British Columbia
               containing  an area  of  approximately  7,381  square  feet  (the
               "Building  8  Premises")  as shown  outlined  in blue on the plan
               marked Schedule "A" attached to this  Agreement,  for a term (the
               "Building 8 Premises Term") of 4 years and 2 months commencing on
               July 1, 1997 and ending on August 31, 2001;

         (iii) that the Tenant shall lease from the Landlord additional premises
               adjacent  to the  Premises  containing  an area of  approximately
               9,330 square feet  ("Suite  250") as shown  cross-hatched  on the
               plan marked Schedule "B" attached to this  Agreement,  for a term
               (the "Suite 250 Term") of 4 years commencing on September 1, 1997
               and ending on August 31, 2001; and

                                       -1-

<PAGE>


         (iv)  to extend  the Term of the Lease for the  Premises  for a further
               period of one (1) year and ten (10) months  commencing on the 1st
               day of November, 1999 and ending on the 31st day of August, 2001,

all on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT  WITNESSES that in  consideration of the sum of ten
Dollars ($10.00) now paid by the Tenant to the Landlord, the receipt of which is
hereby  acknowledged,  and the mutual covenants and agreements herein set forth,
the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1.   The recitals as hereinbefore set out are true in substance and in fact.

2.   The term of the Tenants lease of the  Additional  Premises  pursuant to the
     Addendum is extended as of the 1st day of July,  1997 for a further term of
     two (2) months expiring on the 31st day of August, 1997 upon the same terms
     and  conditions as contained in the Addendum,  except for there shall be no
     further right of extension beyond the 31st day of August, 1997.

3.   The  Landlord  hereby  demises  and  leases to the  Tenant  the  Building 8
     Premises  during the Building 8 Premises Term upon the following  terms and
     conditions:

     (a) The Tenant  acknowledges and agrees that it is accepting  possession of
         the  Building 8 Premises in an "as is,  where is"  condition  as of the
         commencement  of the Fixturing  Period (as  hereinafter  defined).  The
         Tenant shall be responsible for its own  improvements to the Building 8
         Premises  and shall have a Rent (as  defined in the Lease)  free period
         (the "Fixturing  Period") commencing July 1, 1997 and ending August 31,
         1997 for the  purposes of carrying  out the  design,  construction  and
         fixturing  of the  Building  8  Premises  (the  "Tenant's  Work").  The
         Tenant's  Work  shall be in  accordance  with  professional  plans  and
         specifications  which have been  previously  approved in writing by the
         Landlord. Should the Tenant require additional utilities because of the
         nature of its  business,  in excess of those  already  provided  to the
         Building 8 Premises,  then the Tenant shall be responsible for the cost
         of installing  and/or supplying such additional  utilities,  subject to
         the Landlord's  prior approval.  All costs associated with the Tenant's
         Work  shall  be  borne  solely  by  the  Tenant.  The  Tenant  will  be
         responsible for obtaining all necessary  approvals and building permits
         from regulatory  authorities for the commencement and completion of the
         Tenant's  Work. If occupancy for the purposes of carrying on day to day
         business occurs prior to September 1, 1997, all terms of this Agreement
         will be  applicable  from the  date the  Tenant  takes  possession  and
         commences  operation  of its  day to day  business  in the  Building  8
         Premises  except for the  payment of Rent which  shall  commence  as of
         September 1, 1997;

     (b) the Tenant  shall pay to the Landlord a basic rental for the Building 8
         Premises of $51,667.00 per annum,  plus  applicable  goods and services
         tax,  based on an annual  rental  rate of $7.00 per square  foot of the
         rentable area of the Building 8 premises, in equal monthly installments
         of $4,305.58  each in advance on the first day of each  calender  month
         during the Building 8 Premises Term commencing September 1, 1997;

     (C) commencing  September  1, 1997 and for the  balance  of the  Building 8
         Premises  Term,  the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord  Additional  Rent
         with respect to the  Building 8 Premises  Term in  accordance  with the
         terms of the Lease;

     (d) the Landlord shall have the right to measure the Building 8 Premises in
         accordance  with the  provisions of Section  19.02 of the Lease,  which
         determination  shall be final and binding on the  parties,  and if such
         determination  is different  than as set out in Recital C. (ii) of this
         Agreement  all  sums  payable  as  Rent  under  this   Agreement,   the
         calculation  of which  is  affected  by the  change  in area,  shall be
         adjusted  retroactive  to  September  1,  1997  to give  effect  to the
         measured area;

     (e) the Tenant  shall use the  Building 8 Premises  for the same purpose as
         set out in Basic Term .03 of the Lease;

     (f) during the period  July 1, 1997 to August 31,  2001,  the Tenant  shall
         have  the  right  to  use,  free  of  charge,  surface  parking  stalls
         surrounding  Building 8 at a ratio of two (2)  stalls per 1,000  square
         feet of the rentable area of the Building 8 premises; and

     (g) all the terms of the Lease shall  apply to the lease of the  Building 8
         Premises  pursuant  to this  Agreement  except to the extent  that they
         conflict  with  the  Agreement  or  are  clearly  inapplicable  to,  or
         inappropriate  to be applied  to,  this  Agreement  and the  Building 8
         Premises.  For greater  certainty,  but without limiting the foregoing,
         any terms of the Lease  with  respect  to free rent  periods  or tenant
         improvement  allowances,  and other  inducements  or  incentives do not
         apply to the lease of the Building 8 Premises under this Agreement.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>


4.   The Landlord  hereby demises and leases to the Tenant Suite 250 during the
     Suite 250 Term upon the following terms and conditions:

     (a) The Tenant  acknowledges and agrees that it is accepting  possession of
         Suite 250 in an "as is,  where is"  condition  as of September 1, 1997.
         Prior to  September  1, 1997,  the Landlord  shall be  responsible  for
         ensuring that all mechanical,  electrical and plumbing  services are in
         proper working  condition.  The Tenant shall be responsible for its own
         improvments  to  Suite  250.  Should  the  Tenant  require   additional
         utilities  because  of the nature of its  business,  in excess of those
         already provided to Suite 250, then the Tenant shall be responsible for
         the cost of installing  and/or  supplying  such  additional  utilities,
         subject to the Landlord's prior approval;

     (b) the Tenant  shall pay to the  Landlord a basic  rental for Suite 250 of
         $65,310.00 per annum,  plus applicable goods and services tax, based on
         an annual  rental rate of $7.00 per square foot of the rentable area of
         Suite 250, in equal monthly  installments  of $5,442.50 each in advance
         on the  first  day of each  calendar  month  during  the Suite 250 Term
         commencing September 1, 1997;

     (c) commencing September 1, 1997 and for the balance of the Suite 250 Term,
         the Tenant  shall pay to the Landlord  Additional  Rent with respect to
         Suite 250 Term in accordance with the terms of the Lease;

     (d) the Landlord  shall have the right to measure  Suite 250 in  accordance
         with the provisions of Section 19.02 of the Lease, which  determination
         shall be final and binding on the parties, and if such determination is
         different  than as set out in Recital C.  (iii) of this  Agreement  all
         sums payable as Rent under this Agreement,  the calculation of which is
         affected  by the  change  in area,  shall be  adjusted  retroactive  to
         September l, 1997 to give effect to the measured area;

     (e) the Tenant shall use Suite 250 for the same purpose as set out in Basic
         Term .03 of the Lease;

     (f) during the period  September  1, 1997 to August  31,  2001,  the Tenant
         shall have the right to use,  free of charge,  surface  parking  stalls
         surrounding  Suite 250 at a ratio of two (2)  stalls  per 1,000  square
         feet of the rentable area of Suite 250; and

     (g) all the  terms  of the  Lease  shall  apply to the  lease of Suite  250
         pursuant to this Agreement except to the extent that they conflict with
         the Agreement or are clearly  inapplicable  to, or  inappropriate to be
         applied to, this  Agreement and Suite 250. For greater  certainty,  but
         without limiting the foregoing,  any terms of the Lease with respect to
         free  rent  periods  or  tenant  improvement   allowances,   and  other
         inducements  or incentives do not apply to the lease of Suite 250 under
         this Agreement.

5.   The Term of the  Tenant's  lease of the  Premises  pursuant to the Lease is
     extended as of the 1st day of November,  1999 for a further Term of one (1)
     year and ten (10)  months  expiring  on the 31st day of  August,  2001 (the
     "Extension  Period") upon the same terms and conditions as contained in the
     Lease, except for:

     (a) the Tenant will accept the Premises in an "as is, where is" condition;

     (b) the  Landlord  has  no  responsibility  or  liability  for  making  any
         renovations, alterations or improvements in or to the Premises;

     (c) all  further  renovations,  alterations  or  improvements  in or to the
         Premises  are the  sole  responsibility  of the  Tenant  and  shall  be
         undertaken  and  completed  at the  Tenant's  expense  and  strictly in
         accordance with the provisions of the Lease;

     (d) during the Extension Period, the Tenant shall pay as Basic Rent the sum
         of $56,000.00 per annum,  in equal monthly  installments  of $4,666.67,
         based on an  annual  rate of $7.00 per  square  foot of the Area of the
         Leased Premises;

     (e) the  provisions  for free  Basic Rent and the  Allowance  as set out in
         Section 2.01 and 20.03 of the Lease respectively shall not apply during
         the Extension Period; and

     (f) the Lease shall be amended  pursuant  to the  amendments  contained  in
         Paragraph 6 of this Agreement.

6.   The  parties  acknowledge  and agree  that as and from the 1st day of July,
     1997, the Lease is amended to provide as follows:

                                       -3-

<PAGE>


     (a) Basic Term .04 of the Lease is amended by deleting "Five (5) years" and
         substituting  therefor  "Six (6)  years and ten (10)  months,  so as to
         expire August 3l, 2001."

     (b) Section  3.02 of the  Lease  is  amended  by  deleting  from  line  one
         "opinion" and substituting therefor "reasonable judgment".

     (c) Section 4.03 of the Lease is amended by:

         (i)   deleting from subparagraph (a) "entire" and substituting therefor
               "substantially all of"; and

         (ii)  inserting in the last sentence of the  provision  "substantially"
               before "vacate".

     (d) Section 4.04 of the Lease is amended by:

         (i)   inserting in line one after "Landlord", (which approval shall not
               be unreasonably withheld)";

         (ii)  inserting in line one before the word "request", "reasonable";

         (iii) inserting at the end of the first sentence";  provided,  however,
               that the  Landlord  agrees  that signs  substantially  similar to
               those  previously  utilized  by the Tenant on  properties  of the
               Landlord are hereby expressly approved";

         (iv)  inserting  at the end of the  second  sentence  "(which  approval
               shall not be unreasonably withheld)";

         (v)   deleting in line ten "may" and substituting therefor "shall".

     (e) Section  4.05 of the Lease is amended by  inserting  in line five after
         "thereof", ",other than normal course wear and tear,".

     (f) Section 4.06 of the Lease is amended by inserting in line two after the
         word "otherwise",  "other than customary snack and beverage  dispensing
         machines,".

     (g) Section 4.08 of the Lease is amended by:

         (i)   deleting in line three "and" and  substituting  therefor  "during
               the Tenant's normal business hours and by customary means, or";

         (ii)  inserting  in line three  before  "approved",  "may  otherwise by
               reasonably".

     (h) Section 4.10 of the Lease is amended by:

         (i)   inserting in line one before "best", "reasonable";

         (ii)  inserting in line three before "judgement", "reasonable";

         (iii) inserting  in  line  eight  before  "rules",   "such   reasonably
               necessary".

     (i) Section 5.01 of the Lease is amended by:

         (i)   inserting  at the  beginning  of line one  "Except  as  otherwise
               stated in this Lease,";

         (ii)  inserting in line eleven before "acceptable", "reasonably".

     (j) Section  5.03 of the Lease is  amended by  inserting  in line two after
         "hours",  "in a manner that shall not  unreasonably  interfere with the
         business or operations of the Tenant".

     (k) Section  5.04  of  the  Lease  is  amended  by  deleting  in  line  one
         "forthwith" and substituting therefor "as prompty as practicable in the
         reasonable judgement of the Landlord".

     (l) Section 5.05 of the Lease is amended by:

         (i)   inserting in line two after "hours",  "in a manner that shall not
               unreasonably  interfere  with  the  business  operations  of  the
               Tenant";

         (ii)  inserting in line three after "shall", "reasonably".

                                      -4-

<PAGE>


     (m) Section  5.06(c) of the Lease is amended by deleting  "to the extent of
         the proceeds of such insurance applicable thereto".

     (n) Section  5.08 of the Lease is amended by  deleting  all  references  to
         "sixty (60) days" and substituting therefor "forty five (45) days".

     (o) Section 5.09(d)(ii) of the Lease is deleted in its entirety.

     (p) The first  sentence  of  Section  6.01 of the Lease is  deleted  in its
         entirety.

     (q) Section  8.02 of the Lease is  amended by  inserting  in line six after
         "nature",  "other than such items and in a manner as are  described  in
         Schedule "E"".

     (r) Section 9.01 of the Lease is amended by:

         (i)   inserting in line seven after  "Landlord",  "(which consent shall
               not be unreasonably withheld)";

         (ii)  inserting at the end of the first sentence, "(which consent shall
               not be unreasonably withheld)".

     (s) Section 9.01 of the Lease is amended by  inserting at the  beginning of
         the provision, "Subject to Section 1.02,".

     (t) Section  9.03 of the Lease is amended by  inserting  in line four after
         "Premises",  "other than as permitted  under  Section 4.04 and Schedule
         "C",".

     (u) Section 9.04 of the Lease is amended by deleting  reference to "two (2)
         days" and substituting therefor "seven (7) days".

     (v) Section  10.01  of the  Lease  is  amended  by  deleting  in  line  two
         "consumer" and substituting therefor "consumed".

     (w) Section  11.01 (a) and (b) of the Lease is amended by  inserting at the
         beginning  of each  subparagraph,  "other  than as may be caused by the
         Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct,".

     (x) Section 12.01 of the Lease is amended by:

         (i)   inserting in subparagraph (f) before "vacate", "substantially";

         (ii)  deleting in  subparagraph  (i) all  references to "ten (10) days"
               and substituting therefor "ten (10) business days".

     (y) Section  12.06 of the  Lease is amended  by  deleting  in line one "the
         Landlord" and substituting therefor "either party".

     (z) Section 16.02 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety.

    (aa) The following shall be added to the Lease as Section 20.04:

         "20.04 Pre-Authorized Payment Plan

               The Tenant  authorizes  the  Landlord  to withdraw  monthly  Rent
         payments from the Tenant's account by way of direct withdrawals, as may
         be  arranged   from  time  to  time  between   financial   institutions
         administering  the  Tenant's  and the  Landlord's  accounts. The Tenant
         further agrees to execute and provide whatever  further  documentation,
         account  information,   cancelled  cheques  or  otherwise,   which  are
         reasonably requested by the Landlord in order to assist the Landlord in
         the  administration  of a pre-authorized  payment  procedure for monies
         owing or accruing due as Rent under this Lease.".

    (bb) The following shall be added to the Lease as Section 20.05:

         "20.05 Extension of Term

               The Tenant,  provided it has not been in material  default during
         the period July 1, 1997 to and  including  August 31, 2001,  shall have
         one  option to extend  the Term of the Lease for a further  period of 5
         years (the "Extended Term"),  such option to be exercised upon nine (9)
         months' written notice to the Landlord, prior to August 31,

                                      -5-

<PAGE>


         2001,  not to be given  sooner than fifteen (15) months prior to August
         31, 2001.  The Extended Term shall be on the same terms and  conditions
         as the initial  Term except for Basic  Rent,  any free rent  allowance,
         fixturing period,  tenant  improvement  allowance or other incentive or
         inducement and except for this option to extend.

               The Basic Rent  payable by the Tenant  during the  Extended  Term
         shall be  negotiated  and agreed upon between the parties  prior to the
         commencement  of the Extended Term based on the prevailing  fair market
         Basic  Rent at the  commencement  of the  Extended  Term for  similarly
         improved premises of similar size, quality,  use and location in office
         buildings of a similar size, quality and location in Richmond,  British
         Columbia.  Failing such agreement,  then within two (2) months prior to
         the  commencement of the Extended Term,  Basic Rent shall be determined
         by arbitration  under the provisions of the Commercial  Arbitration Act
         (British  Columbia) and in accordance  with this Section 20.05 provided
         that the  Basic  Rent  payable  shall not in any case be less than that
         payable  by the Tenant  during  the  period  July 1, 2000 to August 31,
         2001. For greater certainty; this option to extend is applicable to the
         premises known as the Premises, the Building 8 Premises and Suite 205."

    (cc) Schedule "C" to the Lease is amended by:

         (i)   inserting  in  line  two  of   Paragraph  2  before   "approved",
               "reasonably";

         (ii)  inserting  in  line  two of  Paragraph  7  before "satisfaction",
               "reasonable";

         (iii) inserting in Paragraph 8:

               (1)   line two before "mutually", "reasonably";

               (2)   line three before "approval","reasonable".

    (dd) Schedule  "E" to the Lease is amended by  inserting  at the end of the
         first  sentence in Paragraph 8, ", such  substances  including  without
         limitation  isopropanol,  nitric acid, sulfuric acid,  phosphoric acid,
         synergy cleaner, oxalic acid, cidex (gluteraldehyde) and epoxy".

7.   The Tenant  represents  and warrants that it has the right,  full power and
     authority to agree to these  amendments to the Lease,  and other provisions
     contained in this Agreement.

8.   The parties  confirm that in all other respects,  the terms,  covenants and
     conditions  of the Lease  remain  unchanged  and in full force and  effect,
     except as modified by this Agreement.  It is understood and agreed that all
     terms and expressions when used in this Agreement shall,  unless a contrary
     intention is expressed  herein,  have the same meanings as ascribed to them
     in the Lease.

                                      -6-

<PAGE>


9.   This  Agreement  shall  enure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the
     parties hereto and their respective heirs,  executors,  administrators  and
     assigns as the case may be.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the Landlord and the Tenant have executed this  Agreement on
the day and year first above written.

BENTALL PROPERTIES LTD.

Per: /s/ Timothy P. Hogan
- ------------------------------------
Authorized Signatory

Per /s/ Don Weber
- ------------------------------------
Authorized Signatory


THE CORPORATE SEAL of
WESTMINSTER MANAGEMENT COROPORATION
was hereunto affixed in the presence of:                 [SEAL]

/s/     David Greenwood
- ------------------------------------
Authorized Signatory

/s/     Evangeline Brightman
- ------------------------------------
Authorized Signatory


THE CORPORATE SEAL of
ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING CANADA,
INC. was hereunto affixed in the presence of:

/s/     Creg W. Dance
- ------------------------------------
Authorized Signatory


- ------------------------------------
Authorized Signatory


 Susan Milne
 Witness


                                      -7-

<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE "A"




                                      [MAP]



                                                                        
                                                                        
                                      -8-

<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE "B"




                                     [MAP]

                                   DELF PLACE
BUILDING 5
KNIGHTBRIDGE BUSINESS PARK
                                                                        
                                                                        

                                      -9-



================================================================================
[LOGO]  Bank of America                                            Amended and
        Restated                    
                    Business Loan Agreement

National Trust and Savings Association
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This Amended and Restated  Business  Loan  Agreement  ("Agreement")  dated as of
August  21,  1997,  is  between  Bank of  America  National  Trust  and  Savings
Association  (the  "Bank")  and  Arterial   Vascular   Engineering,   Inc.  (the
"Borrower").  This  Agreement  amends,  and as  amended,  restates  in full that
certain  Business Loan Agreement  dated as of August 20, 1997,  between the Bank
and the Borrower.

1.       LINE OF CREDIT AMOUNT AND TERMS

1.1      Line of Credit Amount.

(a)      During the availability period described below, the Bank will provide a
         line of credit to the  Borrower.  The amount of the line of credit (the
         "Commitment") is the lesser of:

         (i)      Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) or

         (ii)     the loan  value of the  marketable  securities  pledged to the
                  Bank.  The  loan  value  of a  marketable  security  will be a
                  percentage  of its fair market  value.  The fair market  value
                  will be  determined  by the Bank from time to time in its sole
                  discretion.  The percentage applied to a particular marketable
                  security  will be the  percentage  listed on Attachment A. The
                  percentage  can  be  changed  by the  Bank  at  any  time  for
                  reasonable   cause.  The  Bank's  records  of  the  applicable
                  percentage will be controlling.

         If at any time the total amount of principal outstanding under the line
         of credit  exceeds this limit,  the Borrower  will  immediately  either
         increase the loan value of marketable  securities  or other  acceptable
         collateral  pledged to the Bank, or reduce the total amount outstanding
         in order to comply  with this limit.  If any of the pledged  assets are
         margin  stock,  the  Borrower  will provide the Bank a Form U-1 Purpose
         Statement,  and  the  Bank  and  the  Borrower  will  comply  with  the
         restrictions imposed by Regulation U of the Federal Reserve,  which may
         require a reduction  in the loan value of the margin  stock  pledged to
         the Bank.

         The Bank is prohibited from accepting as collateral  certain Ineligible
         Securities  while they are being  underwritten  or privately  placed by
         BancAmerica  Securities,  Inc. The Bank and the  Borrower  shall comply
         with these restrictions. BancAmerica Securities, Inc. is a wholly-owned
         subsidiary   of   BankAmerica   Corporation,   and   is  a   registered
         broker-dealer  which is  permitted  to  underwrite  and deal in certain
         Ineligible Securities.  "Ineligible  Securities" means securities which
         may not be  underwritten  or dealt in by  member  banks of the  Federal
         Reserve  System under  Section 16 of the Banking Act of 1933 (12 U.S.C.
         s.s. 24, Seventh), as amended.

(b)      This is a revolving line of credit providing for cash advances.  During
         the availability  period,  the Borrower may repay principal amounts and
         reborrow them.

1.2      Availability  Period.  The line of credit is available between the date
of this  Agreement  and  August  31,  1998 (the  "Expiration  Date")  unless the
Borrower is in default.

1.3      Interest Rate.

(a)      Unless the  Borrower  elects an  optional  interest  rate as  described
         below, the interest rate is the Bank's Reference Rate.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -1-
<PAGE>

(b)      The Reference Rate is the rate of interest publicly announced from time
         to time by the  Bank in San  Francisco,  California,  as its  Reference
         Rate. The Reference  Rate is set by the Bank based on various  factors,
         including  the  Bank's  costs  and  desired  return,  general  economic
         conditions  and other  factors,  and is used as a  reference  point for
         pricing  some  loans.  The Bank may price  loans to its  customers  at,
         above,  or below the Reference  Rate.  Any change in the Reference Rate
         shall take effect at the opening of  business on the day  specified  in
         the public announcement of a change in the Bank's Reference Rate.

1.4      Repayment Terms.

(a)      The Borrower  will pay interest on September 1, 1997,  and then monthly
         thereafter  until  payment in full of any principal  outstanding  under
         this line of credit.

(b)      The Borrower will repay in full all  principal and any unpaid  interest
         or other  charges  outstanding  under this line of credit no later than
         the Expiration Date.

(c)      Any interest period for any optional interest rate (as described below)
         shall expire no later than the Expiration Date.

1.5      Optional  Interest  Rates.  Instead of the  interest  rate based on the
Bank's Reference Rate, the Borrower may elect the optional interest rates listed
below  during  interest  periods  agreed  to by the Bank and the  Borrower.  The
optional  interest rates shall be subject to the terms and conditions  described
later in this Agreement.  Any principal  amount bearing  interest at an optional
rate under this Agreement is referred to as a "Portion." The following  optional
interest rates are available:

(a)      the LIBOR Rate plus 0.50 percentage point.

(b)      the Cayman Rate plus .50 percentage point.

2.       OPTIONAL INTEREST RATES

2.1      Optional  Rates.  Each  optional  interest  rate  is a rate  per  year.
Interest will be paid on the last day of each interest period,  and on the first
day each month during the interest  period.  At the end of any interest  period,
the interest  rate will revert to the rate based on the Reference  Rate,  unless
the Borrower has designated  another optional interest rate for the Portion.  No
Portion  will be converted to a different  interest  rate during the  applicable
interest  period.  Upon  the  occurrence  of an  event  of  default  under  this
Agreement,  the Bank may terminate the  availability of optional  interest rates
for interest periods commencing after the default occurs.

2.2      LIBOR  Rate.  The  election  of LIBOR  Rates  shall be  subject  to the
following terms and requirements:

(a)      The interest  period during which the LIBOR Rate will be in effect will
         be one, two, three, or six months. The first day of the interest period
         must be a day other  than a  Saturday  or a Sunday on which the Bank is
         open for  business  in  California,  New York and London and dealing in
         offshore  dollars (a "LIBOR Banking Day"). The last day of the interest
         period and the actual number of days during the interest period will be
         determined  by the Bank using the  practices  of the London  inter-bank
         market.

(b)      Each  LIBOR  Rate  Portion  will be for an  amount  not less  than Five
         Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

(c)      The "LIBOR Rate" means the interest  rate  determined  by the following
         formula,  rounded  upward to the  nearest  1/100 of one  percent.  (All
         amounts in the  calculation  will be  determined  by the Bank as of the
         first day of the interest period.)

                LIBOR Rate =    London Inter-Bank Offered Rate
                                ------------------------------
                                  (1.00 - Reserve Percentage)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -2-
<PAGE>

         Where,   

         (i)      "London  Inter-Bank  Offered  Rate" means the interest rate at
                  which the Bank's London Branch,  London, Great Britain,  would
                  offer U.S. dollar deposits for the applicable  interest period
                  to  other  major  banks in the  London  inter-bank  market  at
                  approximately  11:00 a.m.  London time two (2) London  Banking
                  Days before the commencement of the interest period. A "London
                  Banking  Day" is a day on which the  Bank's  London  Branch is
                  open for business and dealing in offshore dollars.

         (ii)     "Reserve  Percentage"  means the total of the maximum  reserve
                  percentages  for  determining the reserves to be maintained by
                  member banks of the Federal  Reserve  System for  Eurocurrency
                  Liabilities, as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation D,
                  rounded  upward  to the  nearest  1/100  of one  percent.  The
                  percentage  will be expressed as a decimal,  and will include,
                  but not be  limited  to,  marginal,  emergency,  supplemental,
                  special, and other reserve percentages.

(d)      The Borrower  shall  irrevocably  request a LIBOR Rate Portion no later
         than 12:00 noon San  Francisco  time on the LIBOR Banking Day preceding
         the day on which the London  Inter-Bank  Offered  Rate will be set,  as
         specified above.

(e)      The Borrower  may not elect a LIBOR Rate with respect to any  principal
         amount  which is  scheduled  to be  repaid  before  the last day of the
         applicable interest period.

(f)      Each prepayment of a LIBOR Rate Portion,  whether voluntary,  by reason
         of  acceleration  or otherwise,  will be  accompanied  by the amount of
         accrued  interest  on  the  amount  prepaid  and a  prepayment  fee  as
         described  below.  A  "prepayment"  is a payment of an amount on a date
         earlier than the scheduled  payment date for such amount as required by
         this  Agreement.  The  prepayment  fee shall be equal to the amount (if
         any) by which:

         (i)      the  additional  interest which would have been payable during
                  the  interest  period on the  amount  prepaid  had it not been
                  prepaid, exceeds

         (ii)     the interest which would have been  recoverable by the Bank by
                  placing  the  amount   prepaid  on  deposit  in  the  domestic
                  certificate of deposit market,  the eurodollar deposit market,
                  or other  appropriate money market selected by the Bank, for a
                  period starting on the date on which it was prepaid and ending
                  on the last day of the  interest  period for such  Portion (or
                  the  scheduled  payment  date  for  the  amount  prepaid,   if
                  earlier).

(g)      The Bank will have no obligation to accept an election for a LIBOR Rate
         Portion if any of the  following  described  events has occurred and is
         continuing:

         (i)      Dollar deposits in the principal amount, and for periods equal
                  to the  interest  period,  of a  LIBOR  Rate  Portion  are not
                  available in the London inter-bank market; or

         (ii)     the LIBOR Rate does not accurately reflect the cost of a LIBOR
                  Rate Portion.

2.3      Cayman  Rate.  The  election  of Cayman  Rates  shall be subject to the
following terms and requirements:

(a)      The interest period during which the Cayman Rate will be in effect will
         be one, two, three or six months.  The last day of the interest  period
         will be  determined  by the Bank using the  practices  of the  offshore
         dollar inter-bank market.

(b)      Each  Cayman  Rate  Portion  will be for an  amount  not less than Five
         Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

(c)      The Borrower may not elect a Cayman Rate with respect to any  principal
         amount  which is  scheduled  to be  repaid  before  the last day of the
         applicable interest period.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -3-
<PAGE>

(d)      The "Cayman Rate" means the interest  rate  determined by the following
         formula,  rounded  upward to the  nearest  1/100 of one  percent.  (All
         amounts in the  calculation  will be  determined  by the Bank as of the
         first day of the interest period.)

                   Cayman Rate  =       Cayman Base Rate
                                   ---------------------------
                                   (1.00 - Reserve Percentage)

         Where,   

         (i)      "Cayman Base Rate" means the interest rate at which the Bank's
                  Grand Cayman Branch, Grand Cayman,  British West Indies, would
                  offer U.S. dollar deposits for the applicable  interest period
                  to other major banks in the offshore dollar inter-bank market.

         (ii)     "Reserve  Percentage"  means the total of the maximum  reserve
                  percentages  for  determining the reserves to be maintained by
                  member banks of the Federal  Reserve  System for  Eurocurrency
                  Liabilities,   as  defined  in  the  Federal   Reserve   Board
                  Regulation  D,  rounded  upward  to the  nearest  1/100 of one
                  percent.  The percentage  will be expressed as a decimal,  and
                  will  include,  but not be limited  to,  marginal,  emergency,
                  supplemental, special, and other reserve percentages.

(e)      Each prepayment of a Cayman Rate Portion,  whether voluntary, by reason
         of  acceleration  or otherwise,  will be  accompanied  by the amount of
         accrued  interest  on  the  amount  prepaid,  and a  prepayment  fee as
         described  below.  A  "prepayment"  is a payment of an amount on a date
         earlier than the scheduled  payment date for such amount as required by
         this  Agreement.  The  prepayment  fee shall be equal to the amount (if
         any) by which:

         (i)      the  additional  interest which would have been payable during
                  the  interest  period on the  amount  prepaid  had it not been
                  prepaid, exceeds

         (ii)     the interest which would have been  recoverable by the Bank by
                  placing  the  amount   prepaid  on  deposit  in  the  domestic
                  certificate of deposit market,  the eurodollar deposit market,
                  or other  appropriate  money market selected by the Bank for a
                  period starting on the date on which it was prepaid and ending
                  on the last day of the  interest  period for such  Portion (or
                  the  scheduled  payment  date  for  the  amount  prepaid,   if
                  earlier).

(f)      The Bank will have no  obligation  to accept an  election  for a Cayman
         Rate Portion if any of the following  described events has occurred and
         is continuing:

         (i)      Dollar deposits in the principal amount, and for periods equal
                  to the  interest  period,  of a Cayman  Rate  Portion  are not
                  available in the offshore dollar inter-bank market; or

         (ii)     the  Cayman  Rate does not  accurately  reflect  the cost of a
                  Cayman Rate Portion.

3.      FEES, EXPENSES AND DEPOSITS

3.1     Fees.

(a)      Loan Fee. The Borrower  agrees to pay a Five Thousand  Dollar  ($5,000)
         fee due on the date of this Agreement. The Bank acknowledges receipt of
         such fee.

(b)      Unused  Commitment  Fee.  The  Borrower  agrees  to  pay a fee  on  any
         difference  between the Commitment and the amount of credit it actually
         uses,  determined by the weighted average credit outstanding during the
         specified  period.  The fee will be calculated at 0.125% per year. This
         fee is due on January 1, 1998,  and on the first day of each  following
         quarter until the expiration of the availability period.

3.2      Expenses.  The  Borrower  agrees  to  immediately  repay  the  Bank for
expenses  that  include,  but are not limited to,  filing,  recording and search
fees, appraisal fees, title report fees and documentation fees.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -4-
<PAGE>

3.3      Reimbursement  Costs. The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank for any
expenses it incurs in the  preparation  of this  Agreement  and any agreement or
instrument required by this Agreement. Expenses include, but are not limited to,
reasonable attorneys' fees, including any allocated costs of the Bank's in-house
counsel.

4.       COLLATERAL

4.1      Personal  Property.  The Borrower's  obligations to the Bank under this
Agreement will be secured by personal property the Borrower now owns or will own
in the future as listed below.  The  collateral  is further  defined in security
agreement(s)  executed by the  Borrower.  In  addition,  all  personal  property
collateral  securing  this  Agreement  shall also  secure all other  present and
future  obligations of the Borrower to the Bank  (excluding any consumer  credit
covered by the federal  Truth in Lending law,  unless the Borrower has otherwise
agreed in writing).  All personal property collateral securing any other present
or future  obligations  of the  Borrower  to the Bank  shall  also  secure  this
Agreement.

(a)      Stock and other securities.

5.       DISBURSEMENTS, PAYMENTS AND COSTS

5.1      Requests  for Credit.  Each  request for an extension of credit will be
made in  writing  in a  manner  acceptable  to the  Bank,  or by  another  means
acceptable to the Bank.

5.2      Disbursements  and  Payments.  Each  disbursement  by the Bank and each
payment by the Borrower will be:

(a)      made at the Bank's branch (or other location) selected by the Bank from
         time to time;

(b)      made for the  account of the Bank's  branch  selected  by the Bank from
         time to time;

(c)      made in  immediately  available  funds,  or such  other  type of  funds
         selected by the Bank;

(d)      evidenced  by records kept by the Bank.  In addition,  the Bank may, at
         its  discretion,  require the  Borrower to sign one or more  promissory
         notes.

5.3      Telephone and Telefax Authorization.

(a)      The Bank may honor  telephone or telefax  instructions  for advances or
         repayments or for the  designation of optional  interest rates given by
         any one of the individuals authorized to sign loan agreements on behalf
         of the Borrower,  or any other individual designated by any one of such
         authorized signers.

(b)      Advances will be deposited in and repayments will be withdrawn from the
         Borrower's account number 14989-00617,  or such other of the Borrower's
         accounts with the Bank as designated in writing by the Borrower.

(c)      The Borrower  indemnifies and excuses the Bank (including its officers,
         employees,  and  agents)  from  all  liability,   loss,  and  costs  in
         connection   with  any  act   resulting   from   telephone  or  telefax
         instructions  it  reasonably   believes  are  made  by  any  individual
         authorized by the Borrower to give such  instructions.  This  indemnity
         and excuse will survive this Agreement's termination.

5.4      Direct Debit (Pre-Billing).

(a)      The  Borrower  agrees that the Bank will debit the  Borrower's  deposit
         account number  14989-00617,  or such other of the Borrower's  accounts
         with the Bank as designated in writing by the Borrower (the "Designated
         Account")  on the date each  payment of interest  and any fees from the
         Borrower becomes due (the "Due Date"). If the Due Date is not a banking
         day, the Designated Account will be debited on the next banking day.

(b)      Approximately 10 days prior to each Due Date, the Bank will mail to the
         Borrower a statement  of the amounts  that will be due on that Due Date
         (the "Billed  Amount").  The calculation will be made on the 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -5-
<PAGE>

         assumption  that no new  extensions  of credit or payments will be made
         between the date of the billing  statement  and the Due Date,  and that
         there will be no changes in the applicable interest rate.

(c)      The Bank will  debit the  Designated  Account  for the  Billed  Amount,
         regardless  of  the  actual  amount  due on  that  date  (the  "Accrued
         Amount").

         If the Billed Amount debited to the Designated Account differs from the
         Accrued Amount, the discrepancy will be treated as follows:

         (i)      If the  Billed  Amount is less than the  Accrued  Amount,  the
                  Billed  Amount for the following Due Date will be increased by
                  the amount of the  discrepancy.  The  Borrower  will not be in
                  default by reason of any such discrepancy.

         (ii)     If the  Billed  Amount is more than the  Accrued  Amount,  the
                  Billed  Amount for the following Due Date will be decreased by
                  the amount of the discrepancy.

         Regardless  of any such  discrepancy,  interest will continue to accrue
         based  on  the  actual   amount  of   principal   outstanding   without
         compounding.  The  Bank  will  not pay  the  Borrower  interest  on any
         overpayment.

(d)      The Borrower will maintain  sufficient funds in the Designated  Account
         to cover each debit. If there are insufficient  funds in the Designated
         Account  on the date the  Bank  enters  any  debit  authorized  by this
         Agreement, the debit will be reversed.

5.5      Banking Days.  Unless otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  a banking
day is a day  other  than a  Saturday  or a Sunday on which the Bank is open for
business in California.  All payments and disbursements  which would be due on a
day which is not a banking day will be due on the next banking day. All payments
received  on a day which is not a banking  day will be  applied to the credit on
the next banking day.

5.6      Taxes.

(a)      If any payments to the Bank under this  Agreement are made from outside
         the United States,  the Borrower will not deduct any foreign taxes from
         any payments it makes to the Bank. If any such taxes are imposed on any
         payments  made  by  the  Borrower   (including   payments   under  this
         paragraph),  the  Borrower  will pay the taxes and will also pay to the
         Bank, at the time  interest is paid,  any  additional  amount which the
         Bank  specifies as necessary to preserve the  after-tax  yield the Bank
         would have  received if such taxes had not been  imposed.  The Borrower
         will confirm that it has paid the taxes by giving the Bank official tax
         receipts (or notarized copies) within 30 days after the due date.

(b)      Payments  made  by the  Borrower  to the  Bank  will  be  made  without
         deduction  of  United  States  withholding  or  similar  taxes.  If the
         Borrower is required to pay U.S.  withholding  taxes, the Borrower will
         pay such taxes in  addition  to the  amounts due to the Bank under this
         Agreement.  If the Borrower  fails to make such tax payments  when due,
         the Borrower indemnifies the Bank against any liability for such taxes,
         as well as for any related  interest,  expenses,  additions  to tax, or
         penalties asserted against or suffered by the Bank with respect to such
         taxes.

5.7      Additional  Costs.  The Borrower will pay the Bank, on demand,  for the
Bank's costs or losses arising from any statute or regulation, or any request or
requirement of a regulatory  agency which is applicable to all national banks or
a class of all  national  banks.  The costs and losses will be  allocated to the
loan in a manner determined by the Bank, using any reasonable  method. The costs
include the following:

(a)      any reserve or deposit requirements; and

(b)      any capital requirements  relating to the Bank's assets and commitments
         for credit.

5.8      Interest Calculation. Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all
interest and fees,  if any,  will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and
the actual number of days elapsed. This results in more interest

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -6-
<PAGE>

or a higher fee than if a 365-day year is used.  Instalments of principal  which
are not paid when due under this Agreement shall continue to bear interest until
paid.

5.9      Default Rate.  Upon the occurrence and during the  continuation  of any
default under this Agreement, principal amounts outstanding under this Agreement
will at the option of the Bank bear  interest at a rate which is 2.0  percentage
point(s)  higher  than  the  rate of  interest  otherwise  provided  under  this
Agreement. This will not constitute a waiver of any default.

6.       CONDITIONS

The Bank must receive the following items, in form and content acceptable to the
Bank,  before it is  required  to extend any credit to the  Borrower  under this
Agreement:

6.1      Authorizations.  Evidence that the execution,  delivery and performance
by the Borrower  (and any  guarantor) of this  Agreement  and any  instrument or
agreement required under this Agreement have been duly authorized.

6.2      Governing   Documents.   A  copy   of  the   Borrower's   articles   of
incorporation.

6.3      Security Agreements. Signed original security agreements,  assignments,
financing  statements and fixture filings (together with collateral in which the
Bank requires a possessory security interest), which the Bank requires.

6.4      Evidence of Priority.  Evidence  that  security  interests and liens in
favor of the Bank are valid,  enforceable,  and prior to all others'  rights and
interests, except those the Bank consents to in writing.

6.5      Insurance.   Evidence  of  insurance  coverage,   as  required  in  the
"Covenants" section of this Agreement.

6.6      Environmental  Questionnaire.   A  completed  Bank  form  Environmental
Questionnaire.

6.7      Other Items. Any other items that the Bank reasonably requires.

7.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

When the Borrower  signs this  Agreement,  and until the Bank is repaid in full,
the Borrower makes the following  representations  and warranties.  Each request
for an extension of credit constitutes a renewed representation.

7.1      Organization of Borrower. The Borrower is a corporation duly formed and
existing under the laws of the state where organized.

7.2      Authorization. This Agreement, and any instrument or agreement required
hereunder,  are within the Borrower's powers, have been duly authorized,  and do
not conflict with any of its organizational papers.

7.3      Enforceable  Agreement.  This  Agreement is a legal,  valid and binding
agreement of the Borrower,  enforceable  against the Borrower in accordance with
its terms, and any instrument or agreement required hereunder, when executed and
delivered, will be similarly legal, valid, binding and enforceable.

7.4      Good Standing. In each state in which the Borrower does business, it is
properly  licensed,  in good standing,  and, where required,  in compliance with
fictitious name statutes.

7.5      No Conflicts. This Agreement does not conflict with any law, agreement,
or obligation by which the Borrower is bound.

7.6      Financial  Information.  All financial and other  information  that has
been or will be supplied to the Bank is:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -7-
<PAGE>

(a)      sufficiently  complete  to give  the  Bank  accurate  knowledge  of the
         Borrower's (and any guarantor's) financial condition.

(b)      in compliance with all government regulations that apply.

7.7      Lawsuits.  There is no lawsuit,  tax claim or other dispute  pending or
threatened  against the Borrower,  which,  if lost,  would impair the Borrower's
financial  condition or ability to repay the loan, except as have been disclosed
in writing to the Bank.

7.8      Collateral.  All collateral  required in this Agreement is owned by the
grantor  of the  security  interest  free of any title  defects  or any liens or
interests of others.

7.9      Permits,  Franchises. The Borrower possesses all permits,  memberships,
franchises, contracts and licenses required and all trademark rights, trade name
rights,  patent  rights and  fictitious  name rights  necessary  to enable it to
conduct the business in which it is now engaged.

7.10     Other Obligations. The Borrower is not in default on any obligation for
borrowed  money,  any purchase  money  obligation or any other  material  lease,
commitment, contract, instrument or obligation.

7.11     Income Tax  Matters.  The  Borrower  has no  knowledge  of any  pending
assessments or adjustments of its income tax for any year.

7.12     No Tax Avoidance Plan. The Borrower's obtaining of credit from the Bank
under this Agreement does not have as a principal  purpose the avoidance of U.S.
withholding taxes.

7.13     No Event of  Default.  There is no event  which is,  or with  notice or
lapse of time or both would be, a default under this Agreement.

7.14     Location of  Borrower.  The  Borrower's  place of business  (or, if the
Borrower has more than one place of  business,  its chief  executive  office) is
located at the address listed under the Borrower's signature on this Agreement.

8.       COVENANTS

The Borrower  agrees,  so long as credit is available  under this  Agreement and
until the Bank is repaid in full:

8.1      Use  of  Proceeds.   To  use  the  proceeds  of  the  credit  only  for
construction of a new manufacturing facility in Santa Rosa, CA.

8.2      Financial  Information.  To provide the following financial information
and statements in form and content  acceptable to the Bank, and such  additional
information as requested by the Bank from time to time:

(a)      Within  120 days of the  Borrower's  fiscal  year end,  the  Borrower's
         annual financial statements. These financial statements must be audited
         (with an unqualified  opinion) by a Certified Public Accountant ("CPA")
         acceptable to the Bank.

(b)      Within  120 days of the  Borrower's  fiscal  year  end,  copies  of the
         Borrower's Form 10-K Annual Report.

(c)      Copies of the  Borrower's  Form 10-Q  quarterly  Report  within 45 days
         after the date of filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(d)      Within 30 days of the period's end, the  Borrower's  monthly  brokerage
         statements.  These statements will reflect  individual  securities held
         including CUSIP numbers, by type and market value.

8.3      Notices to Bank. To promptly notify the Bank in writing of:

(a)      any substantial dispute between the Borrower (or any guarantor) and any
         government authority.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -8-
<PAGE>

(b)      any failure to comply with this Agreement.

(c)      any material  adverse  change in the  Borrower's  (or any  guarantor's)
         business condition (financial or otherwise),  operations, properties or
         prospects, or ability to repay the credit.

(d)      any change in the Borrower's name, legal structure,  place of business,
         or chief  executive  office if the  Borrower has more than one place of
         business.

8.4      Books and Records. To maintain adequate books and records.

8.5      Audits.  To allow the Bank and its agents to inspect the Borrower's and
examine,  audit and make copies of books and records at any reasonable  time. If
any of the  Borrower's  properties,  books or records are in the possession of a
third party, the Borrower  authorizes that third party to permit the Bank or its
agents to have  access to  perform  inspections  or audits and to respond to the
Bank's requests for information concerning such properties, books and records.

8.6      Compliance with Laws. To comply with the laws (including any fictitious
name statute),  regulations,  and orders of any  government  body with authority
over the Borrower's business.

8.7      Preservation   of  Rights.   To  maintain   and  preserve  all  rights,
privileges, and franchises the Borrower now has.

8.8      Maintenance  of  Properties.   To  make  any  repairs,   renewals,   or
replacements to keep the Borrower's properties in good working condition.

8.9      Perfection of Liens.  To help the Bank perfect and protect its security
interests and liens, and reimburse it for related costs it incurs to protect its
security interests and liens.

8.10     Cooperation.  To take any action  reasonably  requested  by the Bank to
carry out the intent of this Agreement.

8.11     Insurance. To maintain insurance as is usual for the business it is in.

8.12     Additional  Negative  Covenants.  Not to,  without  the Bank's  written
consent:

(a)      engage in any  business  activities  substantially  different  from the
         Borrower's present business.

(b)      liquidate or dissolve the Borrower's business.

9.       HAZARDOUS WASTE INDEMNIFICATION

The  Borrower  will  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the  Bank  from any loss or
liability   directly  or  indirectly   arising  out  of  the  use,   generation,
manufacture,   production,  storage,  release,  threatened  release,  discharge,
disposal or presence of a hazardous substance. This indemnity will apply whether
the  hazardous  substance  is on,  under or about  the  Borrower's  property  or
operations or property leased to the Borrower. The indemnity includes but is not
limited to attorneys' fees  (including the reasonable  estimate of the allocated
cost of in-house  counsel and staff).  The  indemnity  extends to the Bank,  its
parent, subsidiaries and all of their directors,  officers,  employees,  agents,
successors,  attorneys and assigns.  "Hazardous substances" means any substance,
material  or waste  that is or  becomes  designated  or  regulated  as  "toxic,"
"hazardous,"   "pollutant,"  or  "contaminant"  or  a  similar   designation  or
regulation  under any  federal,  state or local law  (whether  under common law,
statute,  regulation or otherwise) or judicial or administrative  interpretation
of such,  including without limitation  petroleum or natural gas. This indemnity
will survive repayment of the Borrower's obligations to the Bank.

10.     DEFAULT

If any of the  following  events  occurs,  the  Bank  may do one or  more of the
following:  declare the Borrower in default,  stop making any additional  credit
available  to the  Borrower,  and require the  Borrower to repay its entire debt
immediately  and without prior notice.  If an event of default  occurs under the
paragraph entitled 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -9-
<PAGE>

"Bankruptcy,"  below,  with  respect  to the  Borrower,  then  the  entire  debt
outstanding under this Agreement will automatically be due immediately.

10.1     Failure  to Pay.  The  Borrower  fails  to make a  payment  under  this
Agreement when due.

10.2     Lien Priority. The Bank fails to have an enforceable first lien (except
for any prior liens to which the Bank has  consented  in writing) on or security
interest in any property given as security for this loan.

10.3     False  Information.  The Borrower (or any guarantor) has given the Bank
false or misleading information or representations.

10.4     Bankruptcy.   The  Borrower  (or  any  guarantor)  files  a  bankruptcy
petition, a bankruptcy petition is filed against the Borrower (or any guarantor)
or the Borrower (or any guarantor) makes a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors.

10.5     Receivers.  A  receiver  or  similar  official  is  appointed  for  the
Borrower's (or any guarantor's) business, or the business is terminated.

10.6     Government Action. Any government  authority takes action that the Bank
believes  materially  adversely  affects  the  Borrower's  (or any  guarantor's)
financial condition or ability to repay.

10.7     Material  Adverse  Change.  A  material  adverse  change  occurs in the
Borrower's (or any  guarantor's)  business  condition  (financial or otherwise),
operations, properties or prospects, or ability to repay the credit.

10.8     Cross-default.  Any default  occurs under any  agreement in  connection
with any credit the Borrower (or any guarantor) has obtained from anyone else or
which the Borrower (or any guarantor) has guaranteed.

10.9     Default Under Related Documents. Any guaranty, subordination agreement,
security agreement,  deed of trust, or other document required by this Agreement
is violated or no longer in effect.

10.10    Other Bank  Agreements.  The Borrower (or any guarantor)  fails to meet
the conditions of, or fails to perform any obligation  under any other agreement
the Borrower (or any guarantor) has with the Bank or any affiliate of the Bank.

10.11    Other Breach Under Agreement. The Borrower fails to meet the conditions
of, or fails to perform any  obligation  under,  any term of this  Agreement not
specifically  referred  to  in  this  Article.  This  includes  any  failure  or
anticipated  failure by the Borrower to comply with any financial  covenants set
forth  in this  Agreement,  whether  such  failure  is  evidenced  by  financial
statements  delivered to the Bank or is  otherwise  known to the Borrower or the
Bank.

11.      ENFORCING THIS AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

11.1     GAAP.  Except as  otherwise  stated in this  Agreement,  all  financial
information  provided to the Bank and all financial covenants will be made under
generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

11.2     California Law. This Agreement is governed by California law.

11.3     Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is binding on the Borrower's and
the Bank's successors and assignees.  The Borrower agrees that it may not assign
this   Agreement   without  the  Bank's  prior   consent.   The  Bank  may  sell
participations  in or assign this loan, and may exchange  financial  information
about the Borrower with actual or potential participants or assignees;  provided
that such actual or potential participants or assignees shall agree to treat all
financial information  exchanged as confidential.  If a participation is sold or
the loan is assigned,  the purchaser will have the right of set-off  against the
Borrower.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -10-
<PAGE>

11.4     Arbitration.

(a)      This paragraph  concerns the resolution of any  controversies or claims
         between the Borrower and the Bank,  including  but not limited to those
         that arise from:

         (i)      This  Agreement   (including   any  renewals,   extensions  or
                  modifications of this Agreement);

         (ii)     Any document,  agreement or procedure  related to or delivered
                  in connection with this Agreement;

         (iii)    Any violation of this Agreement; or

         (iv)     Any claims for damages  resulting from any business  conducted
                  between the Borrower and the Bank, including claims for injury
                  to persons, property or business interests (torts).

(b)      At the request of the Borrower or the Bank, any such  controversies  or
         claims will be settled by  arbitration  in  accordance  with the United
         States  Arbitration  Act. The United States  Arbitration Act will apply
         even though this  Agreement  provides that it is governed by California
         law.

(c)      Arbitration   proceedings   will  be   administered   by  the  American
         Arbitration  Association and will be subject to its commercial rules of
         arbitration.

(d)      For  purposes of the  application  of the statute of  limitations,  the
         filing of an  arbitration  pursuant to this paragraph is the equivalent
         of the filing of a lawsuit,  and any claim or controversy  which may be
         arbitrated under this paragraph is subject to any applicable statute of
         limitations.  The arbitrators will have the authority to decide whether
         any such claim or  controversy  is barred by the statute of limitations
         and, if so, to dismiss the arbitration on that basis.

(e)      If there is a  dispute  as to  whether  an  issue  is  arbitrable,  the
         arbitrators will have the authority to resolve any such dispute.

(f)      The  decision  that  results  from  an  arbitration  proceeding  may be
         submitted to any authorized court of law to be confirmed and enforced.

(g)      The  procedure  described  above will not apply if the  controversy  or
         claim, at the time of the proposed  submission to  arbitration,  arises
         from or relates to an  obligation  to the Bank secured by real property
         located in  California.  In this case,  both the  Borrower and the Bank
         must consent to submission of the claim or controversy to  arbitration.
         If both parties do not consent to arbitration, the controversy or claim
         will be settled as follows:

         (i)      The Borrower and the Bank will designate a referee (or a panel
                  of  referees)  selected  under the  auspices  of the  American
                  Arbitration  Association in the same manner as arbitrators are
                  selected in Association-sponsored proceedings;

         (ii)     The  designated  referee  (or the panel of  referees)  will be
                  appointed by a court as provided in  California  Code of Civil
                  Procedure Section 638 and the following related sections;

         (iii)    The referee (or the presiding referee of the panel) will be an
                  active attorney or a retired judge; and

         (iv)     The award that  results  from the  decision of the referee (or
                  the panel)  will be  entered  as a judgment  in the court that
                  appointed the referee,  in accordance  with the  provisions of
                  California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644 and 645.

(h)      This provision does not limit the right of the Borrower or the Bank to:

         (i)      exercise self-help remedies such as setoff;

         (ii)     foreclose  against  or  sell  any  real or  personal  property
                  collateral; or

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -11-
<PAGE>

         (iii)    act in a court of law, before, during or after the arbitration
                  proceeding to obtain:

                  (A)      an interim remedy; and/or

                  (B)      additional or supplementary remedies.

(i)      The  pursuit of or a  successful  action  for  interim,  additional  or
         supplementary  remedies,  or the  filing  of a court  action,  does not
         constitute a waiver of the right of the Borrower or the Bank, including
         the suing party,  to submit the  controversy or claim to arbitration if
         the other party contests the lawsuit.  However,  if the  controversy or
         claim  arises  from or  relates to an  obligation  to the Bank which is
         secured  by real  property  located  in  California  at the time of the
         proposed submission to arbitration,  this right is limited according to
         the provision  above requiring the consent of both the Borrower and the
         Bank to seek resolution through arbitration.

(j)      If  the  Bank  forecloses  against  any  real  property  securing  this
         Agreement,  the Bank has the option to exercise the power of sale under
         the deed of trust or mortgage, or to proceed by judicial foreclosure.

11.5     Severability;   Waivers.   If  any  part  of  this   Agreement  is  not
enforceable,  the rest of the  Agreement  may be enforced.  The Bank retains all
rights,  even if it makes a loan after default. If the Bank waives a default, it
may enforce a later default.  Any consent or waiver under this Agreement must be
in writing.

11.6     Administration   Costs.  The  Borrower  shall  pay  the  Bank  for  all
reasonable  costs  incurred by the Bank in connection  with  administering  this
Agreement.

11.7     Attorneys'  Fees.  The  Borrower  shall  reimburse  the  Bank  for  any
reasonable costs and attorneys' fees incurred by the Bank in connection with the
enforcement or  preservation  of any rights or remedies under this Agreement and
any other documents  executed in connection  with this Agreement,  and including
any amendment,  waiver,  "workout" or restructuring under this Agreement. In the
event of a lawsuit or arbitration  proceeding,  the prevailing party is entitled
to recover costs and reasonable  attorneys' fees incurred in connection with the
lawsuit or arbitration proceeding,  as determined by the court or arbitrator. In
the event  that any case is  commenced  by or  against  the  Borrower  under the
Bankruptcy  Code (Title 11,  United  States  Code) or any  similar or  successor
statute,  the Bank is entitled to recover costs and reasonable  attorneys'  fees
incurred by the Bank related to the preservation,  protection, or enforcement of
any rights of the Bank in such a case.  As used in this  paragraph,  "attorneys'
fees" includes the allocated costs of in-house counsel.

11.8     One  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and any  related  security  or  other
agreements required by this Agreement, collectively:

(a)      represent the sum of the understandings and agreements between the Bank
         and the Borrower concerning this credit; and

(b)      replace any prior oral or written  agreements  between the Bank and the
         Borrower concerning this credit; and

(c)      are  intended by the Bank and the  Borrower as the final,  complete and
         exclusive statement of the terms agreed to by them.

In the event of any conflict  between this  Agreement  and any other  agreements
required by this Agreement, this Agreement will prevail.

11.9     Indemnification. The Borrower will indemnify and hold the Bank harmless
from any loss, liability,  damages, judgments, and costs of any kind relating to
or arising  directly or  indirectly  out of (a) this  Agreement  or any document
required  hereunder,  (b) any credit  extended or  committed  by the Bank to the
Borrower  hereunder,  and (c) any litigation or proceeding related to or arising
out of this Agreement,  any such document,  or any such credit,  except, in each
case, to the extent that such loss  liability,  damages,  judgments or costs are
due to the gross  negligence or willful  misconduct of the Bank.  This indemnity
includes but is not limited to attorneys'  fees (including the allocated cost of
in-house counsel). This indemnity extends to the Bank, its parent,  subsidiaries

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -12-
<PAGE>

and all of their directors, officers, employees, agents, successors,  attorneys,
and assigns. This indemnity will survive repayment of the Borrower's obligations
to the Bank.  All sums due to the Bank  hereunder  shall be  obligations  of the
Borrower, due and payable immediately without demand.

11.10    Notices.  All notices required under this Agreement shall be personally
delivered or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid,  to the addresses on the
signature page of this Agreement, or to such other addresses as the Bank and the
Borrower may specify from time to time in writing.

11.11    Headings.  Article and paragraph  headings are for  reference  only and
shall not  affect  the  interpretation  or  meaning  of any  provisions  of this
Agreement.

11.12    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as
necessary or convenient,  and by the different parties on separate  counterparts
each of  which,  when so  executed,  shall be deemed  an  original  but all such
counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

This Agreement is executed as of the date stated at the top of the first page.

[LOGO]

Bank of America                           Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc.
National Trust and Savings Association




X /s/   Joni Topper                        X /s/  Bradly A. Jendersee
  --------------------------                 --------------------------
By:     Joni Topper                        By:    Bradly A. Jendersee
Title:  Vice President                     Title: Chairman of the Board



                                           X /s/  John D. Miller
                                             --------------------------
                                           By:    John D. Miller
                                           Title: Chief Financial Officer



Address where notices to the Bank          Address where notices to the Borrower
are to be sent:                            are to be sent:

Santa Rosa Commercial Banking Office #1498
10 Santa Rosa Avenue, 2nd Floor            3576 Unocal Place
Santa Rosa, CA 95404                       Santa Rosa, CA  95403


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -13-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                                 Attachment "A"
                     Acceptable Securities and Advance Rates
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Acceptable Securities                                        Minimum Rating           Maximum
                                                                                      Advance
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
<S>                                                          <C>                      <C>
U.S. marketable securities (common stock and convertible     A+, A, or A-             75% of Market
securities) with current market price in excess of $15                                  Value (MV)
excluding BankAmerica Corporation common stock
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
U.S. Corporate and Municipal Bonds and preferred stock       S&P: AAA, AA                 80% MV
                                                             Moody's Aaa & Aa*
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
U.S. Government issued or guaranteed (e.g. Treasury Bills,   less than 1 year            90% MV**
Notes, Bonds, GNMA, MBSs)                                    1-5 Years                   85% MV**
                                                             more than 5 years           80% MV**
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
U.S. Government sponsored (e.g. Farm Credit, Federal Home                                75% MV**
Loan Bank Board, FNMA)
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Bankers Acceptances                                          Call for acceptability       90% of
                                                                                         Discount
                                                                                        Value (DV)
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Commercial Paper issued by U.S. Companies                    A1/P1                       90% (DV)
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
*   Most conservative rating applies
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
**Advance not to exceed par value
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
                                                                                                                   EXHIBIT 11.1

                                        ARTERIAL VASCULAR ENGINEERING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                                 COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE
                                                (In thousands, except per share data)

<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Year Ended June 30,
                                                                                       -------------------
                                                                                1997            1996           1995
                                                                                ----            ----           ----
<S>                                                                           <C>             <C>            <C>
Primary
     Weighted average common shares outstanding                                30,947          23,851         17,916
     Weighted average common equivalent shares assuming
        conversion of stock options under the treasury stock method               697           2,291          5,647
     Common and common equivalent shares pursuant to Staff
        Accounting Bulletin No. 83
                                                                                   --           2,118          3,631
                                                                              -------         -------        -------

Shares used in per share calculation                                           31,644          28,260         27,194
                                                                              =======         =======        =======
                                                                               
Net income                                                                    $21,750         $20,440        $ 6,640
                                                                              =======         =======        =======

Net income per share                                                            $0.69           $0.71          $0.24
                                                                              =======         =======        =======



Net income per share is presented under the primary basis as the effect of dilution under the fully diluted basis is less
than 3%.

</TABLE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1



                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

              (All Subsidiaries are Wholly Owned by the Registrant)



         Arterial Vascular Engineering Canada, Inc. (Canada)

         AVE International Sales, Inc. (Barbados)

         AVE Manufacturing, Inc. (California)

         Arterial Vascular Engineering UK Limited (United Kingdom)

         Arterial Vascular Engineering GmbH (Germany)

         Arterial Vascular Engineering SARL (France)

         Arterial Vascular Engineering B.V. (the Netherlands)

         AVE Arterial Vascular Engineering  (Schweiz) AG (Switzerland)

         Proprietary Extrusion Technologies, Inc. (California)



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1



               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We consent to the  incorporation  by  reference in the  Registration  Statements
(Form S-8 Nos. 333-3254,  333-3468 and 333-22089) pertaining to the Stock Option
Agreements,  the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan and the 1996 Non-Employee Directors'
Stock Option Plan of Arterial  Vascular  Engineering,  Inc., of our report dated
July 25, 1997,  except as to the first  paragraph of Note 5 as to which the date
is August 21, 1997, with respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements and
schedule of Arterial Vascular  Engineering,  Inc., included in the Annual Report
(Form 10-K) for the year ended June 30, 1997.


                                                           ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Palo Alto, California
September 10, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     THIS SCHEDULE  CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED FROM JUNE
     30, 1997 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE
     TO SUCH
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0001007047
<NAME>                        Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JUN-30-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 JUL-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                          25,036
<SECURITIES>                                    62,192
<RECEIVABLES>                                   23,930
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,080
<INVENTORY>                                      7,302
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               124,265
<PP&E>                                          24,334
<DEPRECIATION>                                   2,575
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 147,979
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            9,779
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            31
<OTHER-SE>                                     138,169
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   147,979
<SALES>                                         79,420
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                79,420
<CGS>                                           16,217
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   16,217
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                33,932
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 33,461
<INCOME-TAX>                                    11,711
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    21,750
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.69
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.69
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission